by ke Patek ee pA thedhahbett Wp Sp ete eye Pg pte ee it ek hh keri Mattie pe the Wee dete go ee Pe eas ectpe eee ea AE Ln gee he eek tie ert fe Oe ote GPR et: Aas neh 1 aN He

svat Ce be ie Pie es ok havi he wae Oe ee reed he hed ea a 8 Cg ee Ni ee eee 3a Ge “48

QS RO eS. G F One MY i “4 i ca ee ‘i HP E EE Be ow

a th ee ad yearn eet meet wel

Sa ae eM NEIE OI HE ds ee teeth ic WW AE IEW: pay

Wega heer ad tReet a wm Gee ash Rae Ae AS te ee ht 8 Paper WR WM Ie Ae AR ak ah BPR Oe Ye CT EC Sc

Cae ad ey Cee EET GEE OD Ee MO Le tae me ae ere & te as oath eh the hee Merge: ees hk here it abi

OUR mEP er tee Oe DY BTM ME 2 UA ott A +40 CO ee ed Wes ince Gen the fe is Ae he Ty: ves he ow

ed dle ee ee ae OG te bb are Gd ae ea Eek ee IE A et tiny Ee Gente wh emia VO Se

Cie HUN be A VS ee Mb eras as ew ie Peg He Wha Tbe ite oi eA ea oer toe Raed

TANCE a A, WBC a ea AS Perron WO he rete SUC Eh Ska met age the we rh he th: Moet te oh UR th

CO Re ea Ge ee ee Oe (Pare Mtr rare Ue te on SA Wedeeaet

tata ack a. dada Watt Hee ee eee i aasits ke etm ad eaghe Me tele wo ib

Ue ane ee ee tee aren St ol ee ee

cig, PURE Hier hott

GO4e hh OMA TB Oe Ok Parente te eek Mee NON Ua NTN Oe ee a

Ua as en

ae al

Va bee eae Cr ¥ A) 4 ie ote eee

bea kae a he ee Ji he RAN Neh tert et ieee ar ik we Oc Oe Ck ko a

Ya ie ek eae

+ aw Ol

Sore sae ae eae

o Niner: ey iS narurer bee him Werle ee Mi ee LA TAA ee Ee Ree wee at Werk eg Party ae Apart er SPIES OC OU Lat Pav hh Pete Loy ee eeae Pb Serb ea adhe Oe ee sth Che OL ee ee PE Pe ek MC eae Seo ee eee era det bs tah wit a aw ane ee sade . ot ee the fe hoe aa a ee OL ee ee ese We rete Pe he . AMON er EN Ne On CETERA OD EE eR 14 ev om cs bs tn i f Veto ok Mare ® Ob RE Ree id heme is ee

awed Cee EVAR Oe wh Shek be ei ers ped

a) j - sh REECE EEE HE HE ee ee ee ee te yaad tees CeIn G TERA G AM Oa PSH ae he te hg helm DY oh i caevawtvay) wae saua rac) Pah eee Ms we ee fe te i a aerate reer eC ee oe + an A 49 Yl Arr ent Pree Re Pee rer 44 fae EO EA DS EHNA ON ea Oe ome Pek we dene Moet mee keke ety «ae ye 808 AP PH Kah ah pe "a Puri apron tbe § Woe NOH EEE EM ERMD epee re bee 4a bas ‘og eee ae ed eee bal ey i eeu

Vie aeons aN hn a Sa ek EEG Ole ee PRA er Wee WM Te SU kL vat ce yet ee 1G BO Oy ete ot eh Prete ey den j

ewe One beg be Mews bauer ee eevee eMC a ie et

eee te i FR ed One we en He ly vr REA Ws He EO ae FB ae Ht soe at

Ty te med Ie Bete te get

ee a

aw a eter WK +8 a Soe ee ee ee ad sei RT eee "ee Yi MY a ale aed BOL tate a ihe bo Fi Ot wert ae i Ti . AAAS MEL “se te praca RUM ee TP ELL A ae ace A Ae th poms oe Wis tha hes 4 a aw at wig a Pen eee eee ica RRC ii ANOCY Bre Ghee, So tie ip Ce BR de pitted ade mit ct toed ene ne Ahan te Drea a he er WTC Ee GAUUCAM AA Asa hr Ashe WRLC AC EGA A A dk Su ded cy Paitin i Ye ahead AVE RE PO WI IE SRM toe Ih POE GS ware me im Pac aabt est | alse Trae nae ‘ elie Orie Saeed aie Rah c PA HAE WEA Ow TH ICL Oe Fade Ube Oh ten os oR, Oe A y yMae ue he ibyrk Hae e Per ee ee ed Peroni tC it ons ed om mean eee A iy igs toda Muah ie: Grebe Gh OF, ais he cts Pupveeriten Weer a TC et MU Me Cn oC Ik ote ea be ZN Ve he ee Hs he es SR temas Ke Fee a tiki Astid are Fh dah CSW As Hetew kath SM a eee ar Aig etn eae ¢ ea a iatle lela: sey ba OR abso ivi fh pA tae tne a od A a is Ce Se AAU AL PA sh Gitte 9: A at : ay Tis tei en che ohy fe ths wt arb iN? HL SO Me RT i Menon Eid) RW Lit) see wn hbt iP Pt ie fe ea be

f pate wits

aie

eh BE a abr A Se SO Ab Arend aseaiier

eee rhe tae ses is ee Ud mise abr ale HO a teas OF Ee

Vik eee

Px et) FY t TAR lets peor ae Mar SCE PS CUAL Co vas rl : ee RC etre a APephsormrirs trae ir MSEC OE Moet 400 hitherto ae NOC Mes IP a tes he) eae ee SG le ke lake PO ar de bey att: & eg EA a hed eget: a ve A Fhe a A te PRP Th CREE 1 Se MMO San ALD HOP Gis Bab we Sy a heme gee Gi ike AB res a SO plist ae Wade ad ee ree A Be cae wae Pecan wr oc i Deer ace EC Wary ‘ (Pty poms bh ie) ah yee Ue Poth OM

iF Mig dew te Ptr ie a)

bae yee ata’

Neel atin Weds eS

rier tC aC et ot tk a iad as a kc

Purser eer er ih tt acta

fits wets Reker We Mca cet tee papentanety any

A ¢ ’ eee Teg enh et wrnae den CR aca a ae PATE ac te Ney i kee Hie aan Peay . i be aie a # © Masa ery ete eet hw eee tt : site 3 Ort ae Pee Oren Oe oe y Nei cas ei ee Gn lerthow weit ed re i

bane

Paenvaninn errr rer at ot YC fe Die on Ek hy ra Were Rrra edb she PAD sigs ane a anes |

we ene

mea Variety it SUE UE Lt fee rm Mert asic fib Bb yeaa eh TiS hea ete Ne gets ike ee ae ihe o> paces vey Mewia Sapecaie beip See ie bese enee WG, Weim cbean@eth

Pe ee & ee We hot Hf

ele Bi Le tie LE oe ate aht yet Bape: Behan

cart i ecw tie Say w ay Wee ub Ma yah eee (0 4

PCa cee Oye aa +e

aa wil ws “ean. ? i a Oa

areas

t “hk dad eee)

4 SPA cde wy aad a

4 ad

a oa

Rowe arr a tot a,

ceed

eae

} Peltee eat ; ‘ Lay chase yy he Gee te a ee er nae Ae tne

Seed biked ele Ts Le ed PE eee te netees type

wears Neh Mat to Se are a eae ef 18 ie PW we ek BAO ee ) KasA ee Ge OnF 2a Wisg oe Ge Ride dede lh i FW a asgoste dite Vim Bias ate were % Pe kg wien Fog heb ate giles Bante

Wiese hb teir i ere

ee we

re ar

jibe WF) were ae ay ‘

Jy t er (HUNG ‘ CTC a Be ao + ‘ st € war ) 4 ‘ ‘ a4 $ vie ea iS ae He " ‘ ; f et a ret ¢ ‘4 eu Th v 4 aod £ 454: i eas bua! , : 4 4 2 ‘ 4 ine a Q j fay : . y PY 4 ‘ ay sitet i) wae ve blag rey Waa ae hae ge Rogee WN +7 fy gents 3 1 REDS. N A rhe tenes hs ee ie WG fetes #9, 8-9 2 949) HS 4 Fas " M VAMC aan be SAT tata i eat A oe eel idavae ald \ 41 VEEL Oe PSey : , } A} \ P AS es ah toh dead Ch ee A EOS Chee id Be, WHT I § yee aad ea ee Ce eb kok cn Cee aoa

4% Hew EN Aah aan Gib weeds

ay 40 aw ad . c * CL he aod Suh Pree ‘ CnC 5 pasha ryt ad: Wee pate wie ei fx lewasy ated ee

OE Oe ae AE HP

i Wy Me eb HEL wha tee i"

‘ iat feel a Hd

: ‘ ae Wh AO! OER

partes ‘ pda tap PMC IMCL SM Me Eta RG Ap ey gt

: lates 4 Oe Ee RR A ay

\ 1 ‘ Pere eC a

AA aA TLE , i alii Brel few tye

(ary) 4 Fea hed {4 tow i ‘ Sy eet to) & Bye

1% spas i) Pw aN poe Pree Ort

Ae i Wy coh sada

hha

been

vai Cie wan 9 VO ere) Seer em ed We We ih EE Hike ! et) Ree be i EA ee Ber yd Oe eee acy er ‘ yy Bed Ae Pte Se et 4 AN yaa wy ime SW ie Bema ww oe a cues PE a 4 wit Bote ee id be IW ae VEN ne A eee eo eT RE 5 SN tee ee Aud ia ike PN PAL Mr Ue Ab et ieee tn ts Pk a is ; ed Faye WW Ak Fi Hite FoR ak fe esac aD Hes ee A RMB I wg is ih } 3 “ys ry erie ar et af ieee a wy) ia) 4 he ee at Bite keto eae woes h ‘ f bag iil ie heifers ad We lea ae feng oH a 4 * REVS f Pe Sater aoe adie a aot anes i f 1° Laan gy ood gp oy Nee Wie wR iw Sci se We We HE aly | 44 4! ar Aree Sy Wik dot Wet my HAW AR Geo at ae OF Hao | 19,9 08 958 me ‘ hae ial a ahr fy lbomadie weit tes detent He FS ik 8 nf PO ie Push a i Sener Wath ee aH POH de hotet + na "4 ‘ i i Wore me 4 bea a hp es we Woof or ye Ge Gel 4 i 4 Ven he Ph Pub yes ewe : Jaa ia ‘ yee ey ise Dae geste de Mic we Oe w 4a | ire PEPE Ct te ob bk Ot ae Pot et Ee one “aa ae we perk ek se Re ee, Ue, 8 Pt voit eT et) VOR TS Lah Ga et atwaegeds Rdee Qt Me $04 ; Has OA Re fo, ae ct a Wee a ( Pat BC) eel coer a Oe ED aia aa oebs tire dsa OL hy EA aed eH Sa a SE . eu ahi he et en Are ee ee a * alae HAs te hch Merk sad AM Pe a Gee AEE TSF Or ro ee ’ 14 " ithe eee 4 are Oe ee] Ag APRA Hae MU MS ot REE AU oa ah at wy alee Oe} a ah aN ain APP Re RUC A TR tae ACA) # re fy is ve Oe Wea th Heth Mz LAAT eg Wnt eA, te oP BTR ae Ci SUA, 19 4 "7 aaa 4d eee SD Hd ee bee ees Dobe ee eT BRAN ae trai be RANE Fob wate: wa * ssi he eS (eave neee ed ee Ee ee Pe HE ak As ea oie i Wry Gen Ps oH) STE BS aH Bab ' ACR ANA tA Mr Oe Ny Pa sci WoC ke yal re ee te Pepi we did em 4 Oe ave ge me Pe SR BO AY, SNS Y 4 Pr rer ewe et , ‘ rer in) Wek ee ee ae 1 Gs ee ee Wee We A se oe Ub (We ate oe ’ “ey AeA eA ty LON : hee wa PER AN OM i ACM eh ay Siac a be ken Ue Re er Re tt We TE BB . ’ Ween Wee Oa" faud eau Perec ht PU HN RC, oe Ph CN dh REA I akg We Mi tienes eee A Hie aa we Wale ea RE A y eeekae Ae i Pre ar eC EE Lh ak r) Ce dea aowot et Mae wwe Pelee et Mea wa acd: ® PbO reCh hr Oca Mi ian AAA aac, kip eed sh hd esti ee AP ea i Me Ha SAE OES Cur mk WO MU Ask Le eG YM BNEW WHEE Ms Maldag Orn ates Pewee va pte aha wo Wed. eth wee Avan a gota st KP NIRA iSlabr PTT DC IOC IC Cue LN CAG BAA Ania Whe a ei he ee ta 28 eal we Wi MR! Oe ot as tag de ne cite at

F aere ed |

Se ae ah heap fe We SHEE hs GY hs etn as FD

Wi be eget We Ke

i *

ase st bacae eed Ga tee Siew a Mee RAC HE Re

ee tire are Maha ued Fro 6 yams MSO RIE AY eerie tC i) yi; Anya) 99 Tig dd sae Areata n aH fi Bale PhO: ALS AP orraniiny CTT ae L GS ACCA nhaty aA Pere a One Sig ace Wo week Ge Uie wartime ankle Me FETS Wy 8h eh aff Wy Hotkey Wi Aes Heme Hes HAW PO vane AeA Aad te by a ee de Wega Ong fo ie Yee Menteg hs ae a Gidvecgi@anddal Ftd soarhet

RC ear re | Ae UPN TE SL SU Me Eb a ep art } nw Bt Me

, ‘ ier sd Faia pA halve ig if Ihre AL IR TALON kerala liar eld Tiered IC Hb a abs lperinyg a et rend dar warped ak actioy twee MTG HE ASM IO uae? ; TM Tarihs Waal ay WN ve Wailea Wie eae eth: walh Me See aR Fa

ie ee eee

Se ae

Naa a te ws he aeehe Be whys HF Ce hk ACR AL aig

Slee teen. ian eee Rae a Gre ae WP) me eit te er a fia eer eee AL Or oe mi rset Fh A:

Pahararroe wy ewe Et A PetC MCC Pe MLC et ee ea ELA ade

Pritt be Pee ICEL Fp ek ORE deci

he ek Me Bie Ba! Gt oe PU ear e

AYAT at ot es Sa okt | ae HORNE Oe Kee e140 Vans PPP aC tk ALA A ‘ Lg ea BY Bed GOR de deo sb Gee ey Ore ae eo MMe GS Re wen Mile WA Pee Ce ee Meth ; yuan a4 O46 Ge Oe TWF a eee ee eee ee 6 enw apie: a we We ews Up ss ce AH eH Piha Serr Uh Yi eR ORNS eg Leh are tiie mente id. AF dod many ae Ie et Ter Brats " Ae ke Oe Wee Ged ee Oa ey yas RE ee acta et ee ok She eee ee

Lk ew eH 2] hear eC ot eee Pre ee Ce ke Wer Dh AParuimar ine’ raring A a. MIC OCALA ha AA pair § eran ewe Nad reas AoE ahd ST lara ik Ne 0.14: ect We iby Meant FE HF Hooper HO Ween hea ortega te eee eas BORE CRC Ah ehh Me a een He i eee ee ipete ieee SO Te Ak Hh ate A hs ee wee gobs he tn fhe aw Ee HR ie a ie We ey de wei warm wea we Atm NE EA OAD HHI Pape Sy YS UE UA ahs Wie edie ew babalbe Fe ye a ye ae ea Lila oe WO Me eke eT Goth, de teat, Hi Ate 6 wea oe hd b ee a rcde debe Ge wi baTh ceee ane BIW 6: We We nS elon wen uty eds Wik ge wy Pe acer GG A ariel date oe lheM ae ste te WE + ‘an @: Ge @e bud oe roa i

Pie ML se rand Oo wu Uae

deep rie PA PT ean ok aa Mrmorire nnd’ trig Oo tear oe BC Oo ‘

i oe doe ‘ hh ee Aor ee @ IP

iad ie a a Me ES CW Ria Ue RIE

Rr era ek Co

esnr gaara uaa

Hae ed ew 1 po *

Late aah Aree Hee

We

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FOURTH SERIES

«

VoL. I

1907-1912

SAN FRANCISCO vA PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 1912

231493

hae i

vi Wal

CONTENTS OF VOLUME I.

PLATES I-XXXIV.

PAGE BEL pe amie ie INU ied alc A Ms ANAC OL Ug UC ACG em COD Oa EGS ecg ey I) i COMET Cae es Le NE a aA Neat see Se See MIMI au UO MN ili

No. I. Preliminary Description of Four New Races of Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. By John Vanier brraeilay eee het NU MN Cn Uncle ABE ONL LE 1 (Published December 20, 1907)

No. II. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. By Alban Htewaren MC elatesy TNs eee il a iA 7 (Published January 20, 1911) No. Ill. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the Galapagos Islands. By Francis X. Williams. (Plates XX-XXI).. 289 (Published October 7, 1911) No. IV. The Snakes of the Galapagos Islands. By John Van

Denbigh nee lates: SONI XNOG ig See keene 323 (Published January 17, 1912)

No. V. Notes on the Botany of Cocos Island. By Alban Stewart. (Plates) XUXeXCT XOXO Va) ee LLG Row ate OCU 375 (Published January 19, 1912)

No. VI. The Geckos of the Galapagos Archipelago. By John Van Deora by tarp Fa eee UO EAT SO IN ah) 405 (Published April 16, 1912)

No. VII. Notes on the Lichens of the Galapagos Islands. By Alban SSW edis Es yee MALL AS UY ULE Tien aa tia clue eA LS 431

December 30, 1914.

7} Irae

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE CALIFORN IA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourtTH SERIES

Vot. I, pp. 1-6. ; December 20, 1907.

Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906.

I.

Preliminary Descriptions of Four New Races of Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands.

BY Joun Van DENBURGH, Curator of the Department of Herpetology.

SAN FRANCISCO PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 1907

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourtH SERIES

Vot. I, pp. 1-6. December 20, 1907.

EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES TO THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS, 1905-1906.

I.

PRELIMINARY DESCRIPTIONS OF FOUR NEW RACES OF GIGANTIC LAND TORTOISES FROM THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

BY JOHN VAN DENBURGH, Curator of the Department of Herpetology.

Early in 1905 the California Academy of Sciences decided to send an expedition to the Galapagos Islands. The general purpose was to explore this group more thoroughly than the opportunities of previous investigators had permitted, and to secure large collections of the plants, mollusks, insects, birds, mammals, and reptiles in the hope of throwing more definite light upon the origin of the archipelago. Particularly, it was determined to study the geology of the islands, to make a very careful search for fossils, and to spare no effort to secure specimens or remains of those iaces of the gigantic land tortoises which long had been thought extinct.

Study ot .he published results of previous expeditions had convinced me not only that these islands must all, at some

December 19, 1907.

2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

former period, have been parts of a single land-mass, becom- ing later, by partial submersion, separated into the various islands, but that Albemarle Island, which possesses several races of tortoises and on which Heller and Snodgrass found evidence of an elevation amounting to several hundred feet}. had much more recently been formed by the union of several smaller islands corresponding, probably, to its five great vol- canoes. Accordingly, the members of the expedition were instructed to collect on Albemarle exactly as though it still were five islands.

The expedition set sail from San Francisco, on the twenty- eighth of June, 1905, in the schooner “Academy,” which had been purchased and rechristened for the purpose. The © scientific staff of the expedition consisted of eight young men. Mr. R. H. Beck, who has had more experience in these islands than any other collector, this being his fourth expe- dition to them, was in charge. Mr. Alban Stewart went as botanist; Mr. W. H. Ochsner, as geologist; Mr. F. X. Will- iams, as entomologist; while Mr. E. W. Gifford and Mr. J. S. Hunter were to study and collect the birds, and my assistant Mr. J. R. Slevin, with the aid of Mr. E. S. King, was to care for the reptiles.

Having made brief stops at various islands near the coast of Lower California, as well as at San Benedicto, Socorro, Clipperton, and Cocos Islands, the party reached the Galapagos Archipelago and landed upon Hood Island, September 24, 1905. During the months which followed the most arduous collecting was vigorously carried on in all the islands of the group, many of the larger being visited several times, and on September 25, 1906, after a full year of work, the “Academy” left Culpepper Island and set sail for San Fran- cisco, where she arrived in safety Thanksgiving Day, Novem- ber 29, 1906.

The collections brought back are by far the largest and most important ever gathered in these islands. The reptiles num- ber over forty-five hundred specimens, of which nearly four thousand are from the Galapagos. The search for land tor-

Vot. I] VAN DENBURGH—GIGANTIC LAND TORTOISES 3

toises met with far greater success than I had dared anticipate. All of the races which had been supposed extinct were found still living, with the exception of that of Charles Island. Tor- toises were also found living on two islands which they had not previously been known to inhabit. On Barrington Island, also not hitherto known to have supported tortoises, por- tions of the remains of fourteen individuals were secured. It is probable that the tortoise of this island, like that of Charles, is really extinct. A single tortoise was secured on Cowley Mountain, Albemarle Island, and others were found living in all of the other localities from which these huge reptiles have ever been recorded. In all over three hundred tortoises are represented in the collection, some forty of them, however, only by more or less fragmentary remains.

A complete report upon this collection can only be issued after an immense amount of work. Meanwhile, it seems _best to publish this brief statement and the following pre- liminary descriptions of the tortoises of Hood, James, Chat- ham, and Narborough Islands, which seem never to have been described.

Testudo hoodensis new species.

Type—Adult (?) female (?) now living in Golden Gate Park, San Francisco. California Academy of Sciences No. 8121. Hood Island, Galapagos Archipelago. Joseph R. Slevin and E. S. King. Caught June 27, 1906.

Diagnosis—No nuchal; gulars paired; front of carapace high, little lower than middle, height at nuchal notch more than 41% (45%) of straight length; difference between percentages of heights at third vertebral and at nuchal notch less than 9 (5); carapace saddle-shaped, narrow anteriorly, width at margin of junction of second and third marginals not more than 54% (45%); first marginals not greatly enlarged, not much everted, their ventral surfaces not vertical, their most prominent points separated by less than 30% (20%); length over curve not more than 123% (122%), greater than width over curve; vertical distance from lower surface of plastron to lower edge of lateral marginals great, 12%; general size rather small, straight length (June, 1907) 22.2 inches; plastron long, median length 89%; plates striated, central portions of vertebrals and costals much elevated; pectoral plates forming a suture on median line; lower jaw and throat marked with yellow.

4 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Testudo darwini new species.

Type—Adult male. California Academy of Sciences No. 8108. James Island, Galapagos Archipelago. R. H. Beck and Joseph R. Slevin. July 31, 1906.

Diagnosis—No nuchal; gulars paired; fourth cervical vertebra biconvex;’ carapace high, elongate, somewhat dome-shaped but high in front; posterior declivity beginning about middle of third verte- bral; height at nuchal notch more than 41% (45%) of straight length; difference between percentages of height at third vertebral and at nuchal notch more than 9 (10); carapace not saddle-shaped, width at margin of junction of second and third marginals 55%; width Over curve in male not greater than length over curve; vertical distance from lower surface of plastron to lower edge of lateral marginals moderately great (9%); general size large, straight length 38 inches; shell heavy; pectoral plates forming a suture on median line; the sum of the measurements of the length over curve, length of plastron, height at nuchal notch, and height at third vertebral, equals or exceeds the sum of the measurements of the straight length, straight width, and width over curve; jaws and throat black.

Testudo chathamensis new species.

Type.—Skeleton of adult male. California Academy of Sciences No. 8127. Found in a cave on Chatham Island, Galapagos Archipelago. R. H. Beck and Joseph R. Slevin. February 12-14, 1906.

Diagnosis—No nuchal; gulars paired; fourth cervical vertebra biconvex; carapace depressed, front elevated in male; height at nuchal notch less than 41% of straight length (male 34, female 27%); male flat-backed, female dome-shaped, difference between percentages of heights at third vertebral and at nuchal notch 6 in male, 24 in female; carapace of male slightly saddle-shaped but broad, width at margin of junction of second and third marginals 53% in male; anterior marginals but little everted; length over curve in male 112%, female 126%; vertical distance from lower surface of plastron to lower edge of lateral marginals small, 4% in male, 6% in female; general size moderate, straight length in male 35.25 inches, female 22.5 inches; pectoral plates much reduced, not meeting on mid-line; jaws and throat of female black.

Testudo phantasticus new species.

Type.—Adult male. California Academy of Sciences No. 8101. Nar- borough Island, Galapagos Archipelago. R. H. Beck. April 5, 1906.

It is probable that this is the normal arrangement in all the races of the Galapagos Islands. The third cervical vertebra has been found biconvex in the types of 7. galafago- ensis and T. decki; but in seven specimens of the latter the fourth is biconvex, as in other races.

Vot. I] VAN DENBURGH—GIGANTIC LAND TORTOISES 5

Diagnosis—No nuchal; gulars paired; fourth cervical vertebra biconvex; front of carapace high, not lower than middle, height at nuchal notch more than 41% (54%) of straight length; difference between percentages of height at third vertebral and at nuchal notch less than 9 (2); carapace saddle-shaped, narrow anteriorly, width at margin of junction of second and third marginals not more than 54% (46%); first marginals much enlarged, everted more than in any other race, their ventral surfaces nearly vertical, their edges from nuchal notch to prominent point nearly horizontal, prominent point almost a right angle; distance between prominent points of first marginals more than 30% (32%); length over curve more than 123% (124%), greater than width over curve; vertical distance from lower surface of plastron to lower edge of lateral marginals small, 6%; general size moderate, straight length 34.5 inches; plastron short, 70%; pectoral plates forming a suture on median line; lower jaw and throat marked with yellow.

A few words in explanation of the measurements given in the foregoing descriptions may be necessary. In attempting to avoid the indefiniteness which has too largely characterized descriptions of these tortoises it was quickly found necessary to devise some means of expressing and comparing upon paper their individual variation in shape. This, it was found, could best be done by taking numerous measurements of each tor- toise and reducing all these measurements to percentages of the (straight) length of the tortoise. In this way, the measure- ments of tortoises of all sizes may be directly compared. The tortoise is placed upon a level board or table in such a position that it rests naturally upon, as nearly as possible, the entire length of the plastral bridge of each side. With the tortoise in this position, the straight length is the distance between verticals erected at the nuchal notch and at the posterior border of the supracaudal plate. The straight width is the distance between verticals erected at the sides of the tortoise opposite the line of meeting of the second and third costal plates. The curved length is measured with a tape-measure over the midvertebral line from the nuchal notch to the pos- terior edge of the supracaudal plate. The curved width is taken from the bend in the marginal plates up along the line of meeting of the second and third costals, across the middle of the third vertebral, down between the second and third costals, to the line of bending of the marginals. The width

6 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

second to third marginals is the straight width at the level of the lateral margins of the sutures between the second and third marginal plates of each side. The middle height is the vertical distance between the board or table and the middle of the third vertebral plate, and is taken with a square and spirit-level. The front height is taken in the same manner at the nuchal notch. The height to marginals is the vertical distance from the table to the lower border of the marginal plates at about the middle of the plastral bridge. The plastron is measured with a tape along the median line, the tape is not pushed into plastral depressions and when the plastron is notched the projections are not measured.

SAN Be ee. November 18, 1907.

The Academy cannot supply the back numbers of its publications, its entire reserved stock having been destroyed in the conflagration of April, 1906.

PROCEEDINGS ay OF THE

CALIFORNIA “ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FourtTH SERIES Vor! Tl, pps: 7-288

January 20, 1911

Expedition of the California Academy oi Sciences to the Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906

IT A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands

BY, ALBAN STEWART

Botanist to the Expedition

Se tn, As MeOhiantNSai ge OX {i oy CG» \ f\* 9% eA Te gee pa oe \ MAR 60 te) t ] \ / \ 4 J 2 ve 3 bi ‘ «st * Fi H ; Me, : ; ONAL MASS? or SAN FRANCISCO

PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 1911

rs

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FourtH SERIES

Mor Ty ipps7-288 January 20, 1911

EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES TO THE GALAPAGOS

ISLANDS, 1905-1906

II

A BOTANICAL SURVEY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

BY ALBAN STEWART Botanist to the Expedition

CONTENTS Piates [-XIX

INTRODUCTION ;

ACCOUNT OF THE SPECIES OF VASCULAR PLANTS BoTANICAL REGIONS

GENERAL FEATURES OF THE FLORA

EcotocicaL Factors

ORIGIN OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

ORIGIN OF THE FLORA BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS INDEX

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

254 January 14, 1911

8 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

INTRODUCTION

In the spring of 1905 I received the appointment of botanist of the scientific expedition sent to the Galapagos Islands by the California Academy of Sciences. In preparing for this expedition the California Academy purchased the U. S. Ship “Ernest,” a two masted schooner of eighty-seven tons burden, and after refitting, rechristened her the “Academy.”

Our party consisted of eleven members, as follows: R. H.

Beck, chief; F. X. Williams, entomologist; W. H. Ochsner, geologist and conchologist; J. R. Slevin, herpetologist; J. S. Hunter and E. W. Gifford, ornithologists; E. S. King, assistant herpetologist; Frederick T. Nelson, mate; J. J. Parker, navigator; James W. White, cook; and myself, botanist. All of the scientific members of the expedition shipped as seamen, so that the expedition was made up mostly of sailor-scientists.

The expedition left San Francisco on the morning of June 28, 1905, and arrived at Hood Island, the most southern member of the Galapagos group, on September 24, nearly three months having been consumed on the trip, during which short stops were made at Ensenada, Lower California, and on San Martin, San Benito, San Geronimo, Cerros, Natividad, San Benedicto, Socorro, and Clipperton islands, Mexico, and Cocos Island, Costa Rica, on the most of which small collec- tions of plants were made. The expedition left the Galapagos Islands on the 25th of the following September, so that a year and one day was spent in the archipelago, during which time all of the islands were visited at least once, and the larger and more important ones two or more times at different seasons of the year. :

Up to the present time our knowledge of the flora of the Galapagos Islands has been due mainly to the collections of Darwin, Andersson, Baur, and Snodgrass and Heller, and to the writings of Hooker, Andersson, and Robinson.*

1 For a table of the botanical collections made on the Galapagos Islands, see Robin- son, Flora of the Galapagos Islands, Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, v. 38, no. 4, pp. 221-223.

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 9

Unfortunately many of the former collectors of plants remained but a short time upon the islands, and as most of them were not botanists, our knowledge of the general botanical conditions has remained rather meager.

It was the intention at first to incorporate the entire botani- cal results of the expedition in a single paper, but as the present paper has assumed greater proportions than was expected, it seems best to divide the subject and publish the parts separately. The present paper consists of a rather detailed account of the different species of vascular plants, including their range in elevation and their distribution on the different islands; a brief description of the different botani- -cal regions; an account of the general features of the flora; ‘an account of the factors governing the growth of vegetation; . and an account, so far as possible, of the evidence offered by the collection concerning the origin of the islands and of the flora. A second paper will deal entirely with a description of the botanical conditions on each island of the group, and short papers will treat of the lichens and mosses.

The plan of treatment of the first part of this paper is in general the same as that pursued by Robinson in his “Flora of the Galapagos Islands,’ as I was unable to devise a plan which I thought would be better. Many of the statistical tables are simply revisions of the tables as given by Dr. Robinson, although a few new ones have been added where it seemed necessary. The entire nomenclature has been carefully gone over and revised to make it conform with the new rules of the Vienna conference. The ferns have been treated as a single family and not split up into several different families as has been done by some authors. Treating the group in this manner has enabled me to handle it to better advantage in the latter part of this paper. Wuth but one exception the nomenclature of Christensen, “Index Filicum,’ has been used in this family. Unfortunately none of our instruments of measurement were graduated with the metric system, other- wise it would have been used. In order to economize space, the names of former collectors are only mentioned where there

10 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

are neither specimens or notes of a species from a given locality in the collection under consideration.

The collections of vascular plants were identified by myself at the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University under the direction of Dr. B. L. Robinson, Curator of the Gray Herbarium. I wish here to express my thanks to Dr. Robinson for his kindness in giving me free access to the excellent collections of plants from the Galapagos Islands which are in the Gray Herbarium, as well as for advice and assistance in innumerable places, rendered doubly valuable on account of his intimate knowledge of the flora of these islands. Dr. Robinson has also been kind enough to read and criticise the manuscript and to give advice about the arrange- ment of the same. I wish also to express my thanks to Dr. W. G. Farlow of Harvard University for identifying the lichens and mosses, and to Miss Mary A. Day, Librarian of the Gray Herbarium, for assistance in looking up the rather large amount of literature made necessary in revising the nomenclature. I wish further to acknowledge the kindness - of Prof. M. L. Fernald of the Gray Herbarium for assistance in many places, of Mr. Casimir de Candolle of Geneva, Switz- erland, for assistance on Peperomia, of Mr. A. S. Hitchcock of the U. S. Department of Agriculture for aid in regard to the Gramineae, of Mr. H. D. House for assistance in the identification of some of the members of the Convolvulaceae, of Mr. W. H. Ochsner, geologist of the expedition, and Mr. E. W. Gifford, joint ornithologist of the expedition, for infor- mation about their particular subjects, and of Mr. H. H. Bartlett of the U. S. Department of Agriculture for assistance in translating many of the descriptions of the new species, varieties, and forms into Latin.

Vou. 1] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 11 ACCOUNT OF THE SPECIES OF VASCULAR PLANTS

PAE RIDO REY aN

PIETERS

Acrostichum L.

_ A.aureum L. Sp. Pl. 1069 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 104.—ALBE- MARLE Isx.: Villamil, occasional in protected places at 3150 ft. (nos. 773-774). Further distr. general in tropical countries.

Adiantum L.

A. aethiopicum L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 1560 (1763); Rob. (1), 105.—Gatapacos Ibs.: acc. to Moore. Further distr. general in tropical countries.

A. Alarconianum Gaud. Voy. Bon. Bot. t. 99 (1846). - A. incisum Presl, Rel. Haenk. I. 61, t. 10, f. 3 (1830) ; Rob.

(1), 105.—Gatapacos Ips.: acc. to Moore. Further distr. Mex., S. Am.

A. concinnum H. & B. in Willd. Sp. V. 451 (1810) ; Rob. (1), 105 —Asinepon IsL.: common in lava cracks at 550 ft. (no. 776). ALBEMARLE Is~.: Cowley Bay, common among shady rocks at 2000 ft. (no. 779) ; Iguana Cove, common on side of the cliff above the cove (no. 780) ; Tagus Cove, com- mon in lava cracks at 1600 ft. (no. 778) ; Villamil, common in lava caverns at 1350 ft. (nos. 781-782). Cartes IsL.: on moist shady rocks at 1000 ft. (nos. 783-784). James IsL.: Darwin; Scouler. NarporoucH Ist.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., northern S. Am.

A. diaphanum Bl. Enum. 215 (1828).—ALBEMARLE ISL. : Villamil, occasional in moist places on the south side of the mountain at 3150 ft. (no. 785). Further distr. Old World.

A. Henslovianum Hook. f. (3), 169; Rob. (1), 105.—As- INGDON IsL.: common in shady places 1500-1650 ft. (nos. 786-788). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Tagus Cove, occasional at 400

12 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

ft., abundant at 4000 ft., (no. 790) ; Villamil, common in lava caverns at 1350 ft. (nos. 789, 791-793). CHARLES isi. Dar- win. CHATHAM IsL.: Wreck Bay, occasional at 1700 ft. (no. 794). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, common in shady places at 550 ft. (no. 795). James Ist.: James Bay, common on moist shady banks at 2150 ft. (nos. 796-797). Further distr. Andean S. Am.

A.macrophyllum Sw. Prodr. 135 (1788).—ALBEMARLE Isz.: Villamil, common in lava caverns at 1350 ft. (no. 799). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, occasional in dense shade above 500 ft. (no. 800). James Ist.: James Bay, on shady banks at 2100 ft. (no. 801). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., northern S. Am. This fern is always found in the densest shade where there is a considerable amount of moisture.

A. parvulum Hook. f. (3), 168; Rob. (1), 106.—CHaRLEs Ist.: Darwin. Endemic.

A. patens Willd. Sp. V. 439 (1810) ; Rob. (1), 106.—GaL- APAGOS Ips.: acc. to Moore. Further distr. Mex., northern S. Am.

A. petiolatum Desv. Berl. Mag. V. 326 (1811). A. Kaul- fussii Kunze, Linnaea, XXI. 221 (1848); Rob. (OO). WOb CHATHAM Ist.: acc. to Moore. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Acad- emy Bay, common in shady places at 500 ft. (no. 798). Fur- ther distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

A. tetraphyllum H. B. Willd. Sp. V. 441 (1810). A. prio- nophyllum HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. I. 20 (1815); Rob. (1), 106.—CHatHaAm Ist.: acc. to Moore. Further distr. Mex. Wea: Se Acaak

Anogramma Link

A. chaerophylla (Desv.) Link, Fil. Sp. 138 (1841). Gym- nogramme chaerophylla Desv. Berl. Mag. V. 305 (1811) ; Rob. (1), 109.—Cuartes Ist.: Darwin. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am. Robinson, 1. c., expresses doubt as to the identity of the Darwin specimen.

A. leptophylla (L.) Link, Fil. Sp. 137 (1841). Polypodium - leptophylla L. Sp. Pl. 1092 (1753). Gymnogramme lepto-

2

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 13

phylla Desv. Jour. Bot. I. 26 (1813); Rob. (1), 109.— CHARLES IsL.: Baur. Widely distributed in tropical regions.

Aspidium Sw.

A. martinicense Spr. Anleit. III. 133 (1804). Nephrodiwm macrophyllum Bak. Syn. Fil. 300 (1874); Rob. (1), 110.— ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, common in protected places on the south side of the mountain at 3150 ft. (no. 902). JAmEs Ist.: James Bay, common in moist situations at 2000 ft. (no. 901). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., northern S. Am.

Asplenium L.

A. anisophyllum Var. latifolium, Hook. Sp. Fil. III. 111 (1860); Rob. (1), 106—Gatapacos Ips.: Capt. Wood. James Ist.: Darwin. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

A. cristatum Lam. Ency. II. 310 (1786). A. cicutarium Sw. Prod. 130 (1788); Rob. (1), 107.—Asincepon ISsL.: common around 1950 ft. (no. 820). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Villa- mil, common in lava caverns at 1350 ft. (no. 821). CHaTHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional in protected places around 1800 ft. (no. 822). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, common in shady places above 550 ft. (no. 823). James IsL.: James Bay, rare in lava caverns at 1000 ft., common on moist shady rocks at 2150 ft., (nos. 824-827). Further distr. Mex., Weta Se Aria Achrica.

A. formosum Willd. Sp. V. 329 (1810); Rob. (1), 107.— ABINGDON IsL.: abundant at 1400 ft. (no. 825). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, abundant in shade at 250 ft. (no. 833) ; Tagus Cove, common in lava crevices, 1600-2800 ft. (nos. 832, 834); Villamil, common among rocks at 1300 ft. (nos. 835-836). CHARLES IsL.: abundant on moist shady rocks at 1000 ft., and to some extent on the walls of the main crater at a somewhat higher elevation, (nos. 830, 844, 845). CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in moist shady places at 650 ft. (no. 837). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, in leaf mold among rocks 400-600 ft., larger and more abundant at

14 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

the higher elevation, (nos. 841-842) ; northwest side, among ie

rocks at 900 ft., (no. 1027) ; southeast side, common on shady rocks at 625 ft. (no. 843). James Ist.: James Bay, abundant in lava caverns at 900 ft., and in moist shady places at 2150 ft., where it reaches a height of 18 inches, (no. 838). NARBor- ouGH IsL.: in the upper moist regions (no. 840).- Further distr. general in tropical regions.

A. laetum Sw. Syn. Fil. 79, 271 (1806) ; Rob. (1), 107— CuHaTHAM Isu.: Capt. Wood. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., Sey Am:

A. lunulatum Sw. Syn. Fil. 80 (1806); Rob. (1), 107.— CHARLES IsL.: Lee. Further distr. general in tropical regions.

A. myriophyllum (Sw.) Presl, Rel. Haenk. I. 48 (1825). Caenopteris myriophylla Sw. Schrad. Jour. 1800, 2, 60 (1801). Asplenium rhizophyllum Kze. Linnaea, 1X. 71 (1834); Rob. (1), 107.—Gaxapacos Ips.: Capt. Wood. James Isu.: Dar- win. Further distr. general in tropical regions.

A. praemorsum Sw. Prod. 130 (1788). A. furcatum Thunb) Prode i BR Cap.) 1/727@'800)); Rob al), gi 7.=—- Aue MARLE IsL.: Tagus Cove, in lava caverns on the west side of the mountain at 2200 ft. (no. 847); Villamil, occasional on trees in the upper moist regions, specimens taken at 1350 ft. (no. 846). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, occasional in leaf mold at 425 ft. (no. 848). NargoroucH Ist.: (no. 852). James IsL.: James Bay, occasional on the branches of trees at 2150 ft. (nos. 850-851) Further distr. general in tropical regions.

A. pumilum Sw. Prod. 129 (1788).—CuHartes IsL.: in moist lava crevices at 1000 ft. (no. 853). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, common in leaf mold in open places in the vegetation at 425 ft. (no. 854). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., northern S. Am.

A. rutaceum (Willd.) Metten. Asplen. 129, t. 5, £. 32-33 (1859). Aspidium rutaceum Willd. Sp. V. 266 (1810). Asplenium rutaceum Metten. 1. c.: Rob. (1), 108.—Gata-

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 15

PAGOS Ips.: acc. to Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil. 220. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

A. Serra Langsd. & Fisch. Fil. 16, t. 16 (1810-1818) ; Rob. (1), 108.—ALBEMaARLE Ist.: Villamil, common on moist rocks in protected places at 1500 ft. and in similar situations at 3150 ft. (nos. 856-857). CHATHAM IsL.: Wreck Bay, abundant in a dense growth of Lycopodium clavatum and other ferns at 2050 ft. (no. 858). Duncan Ist.: common in a restricted area among rocks at 1300 ft. (no. 859). JameEs Ist.: James Bay, occasional above 2000 ft. (no. 860). Fur- ther distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Africa.

A. serratum L. Sp. Pl. 1079 (1753); Rob. (1), 108.— GALAPAGOS Ips.: Capt. Wood. CHATHAM ISL.: acc. to Moore. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Polynesia.

A. sulcatum Lam. Ency. II. 308 (1786). A. auritum Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 1616 (1806) ; Rob. (1), 106.—Asinepon ISsL.: common on the south side of the mountain at 1950 ft. and to some extent lower down (no. 806). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Villa- mil, common on the trunks and branches of trees, 500-1300 ft., (no. 804). CHARLES IsL.: common on moist shady rocks at 1000 ft. and on the branches of trees in protected places around 1700 ft. (nos. 808-811). CHATHAm Ist.: Wreck Bay, fairly common on the branches of trees at 700 ft. (no. 805). INDE- FATIGABLE IsLt.: Academy Bay, common on the branches of. trees above 600 ft., especially abundant on trees of Pisonia floribunda, (nos. 815-816). James Is~.: James Bay, abund- ant in lava caverns at 1000 ft. and on the branches of trees above 2000 ft. (nos. 812-814). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am. The Galapagos form of this species is considered a variety by some authors. :

Var. macilentum Moore, Ind. Fil. 115 (1859); Rob. (1), 107.—Gaapacos Ips.: acc. to Moore. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

Blechnum L.

B. blechnoides (Lag.) C. Chr. Ind. 151 (1905). Asplen- tum blechnoides Lag. Sw. Syn. 76 (1806). B. unilaterale

16 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Sw. Berl. Mag. 79, t. 3, f. 1 (1810).—CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in open country and on exposed rocks 1700-2000 ft. (nos. 780-781). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., northern S. Am.

B. occidentale L. Sp. Pl. 1077 (1753); Rob. (1), 108.— ApinGpon Isu.: south side, common above 1000 ft. ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, common in lava caverns at 2200 ft. where the rocks are kept constantly moist from a seepage of water (no. 863); Villamil, in lava caverns, on the sides of moist cliffs, and in open woodland at 1350 ft. (no. 862). CuarLEs IsL.: in protected places around 1600 ft. (nos. 864- 866). CHATHAM Ist.: Baur. DuNcAN IsL.: in protected places at 1250 ft. (no. 867). James Ist.: James Bay, com- mon on moist shady rocks at 2150 ft. (nos. 868-869). Fur- ther distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Var. caudatum Hook. Sp. Fil. TII. 51 (1860); Rob. (1), 108.—Gatapacos Ips.: Capt. Wood. Further distr. Mex., S. Am., Philippines.

Ceropteris Link

C. tartarea (Cav.) Link, Fil. Sp. 142 (1841). Acrosti- chum tartaraeum Cav. Desc. 242 (1802). Gymnogramme tartarea Desv. Berl. Mag. V. 305 (1811); Rob. (1), 109.— - ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, occasional on the floor of the crater at 2750 ft., form with very coriaceous fronds, (no. 893). BrnpiLok IsL.: near steam jets in the interior of the island (no. 888). CHaARLEs IsL.: occasional above 1400 ft. CHatTHAm Ist.: Wreck Bay, fairly abundant in open grassy country above 1700 ft. (no. 889). Duncan IsL.: in moist shady places in vegetable mold at 1300 ft. (No. 890).

James Ist.: James Bay, occasional in lava caverns at 900 ft. ~

and in moist places at 2150 ft. (nos. 891-892). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., tropics of the Old World. Cheilanthes Sw.

C. microphylla Sw. Syn. Fil. 127 (1806) ; Rob. (1), 108.— ABINGDON IsL.: occasional on rocks at 450 ft., common at

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 17

1050 ft., (nos. 872-873). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, common at 2000 ft. (no. 877); Iguana Cove, abundant in shady places near the shore (nos. 874-875); Tagus Cove, common in lava crevices around 2100 ft. (no. 876). CHARLES sty scare at 1400" it) (mo) 878). CaArEAm st: Wieck Bay, Baur. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, occurs first at 350 ft. where a few stunted specimens were found growing in lava crevices, common in woodland at 625 ft., (nos. 879- Sole eiinthen distr Sy UNS) Mex. Wana Sey Ana

C. myriophylla Desv. Berl. Mag. V. 328 (1813); Rob. (1), 109.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex., Ecuador to Peru, India.

Cyclopeltis J. Sm.

C. semicordata (Sw.) J. Sm. Bot. Mag. 72, Comp. 36 (1846). Polypodium semicordatum Sw. Prodr. 132 (1788). Aspidium semicordatum Sw. Syn. Fil. 45 (1806); Rob. (1), 106.—Garapacos Ips.: Capt. Wood. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

Cystopteris Bernh.

C. fragilis (L.) Bernh. in Schrad. Neues Jour. Bot. I. pt. 2, 26, 49, t. 2, £ 9 (1806). Polypodium fragile L. Sp. PI. MOM GSS aC agli, Berna) lic: ob (pO CuHartes Isu.: acc. to Wolf. Robinson |. c. has already ex- pressed some doubt about the identity of the Galapagos Island specimen. As this was one of the islands most thoroughly ’ explored by our party, and as this species does not appear in the collection, it seems very likely that Wolf was wrong in his determination. Widely distributed.

Doryopteris J. Sm.

D. concolor (Langsd. & Fisch.) Kuhn. v. Deck. Reis. III. 3 Bot. 19 (1879). Pteris concolor Langsd. & Fisch. Ic. Fil. 19, t. 21 (1810). Pellaea geraniaefolia Fée Gen. Fil. 130 (1850-1852) ; Rob. (1), 111.—Gatapacos Ips. : Douglas.

18 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Owing to the fact that this fern has not reappeared in any of the recent collections from these islands it seems not at all unlikely that the specimen collected by Douglas was D. pedata which resembles this species very much in general appearance. Further distr. general in tropical regions.

D. pedata (L.) Fée Gen. Fil. 133 (1850-1852). Pteris pedata L. Sp. Pl. 1075 (1753); Rob. (1), 114.—AxBinepon Ist.: occasional above 1000 ft., reported by F. X. Williams. ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, occasional in shady places above 2100 ft. (no. 1001); Iguana Cove, common in shady places at 250 ft. (no. 1003); Tagus Cove, occasional in lava crevices at 4000 ft.; Villamil, common in woodland, 450-1300 ft. (no. 1011). Carvers Ist.: rare at 1650 ft. (no. 1006). Cuatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional in shady woodland at 650 ft., and in open country at 2100 ft. around the summit of the mountain,(nos. 1004-1005). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Acad- emy Bay, occasional in rather open places in the vegetation around 300 ft., above 600 ft. it is found growing among dense vegetation where it is more abundant and larger than at the lower elevation, (no. 1008) ; southeast side, above 600 ft. (no. 1007); northwest side, first seen at 650 ft. James Is~.: James Bay, occasional among rocks at 900 ft., abundant in woodland at 2100 ft., (nos. 1009-1010). Further distr. Mex., Wendi S: vm:

Dryopteris Adans.

D. brachyodus (Kze.) O. Ktze. Rev. Gen. Pl. I. 812 (1891). Polypodium brachyodus Kze. Linnaea IX. 48 (1834). Nephrodium brachyodon Hook. Sp. Fil. IV. 83 (1862); Rob. (1), 110—Gatapacos Ibs.: Capt. Wood. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

D: furcata’ (Kl) ©. Kizel(RevGen Pe ie SI 20 Cleon): Aspidium furcatum Kl. Linn. XX. 371 (1847). Polypodium paleaceum Hook. f. (3), 166; Rob. (1) 112.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, -occa- sional in lava caverns at 1350 ft. (no. 959). CHARLES ISL.: occasional on moist rocks at 1000 ft. (no. 957). CHATHAM

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 19

Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional in moist shady places at 650 ft. (no. 960). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, occasional in open places in the vegetation at 550 ft. (no. 963). JAMES IsLt.: James Bay, common on moist shady banks at 2750 ft. (nos. 961-962). Further distr. S. Am.

D. parasitica (L.) O. Ktze. Rev. Gen. Il. 811 (1891). Polypodium parasiticum L. Sp. Pl. 1090 (1753). Nephro- dium molle Desv. Mém. Soc. Linn. VI. 258 (1827) ; Rob. (1), 110.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller ; Villamil, in lava caverns at 1350 ft. and in protected places at 3150 ft. (nos. 904-905). CHARLES ISL.: common on moist rocks at 1000 ft. (nos. 908-910). CHatTHAm Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional in shady places at 1000 ft., abundant at 2100 ft. (nos. 906-907). Duncan Ist.: occasional in moist shady places at 1300 ft. (no. 911). James Ist.: James Bay, abundant around 2000 ft. (nos. 912-913). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., tropics of the Old World.

D. pseudotetragona Urban, Symb. Ant. IV. 20 (1903). Nephrodium tetragonum Presl, Rel. Haenk. I. 35 (1825) — INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, common in dense shade above 550 ft. (nos. 884-885). Further distr. southern U. S., Mex., northern S. Am.

Dy ceticulata)) (u.)) \Wrban, Symb: “Ant UVC 229), ( 1903): Polypodium reticulatum L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 2, 1352 (1759). INDEFATIGABLE Is~.: Academy Bay, rare in shady places above 550 ft. (no. 900). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., north- ern S. Am. |

D. rudis (Kze.) C. Chr. Ind. 289 (1905). Polypodium rude Kze. Winnaea XII, 133° (1839); Rob. (1); 113-— GaLAPAGos Ips.: Capt. Wood. Further distr. Mex., northern S. Am.

D. tricholepis (Bak.) C. Chr. Ind. 298 (1905). Nephro- dium tricholepis Bak. Hems. Biolog. Cent. Am. Bot. III. 651 (1885).—Cuatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in moist places at 2000 ft. (no. 914). James Isx.: James Bay, com- mon at 2150 ft. (no. 915). Further distr. Mex.

20 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

D. villosa (L.) O. Kze. Rev. Gen. II. 814 (1891). Poly- podium villosum L. Sp. Pl. 1093 (1753). Nephrodium villo- sum Presl, Rel. Haenk. I. 38 (1830); Rob. (1), 110.— CHATHAM Ist.: Capt. Wood. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., Sy Ava,

Elaphoglossum Schott

E. muscosum (Sw.) Moore, Ind. Fil. 362 (1857). Acros- tichum muscosum Sw. FI. Ind. Occ. 1591 (1806) ; Rob. (1), 104.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Villamil, abundant on the sides of steep banks on the south side of the mountain at 3150 ft. (no. 775). JAMES Ist.: Darwin. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., Sp ZAvaa.

E. petiolatum (Sw.) Urban, Symb. Ant. IV. 61 (1903). Acrostichum petiolatum Sw. Prod. 128 (1788). A. viscosum Sw. Syn. Fil. X. 193 (1806); Rob. (1), 105.—James Isz.: Darwin. Widely distributed in tropical regions.

Gleichenia Sm.

G. linearis (Burm.) Clarke, Trans Linn. Soc. II. Bot. I. 428 (1880). Polypodium lineare Burm. FI. Ind. 235, t. 67, f. 2 (1768). G. dichotoma Hook. Sp. Fil. I. 12 (1846); Rob. (1), 109.—CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional in shady protected places at 1300 ft., abundant 1800-2100 ft., (no. 886). Duncan Ist.: rare at 1300 ft. (no. 887). Fur- ther distr. general in tropical regions.

Hemitelia R. Br.

H. multifiora (Sm) Ro Br) Prody i No Holi is3)(isi0)e Cyathia multifora Sm. Mém. Ac. V. 416 (1793).—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Villamil, common on the south, east, and south- east inner walls of the crater at 3150 ft. and occasional on the outside above 2450 ft. (no. 894). CHatTHaAm Ist.: Wreck Bay, trees 6-10 ft. high common on the south and southeast sides of the main mountain at 1800-2000 ft. (no. 895). James Isxt.: James Bay, trees 8-10 ft. high on south and southeast sides above 2750 ft., forming a well marked belt, (no. S96)a)"Punther distr, Wendy S) wand

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 21

Histiopteris Agardh.

Hemcisa, (Uhbex) ia Simm lista Ele 295) (875) ss vererts, imcisa Thbg. Fl. Cap. 733 (1823); Rob. (1), 114.—ABine- pon IsL.: occasional around 1950 ft. (no. 997). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, common in the upper moist regions (nos. 998, 1000). James IsL.: James Bay, abundant in the moist regions (no. 999). Further distr. general in tropical regions.

Hymenophyllum Sm.

EU hirsucam) (e)) (Sw. Schrads joug ts00424 99) (sol): Trichomanes hirsutum L. Sp. Pl. 1098 (1753).—CHaTHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant in moist shady places around L750 st, (Gio, CLS), ithadner Ghigne, Wisc A, lol, Isreal, Mascarine Ids.

H. polyanthos Sw. Schrad. Jour. 1800, 2, 102 (1801).— Duncan IsuL.: in dense tufts on the southeast sides of rocks at 1300 ft. (no. 899). Widely distr. in tropical regions.

Hypolepis Bernh.

H. repens (L.) Presl, Tent. Pterid. 162 (1836). Lon- Ghins repens Ik. Sp. Ply 1078 (1753)).) ae repens. resi, lc. Rob. (1), 109.—Gatapacos Ips.: Capt. Wood. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Nephrolepis Schott

N. biserrata (Sw.) Schott, Gen. Fil. ad t. 3 (1834). As- pidium biserratum Sw. Schrad. Jour. 1800, 2, 32 (1801). N. acuta Presl, Tent. Pterid. 79 (1836); Rob. (1), 110.—As- INGDON IsL.: forming heavy brakes above 1650 ft. (nos. 916- 917). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Villamil, abundant in the vicinity of the shore, forming brakes 6 or more ft. in height. The area in which this fern occurs at this place is very limited and its presence here is due to several seepages of comparatively fresh water coming down from the upper parts of the island through crevices in the lava. This is one of the very few places on the islands where ferns occur at sea level, (no. 921).

2? CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Serr.

BINDLOE IsL.: common in moist places in the interior (no. 920). James Ist.: James Bay, occasional in lava caverns around 1000 ft. (no. 918). WerEnMaAN IsL.: common in lava caverns and on the sides of the cliffs (no. 919). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., tropics of the Old World.

N. pectinata (Willd.) Schott, Gen. Fil. ad t. 3 (1834). Aspidium pectinatum Willd. Sp. V. 223 (1810). WN. pectinata Schott. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 110—Asinepon ISL.: covering tree trunks and sides of banks around 1950 ft. (no. 992). ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Villamil, abundant on the sides of lava crevices at 1350 ft. (no. 928).. CuHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common on the trunks of tree ferns, Hemuitelia multifiora, at 1800 ft. and in dense growths of Lycopodium clavatwm and ferns at 2100 ft. (no. 926). Duncan IsL.: in shady protected places on the south side of the island at 1300 ft. (no. 924). INDE- FATIGABLE IsLt.: Academy Bay, occasional in shady woodland above 500 it. James Ist.: James Bay, occasional at 150 ft. in crevices in the recent lava south of the bay, occasional in lava caverns at 900 ft. From 2150-2850 ft. it is very abundant on the trunks of trees, often completely covering them with a dense network of fibrous roots. The roots of this fern seem to contain a volatile oil, as they burn with great intensity when ignited, (nos. 923-925). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

Notholaena R. Br.

N. sulphurea (Cav.) J. Sm. Bot. Voy. Herald 233 (1852- 1857). Pteris sulfurea Cav. Descr. 269 (1802). Notho- chleana sulphurea J. Sm. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 111.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Elizabeth Bay, mountain north of, Snodgrass and Hel- ler ; Cowley Bay, on rocks at 1450 ft. (no. 932) ; Iguana Cove, abundant above 200 ft. (no. 930) ; Tagus Cove, in lava crev- ices 300-2900 ft. (no. 931). James Is~.: James Bay, occa- sional on the walls of a small tufa crater, south of the bay, at 75 ft., (no. 933). NarsorouGcH Ist.: common on the north side above 500 ft. (no. 934). This is usually one of the first ferns to be seen in going up the sides of the mountains. Fur- ther distr. S. W. U. S., Mex., Andean S. Am.

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 23

Polypodium L.

P. angustifolium Sw. Prod. 130 (1788); Rob. (1), 111.— James Ist.: James Bay, on the trunks and branches of trees around 2100 ft. (no. 935). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am. :

Paaureuna) Wey Sps) Pin 1087, (i7aa) vob.) Cl) yaa A BEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, common on rocks at 1500 ft., also common on the trunks and branches of Zanthoxrylum Fagara at 3150 ft., (nos. 936-937). Duncan IsL.: occasional on the sides of perpendicular cliffs at 1250 ft. (no. 939). JAMES Ist.: James Bay, common on the trunks of trees at 2150 ft. and in similar situations at 2800 ft. (no. 938). Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., “Australia’’ acc. to Rob. Go jg Wa,

P. crassifolium L. Sp. Pl. 1083 (1753); Rob. (1), 112.— ALBEMARLE IsL.: Tagus Cove, in the upper regions on the southeast side of the mountain (no. 941). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, occasional in dense shade at 550 ft. (no. 940). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., northern S. Am.

P. lanceolatum L. Sp. Pl. 1082 (1753); Rob. (1), 112.— Apincpon IsL.: common on trees above 1650 ft. (no. 946). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, common on trees above 400 ft. (no. 948); Villamil, common on the trunks and branches of trees, 350-3150: ft., (mo. 951). CHARLES Ise; ‘common on trees at 1000-1700 ft. (no. 950). Duncan IsL.: occa- sional on bushes and small trees at 1300 ft. (no. 949). INDE- FATIGABLE Is~.: Academy Bay, common on tree trunks above 400 ft. (no. 947). James Ist.: Darwin. Further distr. tropics of both hemispheres.

P. lepidopteris (Langsd. & Fisch.) Kze. Linnaea XIII. 132 (1839). Acrostichum lepidopteris Langsd. & Fisch. Ic. Fil. Vet 2 (1810). Po lepidopiens Kze\) ec; Robs (1), 112-—— ALBEMARLE Isx.: Villamil, common on trunks and branches of trees, 500-600 ft., (no. 952). Duncan IsL.: occasional on bushes and small trees at 1200 ft.; nearly all of the specimens are small, a fact which is probably due to the somewhat xero- phytic conditions which prevail-around the top of this island,

January 14, 1911.

BAN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Serr.

(no. 954). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, on trees, 375-450 ft., (no. 956); southeast side, rare on trees at 625 ft. James Ist.: James Bay, on trees at 1300 ft. (no. 955). This fern is usually found in the transition and lower moist regions. Further distr. Mex., S. Am.

P. loriceum L. Sp. Pl. 1086 (1753); Rob. (1), 112.— GavLapacos Ips.: Moore. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

P) pectinatum 1))/Sp. Ble W085 11753) > Roba Guy ails: Apincpon Isu.: occasional among rocks in the wooded region above 1000 ft. (no. 961). ArsEemarLe Ist.: Cowley Bay, occurs first among rocks in shady woodland at 2000 ft. Below this elevation the soil is composed entirely of pumice, which is not well adapted to support a fern flora; Iguana Cove, among rocks in woodland near the shore; Tagus Cove, com- mon in lava caverns at 2200 ft. and on the west side of the mountain at 4000 ft. (no. 967); Villamil, common among rocks 100-3150 ft. (no. 969). CHar Es IsL.: common in lava crevices on the inner walls of the main crater at 1400 ft. (no. 968). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, fairly abundant in shady woods at 700 ft. (no. 966). INDEFATIGABLE ISL.: Academy Bay, common in vegetable mold among rocks, 350- 500 ft., (no. 962); northwest side, occasional at 1000 ft.; southeast side, common among rocks at 625 ft. JAmeEs IsL.: James Bay, common above 1300 ft. (no. 966). This fern is most abundant in the lower part of the moist region but usually disappears when the vegetation becomes dense. Fur- ther distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

P. percussum Cav. Prael. 243 (1801); Rob. (1), 113.— GaLapacos Ips.: Capt. Wood. Further distr. Mex., S. Am.

P: [Phyllitides, IL) Sp, (Pl) 1083 \(1753)), Rob. (Ch) tian James Ist.: James Bay, common in open woodland above 1500 ft. (no. 969). “Large sword ferns’ were reported from the upper regions of Aprnepon IsL., and Banks Bay, ALBE- MARLE Isu. by Mr. F. X. Williams, the entomologist of the expedition. From his description it seems very likely that it was this species that he saw. Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., Wend: S: Am.

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 25

P. pleiosoros Hook. f. (3), 166 (as pleiosorum) ; Rob. (1), 113.—JaAmeEs Isut.: Darwin. Endemic.

P. polypodioides (L.) Hitchcock, Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. IV. 156 (1893). <Acrostichum polypodioides L. Sp. Pl. 1068 (i753)) Ve incanum swe Prod) 1378s) Roba (1); 112: —ALBEMARLE ISL.: Villamil, common on the trunks of trees at 600 ft. (no. 944). CuHarwes Ist.: Darwin. INDEFATIGA- BLE Is_.: Academy Bay, on the trunks and branches of trees above 425 ft. (no. 942); southeast side, common on tree trunks at 625 ft. (no. 943). Widely distributed.

P. squamatum L. Sp. Pl. 1086 (1753); Rob. (1), 113.— ABINGDON IsL.: common on rocks at 450 ft., occasional on the trunks and branches of trees on the upper parts of the island, (no. 978). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, common in lava crevices at 2800 ft. (no. 986); Villamil, common on recent lava near the shore and in woodland above 350 ft. BinpLor IsL.: common on lava in the upper interior parts of the island (no. 971). CHARLES IsL.: occasional in open woodland at 1000 ft., abundant at 1400 ft., (no. 972). CuHatTHam IsL.: Basso Point, first seen at 900 ft.; Wreck Bay, abundant in shady woodland at 600 ft., fairly common in open country at 1700 fee occasional ary ZOOM tt. (aos 973-974). DUNCAN) Ist: occurs first at 1000 ft. on the north side of the island, and at 700 ft. on the south side where the vegetation is bathed by the fog-laden wind, common at 1300 ft. on the south side, (no. 975). Hoop Ist.: occasional on the southeast side of — cliffs at 600 ft. (no. 979). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, occasional at 50 ft., abundant, covering rocks in open woodland, at 350-500 ft., (no. 985); northwest side, occa- sional at 650 ft.; southeast side, occasional at 600 ft., forming low brakes around 700 ft., (no. 987). James Ist.: James Bay, abundant on recent lava beds above 500 ft., apparently one of the first vascular plants to invade the recent lava above this elevation, (no. 977). Jervis Ist.: occasional in a very limited area around 1050 ft. (no. 984). NargoroueH Ist.: south side, common in the upper regions. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., northern S. Am.

26 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

P. thyssanolepis A. Br. Kl. Linn. XX. 392 (1847).— ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, abundant at 600 ft., on trees at 1300 ft., (nos. 989-990). James IsL.: James Bay, occasional on the trunks of trees at 2750 ft. (no. 991). Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., northern S. Am.

Polystichum Roth.

P. aculeatum (L.) Schott, Gen. Fil. ad t. 9 (1834). Poly- podium aculeatum L. Sp. Pl. 1090 (1753). Aspidium acu- leatum Sw. Schrad. Jour. 1800, 2, 37 (1801).—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, occasional on the south side of the mountain at 3150 ft. (no. 802). Widely distributed.

P. adiantiforme (Forst.) J. Sm. Hist. Fil. 220 (1875). Polypodium adiantiforme Forst. Prod. 82 (1786). Aspidium coriaceum Sw. Syn. Fil. 57 (1806); Rob. (1), 106.—ALBE- MARLE Isut.: Villamil, occasional on the south side of the mountain at 3150 ft. (no. 803). James Isx.: Darwin. Fur- ther distr. W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

P. apiifolium (Sw.) C. Ch. Ind. 64 (1905), 578 (1906). Dicksonia apiifolia Sw. Schrad. Jour. 1800, 2, 91 (1801).— James IsL.: James Bay, occasional at 2000 ft. (nos. 882- 883). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., Andean S. Am.

Pteris L.

P. aquilina var. esculenta Hook. f. Fl. N. Zeal. II. 25 (1855); Rob. (1), 114—Azinepon Isi.: forms extensive brakes on the south side of the island above 1600 ft. (no. 992). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Hel- ler; Villamil, common in open woodland, 1200-1400 ft.; also common on the southeast side of the mountain at 3150 ft., and on the floor of the crater at 2750 ft., where it forms exten- sive brakes, (no. 993). CuHatHam IsL.: Wreck Bay, occurs first at 1000 ft., forming extensive brakes at 1700 ft., common at 2100 ft., (nos. 994-996). Further distr. general in tropical regions.

P. propinqua var. Cumingiana Ag. Sp. Gen. Pterid. 65 (1839); Rob. (1), 115.—Gatapacos Ips.: Capt. Wood. Further distr. Mex., northern S. Am.

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS D7

Trachypteris André

T. pinnata (Hook. f.) C. Chr. Ind. 634 (1906). Hemion- itis pmnata Hook. f. Trans. Linn. Soc. XX. 167 (1847). Acrostichum aureonitens Hook. f. Ic. Pl. X. t. 933 (1854) ; Rob. (1), 104.—Asinepon Ist.: abundant on rocks at 600- 1000 ft. (no. 772). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, common around 2000 ft.; Iguana Cove, abundant on shady rocks near the shore (no. 768); Tagus Cove, abundant at 500-4000 ft. (nos. 766-767) ; Villamil, on rocks in shady places, 100-1300 ft., (no. 771). CHar es IsL.: common on moist rocks at 1000 ft. (no. 1026). CHatHam Ist.: Basso Point, on rocks at 900 ft.; Wreck Bay, occasional at 900 ft. INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, occasional on the sides of steep bluffs at 50 ft., abundant above 350 ft., (no. 766); southeast side, rare at 450 ft., abundant above 500 ft. James Ist.: James Bay, on rocks in open woodland, 800-1300 ft., (no. 770). NargBorouGH IsL.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller.

Trichomanes L.

T. pusillum Sw. Prod. 136 (1788).—James Ist.: James Bay, common on moist tufa walls at 2050 ft. (no. 1012). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., northern S. Am., Africa.

Vittaria J. Sm.

V. angustifolia (Sw.) Bak. Fl. Bras. I. 2, 544 (1870). Pteris angustifolia Sw. Prod. 129 (1788). Taenitis angusti- OG bi Ierody lo4. in) note ) (lai) Ga Nob.. (Gl) lust GaLAPAGOS Ips.: Capt. Wood. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., Su) ANA,

SALVINIACEAE Azolla Lam.

A. caroliniana Willd. Sp. V. 541 (1810); Rob. (1), 115.— Cuarves Is_.: abundant on mud and floating in water around springs at 1000 ft. (no. 3441). CHatHam Isi.: Wreck Bay, common in small streams, 1000-1700 ft., (no. 3442). Further aastr WSs) Miex.:S) Am

28 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH Ser.

Salvinia L.

S. sp. Wolf, (1), 284; Rob. (1), 115—Cuartes Ist.: in brooks near the hacienda, acc. to Wolf I. c.

EQUISETACEAE Equisetum L.

E. bogotense HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. I. 42 (1815).—ALBE- MARLE Isz.: Villamil, rare on the south rim of the crater at 3150 ft. (no. 3443). Further distr. Mex. (Cent. Am.), W. Inds Ss7Aa:

EY COPODIACEAL Lycopodium L.

LL. clavatum L,)Sp.: Pl. 1101 (1753); Rob. (4); Tiss CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, forming thick tangled masses 2-3 ft. high above 1500 ft. (no. 1014). James Ist.: James Bay, rare around 2500 ft. (no. 1015). Widely distributed.

L. complanatum L. Sp. Pl. 1104 (1753).—ALBEMARLE isi. Vallanul, oceasional at) S1507h. \(no; 101G)F Widely; distributed.

L. dichotomum Jacq. Enum. Vindob. 314 (1762); Rob. (1), 115.—AtLBemarte Ist.: Villamil, common on the higher branches of trees, 500-700 ft., (no. 1017). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, on the trunks and branches of trees, 400- 500 ft., (no. 1019); northwest side, common on the higher branches of Psidium galapageium trees above 1000 ft. Fur- ther distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Madagascar.

L. reflexum Lam. Encyc. II]. 653 (1789).—ALBEMARLE ist. = Villamuil,” common at 3150) it.(mo, 1020)2 3 Purther distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am. ;

L. taxifolium Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. III. 1573 (1806).— Cuarves Is_.: abundant on branches of Acnistus ellipticus trees at 1700 ft. (no. 1021). Wolf 1. c. 283 refers to two un- determined species of Lycopodium from this island and it seems likely that this is one of them. James Ist.: James Bay,

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 29

common on the branches of Zanthoxylum Fagara trees at 2150 ft. (nos. 1023-1024). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., northern S). AGAIN

SPERMATOPHYTA MONOCOTYLEDONEAE

POTAMOGETONACEAE

Potamogeton Tourn:

P. pectinatus L. Sp. Pl. 127 (1753); Rob, (1), 115.—At- BEMARLE Isxt.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. Widely distributed.

Ruppia L. R. maritima L. Sp. Pl. 127 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 116—AtBE-

MARLE Isu.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Widely distributed.

NAJADACEAE Najas L.

N. marina L., var. latifolia A. Br. ex Schum. in Mart. FI. Bras. III. pt. 3, 725 (1894); Rob. (1), 116.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. tropical S. Am.

GRAMINEAE Ammophila Host.

A, arenaria (L.) Link, Hort. Berol. I. 105 (1827). Arundo arenaria L. Sp. Pl. 82 (1753).—Srymour Ist., sourH: form- ing a patch about one-fourth mile long on a sand beach on the west side of the island. The specimen is sterile and somewhat doubtful as to species, (no. 1195). Further distr. N. Am., Europe.

Anthephora Schreb.

A. hermaphrodita (L.) O. Kze. Rev. Gen. II. 759 (1891). Tripsacum hermaphroditum L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 1397 (1763). An- thephora elegans Schreb. Beschr. Gras. II. 105 t. 44 (1810); Rob. (1), 116.—ALBemar_e Ist.: Tagus Cove, occasional in

30 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

tufaceous soil in open sunny places on the lower parts (no. 1196). CHaARLEs IsL.: rare at 850 ft., common in tufaceous soil at 1200 it., (nos. 1197-1198). CHatTHam Ist.: north side, Baur. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side, Andersson. James IsL.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Aristida L.

A. divulsa Anderss. (1), 143, and (2), 49; Rob. (1), 116.— ABINGDON Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. BiNDLOE Ist.: Baur. CuatHam Isx.: Sappho Cove, occasional in bunches on the recent lava in the vicinity of the cove, (no. 1200). James Isz.: James Bay, common in lava crevices near the shore (no. 1199). Endemic.

A. repens Trin. Mém. Acad. Pétersb. ser. VI. I. 87 (1831) ; Rob. (1), 117.—James Ist.: Douglas. Endemic.

A. subspicata Trin. & Rupr. Mém. Acad. Pétersb. ser. VI. I. 125 (1842); Rob. (1), 117.—Axinepon IsL.: common in lava crevices in the vicinity of the shore and also sparingly at 1100 ft. (nos. 1201-1203). AtsBEmaRLe IsL.: Cowley Bay, common in soil of pumiceous origin at 1000 ft. (no. 1207) ; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, common on the side of the cliffs above the cove, also common in open places around 300 ft., (no. 1206); Tagus Cove, common in open country near the shore and around 1000 ft. (no. 1208) ; Villamil, common in lava crevices near the shore (nos. 1204- 1205). Barrineron Ist.: occasional in loose soil among masses of lava (no. 1210). Brnptor IsL.: common near the shore and on the crests of tufa ridges in the interior of the island (mouiZ Dl) a) Reanim evista i (CnO. ZZ) on CrAREES iste: abundant at S50)rt., occasionalat 750) 4 (moss 125: 1214, 1216, 1217) ; Cormorant Bay, occasional in lava crev- ices (no. 1215). CHatHAm Ist.: Basso Point, occasional on lava and in open places in the dry region where the soil is very loose in texture (no. 1218). GarpnerR «Ist. (near Hoop Ist.) : common everywhere (no. 1219). Hoop Ist. : occasional among rocks (no. 1220). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, abundant in open places in the vegetation on the lower parts (no. 1221); north side, abundant in ashy soil on the

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 31

lower parts (no. 1224); northeast side, abundant on the flat area near the shore (no. 1222); northwest side, common in tufaceous soil (no. 1225). James Isz.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Fleller ; northeast side, occasional in sand and in lava crev- ices (no. 1226). NarsoroucGu Ist.: north side, abundant in lava crevices (no. 1227). Srymour Ips., NorTH and souTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. S. Am. This is one of the most abundant and wide spread grasses of the dry region. It occurs commonly where the soil is too porous to support much large vegetation, and in such situations it often covers considerable areas.

A. villosa Rob. & Greenm. (1), 144, WD) 2 ENO) O)s (AL) atl 7/2 Duncan Ist.: abundant on the lower and dry parts of the island (nos. 1228-1229). Jervis Ist.: Baur. Endemic.

Bouteloua Lag.

B. pilosa (Hook. f.) Benth. acc. to Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. XVIII. 179 (1883). Eutriana pilosa Hook. f. (3) AOL Sui WB: piosopbentia ecu ob (1) iz“ Apinenon Ist.) oces sional in open places at 1050 ft. (no. 1230). Atpemarte Ist.: Iguana Cove, in spreading bunches among thick vegetation at 250 ft. (no. 1231) ; Tagus Cove, abundant in tufaceous soil on the lower parts of the island (no. 1232); Villamil, occasional in woodland at 250 ft. (no. 1233). Barrineton Ist.: Snod- grass and Feller. CuatHam Isu.: north side, Andersson. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, Snodgrass and Heller. James Ist.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Jervis Ist. : Baur. Narsoroucu Ist.: north side, abundant on lava beds near the shore (no. 1234). Srymour Ips., NortTH and souTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

Cenchrus L.

C. distichophyllus Griesb. Cat. Pl. Cub. 234 (1866) ; Rob. (1), 118—Atrsemarte Ist.: Villamil, Baur. CHatHaw Ist.:- Sappho Cove, forming dense mats on sand beaches (no. 1236). Hoop Ist.: fairly common on sand beaches (Cato; MASS) TE ther distr. Cuba.

C. granularis Anderss. (1), 140, and (2), 47; Rob. C1), 118.—ALBEMarLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, common at 100-4000 ft.

32 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

(nos. 1237-1238). CHaRLEs Isx.: rare at 900 ft. (no. 1240). CuHaTHAM Ist.: Andersson; A. Agassiz. NarsBoroucH ISsL.: north side, abundant on lava beds (no. 1239). Srtymour ISL., souTH: Snodgrass and Heller.

C. platyacanthus Anderss. (1), 139, (2), 47; Rob. (1), 118. —ABINGDON IsL.: occasional on the lower parts (no. 1241). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, in spreading bunches on the sides of the cliffs above the cove (no. 1242). BaArrINGTON Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. BiNDLOE IsL.: Snodgrass and Heller. Brattre Ist.: (no. 1244). Cares Isu.: Snod- grass and Heller. Cuatuam Isu.: Wreck Bay, abundant near the shore and in open places in the vegetation to 150 ft. (nos. 1245-1246). GarpNneER Ist. (near Hoop Ist.): Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Ist.: Baur. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Acad- emy Bay, abundant in sandy soil near the shore; north side, Snodgrass and Heller. James Isu.: northeast side, occasional in lava crevices; JAMES Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. NARBOR- ouGH Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

C. sp. Rob. (1), 118.—CuatHam Isi.: Snodgrass and Hel- ler.

Chloris Sw.

C. anisopoda Rob. (1), 118—CwHartes IsL.: occasional among rocks near the shore (no. 1250). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, fairly abundant in lava crevices near the shore (no. 1251); southeast side, on the lower dry parts (no. 1252). Endemic.

C. elegans HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. I. 166, t. 49 (1815); Rob. (1), 119.—Cuartes Isu.: Snodgrass and Heller. Sry- mouR Ist., NORTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. S. WS Ie S.5 lex.

C. radiata (L.) Sw. Prodr. 26 (1788). Agrostis radiata L. Syst. 10, ed1/2/873 (11759). G. radiata Sw. lace Robin(Ga)p 119.—Cuartes Ist.: Baur. Further distr. W. Ind., S. Am.

Dactyloctenium Willd.

D. aegyptium (L.) Richter, Plan. Eur. I. 68 (1890). Cyno- surus aegyptius L. Sp. Pl. 72 (1753). Eleusine aegyptica Desf. Fl. Alt. I. 85 (1798); Rob. (1), 119.—CuHartes Ist.:

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 33

abundant near the shore (no. 1253). CHatTHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant in dry sandy soil near the beach (no. 1254). Hoop Ist.: Baur. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, abundant in sand near the shore (no. 1255). Widely distrib- uted.

Digitaria Scop.

Dy Saneuinalis) (es) Scopy he @arnyed: 2 lh a2) (772). Panicum sanguinale L. Sp. Pl. 57 (1753); Rob. (1), 123.— Cuartes Ist.: occasional in open places at 1100 ft. (no. 1304). CHatHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in open sunny places to 450 ft. (nos. 1303, 1305). Of wide distribution.

Eleusine Gaertn.

E. indica Gaertn. Fruct I. 8 (1788); Rob. (1), 120.— Cuartes Ist.: abundant in open meadows at 1000 ft., also common at 1500-1750 ft., (nos. 1255-1258). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant at 300-800 ft., occasional at 1300 ft., (nos. 1259-1261). Widely distributed. Probably an intro- duced species on the islands.

Eragrostis Host.

E. bahiensis Roem. & Sch. Mant. II. 318 (1824) ; Rob. (1), 120.—Axsinepon IsL.: occasional in bunches around 1000 ft. (no. 1262). ArBEemarLe Isi.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. S. Am.

E. ciliaris (L.) Link, Hort. Berol. I. 192 (1827). Poa cih- aris L. Syst. ed. 10, 875 (1760). Eragrostis ciliaris Link, |. c. ; Rob. (1), 120.—Astnepon Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Aw- BEMARLE Ist.: Macrae; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. BINDLOE IsL.: on the upper parts (no. 1263). Cartes ISL. : abundant 430-1100 ft. (nos. 1264-12605). CHatTHaAmM IsL.: Darwin; Andersson; Snodgrass and Heller. oop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. James Ist.: James Bay, common in dry places on sides of cliffs around the bay (no. 1266). Nar- BOROUGH IsL.: north side, abundant on recent lava beds (no. 1267). Tower Ist.: Baur; Snodgrass and Heller. Widely distributed.

E. megastachya (Koehl.) Link, Hort. Berol. I. 187 (1827). Poa megastachya Koehl. Descr. Gram. 181 (1802). Eragros-

34 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

tis major Host. Gram. IV. 14, t. 24 (1809) ; Rob. (1), 120.— BarrRINGTON Isxt.: Snodgrass and Heller. BRatTLeE ISL.: (no. | 1268). CHarves IsL.: common above 450 ft. (nos. 1269- 1270). CuatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in dry sandy soil near the shore (no. 1271). Duncan IsL.: occasional ' near the shore. GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Ist.): Snodgrass and Heller. Woop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. INDEFATIGA- BLE Ist.: Academy Bay, fairly abundant near the shore (no. 1272). Seymour IsL., sourH: Snodgrass and Heller. TOWER Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. WrtnmaN Ist.: (no. 1273). Widely distributed.

E. pilosa (L.) Beauv. Agrost. 71 (1812). Poa pilosa L. Sp. F638 (1753). E pilosa Beauv. i -c:: Rob. (1). 120 amass Isxt.: Darwin. Widely distributed. *

Eriochloa HBK.

BE. distachya HUBKG Novi) Gen, ceSpil 95) t 130) (leis): Rob. (1), 121—Cuatuam Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Fur- ther distr. northern S. Am.

E;) punctata (©) )Desy,)an Ham) Prod!) Bl Ind: Ocew5 (1825). Milium punctatum L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 91 (1763).— CHATHAM IsL.: Basso Point, occasional in open places at 900 tt)\(no 1274). Bomber distr: WS. VWVe ands) saa:

Leptochloa Beauv.

L. albemarlensis Rob. & Greenm. (1), 145, 149; Rob. (1), 121.—Arrinepon IsL.: common on lava beds at 450 ft. (no. 1275). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, Baur; Iguana Cove, Snod- grass and Heller. Endemic.

L. filiformis (Lam.) Roem. & Sch. Syst. II. 580 (1817). Festuca fiiformis Lam. Illust. I. 191 (1791). L. filiformis Roem & Sch. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 121.—Duwncan Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. StymMowur Isu., soutH: Snodgrass and Heller. Widely distributed in tropical regions.

L. Lindleyana Kunth, Rev. Gram. II. 655, t. 215 (1829) ; Rob. (1), 121.—Asinepon Ist.: occasional on lava beds in the lower dry region (no. 1276). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Macrae;

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 35

Cowley Bay, Baur; Tagus Cove, (no. 1277). Buinptoe Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. CuatHam Ist.: Andersson. Nar- BOROUGH IsL.: north side, abundant on lava beds (no. 1278). Endemic.

L. mucronata (Michx.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. I. 91 (1829). Eleusine mucronata Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 65 (1803). L. mu- cronata Kunth, |. c.; Rob. (1), 121.—BarrineTon Ist.: (no. 1279). GarvDNER IsL., (near Hoop Ist.): (no. 1281). Hoop Is_.: common in scant soil among rocks (no. 1280). Further cisir Ss UES) Mex Welnde SA

L. virgata (L.) Beauv. Agrost. 71 (1812). Cynosurus vir- Bains de Spiel ediZ, 106) (1762) es wingara Beaty. ch Rob. (1), 121.—Cuartes Ist.: upper grassy region acc. to Andersson. CuatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occurs first at 650 ft. (no. 1282). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Oplismenus Beauv.

O. setarius (Lam.) Roem. & Sch. Syst. II. 481 (1817). Panicum setarium Lam. Ill. I. 170 (1791). O. setarius Roem. & Sch. I. c.; Rob. (1), 121—CuHatuHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, in shady places in cultivated ground around 1000 ft. (no. 1283). Probably an introduced species. Further distr. U. S., Mex., Weir Seana:

Panicum L.

PP colonum I.) Syst. ed: 10/870) (1760) 5 Rob. (1), 122-— CuHartes Ist.: Darwin; Andersson. Further distr. general in tropical regions.

Pa fasciculatum) ow, Erodr, 22 (1788) Rope Gly tl 22a fuscum Sw. Prodr. 23 (1788); Rob. (1), 122.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Turtle Cove, in dense patches 4-6 ft. high in moist places near the shore (no. 1284); Villamil, in dense patches 5-6 ft. high in low places 2-3 miles back from the beach. The soil in these areas is kept moist the greater part of the time by the underflow of water from the interior of the island, (nos. 1285- 1286). CwHarwes Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant on the sides of the road leading to the hacienda. This grass was only seen in January and Feb- ruary, when there is considerable water standing in the low

26 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES . [{Proc. 47H Ser.

places where it occurs, (no. 1286). INDEFATIGABLE ISsL.: north side, Andersson. JAMES IsL.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

P. geminatum Forsk. Fl. Aeg.-Arab. 18 (1775). P. filmtans Retz. Obs. III. 8 (1783); Rob. (1), 122.—Cuartes Ist.: abundant on the sides of a moist cliff above a spring at 1000 it. (nos. 1287-1288). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in large bunches at 450 ft. (no. 1290). Duncan IsL.: common in bunches at 900 ft. (no. 1291). Hoop Ist.: on the margin of a mud lake acc. to Snodgrass and Heller. The dry culms of a grass, probably this one, were noticed in the dry bed of this lake in June. Further distr. W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

P. hirticaulum J. & C. Presl, Rel. Haenk. I. 308 (1830) ; Rob. (1), 122.—Barrineton Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Cuar_es Ist.: Andersson. CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in open places on the lower parts of the island, (no. 1293). GarDNER IsL., (near Hoop Isx.): dried remains of . this grass were found in June (no. 1294). Hoop Ist.: abund- ant (no. 1297). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, abund- ant (no. 1297); north side, Snodgrass and Heller; northeast side, common on the table land above the beach (no. 1296). SEYMOUR Ips., NoRTH and soutH: Snodgrass and Heller. - Robinson, I. c., suggests that this grass is a recent introduction to the islands. It might be mentioned in this connection that the islands on which it occurs are frequently visited by the inhabitants of both Albemarle and Chatham Ids. Further distr. Mex.

Var. minus Anderss. (1), 135, and (2), 44; Rob. (1), 123. —CHARLES Ist.: Andersson; Snodgrass and Heller. CHATH- AM Ist.: Andersson. Endemic.

P. molle Sw. Prod. 22 (1788) ; Rob. (1), 123.—CuHatTHAm Isu.: Chierchia. Further distr. W. Ind., S. Am., tropical Asia.

P. multiculmum Anderss. (1), 133, and (2), 43; Rob. (1), 123.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller ; Turtle Cove, occasional in scant soil near the shore (no. 1298) ; Villamil, occasional in lava crevices near the shore (no. 1299). BarRINGTON Isz.: Snodgrass and Heller. CHARLES IsL.: in open places near the shore (no. 1300). CHatHam IsL.:

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 37

Wreck Bay, occasional in low places around 300 ft. The soil is very wet in this region during the season in which the species occurs, (no. 1301). Duncan Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. GARDNER Ist. (near Hoop Ist.): Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Ist.: common among rocks (no. 1302). Endemic.

P. serotinum (Michx.) Trin. Gram. Panic. 166 (1826). Digitaria serotina Michx. Fl. I. 46 (1803). P. serotinum Trin. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 123—Cuartes Ist.: Edmonston. Rob- inson |. c. suggests that there may have been some mistake in the identification of this specimen. Further distr. S. U. S.

P. sp.—Cuar es Ist.: (no. 1306). P. sp.—Cuatuam Isz.: (no. 1308). P. sp.—Dvuwncan Ist.: (no. 1307).

All three of the above specimens are in too poor a condition for determination. They probably represent three distinct species.

‘ Paspalum L.

P. canescens Anderss. (1), 132, and (2), 42; Rob. (1), 123. P. longe-pedunculatum Rob. (1), 124, not Le Conte.—ALBE- MARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, Andersson; Iguana Cove, in bunches _ on the sides of the cliffs above the cove (nos. 1317-1318) ; Tagus Cove, in large bunches, 600-4000 ft., (nos. 1309, 1319- 1320) ; Villamil, common at 3150 ft. (no. 1311). Brnpror Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Cuarves Isu.: Darwin; Anders- son. CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional, 450-2100 ft., (nos. 1321-1322). Narsoroucu Ist.: north side (Gao, USO) Endemic.

P. conjugatum Berg. Act. Helv. VII. 129, t. 8 (1772) ; Rob. (1), 123—ALsBEemarte Ist.: Villamil, one of the commonest grasses in the region above 1500 ft. It also occurs to some extent below this elevation, (no. 1312). CHartes Ist.: com- mon on the sides of moist tufa walls around 1000 ft. (no. 1312). CHatrHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in the grassy country above 700 ft. (nos. 1314-1315). James Ist.: James Bay, abundant in open places and in open woodland above 1500 ft. (no. 1316). This-is the principal forage grass on the islands where it occurs. Further distr. Mex., W. fndiS s Am: Tropical Africa.

38 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Serr.

P. distichum L. Amoen. Acad. V. 391 (1760); Rob. (1), 123.—James Ist.: Orchilla Bay, Baur. Further distr. tropical and subtropical regions.

Ps; penicillatum) ) Pook. jh (3) el 7 ce Ron ah) me CHARLES IsL.: Darwin. Endemic.

P. scrobiculatum L. Mant. I. 29 (1767); Rob. (1), 124.— CuHaTHAM Isi.: Clierchia. Further distr. general in tropics of old world.

P. sp. Rob. (1), 124.—INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, Snodgrass and Heller. Probably a new species, acc. to Robin- SOnsslene:

Pennisetum Rich.

P. exalatum (Anderss.) Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. I. 112 (1893). Amphochaeta exalata Anderss. (1), 137, (2), 45, t. 1, f.2. P. pauperum Nees acc. to Steud. Syn. 102 (1855) ; Rob. (1), 119.—ALBEMarteE IsL.: Cowley Bay, Andersson; Iguana Cove, occasional in dense patches 6-7 ft. high on the sides of the cliffs above the cove (no. 1323); Tagus Cove, a considerable area is covered with a dense growth of this grass around the top of the mountain, 3850-4000 ft., (no. 1324). The dried culms, collected at Elizabeth Bay and ascribed to Chusquea sp. by Robinson, (1), 119, no doubt belong to this species. Nar- BOROUGH Ist.: Mr. R. H. Beck reported a heavy growth of grass around the top of this island. From his description it is probably of this species. Endemic.

Setaria Beauv.

S. floriana Anderss. (1), 138, (2), 46; Rob. (1), 124.— CHARLES Ist.: Andersson. Endemic.

S. setosa (Sw.) Beauv. Agrost. 51 (1812). Panicum seto- sum Sw. Prodr. 22 (1788). Ss serosa) Beauve Ici, Rob. (l)e 124.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, (no. 1091); Tagus Cove, abundant in tufaceous soil around the base of the mountain (no. 1090); Villamil, occasional in bunches on the lower parts (no. 1092). Bar- RINGTON Isu.: Snodgrass and Heller. CuHarwes Isu.: abund- ant around 1750 ft. (nos. 1293-1294). CHarHam (st.:

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 39

Sappho Cove, on lava beds near the shore (no. 1295) ; Wreck Bay, grows in shady places at 250-600 ft. (nos. 1296-1297). Duncan Ist.: dried remains (no. 1179). Hoop Ist.: occa- sional around 600 ft. (nos. 1180-1181). INDEFATIGABLE ISL.: Academy Bay, abundant in open woodland around 350 ft.; southeast side, in rather open country around 500 ft. (no. 1182). James Ist.: James Bay, common on the lower parts (no. 1183). Narsoroucu Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Fur- ther distr. tropical regions.

S. n.sp.? Hook. f. (3), 172; Rob. (1), 125.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Macrae. Endemic.

Sporobolus R. Br.

S. domingensis (Trin.) Kunth, Enum. [. 214 (1833). Vilfa domimgensis Trin. in Spreng. neue Ent. II. 59 (1821). S. domingensis Kunth 1. c.; Rob. (1), 125.—Asinepon Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, Snod- grass and Heller; Tagus Cove, occasional on the lower parts - and at 4000 ft. (nos. 1184-1185). Hoop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind.

S. indicus (L.) R. Br. Prod. I. 170 (1810). Agrostis indica WaSpo ios) i753) S.andicussk: Br les Rob. (1), 125.—— ALBEMARLE I[sL.: Villamil, common at 3150 ft. (no. 1186). CHARLES IsL.: occasional at 1600 ft. (no. 1187). CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional in bunches at 1700 ft. (no. 1188). Widely distributed.

S. virginicus (L.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. I. 67 (1829). Agros- tis virginica L. Sp. Pl. 63 (1753). S. virginicus Kunth, lL. c. ; Rob. (1), 125.—Arspemarte Ist.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, covers a considerable area on the low flat just back of the beach (no. 1189). CHaARLEs IsL.: common on sand beaches (no. 1190). CuatHam IsL.: Andersson; A. Agassiz; Snodgrass and Heller. INDEFATIGABLE ISL.: Acad- emy Bay, in dense mats on sand beaches (no. 1191) ; southeast side, common on the shore and around the borders of salt water lagoons where the soil is strongly impregnated with salt (no. 1191). James IsL.: northeast side, on sand beaches. Further distas Ue SyiMiexs SNWerlnd iS. Arne

January 11, 1911

40 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

Stenotaphrum Trin.

S. secundatum (Walt.) O. Kze. Rev. Gen. II. 794 (1891). _ Ischaemum secundatum Walt. Fl. Car. 249 (1788). Stenota- phrum glabrum Trin. Fund. Agrost. 176 (1820); Rob. (1), 126.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. CHATHAM IsL.: Wreck Bay, forms thick mats in open country around 650 ft. (no. 1193). Further distr. tropical shores of both continents. Stipa L.

S. rostrata Anderss. (1), 142, (2), 48; Rob. (1), 126.— CHARLES IsL.: in open places near the beach, evidently a younger specimen than the one described by Andersson, (no. 1194). CHatHam Ist.: Andersson. Endemic.

CY EEBRACE AG Cyperus L.

C. aristatus Rottb. Descr. Nov. Pl. 23, t. 6, f. 1 (1786) ; Rob. (1), 126.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, common in lava cracks near the shore (no. 1028); Tagus Cove, common on lava beds at 4000 ft. (no. 1027). CuHartes Ist.: Darwin. CuaTHAm Ist.: Wreck Bay, in swampy places, 1000-1750 ft., (no. 1029). James Ist.: Scouler. NarsoroucH Ist.: Snod- grass and Heller. Widely distributed.

C. brachystachys Anderss. (2), 53, t. 13, f. (2); Rob. (1), 126.—AsincGpoN IsL.: occasional at 600 ft., common in open places in the vegetation at 1400 ft., (no. 1030). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, com- mon above 300 ft. (no. 1032) ; Villamil, Baur. CuHartes ISL.: occasional on rocks near the shore (no. 1033). CHATHAM Ist.: Baur. Duncan Ist.: common around 1300 ft. (no. 1034). James Isx.: occasional on lava at 850 ft. (no. 1035). Jervis Ist.: (no. 1036). Tower Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

C. confertus Sw. Prodr. 20 (1788) ; Rob. (1), 127—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, common to above 400 ft.; Tagus Cove, occasional on lava beds, 100-600 ft., (nos. 1038-1039) ; Villamil, occasional at 650 ft. (no. 1040). BrnpLok Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. CHARLES IsL.: occasional at 1000-

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 41

1250 ft. (nos. 1042-1244). CHatTHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, on rocks at 500 ft. (no. 1041). Duncan Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. INDEFATIGABLE

Isxt.: northwest side, Andersson. JAMES IsL.: Andersson. Widely distributed. —

C. esculentus L. Sp. Pl. 45 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 127.—ALBE- MARLE Isu.: Tagus Cove, occasional on rocky cliffs at 100 ft. (no. 1045). CHatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional in sandy soil near the shore (no. 1046). Widely distributed.

C. galapagensis Caruel (1), 621; Rob. (1), 127—CuHatu- AM IsL.: Chierchia. Endemic.

C. grandifolius Anderss. (1), 157, (2), 56; Rob. (1), 127. —CHARLES IsL.: occasional among rocks at 1550 ft. (no. 1047). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in large bunches above 1800 ft. (no. 1048). Endemic.

C. laevigatus L. Mant. II. 179 (1771); Rob. (1), 127.— ALBEMARLE Isu.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Villa- mil, occasional in brackish pools on the lower parts of the island (no. 1049). InpEFaTiGABLE IsL.: southeast side, abundant in brackish pools near the shore (no. 1050). Further distr. tropical regions.

C. ligularis L. Amoen. Acad. V. 391 (1760) ; Rob. (1), 127. —ALBEMARLE Ist.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, common in lava crevices near the shore and to some extent around 650 ft. (nos. 1051-1053). BrnpLOoE Iszt.: (no. 1054). InpEFatiGaBLE Is~.: Academy Bay, in pools of slightly brackish water near the shore (no. 1055). Runtherdishn Wis ind. tropical Sy Amar A trea)

C. Mutisii (HBK.) Anderss. (2), 53. Mariscus Mutisu HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. I. 216, t. 66 (1815). Cyperus Mutisu Anderss. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 128—Asrnepon IsL.: abundant around steam jets at 1000 ft. (no. 1056). ALBEMARLE Ist. : Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, abundant in open places in the vegetation above the cove (no. 1057) ; Tagus Cove, (nos. 1059-1061) ; Villamil, common in lava crev- ices on the lower parts and at 500 ft. BrnpLok IsL.: occasional

42 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

in tufaceous soil on the lower parts (no. 1062). CHaRr tes ISL. : rare among rocks at 50 ft., common at 1450 ft., (no. 1063). CuHatHaM Isu.: Andersson; Baur. GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Ist.): (no. 1065). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, occasional at 100 ft. (no. 1067) ; southeast side, common at 450 ft. (no. 1066). NarsorouGcH IsL.: south and east sides, Snodgrass and Heller; north side, common on lava beds near the shore (no. 1068). SryMour IsL., souTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Tower Ist.: dried remains, the specific identity of which is somewhat in doubt, (no. 1069). WeEnmawn Ist.: common on tops of the cliffs. Possibly this is the species of which Mr. Heller noticed dried remains on the islet north of Wenman, mentioned by Robinson (1), 251. Endemic.

C. polystachyus Roth. Desc. & Ic. 39, t. 11, f. 1 (1786). C. fugax Liebm. Mex. Halv. 8 (1850) ; Rob. (1), 127—Cuatu- AM Ist.: Wreck Bay, Baur. Widely distributed.

C. rotundus Hook. f. (3), 177; Rob. (1), 128.—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Macrae. The specific identity of the Macrae specimen is somewhat in doubt. Endemic?

C. rubiginosus Hook. f. (3), 178; Rob. (1), 128.—CHaRLEs Ist.: Darwin. CHatTHAm IsL.: Wreck Bay, abundant in moist places, 450-700 ft., (no. 1070). Duncan Ist.: abund- ant among rocks at 1000 ft. (no. 1071). Endemic.

Var. cornutus Rob. (1), 128. Mariscus cornutus Andetrss. (1), 151. C. cornutus Anderss. (2), 53, t. 13, f. 1.—Bar- RINGTON Is~.: common around dried pools (no. 1074). Cuartes Ist.: Andersson. Duncan Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Seymour Isi., soutH: Snodgrass and Heller. En- demic.

C:\ strigosus 1) Sp!) Pl. 47.1753); Robi (1), 128 Cuarces Ist.: Darwin. CHATHAM Ist.: Andersson. Fur- ther distr. U. S.

C. suranimensis Rottb. Descr. Nov. Pl. 35, t. 6, f. 5 (1786) ; Rob. (1), 129—Cuaruam Ist.: Wreck Bay, in open grassy areas at 1750 ft. (no. 1075). James Ist.: Darwin. Further distt./Ss U.S.) Mexe Wi oelads.S: im:

Vo. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 43

C. tristachyus Boeck. Linnaea XXXV. 454 (1867-1868) ; Rob. (1), 129.—Cuatuam Isu.: Wreck Bay, Baur. Further distr. Mex., northern S. Am.

C. sp.—Barrincton Ist.: dried remains of a C yperus were found growing quite abundantly in coarse sandy soil in the vicinity of the shore. It seems to be different from any of the other species collected on the islands, (no. 1076).

C. sp. Rob. (1), 129—Narzoroveu Isr. : Snodgrass and Feller.

C. sp. Rob. (1), 129.—Wenman Ist. : Snodgrass and Hel- ler. Probably C. Mutisii.

Dichronema Michx.

D. colorata (L.) Hitchk. Baham, in Mo. Bot. Gard. 1V. 141 (1893). Schoenus coloratus L. Sp. Pl. 41 (1753). D. leuco- cephala Michx. FI. I. 37 (1803) ; Rob. (1), 129.—CuHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, covers the ground in dense mats in the open country around 650 ft. (no. 1077). Further distr. S. U. ie Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Eleocharis R. Br.

E. capitata (L.) R. Br. Prodr. 225 (1810). Scirpus capi- tatus L. Sp. Pl. 48 (1753).—Atpemarte Ist. : Villamil, occa- sional in rather loose dry soil on the south side of the rim of the crater at 3150 ft. (no. 1078). CHatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant in marshy ground around 1700 ft. (no. 1079). Fur- ther distr. tropical regions.

E. fistulosa (Poir.) Schult. Mant. II. 89 (1824). Scirpus fistulosa Poir. Encycl. VI. 749 (1804). E. fistulosa Schult. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 129.—Cuatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in pools of water at 1000-1750 ft. (no. 1080). Widely distrib- uted.

E. mutata (L.) R. Br. Prodr. 224 (1810). S$ cirpus mutatus L. Syst. ed. 10, 867 (1759). E. mutata R. Br. 1 Cy Robi(1),, 129.— ALBEMARLE IsL.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Hel- ler; Villamil, abundant in brackish Swamps and in other moist situations in the vicinity of the shore. The inhabitants of this

44 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

island use the dried stalks of this species for making pads for pack-saddles, and sleeping mats, (no. 1081). Further distr. WE Sie MiexaaavVV,.\ lind! Sima

Fimbristylis Vahl

F. capillaris (L.) A. Gray, Man. Bot. ed. 5, 567 (1869). Scirpus capillaris L. Sp. Pl. 49 (1753). F. capillaris A. Gray, l. c.; Rob. (1), 129.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, abund- ant in lava crevices, 500-4000 ft., (nos. 1083-1084) ; Villamil, occasional in lava crevices on the floor of the crater at 2750 ft. (no. 1082). Brnptok Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. CHARLES IsL.: common among rocks near the shore (no. 1085). Nar- BoROUGH Is~.: Mangrove Point, Snodgrass and Heller. Widely distributed.

F. diphylla (Rtz.) Vahl, Enum. II. 289 (1805). Scirpus diphyllus Rtz. Obs. V. 7 (1789). F. diphylla Vahl, 1. c.; Rob. (1), 129.—Hoop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Widely dis- tributed in tropical regions.

Hemicarpha Nees

H. micrantha (Vahl) Britton, Bull. Torr. Club. XV. 104 (1888). Scirpus micranthus Vahl. Enum. II. 254 (1805). H. subsquarrosa Nees, in Mart. Fl. Bras. II. pt. 1, 61 (1824) ; Rob. (1), 130.—CuHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, Baur. Further distr. US), Mex Wind) S) Am:

Kyllinga Rottb.

Ke (pumila, Miche uk) Eo 2er (ss) uops Gl) its. Cuar.es Ist.: in moist shady places around 1000 ft. (nos. 1086-1087). Cuatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional in open country around 600 ft. (no. 1088). Further distr. Mex., W. iad! 7S. Ama,

Scleria Berg.

S. pterota Presl in Oken, Isis, XXI. 269 (1828). S. praten- sis Lindl. ex Nees, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. XIX. Suppl. I. 121 (1843) ; Rob. (1), 130.—CuHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occa- sional patches at 650 ft. (no. 1089). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind), S! Am:

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 45

LEMNACEAE Lemna L.

L. minor L. Sp. Pl. 970 (1753).—Atspemarte Ist.: Villa- mil, common in pools of slightly brackish water near sea level (no. 1100). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant on the surface of pools and streams, 1000-1800 ft., (oss lelO)): Widely distributed.

L. sp., Wolf (1), 284.—Cuartes Ist.

BROMELIACEAE Tillandsia L.

T. insularis Mez in DC. Monog. IX. 756 (1896) ; Rob. (1), 130.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Tagus Cove, rare above 2500 ft. on the west side of the mountain; on the southeast side it often covers the ground in great profusion over considerable areas; Villamil, common on the branches of trees and on the ground in vegetable mold, 350-1300 ft. CHarzes Ist.:’ common on bushes, on small trees, among rocks in vegetable mold at 1400 ft. CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, among rocks in vegetable mold, and covering the branches of Hippomane Mancinella trees around 700 ft. Duncan Isz.: on rocks and in vegetable mold, 1150-1250 ft. InpEFaticaBLE Ist.: Academy Bay, on the branches of trees and in vegetable mold, 350-550 ft., (no. 1119) ; northwest side, occasional at 550 ft., abundant in the region around 700 ft., where it often forms large patches on the ground in places where the vegetation is not too dense for its growth. James Ist.: James Bay, occasional on the sides of the bluffs, 1300-1500 ft. Narsoroues Ist.: south side, upper regions acc. to R. H. Beck. This is the only tank epiphyte found on the islands. Specimens often contain as much as a pint of water, from which they seem to obtain their entire sup- ply of moisture during dry weather. The root system is so poorly developed that a slight push will uproot a specimen when found growing on the ground. Endemic.

COMMELINACEAE Commelina Plum.

C. nudiflora L. Sp. Pl. 41 (1753); Rob. (1), 130.—Asinc- DON IsL.: common in the upper regions (no. 1122). Ape-

46 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

MARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, common on the sides of the cliffs above the cove (no. 1124); Tagus Cove, occasional on lava beds at 1400 ft. (no. 1123). CHaArRLes IsL.: common at 1750 ft. (no. 1127). CHatHaAm Ist.: Wreck Bay, common at 350- 2100 ft. (nos. 1125-1126). Duncan Ist.: common on the sides of cliffs at 1250 ft. (no. 1128). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, abundant above 100 ft. (nos. 1130-1131) ; southeast side, occasional in open woods at 450 ft. (no. 1129). James Ist.: Darwin. Further distr. general in tropics. Commelinacea, Caruel (1), 621; Rob. (1), 131.—CHar.es Ist.: Chierchia. Same as the preceding, acc. to Rob. l. c.

IRIDACEAE Iris L.

I. sp. ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, a few sterile specimens of a small Jvis were collected on the south rim of the crater at Si50 ft. (nor L133):

CANNACEAE Canna L.

C. sp. ALBEMARLE IsL.: Villamil, occasional at 700 ft. In- DEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, acc. to J. S. Hunter. JAMES Is~t.: James Bay, occasional in woodland at 1500 ft. The specimens are all sterile.

AMARYLLIDACEAE Furcraea Vent.

F. cubensis Vent. in Bull. Soc. Philom. I. 66 (1793).— ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, around habitations. CHARLES IsL.: around former habitations (no. 1134). CHuatHam IsL.: Wreck Bay, formerly used as hedges around the plantation. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side, occurs first at 450 ft. and extends to above 1000 ft. This species was introduced on this island many years ago by the tortoise hunters who planted it at their plantation above 1000 ft. Capt. Thomas Levick, of Chatham Isl., told us that on one of his trips to Indefatigable, a few years ago, he took some of the seed with him and scat- tered it along the trail as he came down the side of the moun-

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 47

tain. From these seeds the plant has grown abundantly and now forms impenetrable thickets, many acres in extent, along the trail. The inhabitants of Chatham Isl. use the fiber of this plant for rope, of which it makes a very good quality. Widely distributed in tropical regions through cultivation. Probably introduced on the islands.

Hypoxis L.

H. decumbens L. Amoen. Acad. V. 396 (1759) ; Rob. (1), 131.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Villamil, common in open woodland at 600 ft., rare at 1300 ft., (nos. 1135-1136). Cartes IsL.; Darwin. CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, Baur. Further distr. Mex.) Wind.) S; Am.

H. sp.—ABincpon Ist.: an Hypo.xis, which is probably the last mentioned, occurs on this island. No specimens were taken.

ORCHIDACEAE Epidendrum L.

E. spicatum Hook. f. (3), 180; Rob. (1), 131.—Asinepon Isu.: on the trunks and branches of trees around 1900 ft. (no. 1137). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Villamil, abundant on the trunks and branches of trees, 1200-3150 ft., (no. 1138). CHARLES Ist.: Lee. James Ist.: James Bay, on trees above 2100 ft. (no. 1139). Endemic.

Eulophia R. Br.

E. sp.—INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, a sterile specimen of an Orchid, with foliage similar to an Eulophia, was found growing in vegetable mold in densely shaded places at 600 ft. Hemsley, Gard. Chron. 177 (1900), refers to an Eulophia from the Galapagos Ids. It is possible that the speci- men Mr. Hemsley refers to and the one under consideration belong to the same species, (no. 1144).

Tonopsis HBK.

I. utricularioides (Sw.) Lindl. Coll. Bot. t. 39 A (1821- 1825). Epidendrum utricularioides Sw. Prodr. 122 (1788). —ALBEMARLE IsL.: Villamil, common on the trunks and

48 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

branches of trees, 300-700 ft., (no. 1141). Cuartes Isz.: fairly common on trees at 1300 ft. (no. 1142). Duncan IsL.: rare on bushes at 1250 ft. (no. 1144). INDEFATIGABLE ISL.: Academy Bay, on the branches of trees, 350-500 ft.; northwest side, occasional at 800 ft.; southeast side, common on bushes and trees above 450 ft. (no. 1145). James Ist.: James Bay, ‘occasional on the branches of trees at 1000 ft. It is not abund-

ant and does not seem to extend above this elevation, (no. 1146). Further distr. W. Ind.

Ponthieva R. Br.

P. maculata Lindl. in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. I. XV. 385 (1845 ).—JAMES Ist.: James Bay, rare on the branches of trees in the upper moist regions. Specimen collected by Mr. R. H. Beck, identified by the late Mr. A. A. Eaton, (no. 1147 a Further distr. Mex., northern S. Am.

DICOTYLEDONEAE BiH RNG ANE Peperomia R. & P.

P. flagelliformis Hook. f. ex. Mig. in Hook. Lond. Jour, Bot. IV. 423’ (1845), and (3), 181; Rob. (1), 131.—James Isx.: Darwin. Endemic.

P. galapagensis Hook. f. ex. Mig. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. IV. 426 (1845), and (3), 180; Rob. (1), 131.—AxBinepon Ist. : occasional on trees at 1500 ft. (no. 1153). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Villamil, common on the branches of trees above 400 it. (no. 1158). Duncan IsL.: on rocks and bushes at L277 te (no. 1149). InpEFaTIcABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, on rocks and trees above 350 ft. (no. 1152) ; southeast side, on trees and bushes at 625 ft. (no. 1151). James Ist.: James Bay, on the branches of trees above 1300 ft. (no. 1150). Specimens de- termined by Mr. Casimir de Candolle. Endemic.

P. galioides HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. I. 71, t. 17 (1815) ; Rob. (1), 131—Astnepon Ist.: common in woodland at 1650 ft. (no. 1154). Arspemarte Ist.: Villamil, occasional in vegeta- ble mold among rocks, 1300-1500 ft., (no. 1156). CHATHAM

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 49

Ist.: Wreck Bay, on rocks, 650-700 ft., (no. 1158). InpE- FATIGABLE Is~.: Academy Bay, occasional in vegetable mold among rocks in open woodland at 400 ft. (no. 1159) ; north- west side, common above 500 ft. (no. 1155). The specimens from Albemarle and Indefatigable Ids. were determined by Mr. Casimir de Candolle. Further distr. Mex., S. Am.

P. obtusilimba C. DC. nov. sp.

Foliis ternis-quaternis breviter petiolatis subovato-ellipticis basi et apice rotundatis utrinque glabris superne minutissime in margine ciliatis, 5-nerviis, nerviis tenuissimis; nervulo marginali obscuro ab apice fere usque ad medium decurrente; petiolo margine minute cilia- tis; spicis axillaribus terminalibusque, pedunculis minutissime puberulis petiolos superantibus; spicis ipsis limbos multo vel pluries superan- tibus filiformibus sublaxifloris, bractea orbiculari centro subsessil1; Ovario obovato emerso fere in apice stigmatifero, stigmate minuto glabro; bacca subovato-globosa glandulis asperulata. Caulis 1% mm. crassus minutissime puberulus. Limbi in sicco membranaceis rufes- centes epunctati, usque ad 10 mm. longi et 5 mm. lati. Petioli 1144 mm. longi. Pedunculis usque ad 6 mm. longi. Spicae terminales 5 cm. axillares 2% cm. longae, % mm. crassae. Bractea diametro Y% mm. brevior. Bacca % mm. paululo longior.

CHARLES IsL.: common on rocks and low bushes at 1400 ft. (nos. 1160-1161). Endemic.

P. petiolata Hook. f. (3), 181; Rob. (1), 131.—James Ist.: Darwin. Endemic.

Pycamulosa Anderss.( 1) loss and) (2), 57 5)Rob, (11), 13il —CHARLES IsL.: common in decayed moss on the branches of trees at 1700 ft. (no. 1162). Endemic.

P. Snodgrassii C. DC. in Rob. (1), 131.—AtLBemarte Ist. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

P. Stewartii C. DC. nov. sp.

Foliis sat longe petiolatis oblongo-ovatis basi acutis apice subacutis, utrinque glabris superne margine ciliolatis, 6-nerviis, nerviis tenuis- simis; petiolo margine crispulo-hirtello; pedunculis terminalibus gla- bris petiolos fere aequantibus; spicis folia pluries superantibus sub densifloris; bractea obovata supra centrum longiuscule pedicellata; antheris rotundatis quam filamenta multo brevioribus; ovario emerso Ovato apice obtuso, stigmate puberulo; bacca ovata glandulis globosis asperata.

Caulis crispulo-hirtellus filiformis fere 34 mm. crassus. Folia alterna, internodia 6-7 mm. longa. Limbi in sicco membranacei, superi 15-18 mm. longi et 8-9 mm. lati, inferi magis ovati. Petioli circiter 6 mm. longi. Spicae circiter 5 cm. longae et 1 mm. crassae. Bracteae infimae orbiculares, aliae ut in diagnosi. Ovarium paullo sub apice stigmatiferum. Bacca 1 mm. longa, sessilis.

50 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

ABINGDON IsL.: common on rocks at 1050 ft. (no. 1163). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Villamil, common among rocks in woodland, 350-1500 ft., (nos. 1164-1165). CHAR Les IsL.: in moist shady places at 1000 ft. (no. 1166). InDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, in shady places, 50-400 ft., (no. 1168, Type) ; northwest side, common in shade at 950 ft. (no. 1170). James Ist.: James Bay, in woodland at 850 ft., not common, (no. 1171). This is one of the most common species of Peperomia found on the islands and is usually the first species to be seen in ascending the sides of the mountains. Endemic.

P. n. sp. Rob. (1), 132,.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

P. sp. Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148.—Cuatuam Ist.: Baur.

URTICACEAE Fleurya Gaud.

F. aestuans Gaud. in Freyc. Voy. Bot. 497 (1826); Rob. (1), 132.—Asrnepon Isx.: common, 800-1100 ft., (no. 1172). ALBEMARLE Isx.: Iguana Cove, abundant from the beach to 600 ft. (no. 1325); Tagus Cove, common in lava crevices in shade, 300-2900 ft., (no. 1177); Villamil, abundant among rocks, 300-1300 ft., (nos. 1174-1175). CHartes IsL.: occa- sional among rocks at 1550 ft. (no. 1326). CHatTHam Is~.: Basso Point, occasional in shady places at 900 ft. (no. 1327). Duncan Isx.: common on the sides of steep lava cliffs at 1000 ft. also ‘common around 12507 it.,)\(n0. 1328)s) “loop isn occasional in lava crevices, 400-600 ft., (no. 1329). InpDEFatT- IGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, occasional among rocks at 50 ft. At this elevation the specimens are low and with many stinging hairs on the stem. This same species also grows very abund- antly around 600 ft., where it attains a height of 3-4 ft. and has fewer stinging hairs on both the stems and leaves than do the specimens taken from the lower elevations, (nos. 1130- 1331). James Ist.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Nar- BOROUGH IsL.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. This species shows much variation both in size and in the arming of the stem and leaves, but the differences are not sufficient to be of formal value. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Vo. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 5

Parietaria L.

P. debilis G. Forst. Fl. Ins. Aust. Prodr. 73 (1786); Rob. (1), 132.—ALBEMaRLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, in protected places on the sides of the cliffs above the cove (no. 1334); Tagus Cove, occasional at 1000 ft., common in lava crevices at 2850 ft., (no. 1333) ; Villamil, common among rocks at 550 ft. (no. 1332). Cartes Ist.: in shady places among rocks at 1550 ft. (no. 1335). James Ist.: Darwin. Widely distributed in tropical regions.

Pilea Lindl.

P. Baurii Rob. (1), 133.—Asinepon Ist.: common in moist shady places around 1650 ft. (no. 1336). CHARLES Ist.: Baur. CuatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in open country around 1000 ft. (no. 1338). James Is_.: James Bay, occasional around 2000 ft. (no. 1339). There is much varia- tion in the specimens found growing in sun and in shade, those growing in the shade having a green stem, thinner leaves, and a much less branched inflorescence. Endemic.

P. microphylla (L.) Liebm. in Vidensk. Selk. Skr. ser. 5, IT. 296 (1851). Parietaria microphylla L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 1492 (1763). Pilea muscosa Lindl. Coll. Bot. t. 4 (1821); Rob. (1), 133—James Ist.: Darwin. Further distr. Mex., W. Geral. Sy, yaaa)

P. peploides (Gaud.) Hook & Arn. Bot. Beech. 96 (1832). Dubreulia peploides Gaud. in Freyc. Voy. Bot. 495 (1826). P. peploides Hook & Arn. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 133—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, in lava crevices at 2850 ft. (no. 1340). CuHar_es Is~.: common on moist rocks at 1000 ft., occasional at 1550 ft., (nos. 1339, 1341). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, rare in shady places at 700 ft. (no. 1342). James Isx.: Dar- win. Further distr. Pacific Ids., Asia.

Urera Gaud.

U. alceaefolia (Poir.) Gaud. in Freyc. Voy. Bot. 497 (1826). Urtica alceaefolia Poir. Suppl. 227 (1816).—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Villamil, common bushes, 650-1500 ft. The leaves of many of the specimens are variegated, (no. 1343). INDEFATIGABLE IsL~.: Academy Bay, common bushes above

52 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

500 ft. They increase in size and abundance above this eleva- tion, according to Mr. F. X. Williams, of the Academy’s expe- dition, (no. 1344). James Ist.: James Bay, occasional bushes in open woodland around 2000 ft. (no. 1345). Further distr. Miexan Sar Nin.

LORANTHACEAE Phoradendron Nutt.

P. florianum (Anderss.) Rob. (1), 133. Viscum florianum Anderss. (1), 219, (2), 92.—Cuar es Isu.: Andersson. En- demic.

P. galapageium (Hook. f.) Rob. (1), 133. Viscum galapa- geium Hook. f. (3), 216—Cuatuam Isi.: Darwin; Anders- son. Endemic.

P. Henslovii (Hook. f.) Rob. (1), 133. Viscum Henslovu Hook. f. (3), 216.—Axsinepon IsL.: common on trees and bushes, 450-1000 ft., (no. 1102). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cape Rose, on trees near the shore (no. 1103); Cowley Bay, on trees and bushes above 400 ft. (no. 1106) ; Iguana Cove, com- mon on trees above 300 ft. (no. 1104) ; Tagus Cove, on trees and bushes, 400-4000 ft. ; Villamil, common on bushes near the shore. It also occurs throughout the wooded regions to 1500 ft. and is present on small trees and bushes on the rim of the crater at 3150 ft., as well as on trees of Zanthoxylum Fagara on the floor of the same at 2750 ft., (no. 1105). CHARLES IsL.: common on bushes of Lipochaeta laricifolia, 600-1000 ft., also common on trees of Zanthoxylum Fagara and Scalesia pedunculata at 1100 ft., (no. 1108). CuHatTHam Ist.: Basso Point, occasional on trees at 900 ft. (no. 1107) ; Sappho Cove, on trees and bushes near the shore; Wreck Bay, Baur. Dun- CAN IsL.: occasional on bushes at 1250 ft. (no. 1109). InpE- FATIGABLE IsLt.: Academy Bay, abundant on trees and bushes near the shore. It increases in size and abundance with the elevation above sea level, (no. 1102) ; southeast side, common on trees and bushes above 400 ft.; northwest side, abundant above 700 ft. James Ist.: James Bay, abundant on bushes to 2500 ft.; northeast side, on trees and bushes above 100 ft. Jervis Ist.: occasional on bushes above 700 ft. This species

Vo. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 53

varies greatly in size at different elevations. Specimens from the moist region are usually much larger than those found in the dry and transition regions. Endemic. .

P. uncinatum Rob. (1), 134.—NarzoroucH Ist.: Snod- grass and Heller. Endemic.

POLYGONACEAE Polygonum L.

P. acre HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. IT. 179 (1817).—CuatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in pools of water at 1000 ft. (no. 1121). Further distr. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

P. acuminatum HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. II. 178 (1817) ; Rob. (1), 134—Gatrapacos Ips.: according to Griesb. Fl. W. Ind. 161. It is probable that the next species has been mistaken for

this one, as the two resemble each other rather closely. Further distrs Mex) VV jlImd), S)Atna

P. galapagense Caruel (1), 624; Rob. (1), 134.—AtLpz- MARLE Isu.: Villamil, occasional above 2500 ft. CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in large bunches 2-4 ft. high in the open grassy country above 1700 ft. (no. 1120). Endemic.

CHENOPODIACEAE Atriplex L.

A. sp. Rob. (1), 134.—InpeEFatiGaBLeE Ist.: north side, low shrubs on sand beaches (no. 1346). Seymour Ist., NORTH: Snodgrass and Heller. All of the specimens are sterile and in- determinate as to species.

A. sp. Rob. (1), 134—Wenman Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Salicornia L. S. sp. (?).—JaAmezs Isv.: northeast side, a plant resembling

a Salicornia in habit and inflorescence was seen growing on the shores of salt lagoons. No specimens were secured.

54 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

AMARANTACEAE Alternanthera Forsk.

A. radicata Hook. f. (4), 261, 262; Rob. (1), 134.— CuatuHam Isi.: Darwin. CHARLES IsL.: abundant in barren places among lava boulders near the shore (no. 1347). Hoop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

A. rigida Rob. & Greenm. (1), 143, 148; Rob. (1), 135.— James IsL.: northeast side, occasional bushes 6-10 inches high on lava beds near the shore, and to some extent at 700 ft., (no. 1348). Endemic.

A. subscaposa Hook. f. (3), 189; Rob. (1), 135—CHARLEs Ist.: Darwin. DuNCAN IsL.: rare in moist protected places around 1250 ft. (no. 1349). Endemic.

Amaranthus L.

A. caracasanus HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. II. 195 (1817) ; Rob. (1), 135.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, rare on the sides of the cliffs above the cove (no. 1351); Tagus Cove, Snod- grass and Heller; Villamil, fairly common in open places on the lower parts (no. 1350). CHartes Is~.: abundant from the beach to 1000 ft. during the rainy season (no. 1354). CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant near the shore (no. 1356). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side, Andersson. One of the common spring weeds of the islands where it occurs. Further distr. northern S. Am.

A. celosioides HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. II. 194 (1817) ; Rob. (1), 135.—CuHartes Ist.: Darwin; Andersson. CHATHAM Ist.: Andersson. Further distr. northern S. Am.

A. sclerantoides Anderss. (2), 59, t. 2, f. 1; Rob. (1), 135. —BarrincTon Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. CwHar es IsL.: common in open sunny places at 450 ft. (no. 1357). CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, common near the shore (no. 1358). Nar- BOROUGH IsL.: east side, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

Forma abingdonensis nov. forma.

Ramulis diffusis; foliis linearibus late patentibus circa 2.5 cm. longis, ad apicem 1 mm. latis.

ABINGDON IsL.: occasional among rocks at 700 ft. (no. 1359) ee late wl ketve. Gite yadennic:

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 55

Forma albemarlensis nov. forma. Foliis subappressis ad apices dilatis 1.9 cm. longis, 5 mm. latis.

ALBEMARLE Ist.: Turtle Cove, common on sand beaches, (no. 1360). Plate II, fig. 2. Endemic.

Forma chathamensis Rob. & Greenm. (1), 140; Rob. (1), 135.—CuHatTHamM Ist.: Wreck Bay, Baur. Endemic.

Forma hoodensis Rob. & Greenm. (1), 140; Rob. (1), 135. —GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop IsL.) : common on sand beaches (no. 1361). Hoop Ist.: Baur; Snodgrass and Heller. En- demic.

A. spinosus L. Sp. Pl. 991 (1753); Rob. (1), 135.— CHARLES IsL.: Andersson. Of wide distribution.

A. squamulatus (Anderss.) Rob. Proc. Am. Acad. XLIII. 22 (1907). Scleropus squamulatus Anderss. (1), 162, (2), 60. <A. squarrulosus Uline & Bray, Bot. Gaz. XIX. 270 (1894); Rob. (1), 135.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, occasional at 2000 ft. (no. 1363) ; Tagus Cove, occasional in tufaceous soil at 100 ft. (no. 1362). Cartes Ist.: Snod- grass and Heller. CwuatHam Isi.: Andersson. DUNCAN IsL.: Snodgrass and Heller. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, (no. 1364) ; north side, Snodgrass and Heller; northeast side, fairly abundant in loose ashy soil near the shore (no. 1365). James Ist.: James Bay, fairly common in rocky soil on the lower parts (no. 1356). Jervis Ist.: Baur. SEYMOUR IsL., NORTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

A. urceolatus Benth. Bot. Sulph. 158 (1844); Rob. (1), 136.—INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Andersson. Further distr. adja- cent S. Am. from Peru northward. Lower California acc. to Robs ic:

A. viridis L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 1405 (1763); Rob. (1), 136.— ALBEMARLE IsL.: Villamil, occasional to 650 ft., abundant at 1300 ft., (nos. 1357-1359). Barrineton Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant in sandy soil near the shore and in clay soil in open sunny places at 50 ft. (nos. 1360-1361). Further distr. general in warm coun- tries.

January 11, 1911

56 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Froelichia Moench.

. FE, juncea Rob. & Greenm. (1), 143, 148; Rob. (1), 136.— ALBEMARLE. Ist.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, in dense some- what prostrate clumps on lava beds near sea level (no. 1362).

INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, low bushes at 450 ft. (no. 1363). Endemic.

F. lanigera Anderss. (2), 63; Rob. (1), 136. F. lanata Anderss. (2), t. 3, f. 1—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, pros- trate bushes in pumice soil near the shore (no. 1364); Tagus Cove, abundant on the sides and top of the mountain at 4000 ft. (no. 1365). Duncan Ist.: low bushes on the sides and top of the island (no. 1366). NaArsBoroucH IsL.: north side, low bushes on recent lava. Endemic.

F. nudicaulis Hook. f. (3), 192; Rob. (1), 136—CHarLEs Ist.: Darwin; Andersson. CHATHAM IsxL.: Andersson. En- demic.

F. scoparia Rob. (1), 136.—JAmes Ist.: James Bay, com- mon bushes on the lower parts (no. 1367). NarBoroucH Ist.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

Iresine L.

I. Edmonstonei Hook. f. (3), 190; Rob. (1), 137.— CHARLES Ist.: Darwin. Endemic.

Pleuropetalum Hook. f.

P. Darwinii llookit i(l)it) 2:43) 22 Robs Gl) 137 ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villa- mil, occasional bushes 2-3 ft. high in woodland at 400-700 ft. (no. 1358). James Is~.: James Bay, common bushes in woodland above 1500 ft. (nos. 1369-1370). Endemic.

Telanthera R. Br.

T. echinocephala (Hook. f.) Mogq.-Tand in DC. Prodr. XIII. pt. 2, 373 (1849). Brandesia echinocephala Hook. f. (3), 189. T. echinocephala Mogq.-Tand. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 137.— ABINGDON IsL.: common in thickets of Laguncularia race-

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 57

mosa near the shore, common bushes at 1000 ft. The speci- mens taken from the vicinity of the shore have much smaller leaves than do those taken at 1000 ft., (nos. USVI S72), ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, common bushes at 2100 ft. (no. 1376); Iguana Cove, bushes 3-4 ft. high, all over the lower parts, (no. 1374); Villamil, common bushes to 600 ft. (ne! (1375). - BARRINGTON Isr. - Snodgrass and Heller. Cartes Ist.: Darwin; A. Agassiz; Andersson; Snodgrass and Heller, CHATHAM IsL,: Wreck Bay, occasional bushes 4-5 ft. high to 250 ft. (no. 1377). Duncan Ist.: A. Agassiz; Baur; Snodgrass and Heller. Garpner Ist. (near Hoop Isu.): Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Ist.: common bushes (nos. 1378-1380). InpEFATIGABLE Ist. : Academy Bay, com- mon bushes 5-6 ft. high in the vicinity of the shore, occasional to 300 ft., (no. 1381); north side, Snodgrass and Heller; southeast side, common bushes on the lower parts (no. 1382). James Ist.: James Bay, common bushes to above 1000 ft. (nos. 1383-1384). Endemic.

T. filifolia (Hook. f.) Mogq.-Tand. in DC. Prodr. XIII. DE, 2%, 368 (1849). Bucholtzia filifolia Hook. f. (3), 192. T. Alifolia Mog Mande lic Rob 1 (lb): 138.—James Ist.: Scouler. En- demic.

T. flavicoma Anderss. (1), 166, (2), 61, t. 5, £. 2; Rob. (1), 138.—Axsinepon Ist.: prostrate bushes, common, 900-1400 ft., (nos. 1386-1387). ALBEMARLE Ist. : Cowley Bay, occa- sional bushes at 2000 ft. (no. 1393) ; Villamil, species in doubt (no. 1392). Cartes Ist.: Andersson. CHatHam Ist.: Basso Point, low bushes in open places at 875 ft. (no. 1388) ; Sappho Cove, occasional on lava flows and in the vicinity of the coast (no. 1389) ; Wreck Bay, low bushes near the beach (no. 1390). Garpner Ist. (near Hoop Ist.) : Snodgrass and Feller. Hoop Ist.: abundant in crevices of the lava (no. 1391). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, occasional low bushes near the beach and in the interior to 100 ft. (nos. 1394- 1395). James Ist.: James Bay, occasional bushes 12-18 inches high to 2150 ft. (nos. 1396-1397). Endemic.

T. galapagensis nov. sp.

Suffrutescens circa 2.5 dm. alta; ramis oppositis vel alternis tere- tibus striatis glaucescentibus ad nodos lanuginoso-ciliatis; foliis oOppo- sitis 1.2-2.8 cm. longis, 0.6-1.3 cm. latis, oblanceolatis apice obtusis basi

58 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER.

cuneatis sessilibus vel brevi-petiolatis integerrimis glaberrimis glau- cescentibus; spicis densifloris 3-9 mm. longis terminalibus et axillaribus sessilibus; bracteis ovatis carinatis acutis hispidis; sepalis exterioribus lanceolatis plerumque 3-costatis bruneis hispidis apice subflavis; sepalis interioribus lineari-lanceolatis acutis carinatis margine hyalinis; stam- inodiis ad apices laciniatis elongatis.

This species is closely related to T. Snodgrassii Rob. but dif- fers in the glabrous glaucous character of the leaves and in the smaller size of the spikes. GARDNER ISL. (near CHARLES Ist.) : (no. 1403). J. R. Slevin, collector. Plate II, figs. 3-4. Endemic.

T. glaucescens (Hook. f.) Mogq.-Tand. in DC. Prodr. XIII. pt. 2, 369 (1849). Bucholtzia glaucescens Hook. f. (3), 191. T. glaucescens Mog.-Tand. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 138.—CHARLEs Ist.: Andersson. CHATHAM IsL.: Darwin; Andersson. En- demic.

T. halimifolia (Lam.) n. comb. Achyranthes halimifolia Lam. Dict. I. 547 (1783). T. frutescens Moq.-Tand. in DC. Prodr. XIII. pt. 2, 365 (1849) ; Rob. (1), 138.—ALBEMARLE Isx.: Villamil, common in moist places in the upper regions, especially in open woodland around 1300 ft., (no. 1398). Cuatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in woodland above 200 ft. (no. 1399). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, small specimens of this species occur at 300 ft., but at 600 ft. the specimens are larger and more abundant, (no. 1401); north- west side, common at 400 ft. (no. 1400); southeast side, abundant in shady places at 625 ft. (no. 1402). Further distr. S:)Am:

T. Helleri Rob. (1), 138.—CuLPEprer Ist.: low bushes among rocks near the shore (no. 1404). F. X. Williams, col- lector. Endemic.

Var. obtusior Rob. (1), 139.—WeEnmaAN IsL.: common bushes, 2-3 ft. high, (no. 1424).

T. nudicaulis (Hook. f.) Mog.-Tand. in DC. Prodr. XIII. pt. 2, 369 (1849). Bucholtzia nudicaulis Hook. f. (3), 191. T. nudicaulis Mogq.-Tand. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 139.—AsBiInGpoN IsL.: common bushes on the lower parts (no. 1405). ALBE- MARLE Isi.: Cowley Bay, Baur; Tagus Cove, common bushes at 4000 ft. (no. 1407) ; Villamil, low and somewhat prostrate bushes (no. 1406). BratTLe Ist.: (no. 1408). CHARLES

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 59

Is~.: common bushes (no. 1409). CuHartuam Ist.: north side, Baur. Duncan Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Woop IsL.: species in doubt (no. 1411). InperaticaBLe Ist. : northeast side, occasional low shrubs (no. 1410). jJErRvis Isw. : occasional low bushes at 1050 ft. (no. 1412). James Ist.: James Bay, fairly abundant to 1200 ft. (no. 1413) ; Orchilla Bay, Baur. Further distr. S. Chili.

T. rugulosa Rob. (1), 139.—CuHatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional low trees 10-12 ft. high around 1800 ft. (no. 1414). Endemic.

T. Snodgrassii Rob. (1), 140—Atzemarte Ist.: Villamil, low bushes, fairly common at 550 ft., (no. 1415). James Ist.: James Bay, (no. 1416). Srymour Ist., nortTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

T. strictiuscula Anderss. (1), 166; Rob. (1), 140—AtBr- MARLE Isz.: Iguana Cove, common bushes near the shore (no. 1418) ; Villamil, low bushes at 550 ft. (no. 1417). Cuartes Ist.: bushes 2-3 ft. high among rocks at 1400 ft. (no. 1420). Cuatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common bushes 3-6 ft. high at 500 ft. (no. 1419). InpEraTicaBLeE Ist.: southeast side, low bushes at 600 ft. (no. 1421). Narsoroucu Ist.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

T. vestita Anderss. (1), 169, (2), 63, t. 4, f. fs Iolo. (1), 140.—INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, common bushes on the lower parts (no. 1423); north side, common in lava crev- ices (no. 1422). Endemic.

BATIDACEAE Batis L.

B. maritima L. Syst Nat. ed. 10, 1376 (1760); Rob. (1), 141._Cuartes Is_.: common on sand beaches (no. 1425). CuatHam Ist.: Sappho Cove, common near the shore (no. 1426). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, common on sand beaches (no. 1427); southeast side, common on sand beaches (no. 1428). James Ist.: James Bay, common around salt lagoons and around the borders of a crater lake south of the bay (no. 1430). Widely distributed on tropical shores.

60 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

BASELLACEAE Boussingaultia HBK.

B. baselloides HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. VII. 196, t. 645 (1825) ; Rob. (1), 141.—Cuartes Ist.: Darwin. DUNCAN Isu.: trailing vines covering rocks at 1150 ft. (no. Heese Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

PHYTOUNC CAGE AS Phytolacca L.

P. octandra L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 631 (1762). P. decandra Hooke ci (sy ilOsiner mi. WAndenss. (li) 2270 0(2) oe Ron (1), 141.—Atpemarte Ist.: Villamil, prostrate bushes, com- mon around 3150 ft., (no. 1433). JAmes Ist.: James Bay, common bushes 4-5 ft. high above 2150 ft. (no. 1432). Rob- inson, 1. c., suggested that this species might possibly be P. octandra. The specimens secured confirm this suggestion. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Rivina Plum.

R. humilis L. Sp. Pl. 121 (1753).—ALBeMar eE Isx.: Villa- mil, low bushes in dense woodland at 500 ft. (no. 1434). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, rare near sea level, com- mon in dense woodland at 300-450 ft., (nos. 1435-1436). James Ist.: James Bay, fairly abundant in woodland around Z100 Vt) (nol 1437). ) Puncther distia, 5. Wlys, Mics, VE. Inds, S: Ama

NYCTAGINACEAE Boerhaavia L.

B. erecta L. Sp. Pl. 3 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 141.— ALBEMARLE Ist.: Macrae. Cuarues Is~.: common to 600 ft. during the spring months; during the autumn it was found occasionally among rocks at 1450 ft., (no. 1438). CHatTHam

Isu.: Andersson. _INDEFATIGABLE Isut.: Andersson. Further distm Sue S Mex Wi lade Seana,

B. paniculata Rich. Act. Soc. Nat. Hist. Par. I. 105 (1792) ; Rob. (1), 141.—ALBemarte Ist.: Tagus Cove, common in

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 61

open sunny places in tufaceous soil on the lower parts (no. 1440). James Ist.: Darwin. NarsoroucGH Ist.: north side, occasional in lava crevices (no. 1441). Further distr. S. U.S., Mex., S. Am.

B.. scandens L. Sp. Pl. 3 (1753); Rob. (1), 141.—AtLBE- MARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, abundant near the shore (no. 1443) ; Villamil, abundant in open places on the lower parts of the island (no. 1442). CHar es IsL.: common in open grassy places around 1000 ft. (no. 1444). CuatHam Ist.: Anders- son; Snodgrass and Heller. Duncan Ist.: occasional among bushes at 1150 ft. (no. 1466). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north- west side, common to 800 ft., very abundant in woodland around 650 ft., where it often forms the principal undergrowth, (no. 1445); southeast side, fairly common at 600 ft. (no. 1446). James Ist,: James Bay, common in open woods at S50 se (Cao, UY), nee Ghisin, S.1Ge Sie Mle, NNN, lbotel, Si) Aum:

B. viscosa Lag. & Rod. Anal. Cienc. Nat. IV. 256 (1801) ; Rob. (1), 142.—Astnepon Ist.: common on lava beds near the shore (no. 1448). ALtBemarte IsL.: Tagus Cove, com- mon in open sunny places in tufaceous soil to 1000 ft. (no. 1449) ; Villamil, abundant in light ashy soil and on lava beds on the lower parts (no. 1450). Brattie Isz.: (no. 1455). Cuar.es Ist.: common in tufaceous soil to 650 ft. (no. 1451). Cuatuam Ist.: Basso Point, common on sand beaches (no. 1454). Garpner Ist. (near Hoop Ist.): Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Ist.: common on hillsides at 250 ft. (no. 1456). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, Snodgrass and Heller; south- east side, common in tufaceous soil at 600 ft. (no. 1458). James Ist.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. A species which is rather characteristic of open sunny places in the dry region. Further distr. S. W. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., 5. Am.

Cryptocarpus HBK.

C. pyriformis HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. II. 188, t. 124 (1817) ; Rob. (1), 142—Asincpon IsL.: forming low thickets on sand beaches (no. 1458). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, in dense thickets near the shore; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Turtle Cove, cover-

62 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

ing large areas with a dense growth of low bushes in the vicinity of the shore; Villamil, common on sand beaches and to some extent in the interior around brackish water pools (no. 1459). Barrineton Isi.: forming low thickets on sand beaches (no. 1462). BrinpiLoe Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Occasional thickets of this species were noticed at various places along the north shore. CHARLES IsL.: bushes 3-6 ft. high, forming tangled thickets on sand beaches, (no. 1460). CHATHAM IszL.: Basso Point, on sand beaches and on lava flows in the interior; Sappho Cove, bushes on the beach and in the interior (no. 1461) ; Wreck Bay, fairly common near the shore. Duncan IsL.: bushes near the shore. GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Ist.): low bushes on the beach. Hoop Ist.: very abundant in dense low thickets on sand beaches, and to some extent in the interior at 600 ft., (no. 1463). INDEFAT- IGABLE IsL~.: Academy Bay, common on the beach and occa- sional at various places in the lower dry region; north side, low bushes on the beach; southeast side, common in thickets among rocks and in sand (no. 1465). It was also noticed in various other places on the shore, while the “Academy” was sailing around the island. James Ist.: James Bay, common bushes on the beach and around the shores of salt water lagoons (no. 1456). Jervis Is~.: low bushes on the beach. NArBoROUGH IsL.: east side, Snodgrass and Heller. SrtyMouR IsL., SOUTH: occasional on the beach and in thickets of Discaria pauciflora and Maytenus obovata bushes. Further distr. Ecuador, Bo- livia. Mirabilis L.

M. Jalapa L. Sp. Pl. 177 (1753). —ALBeEMarteE Isx.: Villa- mil, in gardens, and undoubtedly introduced, (no. 1459).

Pisonia L.

P. floribunda Hook. f. (3), 193; Rob. (1), 143.—Asinc- DON Is_.: common trees, 450-1650 ft., (no. 1460). ALBE- MARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, common trees above 1300 ft.; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, forest trees above 1500 ft.; Villamil, large trees, 100-900 ft. CHARLES Is_.: trees 10-30 ft. high, occasional around 1000 ft., (no. 1461). Duncan Ist.: low trees and bushes around 1150 ft.

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 63

(no. 1463). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, small trees near the shore, one of the common forest trees above 350 it., (no. 1463); north side, trees above 1000 ft.; northwest side, small trees at 150 ft., forming large forest trees at 500-800 it. James Ist.: James Bay, common trees, 450-1700 ft., (nos. 1464-1465) ; northeast side, trees above 600 ft. This species forms one of the most common forest trees in the transition and moist regions on the islands where it occurs. Hooker, op. c. 194, describes it as an almost leafless tree, but we found it to be usually covered with a dense growth of leaves. As a rule the trunk is short and the branches are large and broadly spread- ing. Owing to the rough nature of the bark it is usually cov- ered with epiphytes when it occurs in the moist regions. En- demic.

AIZOACEAE Mollugo L.

M. flavescens Anderss. (1), 226, (2), 96, t. 15, f. 2; Rob. (1), 143.—ALBEemMarRLE Ist.: Darwin; Macrae; Baur. CHARLES Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. CHATHAM IsL.: Sappho Cove, in lava crevices at 800 ft. (no. 1466); Wreck Bay, Baur. INDEFATIGABLE ISL.: north side, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

Var. floriana Rob. (1), 143.—Cuartes Isi.: Cormorant

Bay, abundant in coarse gravelly soil near the shore (no. 1467). Endemic.

M. gracillima Anderss. (1), 226, (2), 96; Rob. (1), 143.— ALBEMARLE Isz.: Iguana Cove, occasional in ashy soil on sides of the cliff above the cove (no. 1468); Tagus Cove, abundant in tufaceous soil (no. 1470); Villamil, common in open places at 550 ft. (no. 1469). Bratrre Isi.: (no. 1471). CuHartes Ist.: common in open grassy areas at 600 ft. The specimens taken here are very small, but they seem to possess the characters of this species, (no. 1472). CuHatHam IsL.: Basso Point, occasional in lava crevices (no. 1473). Duncan IsL.: common in dry places near the shore (no. 1474). JAMES Ist.: Orchilla Bay, Baur. NarsporoucH Ist.: north side, common on lava beds (no. 1476). WrENMAN IsL.: (no. 1477). Endemic.

64 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

M. Snodgrassii Rob. (1), 144.—ALBEMaRLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, bushes 1 ft. and more in height, rare in pumice soil, (no. 1478); Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. NarsoroucH Ist.: Mangrove Point, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

Sesuvium L.

S. Edmonstonei Hook. f. (3), 221; Rob. (1), 144.—Bar- RINGTON IsL.: common covering rocks along the shore (no. 1479). Brattre Ist.: (no. 1480). CHar es Is~.: common on sand beaches, forming bright red patches when seen from a distance, (no. 1481). CuLpEprErR IsL.: common on the sides of cliffs. Duncan Is~.: common among rocks along the shore and in occasional patches up to 250 ft. (no. 1482). GARDNER Ist. (near Hoop Ist.): Snodgrass and Feller. Hoop Isu.: very abundant on the tops of the cliffs at the east end of the island (no. 1483). The stems and leaves of this plant are usually bright red when it grows in open sunny places, but are green with but a small amount of the red color when it grows in the shade. Endemic.

S. Portulacastrum L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1058 (1760) ; Rob. (1), 144.—Asinepon IszL.: occasional on sand beaches. AL- BEMARLE IsL.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Turtle Cove, abundant on sand beaches (no. 1484). BarrincTton Ist.: on sand beaches. CHARLES IsL.: forms thick mats on sand beaches. It also occurs around the shores of salt lagoons where the water is saturated with salt. In such situations the leaves are somewhat reduced in size, (no. 1485). CHATHAM Ist.: Sappho Cove, common on sand beaches (no. 1486). INDEFATIGABLE IsxL.: southeast side, common on sand dunes (no. 1487). James Ist.: northeast side, on sand beaches. SEYMOUR IsL., NoRTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Se Si) Winds SeeAua, Glin:

Trianthema L.

T. Portulacastrum L. Sp. Pl. 223 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 144.— ALBEMARLE Isu.: Turtle Cove, fairly abundant on_ sand beaches (no. 1488) ; Villamil, in dry sandy soil in open places near sea level (no. 1489). Barrineton Ist.: Snodgrass and

Vot. I] STEWART—BOLTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 65

Heller. Cares Ist.: common near the shore and in loose ashy soil at 450 ft. (nos. 1490-1491). CHatHam Isi.: An- dersson. Duncan Ist.: (no. 1492). GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Ist.) : abundant in loose soil mixed with fragments of lava (no. 1493). Hoop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. InNDE- FATIGABLE Ist.: Andersson. JAMES IsL.: Andersson. SEy- MOUR Ibs., NoRTH and souTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Widely distributed on tropical shores.

Aizoacea (7?) sp. Sterile specimens of bushes 4-5 ft. high with succulent leaves were collected on BRATTLE IsL. and on the beach at Cormorant Bay, CHartes Ist. The family is doubtful (nos. 1494-1495).

PORTULACACEAE Portulaca L.

Pcgleracea |b.) Spiel. 445,753); Rob: (1), 145, Axsincpon Ist.: common among rocks on the lower parts of the island (no. 1496). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, abundant on the sides of the cliffs above the cove (no. 1498) ; Tagus Cove, common in tufaceous soil on the lower parts; Villamil, abundant in open places in the lower parts (no. 1497). Cartes Ist.: common around 1750 it. during the dry sea- son; during the rainy season it occurs abundantly all over the lower parts of the island, (no. 1499). CuatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common at 450 ft. (mos. 1500-1501). GarpNer Ist. (near Hoop Ist.) : Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Ist.: occa- sional at 250 ft. (no. 1502). NargoroucH Ist.: north side, common in crevices in the lava (no. 1503). The fact that this species is found on such unfrequented islands as Abingdon and Narborough would seem to indicate that it might not have been distributed by intercommunication among the islands as suggested by Robinson, I. c. At the time Dr. Robinson’s paper was written it had only been found on the more frequented islands. Widely distributed.

P. sp. (7). Sterile specimens of a species of Portulaca (?), were found on ABINGDON, BARRINGTON, BRATTLE, CHARLES, Jervis, and WenMAN Istanps. It is the P. sp.?, mentioned by Robinson, 1. c. 145. (nos. 1504-1510).

66 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH Ser.

P. sp.—CuHATHAM IsL.: Sappho Cove, low bushes on lava in the vicinity of the coast. The specimen has a brownish-gray succulent stem, linear leaves, and rather large pinkish-white flowers. It is a new species to the islands and possibly to science, but the specimen is too poor for accurate description Grow S 11):

CARYOPEYEVACHAB Drymaria Willd.

D. cordata (L.) Willd. ex Roem. & Sch. Syst. V. 406 (1819). Holosteum cordatum L. Sp. Pl. 88 (1753). Dry- maria cordata Willd. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 145.—ALBEemar te IsL.: Tagus Cove, abundant in open places on the inner wall of the crater at 4000 ft. (no. 1512); Villamil; common in moist places, 600-1300 ft., (no. 1513). Cares IsL.: occasional in vegetable mold among rocks, 1000-1450 ft., (nos. 1514- 1516). CHatTHaAm Ist.: Wreck Bay, common above 900 ft. (no. 1517). James Ist.: Darwin. Widely distributed.

MENISPERMACEAE Cissampelos L.

C. galapagensis nov. sp.

Scandens lignosa, caulibus canaliculatis glabris subtus glaucis; folio- rum laminis peltatis triangularibus vel subcordatis 4.3 cm. longis 4.7 cm. latis apice obtusis vel rotundatis mucronatis utrinque subglaucis, petiolis 8-44 mm. longis canaliculatis; inflorescentia mascula axillari cymosa longipedunculate ad pedunculi basis bractea membranacea praedita; sepalis orbiculari-rhombeis 1.5 mm. longis, nervo medio prominulo; corolla disciformi 1.2 mm. lata.

INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, abundant on bare lava in rather open woods near the coast. A species which is closely related to C. glaberrima St. Hil. but differs principally in hav- ing the male flowers in cymes instead of panicles, and in the sepals being orbicular rhombic instead of lanceolated, with a medium rib on each, (nos, 1518-1519). Plate III, figs. 9-10. Endemic.

C. Pareira L. Sp. Pl. 1031 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 146.—Axsinc- DON Is~.: common above 500 ft. (no. 1523). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, occasional at 1600-2000 ft., abundant on trees above 2000 ft.; Iguana Cove, common on trees and

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 67

bushes everywhere (no. 1522) ; Tagus Cove, common at 2000 ft.; Villamil, abundant covering rocks in a moist area on the lower parts some distance back from the shore, abundant throughout the transition and moist regions, (nos. 1520-1521). CuHarves Isx.: abundant in woodland at 1000 ft., covering rocks and trees at 1450 ft., (nos. 1524-1526). CHatTHam Ist.: Basso Point, abundant in woodland above 900 ft.; Wreck Bay, common throughout the wooded areas below 1000 ft. (no. 1527). Duncan Ist.: occasional on bushes at 1200 ft. (no. 1528). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, abund- ant on trees above 100 ft., around 600 ft. it covers the trees and bushes with a dense growth, (nos. 1530-1531) ; northeast side, common above 300 ft.; southeast side, fairly common on bushes at 600 ft. (no. 1529). James Isx.: James Bay, abund- ant on trees and bushes above 1000 ft. (no. 1532) ; northeast side, fairly common above 400 ft. Narsoroucu Ist.: north side, (no. 1533). This species shows much variation in the size, shape, and amount of pubescence on the leaves. Further distr. general in tropical regions.

ANONACEAE . Anona L. A. cherimolia Mill. Gard. Dict. ed. VIII. n. 5 (1768).—

Cuar es Is_.: forming a small grove at 1000 ft. Probably introduced, (no. 1535). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

A. glabra L. Sp. Pl. 537 (1753).—ALBEMaRLE IsL.: Villa- mil, bushes and small trees in low moist places in the vicinity of the shore (no. 1536). Further distr. S. U. S., W. Ind.

CRUCIFERAE Brassica L. B. arvensis (L.) Kze. Rev. Gen. I. 19 (1891). Sinapis arvensis L. Sp. Pl. 668 (1753). B. Sinapistrum Boiss. Voy.

Esp. (He) 39) (1S392845)); Rob.) 1146. @rarres) [sn.: Andersson. Widely distributed.

B. campestris L. Sp. Pl. 666 (1753); Rob. (1), 146.— CHARLES Isu.: Snodgrass and Heller. CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck

68 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Bay, around habitations at 900 ft. Probably introduced. Widely distributed. Coronopus Ludw.

C. didymus (L.) Sm. Fl. Brit. ID. 691 (1800). Lepidiuwm didymum L. Mant. 92 (1767). Senebiera pinnatifida DC. Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. VII. 144, t. 9 (1799); Rob. (1), 146.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, abundant in open grassy country around 1300 ft. (no. 1540). James Ist.: Darwin. Widely distributed.

Lepidium Te

L. virginicum L. Sp. Pl. 645 (1753).—CuHatuHam Ist: Wreck Bay, around habitations, probably introduced, (no. 1538). Widely distributed.

Raphanus L. R. sativus L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 935 (1763); Rob. (1), 146.— CHARLES Isit.: Andersson. CHATHAM IsL.: Wreck Bay, in cultivated ground. A species concerning whose introduction

there can be but little doubt, (no. 1539). Widely distributed through cultivation.

CIS SUICA Ci ee)

Crassuvia Comm.

C. floripendia Comm. ex. Lam. Encycl. II. 141 (1786). Bryophyllum calycinum Salisb. Parad. Lond. t. 3 (1806).— CuatHaAm Ist.: Wreck Bay, around habitations. Probably introduced. Further distr. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

LEGUMINOSAE Acacia Willd.

A. farnesiana (L.) Willd. Sp. IV. 1083 (1806). Mimosa farnesiana L. Sp. Pl. 521 (1753). A. farnesiana Willd. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 147.—Atpemar_e Ist.: Darwin; Macrae. INDE- FATIGABLE Isu.: north side, small trees at 250 ft. (no. 1541). Further distr. Mex., S. Am.

A. macracantha H. & B. in ‘Willd. Sp. IV. 1080 (1806) ; Rob. (1), 147.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, small trees and bushes in tufaceous soil, lower parts, (no. 1544); Villa-

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 69

mil, bushes and small trees below 100 ft. (nos. 1542-1543, 1545). CHartues Is_.: common below 700 ft., varying in size from low bushes to trees 25 ft. in height, (nos. 1547-1549). CuHaTHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, bushes 6-7 ft. high at 300 ft. (no. 1550). Duncan Ist.: prostrate bushes at 1275 ft. (no. 1551). Hoop Ist.: occasional bushes and small trees (no. 1552). INDEFATIGABLE Is~t.: Academy Bay, low trees and bushes below 100 ft. (no. 1556); north side, bushes and low spreading trees above 100 ft. (no. 1557) ; southeast side, com- mon bushes, often prostrate, (nos. 1559-1560). Further distr. WWW aval Sy. Aaa,

A. tortuosa (L.) Willd. Sp. IV. 1083 (1806). Mimosa foriuosa Ie Spy eieda 2. i505 |S) Ae toriwosa Walla: 1. c.; Rob. (1), 147.—Cuartes Ist.: Andersson. CHATHAM Ist.: Andersson. INDEFATIGABLE ISL.: northeast side, low bushes near the shore (nos. 1615-1616) ; southeast side, occa- sional bushes. JAMES ISL.: northeast side, (no. 1667) ; James Bay, small trees 10-12 ft. high on the lower parts. Further Gusti Wiexe We Mindi Ss Am:

A. sp. affin. A. macracantha H. & B.; Rob. (1), 147.— ALBEMARLE Iszt.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller.

A. sp.? Hook. f. (4), 261; Rob. i 147.—CuHar-es Ist. : Edmonston. |

A. sp. Rob. (1), 147.—James Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller.

Astragalus L.

A. Edmonstonei (Hook. f.) Rob. (1), 148. Phaca Edmon- stonei Hook. f. (3), 227—Cuartes Ist.: Edmonston. En- demic.

Caesalpinia L.

C. Bonducella (L.) Fleming in As. Res. XI. 159 (1810). Guilandina Bonducella L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 545 (1763). C. Bon- ducella Fleming 1. c.; Rob. (1), 148—ALBEemMarRte Ist.: Villamil, bushes 4-6 ft. high in low moist places near sea level (no. 1619). Further distr. general in warm countries.

C. pulcherrima (L.) Sw. Obs. 166 (1791). Poinctana pul- cherrima L. Sp. Pl. 380 (1753). C. pulcherrima Sw. |. c.;

70 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Rob. (1), 148.—Cuartes Is~.: common in the vicinity of former habitations. CHATHAM IsL.: Wreck Bay, in gardens around 1000 ft. Further distr. general in tropics.

Canavalia Adans.

C. obtusifolia (Lam.) DC. Prodr. II. 404 (1825). Dolichos obtusifolius Lam. Dict. Il. 295 (1786). C. obtusifolia DC. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 148.—BinpbiokE Ist.: on the shore and in the interior of the island (no. 1620). Further distr. general in tropics.

Cassia L.

C. hirsuta L. Sp. Pl. 378 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 148.—CHar Les Ist.: Lee. Further distr. Mex., S. Am.

C. occidentalis L. Sp. Pl. 377 (1753); Rob. (1), 148.— ALBEMARLE Isi.: Iguana Cove, occasional low bushes (no. 1622); Villamil, occasional low bushes in lava crevices on the lower parts of the island to 600 ft. (nos. 1621, 1623). CHARLES IsL.: Andersson; Snodgrass and Heller. CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, low bushes, 150-800 ft., (nos. 1624-1625). Widely distributed.

C. picta Don. Syst. II. 444 (1832) ; Rob. (1), 149.—ALBE- MARLE Isxt.: Cowley Bay, common bushes in open country, 1500-2000 ft., (no. 1628) ; Iguana Cove, low bushes at 200 ft. (no. 1629); Tagus Cove, low bushes, 1500-2200 ft., (no. 1626) ; Villamil, low bushes in woodland, 100-550 ft., (no. 1627). CHARLEs IsL.: rare at 350 ft. (no. 1630). CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional bushes 4-5 ft. high at 200 ft. (nos. 1631-1632). Further distr. Ecuador.

C. sericea Sw. Prodr. 66 (1788); Rob. (1), 149.— CHATHAM Ist.: Andersson. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Anders- son. SEYMOUR IsL., souTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Crotalaria L.

C. glabrescens Anderss. (1), 248, (2), 109; Rob. (1), 149. —ALBEMARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, common in tufaceous soil on the lower parts (no. 1633). CHatHam IsL.: Andersson; A. Agassiz. Endemic.

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 71

C. pumila Ort. Dec. II. 23 (1797) ; Rob. (1), 149.—Asinc- pON Isu.: occasional at 1100 ft. (no. 1634). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, common at 500 ft. (no. 1640); Tagus Cove, occasional on lava beds at 600 ft., common at 4000 it., (no. 1637) ; Villamil, occasional to 550 ft. (nos. 1636, 1639, 1643). CHARLES IsL.: occasional in protected places at 1650 ft. (no. 1644). CuatuHam Ist.: Andersson; Baur; Snodgrass and Heller. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, occasional in tufaceous soil at 550 ft. (no. 1645). James Isxt.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. NarsoroucuH Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Stymour Ist., soutH: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind.

C¥sctiera WC erodm ih 130 11825); (Robs iG) t49== ABINGDON IsL.: fairly common at 400 ft. (no. 1646). ALBE- MARLE Isxt.: Tagus Cove, abundant at 4000 ft. (no. 1647); Villamil, occasional, 250-800 ft., (no. 1648). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, common, 4-6 ft. high, in a dense growth of vines and bushes, 500-600 ft., (no. 1650) ; northwest side, occasional in tufaceous soil near the shore. Further distr. Mex.

Dalea L.

D. domingensis DC. Prodr. II. 246 (1825).—CHATHAm Ist.: Basso Point, bushes 5-6 ft. high at 900 ft. (no. 1651). Furtherdistr, S: U.S.) Mex) W. Ind. S: Am.

D. parvifolia Hook. f. (3), 225; Rob. (1), 150.—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. CHARLES Ist.: bushes 5 ft. high at 550 ft. (no. 1652). CuatTHAm Ist.: Andersson. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, common bushes on the lower parts (no. 1654); southeast side, occa- sional bushes 4-5 ft. high at 400 ft. (no. 1653); northwest side, Baur. James Ist.: Darwin; Baur. Endemic.

D. tenuicaulis Hook. f. (3), 226; Rob. (1), 150.—ALBE- MARLE Isxt.: Tagus Cove, bushes 4-5 ft. high to 2500 ft. (no. 1655); Villamil, Bawr. CHatHam Ist.: Andersson. En- demic.

Desmanthus Willd.

D. depressus H. & B. ex. Willd. Sp. IV. 1046 (1806) ; Rob. (1), 150.—Asrnepon IsL.: occasional among rocks at 550

January 12, 1911

TD CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

ft. (no. 1656). CHARLES IsL.: common near the shore, and at 550 ft., (nos. 1657-1658). CHatTHam IsL.: A. Agassiz; Baur. Duncan Ist.: among rocks on the lower parts (no. 1659). GarDNER Ist. (near Hoop Ist.): Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Ist.: occasional among rocks (nos. 1660- Loot) |ervis Isus:) (no.m662)) Bunter distros ys! Mexe Wivind Sri Aara

Desmodium Desv.

D. galapagense Rob. (1), 150. D. fliforme Hook. f. (3), 227.—JAMES IsL.: Darwin. Endemic.

D. incanum (Sw.) DC. Prodr. II. 332 (1825). Hedysarum incanum Sw. Prodr. 107 (1788). D. imcanum DC. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 150.—CuHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional in open woodland at 350 ft., very abundant in the open grassy country above 700 ft., (nos. 1663-1664). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

D. molle (Vahl.) DC. Prodr. II. 332 (1825). Hedysarum molle Vahl. Symb. II. 83 (1790). D. molle DC. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 150.—Asrinepon Ist.: occasional around 600 ft. (no. 1665). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Tagus Cove, common in tufaceous soil around the sides and base of the mountain (no. 1666). BINDLOE Ist.: Baur; Snodgrass and Heller. CHARLES IsL.: Andersson; Baur. GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Ist.): Snod- grass and Heller. Hoop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. InpE- FATIGABLE Isu.: north side, Snodgrass and Heller; northwest side, rare in tufaceous soil near the shore (no. 1667). JERvIS Ist.: Baur. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

D. spirale (Sw.) DC. Prodr. II. 332 (1825). Hedysarum spirale Sw. Prodr. 107 (1788). D. spirale DC. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 151.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, abundant on the sides of the cliffs above the cove (no. 1562) ; Tagus Cove, occasional on the lower parts (no. 1561). Brnp oe Is.: Baur.. CHARLES IsL.: rare near the shore and from 500-800 ft. (nos. 1563- 1565). Garpner Ist. (near Hoop Ist.): Snodgrass and Heller. Woop Ist.:, Snodgrass and Heller. James Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Stymour Ist., NoRTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex.. W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 73

D. uncinatum (Jaq.) DC. Prodr. Il. 331 (1825). Hedy- sarum uncinatum Jaq. Hort. Sch. III. t. 298 (1798). D. un- cinatum DC. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 151.—ALBEMaARLE IsL.: Tagus Cove, common above 3,000 ft. (no. 1566). CHatTHAm Ist.: Wreck Bay, Baur. INDEFATIGABLE IsL~.: Academy Bay, among a dense growth of vines and bushes at 500 ft. (no. 1567). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Erythrina L.

E. velutina Willd. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Neue Schr. III. 426 (1801); Rob. (1), 151—AtLBEMarte Iszt.: Banks Bay, acc. to F. X. Williams. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, small trees in the vicinity of the shore; northeast side, small trees about two miles inland (no. 1668) ; northwest side, small trees to 7/50 ft. James Is~.: James Bay, large forest trees from near the shore to 1200 ft.; northeast side, small trees above 300 ft. WrENMAN IsL.: the grove of leafless trees, men- tioned by Heller, Rob. (1), 251, belongs to this species. This species sometimes forms forest trees three feet in diameter at the base and more than sixty feet in height. It is the largest tree found in the dry regions. Further distr. W. Ind., S. Am.

Galactea P. Br.

G. Jussiaeana Kunth, var. glabrescens Benth. in Mart. FI. Bras. XV. pt. 1, 143 (1859); Rob. (1), 152—CHatHam Ist.: Basso Point, occasional at 1000 ft. (no. 1585); Wreck Bay, (no. 1586). Hoop Ist.: generally distributed over the island but not common (no. 1587). Further distr. Brazil.

Var. volubilis Benth. |. c.; Rob. (1), 151.—Asrinepon Ist. : occasional vines on the lower parts of the island (no. 1571). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, common on bushes on the lower parts (no. 1574) ; Tagus Cove, occasional on bushes on the sides of the mountain (no. 1572); Villamil, common on bushes to 400 ft. (no. 1573). CHarues IsL.: on bushes, 575- 1000 ft., (nos. 1576-1577). CHatTHAm IsL.: Sappho Cove, abundant in lava crevices (no. 1579). Duncan IsL.: occa- sional at 700 ft., abundant on rocks at 1275 ft., (no. 1580). GARDNER Ist. (near Hoop Ist.): (no. 1582). INDEFATIGA- BLE Ist.: north side, common on lava near the shore (no. 1583). James Ist.: James Bay, on the lower parts of the

74 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

island. Jervis IsL.: occasional at 1000 ft. (no. 1584). Nar- BOROUGH IsL.: north side, Snodgrass and Heller. SrtymMour IsL., NORTH: Snodgrass and Heller. None of the specimens of this species from the Galapagos Islands, either in the Gray Herbarium or in the Academy’s collection, shows the ciliated standard as described and figured by Kunth, Mimos. 197, t. 55. There is also much variation in the size and shape of the leaves, as well as in the amount of pubescence. Further distr. S. Am.

G. tenuiflora (Willd.) Wight & Arn. Prodr. I. 206 (1834). Glycine tenuiflora Willd. Sp. ITI. 1059 (1801-1803). Galactea dubia DC. Prodr. II. 238 (1825).—INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, common vines at 600 ft. (no. 1569). James Ist.:. James Bay, occasiona! on the lower parts of the island (no. 1570). All of the specimens collected are sterile, but they closely resemble specimens of this species in the Gray Herb- arium in the foliage and in the length of the racemes. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

G. n. sp. Hook. f. (4), 261; Rob. (1), 152.—Cuartes Ist. : Edmonston. Geoffroea Jacq.

G. striata (Willd.) Morong, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sc. VII. 87 (1893), as Geoffroya striata. Robinia striata Willd. Sp. III. 1132 (1803). Geoffraea superba H. & B. Pl. Aequin. II. 69, t. 100 (1809); Rob. (1), 152.—Cuartes Ist.: a grove of low spreading trees of this species is found in the vicinity of an old habitation at 450 ft. The specimens collected by Snodgrass and Heller are probably from this locality and not Hood Isl., as there are evidently no trees of this species there. The grove on Charles Isl. is just to the right of the main trail leading into the interior of the island, and is so situated that it would hardly be missed by any one collecting plants in the locality. (no. 1588). Further distr. trop. S. Am.

Inga Scop.

I. edulis Mart. Herb. Fl. Bras. 113 (1837).—Cwartes Ist.: trees 20-30 ft. high in wet soil around a spring at 1000 ft. (no. ' 1589). Further distr. Mex.. S. Am.

I. sp.— CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, in gardens. Probably introduced.

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 75

Mimosa L.

M. asperata L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1312 (1760); Rob. (1), 152.—Cuares Ist.: Edmonston. Widely distributed in tropical and sub-tropical regions.

Mucuna Adans.

M. rostrata Benth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. XV. 1, 171 (1859- 1862).—INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, vines on trees at 700 ft. Frederick T. Nelson collector, (no. 1590). Further distr. Brazil.

Neptunia Lour.

N. plena (L.) Benth. in Hook. Jour. Bot. IV. 355 (1842). Mimosa plena L. Sp. Pl. 519 (1753). WN. plena Benth. 1. c.; IO), (CL), 152.—Cuartes Ist.: Edmonston (?); Andersson; Cuevas Bay, Baur. CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, in open places among rocks to 200 ft. (no. 1591). Garpner Ist. (near Hoop Isx.): common among rocks. INDEFATIGABLE Is~.: north side, Snodgrass and Heller; northeast side, in loose ashy soil near the shore (no. 1594); northwest side, abundant in tufaceous soil near the shore. Jervis Ist.: Baur. SEYMOUR Ibs., NORTH and souTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind.. S. Am.

Parkinsonia L.

P. aculeata L. Sp. Pl. 375 (1753); Rob. (1), 152.—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Villamil, small trees abundant in rather low places near the shore (no. 1595). CuHar.es Isx.: Post Office Bay, occasional small trees near the shore, and in the low flat country for some distance inland, where they form dense low forests with Prosopis dulcis. The craters around 450 ft. are often filled with these trees, (no. 1596). CHATHAM IsL.: Wreck Bay, small trees, abundant to 200 ft., (no. 1597). Duncan Ist.: abundant in a deep canyon on the northeast side of the island. Hoop Ist.: occasional bushes and small trees (no. 1598). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, fairly common all over the lower parts of the island (no. 1600). SEYMOUR IsL., soutH: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. SW Si, Wie NV Tarek. Sis valaal:

76 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Phaseolus L.

P. adenanthus G. F. W. Mey. Prim. Fl. Esseq. 239 (1818) ; Rob. (1), 153.—Hoop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. tropics of New World, introduced (?), in E. Ind.

P. mollis Hook. f. (3), 228: Rob. (1), 153.—James Is .: Darwin. Jervis Isy.: Baur. Specimen from Jervis Isl. some- what doubtful acc. to Rob. 1. c. Endemic.

P. semierectus L. Mant. I. 100 (1767); Rob. (1), 153.— Cuar es Isi.: occasional in open thickets of Lipochaeta larici- folia at 850 ft. (no. 1601). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in sandy soil near the shore (no. 1602). Further distr. general in tropics.

P. vulgaris L. Sp. Pl. 723 (1753).—ALBEMARLE ISsL.: Iguana Cove, common on the sides of the cliffs above the cove (no. 1603) ; Tagus Cove, common in thickets at 4000 ft. This species was probably introduced. Widely distributed.

P. (?) sp—CuatuHam Isut.: Wreck Bay, sterile specimens with large leaves, the genus of which is in doubt.

Piscidia L.

P. Erythrina L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 993 (1763) ; Rob. (1), 153.— CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, common trees on the lower parts (no. 1608). INDEFATIGABLE Is_.: Academy Bay, forest trees, fairly common to 350 ft., (no. 1607); north side, common bushes in sand and in lava crevices near the shore, small trees around 500 ft., (no. 1606); northwest side, fairly common from the vicinity of the shore to 800 ft., small near the shore, but increasing in size with elevation, forming good sized trees at the upper limit of distribution, (no. 1607). James IsL.: (?) ace, to Rob ie) We unthen distr Mexoy Wiraliadel Siva

Prosopis L.

P. dulcis Kunth, Mimos. 110, t. 34 (1819) ; Rob. (1), 153. —ABINGDON IsL.: common bushes on lava beds near the shore (no. 1609). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, common in low thickets on the lower parts, where it forms a very important element of the flora in places. BArrineTon Ist.: occasional

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS WH

decumbent bushes around dried pools in the interior of the island (no. 1610). CHartes Ist.: common bushes, forming open thickets near the shore, and trees around 650 it., (nos. 1611-1613). CuatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional low spreading trees in sandy soil near the shore (no. 1614). Dun- can Ist.: occasional near the shore; at 1000 ft. it is very abundant as prostrate and decumbent bushes, often covering considerable areas on the floor of the crater; occasional at 1275 ft. The prostrate habit on the upper parts is probably due to the wind, (no. 1668). GarpNeR Ist. (near Hoop Ist.) : common bushes (no. 1670). Hoop IsL.: common bushes all over the island (nos. 1671-1673). INDEFATIGABLE Is~.: southeast side, common bushes to 600 ft. (nos. 1674- 1675) ; northeast side, small stunted trees near the shore (no. 1676). James Ist.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Jervis Ist.: occasional prostrate bushes at 1050) tt.))(n0! 1677). Seymour Ist., souTH: occasional bushes (no. 1678). Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., S. Am.

Rhynchosia Lour.

R. minima (L.) DC. Mém. Leg. IX. 363 (1825). Dolichos minimus L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 1020 (1763). R. minima IDLO Kee Rob. (1), 154.—Asinepon IsL.: common to above 1000 ft. The series of specimens from this island show well the marked foliar differences which occur between individuals from the dry and moist regions on practically all of the islands where this species is found at low and high levels. The speci- mens from the dry region have the leaflets villous on both sur- faces, margins strongly reflexed, resin dots numerous and dark brown in color, venation prominent on the under surface ; size of leaflets, 5.5 by 7 mm. Specimens from above 1000 ft. have the upper surface of the leaflets atomiferous, the lower softly pubescent, margins but slightly reflexed, resin dots few and amber colored, venation not prominent ; size of leaflet, 31 by 43 mm. Specimens from 600 and 700 ft. show characters which closely correspond with the specimen from 1000 ft. except that the leaflets are smaller, (nos. 1679-1682). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, common in the vicinity of the cove; Tagus Cove, abundant in open areas in tufaceous soil all over the lower parts (no. 1683).

78 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Barrincton Isx.: Snodgrass and Heller. BiNnvLoE Ist. : abundant near the shore, rare in the interior, (no. 1685). CHARLES Ist.: Andersson. CHATHAM Ist.: Basso Point, occasional at 900 ft. (no. 1688); Wreck Bay, abundant all over the lower parts (nos. 1686-1687). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, common all over the lower parts. All of the specimens taken in this locality are xerophytic in character, except a few which were found growing around a brackish water spring near the coast. These were mesophytic in char- acter, closely resembling specimens taken from the transition or moist regions of other islands, (nos. 1691-1692); north side, common on rocks at 300 ft. (no. 1690) ; northwest side, common in tufaceous soil near the shore (no. 1693). Nar- BOROUGH IsL.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. tropical and subtropical regions.

R. reticulata (Sw.) DC. Prodr. II. 385 (1825). Glycine reticulata Sw. Prodr. 105 (1788). R. reticulata DC. 1. ¢.: Rob. (1), 154.—CuatHam Ist.: Darwin. Further distr. Mex Wendi: Sz Ama:

R. sp. Rob. (1), 154-—ALBEMaARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller.

R. sp. Rob. (1), 154.—BinpioE Isi.: Snodgrass and Hel- ler. Stylosanthes Sw.

S. scabra Vog. Linnaea XII. 69 (1838); Rob. (1), 154.— Apincpon Is~.: occasional on lava beds on the lower parts (no. 1694). Arpemarte Ist.: Tagus Cove, forming spread- ing bunches in tufaceous soil near the shore (no. 1695). BINDLOE Ist.: occasional in tufaceous soil near the beach (no. 1696). CuHartes Ist.: common in ashy soil, 450-1000 ft., (no. 1697). Duncan Ist.: occasional in shady protected places near the shore (no. 1698). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, Snodgrass and Heller; northwest side, common in tufa- ceous soil near the shore (no. 1699). Jervis Isi.: Baur. Further distr. Cent. and S. Am.

Tephrosia Pers.

T. cinerea (L.) Pers. Syn. II. 328 (1807). Galega cinerea L, Systied. 10,1172 (1760) 2) Prcmerea Pers. Vic; Rob iC):

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 79

155.—Asinepon IsL.: common to 400 ft. (no. 1700). ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, abundant in open places at 250 it. BARRINGTON Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. BinDLoe Ist.: Baur; Snodgrass and Heller. CHARLES ISL.: common on the lower parts, occasional at 600 ft., (no. 1703). CHATHAM Ist.: Sappho Cove, occasional on recent lava near the shore (no. 1704). Duncan IsL.: in shady places on the lower parts (no. 1705). Hoop Ist.: rare around 250 ft., specimens being small and rather stunted, (no. 1706). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, Snodgrass and Heller. NarsoroucH Isi.: Snod- grass and Heller. Stymour Ist., soutrH: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Vigna Savi.

V. owahuensis Vog. Linnaea X. 585 (1836) ; Rob. (1), 155. —James Ist.: Darwin. The identity of this plant is ques- tioned by Rob. 1. c.

Zornia Gmel.

Z. diphylla (L.) Pers. Syn. II. 318 (1807). Hedysarum diphyllum L. Sp. Pl. 747 (1753).—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Tagus Cove, common in tufaceous soil, 300-500 ft., (no. 1707). Widely distributed in tropical regions.

OXALIDACEAE Oxalis L.

O. carnosa Molina, Sagg. Chile, ed. 2, 288 (1810); Rob. (1), 156.—Asinepon IsL.: common on exposed rocks in open grassy areas around 1100 ft. (no. 1708). Cartes ISsL.: common among rocks at 1550 ft. (no. 1709). Duncan Ist.: on rocks at 900 ft. and in vegetable mold on side of cliff at 1250) tty (no; 1710). Vhis: species) usually, inhabits) rather sterile places in the transition and moist regions, the roots finding a lodgement in small crevices in the lava. Further distr. Chili.

O. Cornelli Anderss. (1), 246, (2), 108; Rob. (1), 156.— ALBEMARLE Isx.: Iguana Cove, common in open places on the lower parts (no. 1713). Barrineton Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Cares Is_.: common among rocks near the shore.

80 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER.

and in open country, 500-1100 ft., (nos. 1716-1717). CuatHam Isu.: Wreck Bay, fairly common, 500-2050 it., (nos. 1714-1715). Duncan Isi.: A. Agassiz; Snodgrass and Heller. GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Ist.): Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Ist.: Baur; Snodgrass and Heller. INDE- FATIGABLE IsL.: north side, Snodgrass and Heller; northwest side, Andersson; Baur. James Ist.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

O. corniculata L. Sp. Pl. 435 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 156.—AL- BEMARLE Isu.: Villamil, common in open grassy country at 1500 ft. (no. 1718). Cartes IsL.: common at 1700 ft. (no. 1719). CuatHam Iszt.: Wreck Bay, Baur. Widely distrib- uted.

LINACEAE Linum L.

L. oligophyllum Willd. ex. Schult. Sys. VI. 758 (1820) ; Rob. (1), 156.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Tagus Cove, low bushes, 2900-3850 ft., (no. 1720). Further distr. Ecuador and Peru.

USE Oat ALIGN Claas, Kallstroemia Scop.

K. adscendens (Anderss.) Rob. (1), 156. Tribulus adscen- dens Anderss. (1), 245.—Cuartes Ist.: Andersson. CHATH- Am Ist.: Andersson. Duncan Ist.: A. Agassiz. GARDNER Isxt. (near Hoop Ist.): Snodgrass and Heller. Woop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

Tribulus L.

T. cistoides L. Sp. Pl. 387 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 157.—Asrnc- DON IsL.: rare among rocks near the shore. The specimen is sterile, but agrees with other specimens of the species in foliage, pubescence, etc., (no. 1721). ALBEMARLE Isx.: Villamil, in broadly spreading bunches in light ashy soil near sea level (no. 1722). Brattie Iszt.: (no. 1723). CHartes IsL.: common near the shore, and in open places in the vegetation, 600-700 ft., (nos. 1725-1727). Dapune Ist.: F. X. Williams, col- lector, (no. 1728). Hoop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. INDE-

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 81

FATIGABLE IsL.: Andersson. JAMES IsL.: Darwin. Nar- BOROUGH IsL.: north side, common on lava beds. SEYMOUR IsL., souTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Widely distributed. *

Var. anacanthus Rob. (1), 157.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Tagus Cove, common in tufaceous soil on the tops and sides of the hills surrounding the cove (no. 1730). Endemic.

T. sericeus Anderss. (1), 245, (2), 107; Rob. (1), 157.— CHARLES IsL.: occasional among rocks along the shore (no. 1732). CHatHAm Ist.: Andersson. Endemic.

T. sp. Rob. (1), 157.—CuLpEpper IsL.: sterile specimens, evidently of the same species as those collected by Snodgrass and Heller at this place, were found by F. X. Williams, (no. 1731).

RURACEATD Zanthoxylum L.

Z. Fagara (L.) Sarg. Gard. & For. III. 186 (1890). Schin- Uspmacanaion Spi viel 389) (1753) Za Bierota Elise Now. Gen. & Sp. VI. 3 (1823); Rob. (1), 158.—Azstnepon Ist.: common bushes above 450 ft.; above 1000 ft., small trees which are much covered with epiphytes. In the region around 1650 ft. they are scattered and somewhat stunted in appear- ance, (no. 1733). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, occasional bushes at 600 ft., larger and more abundant above 1000 ft., (no. 1734); Iguana Cove, common bushes, forming dense thickets in places, (no. 1735) ; Tagus Cove, common bushes, 300-2200 ft.; Villamil, bushes on lava near the coast, increas- ing in size with the elevation until they form small forest trees around 1300 ft.; above 1500 ft. they form bushes or low stunted trees. A few specimens were found on the rim of the Clatenia SOO pity and yom the loon ati27 50min (aoa): CHARLES IsL.: common bushes on the lower parts, small trees around 1000 ft., very abundant on the leeward sides of most of the craters 1000-1450 ft., (nos. 1738-1739). CHaTHAm Ist.: Wreck Bay, common bushes and small trees, 150-800 ft., (no. 1740). Duncan Ist.: common bushes above 900 ft.; around 1200 ft. it forms low trees, (no. 1741). Hoop Ist.: low trees in a very restricted area around 600 ft. where it forms a belt around the top of the island (no. 1742). InpE- FATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, bushes in the vicinity of the

82 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

shore, forest trees 20-40 ft. high above 350 ft., (no. 1744); northwest side, common bushes above 100 ft., trees above 700 ft., (no. 1743); southeast side, common bushes, forming almost impenetrable thickets, above 450 ft. It does not grow as large here as it does at Academy Bay. James Ist.: James Bay, common bushes on the lower parts, small forest trees around 2000 ft., stunted bushes around 2850 ft. where it is exposed to the wind; northeast side, common bushes above 350 ft. (nos. 1745-1746). NarsoroucH Ist.: south side, Snod- grass and Heller. This species seems to be one of the favorite host plants for Phoradendron Henslovii. Owing to its long recurved thorns it is one of the most disagreeable bushes to contend with when traveling on the lower parts of the islands. Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

SIMARUBACEAE Castela Turp.

C. galapageia Hook. f. (3), 229, (4), 262; Rob. (1), 158.— ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, low bushes to 1100 ft. CuHatHaAm Isi.: Darwin; Baur. Hoop Ist.: low bushes around 600 ft.; no specimens were taken. Endemic.

Forma albemarlensis Rob. (1), 158. Forma jervensis Rob. (1), 159.—Atsemarte Ist.: Tagus Cove, common bushes on the lower parts (no. 1747) ; Villamil, common bushes on lava beds to 200 ft. (no. 1762). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northeast side, common bushes 6-8 ft. high in loose ashy soil near the shore. Stem unarmed; leaves for the most part cuneate with revolute margins, but some are obtusely oblong and mucronate as in the specimens from Albemarle, (no. 1748); northeast side, occasional bushes on the lower parts. The specimens from this part of the island are armed, leaves usually oblong obtuse mucronate, but some are lance-oblong acute, (no. 1749) ; southeast side, common bushes to 600 ft. Stem un- armed; leaves oblong obtuse mucronate, (no. 1750). JERVIS Ist.: Baur. Considering the great variability of the forms as shown by subsequent specimens, the form jervensis seems to agree rather too closely with the type specimen of form albe- marlensis to be considered as a good form. NaRBOROUGH Isu.: north side, bushes 5-6 ft. high on lava beds (no. 1651).

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 83

Forma bindloensis Rob. (1), 158.—BINDLOE IsL.: common bushes. The specimens have the stem armed and many of the leaves are obtuse cuneate, (no. 1752).

Forma carolensis Rob. (1), 158.—Asrnepon IsL.: common bushes to 500 ft. (no. 1753). Cartes IsL.: bushes 6-7 ft. high to 700 ft. Specimens taken below 350 ft. have larger leaves than do those from around 700 ft., (nos. 1758-1759). CuatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common bushes on the lower parts. The type specimen of the species was collected on this island by Darwin and is described by Hook. f., 1. c., as being unarmed with the leaves linear lanceolate acute. The specimen under consideration has the stem armed with the leaves varying from oblong obtuse to spatulate. It resembles the form caro- lensis very much, (no. 1757). SryMour IsL., SOUTH: occa- sional bushes. Stem unarmed, leaves similar to those described by Roba ke, (m0), 700)): |

Forma duncanensis Rob. (1), 159.—Barrineron Ist.: bushes with procumbent armed branches, leaves oblanceolate acute with revolute margins, .4-1 cm. long, (no. 1754). Dun- cAN Is.: prostrate bushes above 300 ft. The specimen is armed with very strong spines, leaves oblanceolate with mar- gins strongly revolute, .9-1.6 cm. long. The type specimen is evidently a young branch, the leaves at the base of which tend to assume the revolute form. There is a single weak spine on the type specimen, (no. 1755). Jervis Ist.: occasional pros- trate bushes to 1050 ft. Stem armed, leaves attenuate obtuse, 6-1.9 cm. long, (no. 1756). There is much variation in the arming of the stems and in the size of the leaves in the speci- mens from the different islands, as well as in specimens from the same island. The specimen from Barrington has the larg- est leaves and spines intermediate in size, that from Duncan has the leaves intermediate in size and the largest spines, while the specimen from Jervis has the smallest spines. ‘The most important character which the specimens from the different islands have in common is the procumbent habit.

Forma jacobensis Rob. (1), 159.—James Ist.: James Bay, bushes 4-5 ft. high, fairly common below 300 ft. Stem armed, leaves broadly oblong obtuse to lance-oblong acute, with or without revolute margins on the same specimen, (no. 1761).

8&4 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

From the above it can be seen that if formal differences occur in this species, such differences are not confined to a single island, as it often happens that specimens from different parts of the same island show quite as marked variations as do speci- mens from different islands.

BURSERACEAE

Bursera L.

B. graveolens (HBK.) Trian. & Planch. Ann. Sci. Nat. 5, XIV. 303 (1872). Elaphrium graveolens HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp.) Vil 311825). BV eraveolens Wrtany & Planch. ver Rob. (1), 159.—Axsinepon IsL.: common trees to 1000 ft., below 400 ft. they are small and scattered, (no. 1762). ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Banks Bay, common trees to 1700 ft., according to F. X. Williams; Cowley Bay, small trees above 400 ft., com- mon trees, 3-4 inches in diameter and 12-15 ft. high, around 1200 ft., large spreading trees much infested with Usnea lon- gissima above 2000 ft.; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, occasional small trees to 400 ft. The small size and scarcity of this species here may be due to the more moist conditions which prevail, (no. 1765); Tagus Cove, common trees in tufaceous soil on the lower parts and on the sides of the mountain to 2000 ft.; Villamil, low spreading trees com- mon to 550 ft. BARRINGTON IsL.: small trees, leafless in Octo- ber and July, much infested with Roccela peruensis. BINDLOE IsL.: northeast side, common trees in tufaceous soil. CHARLES IsL.: common trees to 1000 ft. CHATHAM Ist.: Basso Point, common trees to above 1000 ft.; Sappho Cove, common trees to above 800 ft.; Wreck Bay, common trees to 700 ft. CuL- PEPPER IsL.: low spreading trees, apparently of this species, were seen around the top of the island. GARDNER ISL. (near Hoop Ist.) : small trees all over the island (no. 1767). Hoop Ist.: trees 12-18 ft. high, common on all sides of the island except the south, where they seem to be rather scarce, (no. 1768). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, common trees to 350 ft. (no. 1769) ; north side, small trees and bushes on lava beds; northwest side, common trees to 750 ft., attaining their largest size around 600 ft.; southeast side, common trees below 500 ft. James Is_.: James Bay, abundant below 1000 ft.;

Voi. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 85

north side, extending to above 1800 ft. according to F. X. Williams. Jervis Ist.: small trees on the lower parts (no. 1771). NarsoroucuH Ist.: north side, small trees on lava beds (no. 1772). Tower Ist.: small trees, much infested with lichens. This species forms one of the most common trees in the dry and transition regions on the islands where it occurs. It seldom attains a great height, usually having a broadly spreading crown and a short thick trunk. Its absence from Duncan Island is rather peculiar, as it is found on all of the adjacent islands, and the conditions here do not seem to be such as would inhibit its growth. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am. to Peru.

B. malacophylla Rob. (1), 160.—Srymour Ibs., NorTH (?) and soutH: Snodgrass and Heller. At both the times our party visited south Seymour, viz. in July and November, the Bursera trees were out of foliage. So far as is known this species does not occur on the north side of Indefatigable although this island is separated from Seymour by a channel which is only about a half mile in width and is probably of comparatively recent origin. Endemic.

OU GuI LA Claes) Polygala L.

P. Anderssonii Rob. (1), 160. P. puberula Anderss. (1), 232, (2), 100.—InpDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side, Anders- son; Baur. Endemic.

P. galapageia Hook. f. (3), 233; Rob. (1), 160.—ABING- pon Ist.: fairly abundant on the lava beds on the lower parts (no. 1773). A tpemarLe Isi.: Cowley Bay, not abundant (no. 1775); Tagus Cove, abundant from the beach to 600 ft. (no. 1774). Brnpioe Ist.: occasional in tufaceous soil near the shore (no. 1776). Cuartes IsL.: Darwin; Andersson; - Baur. CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant in sandy soil near the shore (no. 1777); north side, Baur. INDEFATIGABLE Ist. : north side, abundant in light ashy soil near the shore (no. 1778); northwest side, abundant in tufaceous soil near the shore (no. 1779). James IsL.: northeast side, specimens seen at 200 ft. Jervis Ist.: Baur. Endemic.

86 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Var. insularis Rob. (1), 161. P. obovata Hook. f. (3), 233. ALBEMARLE Isut.: Macrae. CHARLES IsL.: Cormorant Bay, abundant on sand beaches (no. 1780). CHatHam IsL.: Sappho Cove, abundant on sand beaches (no. 1782). INDE- FATIGABLE Isxt.: Academy Bay, common on the lower parts (no. 1783). James IsL.: northeast side. JERvis Isx.: Baur. Endemic.

EUPHORBIACEAE Acalypha L.

A. Adamsii Rob. (1), 161.—CuHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, Baur. Endemic.

A. albemarlensis Rob. (1), 163.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, occasional among dense vegetation at 300 ft. (no. 1784) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

A. Baurii Rob. & Greenm. (1), 144, 148; Rob. (1), 163.— ALBEMARLE Isx.: Villamil, common in open woodland at 1300 ft. (no. 1793). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, Baur. En- demic.

A. chathamensis Rob. (1), 163.—CuHatHaAm Ist.: Basso Point, occasional among rocks at 800 ft. (no. 1785) ; Wreck Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

A. cordifolia Hook f (3), 186; Rob. (1), 1632 _Cuanres Ist.: Darwin. CHatTHam Ist.: Andersson. Identity doubt- ful accyto Rob, We, ndemiuc:

A. diffusa Anderss. (1), 240, (2), 104, t. 14, £. 4; Rob. (1), 163.—ALBEMARLE Isu.: Cowley Bay, Andersson. CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, A. Agassiz. Endemic.

A. flaccida Hook. f. (3), 186; Rob. (1), 164.—James Ist: Darwin. Endemic.

A. parvula Hook. f. (3), 185; Rob. (1), 164.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, com- mon above 1500 ft. (no. 1786); Villamil, Baur. CHARLES

IsL.: common in rather open brushy country around 1,100 ft. (10; 17.87)) Endemic:

A. reniformis Hook. f. (3), 187; Rob. (1), 164.—CHaRLEs Ist.: Darwin. Endemic.

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 87

A. sericea Anderss. (1), 238, (2), 103, t. 14, f. 1; Rob. (1), 164.—Axsincpon Ist.: occasional to 500 ft., abundant above this elevation. The specimens from the different elevations are similar in the size of the leaves and in the pubescence, (nos. 1788-1791). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Andersson. BINDLOE ISL.: Baur; Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

A. spicata Anderss. (1), 239, (2), 104, t. 14, f. 3; Rob. (1), 164.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, abundant on the sides of the cliff above the cove (no. 1792). CHARLES IsL.: occa- sional at sea level and at 1200 ft. (nos. 1794-1795). CHaTHaM Ist.: north side, Andersson. DuNCAN IsL.: Baur. GARDNER Ist. (near Hoop Isu.): (no. 1796). Hoop Isu.: rare around 300 fit. (no. 1797). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, occasional below 75 ft. (no. 1800) ; northwest side, occasional in tufaceous soil near the shore (no. 1/99). Jervis Isu.: Baur. Endemic.

A. strobilifera Hook. f. (3), 187; Rob. (1), 164.—ALBE- MARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, Baur. Cuatuam IsL.: north side, Darwin; Andersson; Baur. Endemic.

A. velutina Hook. f. (3), 186; Rob. (1), 164—CHarRLEs Ist.: Darwin; Andersson; Baur. CHATHAM IsL.: Wreck Bay, common in open shady woods around 700 ft. (no. 1801). Endemic.

Var. minor Hook. f. (3), 187; Rob. (1), 165.—CHARLEsS Ist.: Darwin; Baur. Endemic.

A. sp.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, occasional below 300 ft. Sterile and indeterminate, (no. 1802).

A. sp—INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, common at 250 ft. Indeterminate. Both of the above specimens probably be- long to species already described from the islands.

A. sp. Rob. (1), 165. A. parvula var. cordifolia ? Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148.—Barrincton Ist.: Baur. Endemic.

A. sp. Rob. (1), 165.—BarrincTon Isi.: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic. A. sp. Rob. (1), 165.—BarrineTon Isu.: Baur. Endemic.

A. sp. Rob. (1), 165.—INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: south of Con- way Bay, Baur. Endemic. |

January 12, 1911

88 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

A. sp. Rob. (1), 165.—A. parvula var. flaccida Rob. & Greenm. (1), 148.—Duwncan Isz.: Baur.

Croton L.

C. Scouleri Hook. f. (3), 188; Rob. (1), 165.—ALBEMARLE Iszt.: Villamil, common bushes, 100-350 ft., (no. 1804). BarRInGTON Ist.: bushes 6-8 ft. high all over the island (no. 1805). BrinpLor Ist.: common bushes in tufaceous soil (no. 1806). BRaATTLE Ist.: low bushes, nearly leafless in October, (no. 1807). Cartes Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller, approach- ing var. incanus according to Rob. 1.c. CHatHam IsL.: north side, Darwin; Baur. Hoop Isu.: bushes 10 ft. and more in height all over the island (no. 1808). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, occasional bushes to 550 ft.; southeast side, common bushes all over the lower parts, (nos. 1809-1810). James Ist.: Douglas; Scouler; Andersson; James Bay, Snod- grass and Heller. Jervis Ist.: bushes 4-5 ft. high all over the island (nos. 1812-1814). Narsporoucu Ist.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Tower Ist.: Baur. Endemic.

Var. albescens Muell. Arg. in DC. Prodr. XV. pt. 2, 605 (1862) ; Rob. (1), 165.—ALBEmaARLE Ist.: Andersson; Eliz- abeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, occasional bushes to 4000 ft. (no. 1816). BinpLok IsL.: Baur. CHARLES Ist.: Andersson; A. Agassiz. CHaTHAm IsL.: Basso Point, common bushes to above 900 ft. (no. 1819); Wreck Bay, small trees and bushes on the lower parts (nos. 1817-1818). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, bushes 6-7 ft. high at 300 ft. (no. 1820). James Ist.: Andersson; northeast side, small bushes on lava beds (no. 1821). Endemic.

Forma microphyllus Muell. Arg. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 166.— ALBEMARLE Isu.: Andersson. Endemic.

Var. brevifolius Muell. Arg. 1. c. C. brevifolius Anderss. (1), 241, (2), 105. Var. brevifolius Muell. Arg. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 166.—ABinepon Ist.: common bushes 4-5 ft. high below 1000 ft. (no. 1822). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, Snod- grass and Heller. BINDLOE IsL.: common bushes (no. 1832). CHARLES IsL.: bushes rather characteristic of the region be- tween 650 and 1100 ft. This species becomes more abundant with the increase in elevation and forms a belt, around the base

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 89

of the central mountain, which is noticeable from Black Beach Road during the dry season when most of the other vegetation is leafless or has the leaves very much reduced, (nos. 1823- 1824). CuLpeEpper Ist.: F. X. Williams, collector. Croton bushes appear to be very abundant on the top of the island. GARDNER Ist. (near Hoop Ist.) : Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop IsL.: common bushes (no. 1826). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, occasional bushes and small trees 10-15 ft. high to 300 ft. (nos. 1828-1829) ; northwest side, bushes 6-10 ft. high (no. 1827). James Ist.: James Bay, common bushes to 1000 ft. (no. 1830). Srtymotr IsL., NortH: Snodgrass and Heller. WENMAN Ist.: slender trees and bushes (no. 1833). Endemic.

Var. glabriusculus nov. var.

Foliis ovatis denticulatis acutis utrinque sparsim pubescentibus; pilis aliis simplicibus aliis stellatis lamina circa 4 cm. longa 2.4 cm. lata.

ABINGDON IsL.: small trees and bushes, 1000-1650 ft., (no. 1834). A variety closely related to var. brevifolius, differing in the slightly denticulate margins of the leaves and in the presence of simple trichomes. Endemic.

Var. grandifolius Muell. Arg. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 166.—ABiING- pon Isu.: bushes 6-10 ft. high, 1000-1650 ft., (no. 1835). ALBEMARLE Iszt.: Villamil, bushes and small trees, abundant at 300-1300 ft., (no. 1836). It should be noted that C. Scou- leri extends up to 350 ft., so there is a slight overlapping of the two forms. CHARLES IsL.: common bushes, 1000-1350 it., (no. 1837). Var. brevifolius extends up to 1100 ft. here, and the leaves increase considerably in size with the elevation, so that there is a close resemblance between var. grandifolius and the more mesophytic form of var. brevifolius. CHATHAM ISL.: Wreck Bay, low bushes in open country around 700 ft. (no. 1838). James Ist.: James Bay, small trees and bushes 6-12 ft. high above 1000 ft., very abundant in woodland around 2000 ft., (nos. 1839-1840). It should be noted again that the lower limit of this variety, at this place, is also about the upper limit of var. brevifoliuus. Tower Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

Var. Macraei Muell. Arg. |. c.; Rob. (1), 166.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, common bushes, 250-1300 ft., (no. 1842) ;

90 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Tagus Cove, trees and bushes in tufaceous soil around the base of the mountain. In protected places in canyons it sometimes attains a height of over 20 ft. (no. 1841). CHartes IsL.: low trees and bushes on the lower parts (no. 1843). INDE- FATIGABLE Is_t.: Academy Bay, bushes and small trees form- ing dense thickets in the vicinity of the shore (nos. 1844- 1845) ; southeast side, bushes and small trees common below 500 ft. (no. 1846). James Ist.: James Bay, Andersson; Orchilla Bay, Baur. Endemic.

Croton bushes form one of the most striking elements of the flora of the dry region and it is seldom that one can go very far away from the shore without encountering thickets of them. The bark is grayish white and the leaves grayish green in color, on most of the varieties found on the lower parts of the islands. The characteristically gray color of the vegetation in the dry regions is largely due to the number of these bushes.

In general C. Scouleri and the varieties albescens and Mac- rae. are found in the dry regions, var. brevifolius in the transi- tion region, and varieties grandifolius and glabriusculus in the moist regions, with occasional overlapping of the varieties as mentioned above.

Euphorbia L.

E. amplexicaulis Hook. f. (3), 183; Rob. (1), 166.—As- INGDON IsL.: occasional low shrubs near the shore (no. 1847). BINDLOE Ist.: low shrubs in tufaceous soil near the shore (no. 1848). Brattre Isu.: (no. 1849). CuHatuam Isz.: Dar- win. DAPHNE Ist.: (no. 1851). GARDNER IsL. (near CuHarues Isut.): (no. 1850). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, common on sand beaches (no. 1852). James Ist.: ona small islet about one-half mile off the northeast side (no. 1853). Seymour IsL., soutH: Snodgrass and Heller. TOWER Is~t.: occasional low shrubs on the tops of cliffs (no. 1854). WENMAN IsL.: (no. 1855). This species is always found in close proximity to the shore. Endemic.

E. apiculata Anderss. (1), 234, (2), 101; Rob. (1), 166.— CHATHAM IsL.: Andersson. Endemic.

E. articulata Anderss. (1), 236, (2), 102, t. AZ st 2 Rob: (1), 166.—Axstnepon Ist.: low bushes on lava beds on the lower parts of the island (no. 1856). ALBEMARLE ISsL.:

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS Ol

Cowley Bay, common to 1200 ft. (no. 1857) ; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, common in tufaceous soil to 600 ft. (no. 1858). BiInpLoE Ist.: low shrubs near the shore (nos. 1859-1860). CHARLES IsL.: common bushes in loose soil among rocks (nos. 1861-1863). CHatTHam Ist.: Sappho Cove, abundant in lava crevices near the coast (no. 1864) ; Wreck Bay, A. Agassiz. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north- west side, bushes 2-3 ft. high common below 250 ft. (no. 1865). James IsL.: northeast side, common near the shore (no. 1866); Orchilla Bay, Baur. Srymour IsL., souTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

Var. bindloensis nov. var.; E. sp. aff. E. articulata Anderss. ;

Rob. (1), 169.

_ Foliis ovatis basi cordatis 5 mm. longis 3 mm. latis; ramulis rigidis divaricatis.

ABINGDON IsL.: occasional low shrubs near the shore (no. 1867). BrnpLoeE Ist.: low shrubs in tufaceous soil in the vicinity of the shore (no. 1868). Plate III, fig. 5. Endemic.

E. diffusa Hook. f. (3), 184; Rob. (1), 167—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, Andersson; Tagus Cove, common in tufa- ceaus soil on the sides of the hills surrounding the cove (no. 1869). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, in dry sandy soil near the shore (no. 1872). Duncan IsL.: occasional in protected places on the lower parts (no. 1870). INDEFATIGABLE ISL.: north side, Snodgrass and Heller. Jervis Ist.: Baur. Nar-

BOROUGH IsL.: north side, abundant in lava crevices near the shore (no. 1871). Endemic.

E. equisetiformis, nov. sp.

Fruticosa glabra; caulibus erectis teretibus ramosis ad nodos per- fragilibus; ramis ultimis in fasciculum ramulorum 2-3 pallido-viridum complanatorum terminantibus; foliis oppositis squamiformibus; involu- cris terminalibus solitariis rufo-bruneis brevipedunculatis bibracteatis; glandulis ellipticis appendiculas fimbriatas gerentibus; floribus mas- culis numerosis; squamis fimbriatis gracilibus truncatis numerosis; floribus femineis erectis, capsula obtuse angulata, involucro trilobato.

ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, occasional bushes 3-4 ft. high on the floor of the crater at 2750 ft. Most of the other vegeta- tion in the vicinity is quite xerophytic in character, (no. 1873). Plate III, figs. 1-2. Endemic.

E. flabellaris Anderss. acc. to Boiss. in DC. Prodr. XV. pt. 2, 17 (1862) 3 Rob. (1), 167 Arrnepon Ise.: Snodgrass

92 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

and Heller. ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, abundant on the sides of the cliffs above the cove (no. 1874). BaArrincton Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Identity doubtful acc. to Rob. 1. c. CHARLES Is_t.: Darwin. CHATHAM IsL.: Sappho Cove, occasional on the beach (no. 1876) ; Wreck Bay, occasional in open vegetation around 200 ft. (no. 1875). GarpNER Ist. (near Hoop Isu.): common in loose soil mixed with small particles of lava (no. 1878). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side (no. 1879). James Ist.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Identity doubtful acc. to Rob. 1. c. Stymour Ist., NORTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

E. galapageia Rob. & Greenm. (1), 144, 148; Rob. (1), 167. —CHARLES Isx.: Baur. Endemic.

E. nesiotica Rob. (1), 167.—SEyMour IsL., soutH: Snod- grass and Heller. Endemic.

E. nummularia Hook. f. (3), 183; Rob. (1), 168 CHATHAM Ist.: north side, Andersson; Baur; Wreck Bay, common in dry sandy soil near the shore (nos. 1880-1881). Endemic.

Var. glabra Rob. & Greenm. (1), 144, 148; Rob. (1), 168. —CHARLES IsL.: procumbent shrubs among rocks near the shore (no. 1882) ; Cuevas Bay, Baur. Endemic.

E. pilulifera L. Amoen. Acad. III. 115 (1756); Rob. (1), 168.—CHARLES IsL.: abundant in open places near the shore, occasional in rather open brushy country around 900 ft., rare in meadows around 1000 ft., abundant on the sides of the main mountain at 1250 ft. The specimen from the upper eleva- tion is larger and less pubescent than the specimens taken lower down, (nos. 1883-1886). CHatTHam.Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant in dry sandy soil near the beach (no. 1887). James Ist.: Darwin. Further distr. general in warm countries.

E. punctulata Anderss. (1), 235, (2), 102; Rob. (1), 168. —ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, Andersson. DUNCAN Ist.: Baur. Hoop Isu.: Baur. Endemic.

E. recurva Hook. f. (3), 182; Rob. (1), 168.—CHaTHAm IsL.: north side, Darwin; Andersson. Endemic.

E. Stevensii nov. sp.

Caulibus erectis gracilibus teretibus glaberrimis; ramis divaricatis teretibus glaberrimis vel subtiliter pubescentibus; foliis oppositis lan-

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 93

ceolatis acutis basi obliquo-cordatis integerrimis vel crenatis supra pallido-viridibus subtus albidis utrinque glaberrimis pellucido-maculatis breviter petiolatis, laminis 1.9 cm. longis, 4.5 mm. latis; floribus axillar- ibus 3-umbellatis breviter pedunculatis; glandulis 4 nigris inappendicu- latis; capsula 3 cocca parva puberula longipedunculata nutante acute angulata; seminibus subrufescentibus 4-angulatis rugulosis. Differs from EF. cumbrae Boiss. in the pellucidly marked leaves, the black invol- ucral glands, and the puberulent capsule; otherwise very similar.

ABINGDON IsL.: occasional at 1100 ft. (no. 1888). ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, occasional in shady places (no. 1890, type) ; Tagus Cove, common in moist shady places at the summit of the mountain, 4000 ft., (no. 1889). Plate II, figs. 3-4. Endemic.

E. thymifolia L. Sp. Pl. 454 (1753).—Duncan IstL.: occa- sional in moist vegetable mold at 1250 ft. (no. 1891). Further distr. tropics of both hemispheres.

E. viminea Hook. f. (3), 184; Rob. (1), 168.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, one of the most abundant bushes above 1200 ft. (no. 1899) ; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, bushes 2-3 ft. high, abundant on beds of basaltic lava below 100 ft., (no. 1892). BINDLOE IsL.: common everywhere, very abundant on exposed tufa ridges in the interior of the island below 500 ft., (no. 1896). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, low and somewhat procumbent bushes in lava crevices in the vicinity of the shore (no. 1895) ; southeast side, bushes 3-5 ft. high, forming tang- led thickets around 450 ft., (no. 1894). Endemic.

Forma barringtonensis Rob. & Greenm. (1), 139; Rob. (1), 168.—BarRRINGTON IsL.: bushes about 3 ft. high, common on flat areas in the interior of the island. The specimen is too poor for accurate determination, (no. 1897). BrnpLoE Ist.: Baur; Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

Forma carolensis Rob. & Greenm. (1), 139; Rob. (1), 168. —CHARLES IsL.: common bushes around 625 ft., (no. 1898). Endemic.

Forma castellana Rob. & Greenm. (1), 138; Rob. (1), 168. —ABINGDON IsL.: bushes 2-3 ft. high, common on lava beds to 800 ft., (nos. 1899-1900). GarpNneErR IsL. (near Hoop Ist.): low bushes among rocks near the shore (no. 1901).

Tower Ist.: low spreading bushes common everywhere (no. 1902). Endemic.

94 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Forma chathamensis Rob. & Greenm. (1), 138; Rob. (1), 168.—CHATHAM Ist.: Basso Point, spreading bushes on lava fields near the coast (no. 1903); Wreck Bay, common bushes on sand beaches (no. 1904). Endemic.

Forma jacobensis Rob. & Greenm. (1), 138; Rob. (1), 169. —James Isi.: Orchilla Bay, Baur. Endemic.

Forma jervensis Rob. & Greenm. (1), 139; Rob. (1), 169. —Jerrvis Ist.: occasional low bushes on the sides of the island, and around the top at 1050 ft., (no. 1905). Endemic.

Var. abingdonensis Rob. & Greenm. (1), 139; Rob. (1), 169. —ABINGDON IsL.: Baur. Endemic.

E. sp.—Cuar es Isz.: Post Office Bay, occasional below 300 ft. (no. 1906). Probably endemic.

E. sp. Hook. f. (3), 185; Rob. (1), 169.—Cuartes Ist.: Darwin.

Baispy nderss, nl) 2357252), 002 Robs a(t) aloo —— CHATHAM IsL.: Andersson.

Hippomane L.

H. Mancinella L. Sp. Pl. 1191 (1753); Rob. (1), 169.— ALBEMARLE IsL.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Cape Rose, common in the vicinity of the shore; Iguana Cove, a few small trees at the end of the cove; Turtle Cove, low spreading trees near the shore; Villamil, islands of low spreading trees in the vicinity of the shore; in low areas, some distance back from the shore, the soil of which is kept constantly moist by telluric waters; and forming a belt of low trees in a rather dense forest of Sapindus Saponaria trees around 600 ft. No connection was found between the lower and upper belts of this species and so far as is known the lower belt ends a very little above sea level. CHARLES IsL.: a few trees on a sand beach (no. 1907). CHatTHAm Ist.: Sappho Cove, dense groves of rather small trees in the interior; Wreck Bay, common trees in low places around 200 ft., and also in open forests around 700 ft., (no. 1908). InpEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, a few trees in sandy soil near the shore; southeast side, low dense groves around brackish lagoons (no. 1909). James

Vor.1] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 95

Ist.: James Bay, fringing a crater lake, south of the bay, the water of which is so saturated that a layer of pure white salt has crystallized out on the bottom; also occasional on the mountain side at 900 ft., (no. 1910).

From the above it is seen that this tree is found under the most varied conditions, from halophytic to mesophytic, without any perceptible change in its general appearance. In many respects it is a very unpleasant tree with which to come in contact. The milky sap has a very strong peppery taste and will blister the parts which it touches, if not soon removed. It is also very unpleasant, and in fact dangerous, to be under these trees during a rain, for if the water from the leaves gets into one’s eyes, the sensation is very painful and the pain lasts for a considerable time. The fruit has a very pleasant odor when ripe, and resembles a small yellow apple in size and color, but it is extremely poisonous, according 1o the inhabitants of the islands. The tortoises around Cape Rose, Albemarle Island, eat the fruit in great quantity; but we found in cleaning some of these tortoises for specimens, that this diet had weakened the tissues of the alimentary canal greatly. But little vegeta- tion is found under the trees of this species, as a rule, a condi- tion which is probably brought about by the dense shade. Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., N. S. Am.

Jatropa L.

J.curcas L. Sp. Pl. 1006 (1753).—Cuartes Isu.: near former habitations and probably introduced (no. 1913). Widely distributed in tropical regions.

Manihot Adans.

M. utilissima Pohl. Pl. Bras. Ic. I. 32, t. 24 (1827); Rob. (1), 169.—ALBEmMaRLE IsL.: Villamil, in gardens (no. 1911). CHARLES Ist.: Chierchia. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side, a few specimens at 750 ft. (no. 1912). No doubt an in- troduced species. Widely distributed in tropical regions.

Phyllanthus L.

P. carolinensis Walt. Fl. Car. 228 (1788) ; Rob. (1), 169.— ABINGDON IsL.: occurs first at 725 ft., common above 1000 ft.,

96 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

(no. 1914). Arpemar_eE IsL.: Cowley Bay, common in wood- land above 2000 ft.; Iguana Cove, abundant on side of cliff above the cove; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, common in the moist region above 400 ft. and on the rim of the crater at 3150 ft. The specimens from the rim of the crater have smaller leaves than do the specimens collected lower down, (nos. 1915, 1917-1919). CHartes IsL.: occasional around 1700 ft. CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, fairly abundant in the grassy region above 900 ft. during the rainy season (nos. 1920-1921). Duncan Ist.: occasional in moist shady places among rocks at 1300 ft. (no. 1922). James IsL.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. NarsorouGH Isi.: north and south sides, Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., northern S. Am.

Ricinus L.

R. communis L. Sp. Pl. 1007 (1753); Rob. (1), 170.— Cuarces Isu.: Andersson. CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, around habitations, probably introduced. Widely distributed.

CALLITRICHACEAE Callitriche L.

C. sp. Wolf, (1), 284; Rob. (1), 170.—CHar es IsL.: ina brook near the hacienda, according to Wolf. Probably around 1000 ft. elevation.

CELASTRACEAE Maytenus Feuill.

M. obovata Hook. f. (3), 230; Rob. (1), 1/0.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, occasional bushes near the beach; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, common bushes on the lower parts and on the sides of the mountain, occasional at 4000 ft.; Villamil, common bushes below 300 ft. (no. 1928). Barrineton ISL. : low bushes in the vicinity of the shore (no. 1925). CHARLES Isu.: common bushes in the vicinity of the shore, occasional as high as 1000 ft. The specimens from around the upper limit of distribution have much larger leaves than do the specimens taken near the shore, (nos. 1925-1926). CHatTHAm IsL.:

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 97

Basso Point, common bushes to above 900 ft. (no. 1929) ; Wreck Bay, common bushes to 700 ft. The leaves are much larger on the specimens taken at 700 ft. than on the specimens from near the shore. Duncan IsL.: occasional procumbent bushes at 1000 ft. Bushes small and with leaves reduced in size. GARDNER Ist. (near Hoop Ist.): common bushes. Hoop Isut.: common bushes on sand beaches, and occasional bushes all over the island, (no. 1927). INDEFATIGABLE ISL.: Academy Bay, common bushes near the shore, small trees around 450 ft.; north side, common on sand beaches. The roots of many of these bushes are in contact with the sea water at high tide, and when found under such conditions the trunks are usually short and much twisted, while the leaves are more succulent than on specimens taken further away from the shore. James Ist.: James Bay, common in sandy soil around salt lagoons, sometimes forming trees 25-30 ft. in height ; northeast side, common bushes on sand beaches and around salt lagoons. Jervis Ist.: bushes 5-7 ft. high near the shore, low procumbent bushes around 1050 ft. NarsoroucH Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Srtymour Isut., sourH: abundant in thickets with Discaria pauciflora in sandy soil near the shore. Endemic.

SAPINDACEAE Cardiospermum L.

C. Corindum L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 526 (1762) ; Rob. (1), 170.— ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, around 1450 ft.; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Cuarves Ist.: Andersson. CuatHam Ist.: Basso Point, common at 900 ft. (nos. 1933- 1934) ; Wreck Bay, common at 700 ft. Duncan IsL.: cover- ing rocks and bushes at 1300 ft. (no. 1935). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: north side, on rocks and trees at 250 ft. (no. 1936) ; northwest side, occasional at 200 ft. JAmeEs Ist.: James Bay, Andersson; Snodgrass and Heller. \WWENMAN IsL.: on the upper parts, R. H. Beck collector. Further distr. S. W. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

C. galapageium Rob. & Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. XXXII. 38 (1896) ; Rob. (1), 171.—Atsemarte Ist.: Villamil, very abundant on bushes near sea level (no. 1938). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, common near sea level (no. 1940) ; south-

98 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

east side, on rocks and bushes at 600 ft. (no. 1939). James Ist.: James Bay, abundant below 1300 ft. Endemic.

Dodonaea L.

PD viscosa’ Jacq. Enum Pl Carbs 19) (1762). Robs Gl): 171.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, low bushes in disinte- grated pumice near the shore (no. 1943) ; Villamil, occasional bushes on lava beds below 100 ft. (no. 1942). James Ist.: James Bay, occasional bushes 4-5 ft. high on basaltic lava at 850 ft. (no. 1944). Further distr. general in warm countries.

Var. spathulata Benth. Fl. Aust. I. 476 (1863); Rob. (1), 171.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, small trees and bushes around 1800 ft. (no. 1946) ; Tagus Cove, bushes 4-5 ft. high, abundant on lava beds above 2000 ft., (no. 1945). There are occasional clumps of bushes, which apparently belong to this species, on the floor of the crater. Further distr. general in warm countries.

Sapindus L.

S. Saponaria L. Sp. Pl. 367 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 171.—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Villamil, forest trees, abundant at 350-700 it., scattering specimens to 1300 ft. The largest forest tree found on the islands, (no. 1947). Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

RHAMNACEAE Discaria Hook.

D. pauciflora Hook. f. (3), 229; Rob. (1), 171.—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, occasional bushes from the shore to 1300 ft.; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Cape Rose, occasional low bushes; Tagus Cove, occasional bushes near the coast; Villamil, common bushes on the lower parts. BARRING- ton Is~.: common bushes near the shore (no. 1949). Cuarwes Ist.: common bushes near the beach (no. 1951). CuatHam Ist.: Basso Point, common bushes to 900 ft.; Wreck Bay, abundant near the shore, occasional at 900 ft., (no. 1952). Duncan Ist.: procumbent bushes at 700 ft. Hoop IsL.: common bushes on sand beaches. The spines are unusu- ally large and the leaves reduced on the specimens taken at this place, (no. 1950). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, Snod- grass and Heller; southeast side, common bushes on the lower

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 99

parts, especially abundant in gullies and small canyons, where they often form impenetrable thickets. James Ist.: James Bay, common bushes to 1350 ft. JErvis Ist.: abundant near the shore, occasional at 1050 ft. On the upper part of the island the branches are procumbent, the spines short and weak, and the leaves rather large, (no. 1954). Srymour Ist., NORTH: Snodgrass and Heller; soutH: common in thickets of Maytenus obovata bushes. Further distr. Ecuador.

VITACEAE Cissus L.

C. sicyoides L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 897 (1760); Rob. (1), 172.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, common on rocks near the shore (no. 1955) ; Villamil, rare on the trunks of trees at 600 ft. (no. 1956). Brinptoe Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Cuartes Ist.: common on moist rocks at 1000 ft. (nos. 1957- 1958). Narsoroucu Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Vitis L.

Weiwunitera ale Spee 202) GliZo5)) suNob. (n\n oly = CHARLES IsL.: Chierchia. Further distr. Old World.

TUE ACOA 8,

Corchorus L.

C. pilobolus Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. II. 72 (1822); Rob. (1), 172.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. Cares Isi.: occasional in dry ashy soil at 1200 ft. (no. 1959). GarpNner Isx. (near Hoop Ist.): Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Triumfetta L.

T. semitriloba Jacq. Enum. Pl. Carib. 22 (1762) ; Rob. (1), 172.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Turtle Cove, fruit of a Triumfetta was found attached to the hair of a cow killed by a member of the party in this vicinity. It probably belongs to this species. Widely distributed in warm countries.

100 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

MALVACEAE Abutilon Gaertn.

A. depauperatum (Hook. f.) Anderss. (1), 230, (2), 98. Sida depauperata Hook. f. (3), 232. A. Anderssonianum Garcke in /Anderss!\(1)))) 230, (2) 98. toe oben Gin). 173.—Asincpon Ist.: occasional low bushes around 650 ft. (no. 1960). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. ‘The sterile specimen collected at this place by Snod- grass and Heller and called Sida cordifolia by Robinson 1. c. no doubt belongs to this species; Tagus Cove, low bushes around the base of the mountain at 200 ft.; Villamil, common bushes below 500 ft. (no. 1961). Barritneton Isi.: Snod- grass and Heller. BinDLoE Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. CHARLES Isu.: bushes 2-3 ft. high around 450 ft. (no. 1962). CuatHaAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, bushes 2-3 ft. high in shady places around 300 ft. (nos. 1963-1964). Duncan IsL.: occa- sional low shrubs at 1300 ft. (no. 1965). GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Isu.): Snodgrass and Heller. Woop Is_.: common bushes in the interior of the island (no. 1966). INDEFATIGA- BLE Ist.: north side, Snodgrass and Heller. Tower ISst.: occasional bushes (no. 1967). The principal differences be- tween this species and A. Anderssonianum, as given by Garcke l. c., are the number of carpels, the number of seeds in each, and the shape of the lobes of the calyx. One specimen in the collection has seven carpels, which is intermediate in number between the two species, and there is considerable variation in the shape of the calyx lobes throughout. The fact that A. depauperatum has 3-5 seeds in a carpel, and A. Anderssonian- um always 3, 1s hardly sufficient ground for the formation of two distinct species. It is likely that the specimens described as A. Anderssonianum are more mesophytic than the typical A. depauperatum. Endemic.

A. crispum (L.) Medic. Malv. 29 (1787): Sida crispa L. Sp. Pl. 685 (1753).—Cuampion Ist.: J. R. Slevin collector (no. 1971). CHartes Ist.: occasional at 450 ft. (nos. 1972- 1973). DapHNEIst.: (no. 1970). Further distr. tropical re- gions.

A. sp.—INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, occasional low bushes on the lower parts of the island, differing from A. de-

Vo. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 101

pauperatum in having the stem and leaves covered with a dense white tomentum. The specimen is sterile, (no. 1968).

A. sp.—INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northeast side, sterile and in- determinate (no. 1969).

Anoda Cav.

Mihastata Cave Wisswmarsontaulennuzn G@lZ9O) | -kobn (ln)s 173.—Cuar tes Ist.: fairly common in open meadows around 1200 VTE Gios: 1974-19750) eh urther distr. Ut) Si Mex: (WN: lina Sy vaNvaay

Bastardia HBK.

B. viscosa (L.) HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. V. 256 (1821). Sida viscosa L. Syst. ed. 10, 1145 (1760). B. viscosa HBK. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 173.—Asinepon IsL.: common in open brushy country around 600 ft. (no. 1976). ALBEMARLE Isv.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. Cuatuam IsL.: Basso Point, . abundant to above 900 ft. (no. 1977). Duncan IsL.: occa- sional low bushes all over the lower parts of the island (nos. 1979-1980). Hoop Ist.: on the margin of a dried lake in the interior of the island and at 600 ft. (nos. 1981-1982). INDE- FATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, occasional at 100 ft. (no. 1985); north side, common above 100 ft. (no. 1986) ; north- east side, (no. 1984) ; northwest side, bushes 2-3 ft. high in tufaceous soil near the shore. JAMES IsL.: James Bay, low bushes to 1000 ft. (no. 1987). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., Sepa

Gossypium L.

G. barbadense L. Sp. Pl. 693 (1753); Rob. (1), 173.— ABINGDON IsL.: occasional bushes on the lower parts (no. 1989). AxrpEemMaARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, common bushes in the flat country around the base of the mountain and in deep canyons on its sides (no. 1990). BarrineTon Ist.: Baur. CHar es Isu.: Andersson; Snodgrass and Heller. CuatHam Isi.: north side, Darwin; Baur; Wreck Bay, common bushes to 550 ft., very abundant in rocky soil in the vicinity of the shore. Duncan Ist.: bushes, 100-1300 ft., (no. 1993). GarDNER IsL. (near Hoop Ist.) : Snodgrass and Heller. Woop Ist.: common bushes to 450 ft. (nos. 1994-1995). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, common bushes to 625 ft. (no. 1996). James Ist.: Darwin.

102 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Jervis Ist.: occasional bushes (no. 1998). Srymour Ist., soutH: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. general in tropics.

G. Klotzschianum Anderss. (1), 228, (2), 97; Rob. (1), 174.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, Andersson. BINDLOE Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Cwarues Isit.: Andersson. CHATHAM Ist.: north side, Andersson. INDEFATIGABLE ISL.: Academy Bay, bushes on the lower parts of the island (no. 1999) ; north side, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

Hibiscus L.

H. diversifolia Jacq. Col. Bot. II. 307 (1788).—CHaTHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, bushes 3-4 ft. high on north hill-side at 2000 ft. (nos. 2000-2001). Further distr. Mex., tropics of Old World.

H. Manihot L. Sp. Pl. 696 (1753).—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Villamil, around habitations. Called “Saibo” by the inhab- itants, and probably introduced, (no. 2002). Further distr. Mex., Old World.

H. tiliaceus L. Sp. Pl. 694 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 174.—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Turtle Cove, low spreading trees near the beach (no. 2003). CHarLEs Ist.: Edmonston. INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, low trees near the beach (no. 2004). Further distr. general in tropics.

Malachra L.

M. capitata L. Syst. ed. 12, 458 (1767) ; Rob. (1), 174.— James Ist.: Darwin. Further distr. general in tropical re- gions.

Malvastrum A. Gray

M. americanum (L.) Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 38 (1859). Malva americanum L. Sp. Pl. 776 (1753). Malvastrum tri- cuspidatum A. Gray. Pl. Wright, I. 16 (1852).—CHaRLEs Ist.: abundant in rather open bushy country around 800 ft., in meadows at 1100 ft., and on the sides of the main mountain at 1750 ft., (nos. 2005-2008). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in woodland, 400-500 ft., (nos. 2009-2010). Further distr. general in tropical regions.

Vo. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 103

M. spicatum (L.) A. Gray, Mem. Am. Acad. N.S. IV. 22 (1849). Malva spicata L. Syst. ed. 10, 1146 (1760).— Cuatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional bushes, 250-450 ft., (nos. 2011-2013). InpEFATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, occa- sional low bushes around 600 ft. (nos. 2014-2015). Further distr. general in tropical regions.

Sida L.

S. acuta Burm. var. carpinifolia K. Schum. in Mart. Fl. Bras. NE pe 3526) (ISO) Kobi (1) 174 Caries Isit.: An- dersson. Further distr. general in tropical regions.

S. paniculata L. Syst. ed. 10, 1145 (1760) ; Rob. (1), 175.— ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. Cuar es Ist.: common above 450 ft. during the rainy season, in February and March; at other times it was not seen below 1000 ft., (nos. 2016-2018). CHatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant in rather moist places (no. 2019). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

S. rhombifolia L. Sp. Pl. 684 (1753); Rob. (1), 175.— Cuartes Ist.: Edmonston; Lee; Snodgrass and Heller. Cuatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in woodland at 300-450 ft., and in open country around 900 ft., (nos. 2020-2022). Further distr. general in warm countries.

‘S. spinosa L. Sp. Pl. 683 (1753); Rob. (1), 175. S. angus- tifolia Lam. Dict. 1. 4 (1783); Rob. (1), 175.—ABINGDON Is~.: occasional around 1100 ft. (no. 2023). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, common in pumice soil around 1800 it. (no. 2028) ; Iguana Cove, common on sides of cliff above the cove and occasional in woodland at 300 ft. (nos. 2024-2025) ; Tagus Cove, common in tufaceous soil on the lower parts (no. 2029) ; Villamil, common above 500 ft. (no. 2027). CHARLES Ist.: occasional in open country around 450 ft. (nos. 2030- 2031). CuatHam Ist.: Basso Point, (no. 2032); Wreck Bay, rare near the shore (no. 2033). Duncan IsL.: common among rocks at 1000 ft. (no. 2034). GarpNeER IsL. (near Hoop Ist.): Snodgrass and Heller. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side, rare in tufaceous soil near the shore (no. 2035). James Ist.: Darwin. NarsorouGH Isi.: north side, common in lava crevices (no. 2036). Further distr. general in warm countries.

January 12, 1911

104 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

S. supina L’Hér. Stirp. Nov. 109bis t. 52 (1785).—Asinc- DON Isx.: common above 1000 ft. (no. 2037). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, common, 1000-4000 ft., (nos. 2038-2041) ; Villamil, common in woodland, 500-1300 ft., (no. 2039). CHARLES IsL.: occasional in open country around 1000 ft. (no. 2042). Duncan Isx.: rare at 1250 ft. (no. 2043). Further distras, WS: Mex. We ind ey Sy Aan

S. veronicaefolia Lam. var. humilis (Cav.) K. Schum. in Mart. Fl. Bras. XII. pt. 3, 320 (1891). S. humilis Cav. Diss. V. 277, t. 134, f. 2 (1788). Var. humilis K. Schum. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 176—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. general in warm countries.

Malvacea sp.—ABINGDON IsL.: common in woodland above 1000 ft. Specimen sterile and indeterminate (no. 2044).

STERCULIACEAE Waltheria L.

W. reticulata Hook. f. (3), 231; Rob. (1), 17/6.—AsBincpon Is. : bushes, usually procumbent, to 1100 ft., (no. 2045). At- BEMARLE Isi.: Cowley Bay, occasional procumbent bushes on the lower parts, common bushes 2-4 ft. high around 2,000 ft., (no. 2046); Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, bushes 2-4 ft. high, 300-600 ft., (no. 2047); Villamil, common bushes on lava beds to 200 ft. (no. 2048). CHARLES Ist.: Andersson; Baur. DuNcAN Ist.: low bushes at 1275 ft. (no. 2049). James Ist.: Douglas; Macrae; James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Jervis Ist.: occasional bushes at 350 ft: (no. 2051). Endemic.

Forma Anderssonii Rob.(1), 176. Forma acamata Rob. (1), 176.—BarRRINGTON Isxt.: Baur. CHATHAM IsL.: north side, Andersson. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, low bushes above 100 ft. (no. 2063) ; northeast side, low bushes near the coast (no. 2052). NarporoucH Ist.: north side, Snodgrass and Heller. ‘Tower Ist.: procumbent bushes, common, (no. 2053). The more abundant material seems to show that the characters which distinguish forma acamata, Rob. 1. c., apply

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 105

equally well to specimens of forma Anderssonti, on which ac- count the two forms should probably be considered as one. Endemic.

Forma intermedia Rob. (1), 177—Axinepon Ist.: Snod- grass and Heller. ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, bushes 6-10 ft. high at 300 ft. (no. 2054). Brinptoe Ist.: low bushes in tufaceous soil (no. 2055). CHarues Ist.: common bushes at 600 ft. (no. 2056) ; Cuevas Bay, Baur. CHATHAM IsL.: Basso Point, low spreading bushes on recent lava flows (no. 2057). GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Ist.): common bushes 3-4 ft. high, sometimes procumbent, (no. 2062). InDE- FATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, occasional low bushes on the lower parts, (no. 2059) ; northwest side, common bushes to 750 ft.; southeast side, common bushes to 650 ft. James Ist: James Bay, bushes 5-7 ft. high to 1300 ft. (no. 2060). Nar- BOROUGH IsL.: north side, common bushes on lava near the coast (no. 2061). Endemic.

AY PERICAGEAE Hypericum L.

H. thesiifolium HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. V. 192 (1821).— ALBEMARLE Isx.: Villamil, common in loose ashy soil on the rim of the crater at 3150 ft., also found occasionally on the floor of the crater at 2750 ft. (nos. 2064-2065). CHaTHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, in dry exposed places at 1700 ft. (no. 2066). Further distr. Mex., S. Am.

TURNERACEAE Turnera L. ANS welkeaviolbe, IL, Sy, dels Ab (OU/es))) 3 exo. (0), IL 7

CHARLES Isit.: Edmonston. Further distr. general in warm countries.

PASSIFLORACEAE Passiflora L. P. foetida L2Sp: Pl. 959) (1753); Rob! (1), 177.—ALBE-

MARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, on the lower parts of the island and on the side of the mountain at 2800 ft. (no. 2067); Turtle

106 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Cove, in open places along the beach (no. 2069); Villamil, abundant on rocks near the shore (no. 2068). CHaARLEs IsL.: common to 1200 ft. (nos. 2070-2071). CHuatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common on bushes and rocks on the lower parts of the island (no. 2072). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, covering bushes near the beach (no. 2073). Further distr. SUS! Mex Wi indy S) Am:

P. lineariloba Hook. f. (3), 222; Rob. (1), 177—ALBE- MARLE Isu.: Tagus Cove, occasional among rocks, 400-2000 ft., (no. 2074). CHarves Ist.: Darwim?; Andersson. GARDNER Is. (near Hoop Ist.): (no. 2075). Hoop Isx.: on trunks of Opuntia galapageia at 450 ft. (no. 2076). INDE- FATIGABLE Is~.: southeast side, occasional at 600 ft. (no. 2077). James Ist.: James Bay, common on bushes on the lower parts (no, 2078). NarsoroucH Isu.: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

P. subrosa L. Sp. Pl. 958 (1753). P. puberula Hook. f. (Q),, 2233 iNagleressoin (00), 22, (C4), Ss IXoln, (ON), ABINGDON IsL.: common in the moist region (no. 2079). ALBEMARLE Isx.: Villamil, on rocks and bushes near sea level (no. 2080). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional, 400-650 fen (no 2081) i DUNCAN Isis: om nocksuat 27a) tiam(no: 2082) James Ise. Darwin) Eurther distr, 5.) U: Si) Mie. Ws lhl), Sy vaweny

CARICACEAE Carica L. C. Papaya L. Sp. Pl. 1036 (1753); Rob. (1), 178.—ALBE- MARLE Isx.: Villamil, around habitations in the region adja- cent to the shore. CHARLES Ist.: around former habitations.

CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, in gardens. Introduced into the islands. Further distr. general in the tropics.

LOASACEAE Mentzelia L. M. aspera L. Sp. Pl. 516 (1753); Rob. (1), 178.—ALBE-

MARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, common on bluff above the cove (no. 2083) ; Tagus Cove, common in shady places in tufaceous

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS ‘107

soil to 1000 feet. (no. 2084). CHaRtes IsL.: common in open places among rocks near the shore (no. 2085); Cuevas Bay, Baur; CHATHAM IsL.: north side, Andersson; Wreck Bay, rare on sand beaches (no. 2086). Duncan Isi.: Snodgrass and Heller. GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Ist.): Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. INDEFATIGA- BLE Iszt.: Academy Bay, common in lava crevices near sea level (no. 2087); north side, Snodgrass and Heller. JAMES Ist.: Andersson; James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. TowrER Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. U. S., Mex., W. Ikavels. (S), ANG, Sclerothrix Presl

S. fasciculata Presl, Symb. Bot. Il. 3, t. 53 (1858); Rob. (1), 178.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, (no. 2089) ; Tagus Cove, abundant at 4000 ft. (no. 2088). James Ist.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. NarsorouGH IsL.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex., S. Am.

CACTACEAE Cereus Mill.

C. galapagensis Weber, Bull. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris 1899) 312) (1899) Rob. (1)) 179) °C) Lhouarsu Weber, 1c 312; Rob. (1), 180.—Cuartes IsL.: common in the vicinity of the shore (no. 2090). CuatHam Ist.: Basso Point, occa- sional specimens were seen up to 800 ft.; Sappho Cove, grows very abundantly on the recent lava beds between the cove and Finger Point, as well as on the older lava on the east side of the cove, where it occurs abundantly in forests of Bursera graveo- lens. This species reaches its largest size at this place, often attaining a height of 25 or more feet. ‘The articulations are unusually thick here, sometimes being as much as 10-12 inches in diameter ; Wreck Bay, common on the rocky coast and on the sides and tops of exposed lava hills (no. 2091). INDEFATIGA- BLE Is~.: Academy Bay, no specimens of this species were secured, but a photograph taken here shows a specimen very similar to this species in general appearance. Its presence, however, is doubtful. Endemic.

Weber, |. c., described two species of Cereus from Charles Isl., viz., C. galapagensis and C. Thouarsu, but gave no charac-

108 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Serr.

ters by which they could be recognized. As there is evidently but one species of Cereus on this island, it seems necessary to reduce them to one, C. galapagensis, which can be recognized by the following characters. Arborescent, often 8 or more meters in height; trunk cylindrical, 15-30 cm. in diameter ; stems diverging; articulations short, robust, obtusely rounded at the extremities, with deep indentations at the points of union of the articulations, 18-angled, costae prominent. Flowers chocolate brown with yellow stripes. Outer petals broadly spatulate cochleariform, 2.3 cm. long, 2 cm. broad at tip, mu- cronate, margins entire to denticulate; inner petals cuneate mucronate, 2.4 cm. long, 8 mm. broad, margins dentate. Stig- mas 11, fruit oval rounded, resembling a large prune, as de- scribed by Weber, 1. c. A flower from a specimen of this species from Chatham Isl. shows considerable divergence from the above description in that the outer petals are narrowly spat- ulate, 3.1 cm. long, 8 mm. broad, abruptly acuminate, somewhat cochleariform ; inner petals narrowly lanceolate, 3.2 cm. long, 5 mm. broad, acuminate, margins irregularly dentate. Excellent photographs of this species were published by Agassiz (1), Pl. XVI and XX, where specimens from both Charles and Chatham Ids. are shown.

C. nesioticus K. Sch. in Rob. (1), 179.—Axsrinepon Ist.: fairly abundant on old cinder beds along the south side of the island. No other vegetation occurs near where the specimens were taken, (no. 2092). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Black Bight, Snodgrass and Heller; Christopher Point, Snodgrass and Heller; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Cuatuam Ist. : Sappho Cove, reported by EF. S. King, one of the members of the expedition. James Ist.: James Bay, common on recent lava south of the bay and along the south side of the island. NarsoroucGH Ist.: northeast side, common on recent lava (no. 2093) ; south side, occurs to above 500 ft. acc. to J. S. Hunter. Tower Ist.: a few isolated bunches of this species were found on a small deposit of cinders around a blow-hole in the interior of the island (no. 2094).

This species is always found in the most sterile and desert situations and never occurs where there is much if any other vegetation. On both Narborough and James Islands it was found growing abundantly on beds of lava apparently as fresh

Vou. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 109

and uneroded as when first cooled, and it is usually in such situations that it is the most abundant. The branches of this species radiate upward and outward to a height of 2-3 ft., form- ing candelabra-like masses. The cactus with the habit of C. peruvianus, mentioned by Henslow, Mag. Zool. and Bot. 476 (1837), probably belongs to this species. Plate V. Endemic.

C. sclerocarpus K. Sch. in Rob. (1), 1/9.—ALBEMARLE ISL.: Banks Bay, an arborescent species of Cereus was reported from this place by F. X. Williams; it most likely belongs to this species ; Black Bight, Snodgrass and Heller; Christopher Point, Snodgrass and Heller. It was noticed, in sailing by this por- tion of the island, that this species grows very abundantly on the barren lava fields near the coast; Tagus Cove, occasional on cinder beds in the vicinity of the cove and at various places on the side of the mountain. It also occurs fairly abundantly on the floor of the crater at about 3600 ft., where the conditions are desert in the extreme; Villamil, in barren rocky places in the vicinity of the shore, and in similar situations around the base of the mountain to 100 ft. A few specimens were noticed on the inside of the crater at 2750 ft., along with other xero- phytic plants, (no. 2095). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, abundant in dry rocky places near the coast, seldom occurring any distance inland, (no. 2096). James Ist.: James Bay, abundant on recent lava flows to 900 ft. south of the bay. It occurs most abundantly along the edges of the flows, but stops abruptly as soon as other large vegetation begins to appear, (no. 2097). NarsoroucGH Ist.: south side, a species of Cereus was reported by J. S. Hunter from this side of the island. It was probably this species.

This species can be distinguished from C. galapagensis by the following characters: branches few and usually parallel; articulations usually elongated, somewhat slender, 15-angled. All of the flowers secured were smaller than those described by Schumann, op. c. 180. The great variability in the flowers of this species is well illustrated by two flowers taken from the same plant on Indefatigable Isl. One of these has most of the petals broadly spatulate, truncate, and slightly emarginate, while the other has them mostly narrowly oblong and rounded.

All of the species of Cereus which grow on these islands are found only in the most open and desert situations. One may

110 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

often go for a mile or more inland without seeing a single specimen, but when an exposed lava ridge or a barren field of lava is encountered, where conditions are such that very little other vegetation will grow, specimens will occur abundantly. The probable reason for this is that the species of Cereus are shaded out as soon as any considerable amount of other vegeta- tion appears. Plate VI. Endemic.

C. sp.—BrInDLoE Ist.: Heller. Probably C. sclerocarpus acc. to Rob. (1), 180. No specimens of Cereus were seen by any of the members of our party when this island was visited.

Opuntia Raf.

O. galapageia Hensl. Mag. Zool. and Bot. I. 467, t. 14, f. 2 (1837); Rob. (1), 180.—AxBinepon Ist.: common on lava beds to 1000 ft., occasional above this elevation to 1300 ft. The specimens from the lower parts form trees 8-10 ft. high and have the branches closely arranged, giving the crown a very dense appearance, while those from the upper parts have the branches rather loosely arranged. In general the specimens from the upper parts are much infested with lichens, and have a more sickly appearance than do the specimens on the lower parts, (no. 3001). CHaAmpron IsL.: specimens low, with very thick trunks, and apparently very much more abundant than on the adjacent shores of Charles Island, (no. 2098). CHARLES Ist.: abundant below 500 ft., occasional to 1300 ft. on the west side of the main mountain. One of the specimens from this place is peculiar in that the fascicles are made up mostly of capillary bristles but in addition have one or two long pungent spines. There are fewer Opuntias here than on most of the other larger islands, a fact that is probably due to the presence of cattle, hogs, and burros which eat the smaller and less pro- tected specimens. Duncan Ist.: occasional at 450 ft., abundant around 1000 ft., especially on the floor of the main crater, occasional to 1250 ft. The specimens on this island have the branches openly arranged and often covered with various species of lichens. See Plate X. GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Isx.): an interesting variation of this species occurs here in that some of the specimens are stemless and have the branches procumbent. One individual of this kind was found growing immediately underneath a specimen with a stem 6-7

Vou. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 111

ft. high, the relative positions of the two being such that one would judge that the taller was the parent of the procumbent specimen. A short distance away from these there was another individual, with a stem approximately 2 ft. high and 1 ft. in diameter. The general arrangement of the branches, and the arming of the articulations in all three of these specimens, was the same, so that there seems to be but little doubt of their all belonging to the same species, (no. 3002). None of these low forms were noticed on the adjacent Hood Island, a fact that may be due to the presence of goats on the latter. It might be well to mention in this connection that stemless Opuntias also occur on Bindloe, Culpepper, Gardner (near Charles), Tower, and Wenman Islands, and with the exception of the Seymour Islands these are the only islands of importance in the group from which land-tortoises or their remains have not been reported. When this is considered together with the fact that the branches of Opuntias form the principal article of food of these animals on the lower parts of all of the islands where they occur, a suggestion is given as to the possible origin of the arborescent forms, or at least why the low forms have persisted on the islands where they have been undisturbed. Hoop Ist.: generally distributed all over the island except on the southeast side, where they appear to be almost entirely absent for a mile or more back from the shore, (no. 3003). James IsL.: north- east side, abundant on lava beds to above 700 ft. Above 450 ft. the spines are more capillary than they are on specimens seen lower down.

This species has a relatively short trunk, which is usually 1-114 ft. in diameter, but sometimes as much as 4% ft. Branches are usually sent off 6-7 ft. above the ground, and as they all come off from about the same level, the crown is regu- larly rounded, broadly spreading, and somewhat umbrella- shaped. The outer articulations are disk-like and covered with fascicles of capillary bristles, while the proximal ones are thickened, unarmed, and covered with the same kind of brown- ish periderm that covers the trunk. The flowers are yellow, 7.5 cm. in diameter, contrary to Henslows’ description, 1. c. The fruit is green, and not red as mentioned by Andersson, see Hemsley, (3), 31. A Cereus was no doubt mistaken for an Opuntia in this instance, as Cereus is the only genus of this

112 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

family found on the islands, which has red fruit and forms candelabra-like objects.

The young of this species first appears as a flattened disk- shaped mass, dark green in color, and heavily covered with long rigid spines. This first articulation is followed by another above, which has its short axis at right angles to the corre- sponding axis of the articulation below, a process which iS repeated until the plant has attained a height of 5-6 ft., when lateral branches, from which the crown of the tree is developed, are put out. In the meantime the articulations forming the trunk have been increasing in diameter, and as growth takes place more rapidly on the faces than on the edges of the articu- lations, the trunk soon assumes a more or less rounded form. The development is shown in Plates VII to IX. The trunk is heavily armed with long, ridged, and somewhat deflected spines, when the plant is in the young condition; but by the time the trunk has attained a diameter of a foot or more, most of these have been shed in the following manner. In the young segments the fascicles occupy deep pits in the surface. These pits extend into the cortical parenchyma from which the spines receive their nutrition. By the formation of periderm, inside of this, the nutrition is soon stopped and the spines drop off, remaining attached, however, for a considerable time after their physiological connection with the stem has ceased. The pits which contained the fascicles remain visible as slight indenta- tions through the greater part of the life of the plant. The bark is reddish-brown in color, and is made up of alternating layers of cork and stone cells which slough off in large sheets, one-half inch or more in thickness. After the disintegration of the layers of cork cells, the stone cells remain as loosely arranged plates somewhat resembling the ordinary shellac of commerce in general appearance. Much of the calcium oxalate is got rid of through the bark, as cross sections show a large number of rosette-like crystals of this salt. Plates VII, fig. 2; WANNES IDC ser, 29 Se CI seiavel DUE, | Tehinclerante.

O. Helleri K. Sch. in Rob. (1), 180.—Brnptoe Isi.: (?),a species of low Opuntia occurs on this island, which is very similar in general appearance to the one on Tower and Wen- man Ids. It is very likely the same. CULPEPPER IsL.: owing to the fact that the low Opuntias which occur on this island are

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 113

on-the inaccessible parts, no specimens were taken, but seen from a distance they had the general appearance of this species. Tower Ist.: common in various places, forming dense thickets 3-4 ft. high. The specimens on this island are more erect than they are on Wenman, (no. 3005). WerEnMAN IsL.: common in thickets on tops of the cliffs, and hanging down the sides of the same, (no. 3006). Plates NOONE ties hs DIY, Endemic.

O. insularis, nov. sp.

Fruticosa circa 1 m. alta; caule spinoso; spinis pungentibus non

cauducis; ramis brevibus; articulis ovatis apice rotundatis griseo- viridibus, circa 3 dm. longis, 2 dm. latis; areolis orbicularibus tubercu-

losis lanuginosis denique solum tomentellis; fasciculo 40-50 spinoso; spinis pungentibus flavescentibus inequalibus maximis 3 cm. longis; floribus fructuque ignotis.

A species easily distinguished from the others on the islands by its smaller size, and the shorter and more numerous spines. ALBEMARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, common on the sides of the tufa hills surrounding the cove. A low O puntia with numerous short stiff spines was reported from the Banks Bay region of this island by Mr. F. X. Williams. From his description it seems likely that it is this species, (no. 3014). Plates IX, fig. CGV A ceric:

O. myriacantha Weber in Bois, Dict. d’Hort. 894 (1898) ; Rob. (1), 181.— ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, occasional on the lower parts, and up to within a few hundred feet of the top, acc. to R. H. Beck; Iguana Cove, rare in the immediate vicinity of the cove but abundant a short distance on either side Ont es Tagus Cove, fairly abundant on the rim of the crater at 4000 ft. and at various places on the sides of the mountain; the speci- mens which occur here are smaller than is usually the case; Turtle Cove, common near the shore, specimens of large Size: Villamil, very abundant on beds of basaltic lava on the lower parts, often forming forests 25-30 ft. in height; most abundant below 100 ft., but found to some extent as high up as 550 ft., where the specimens are smaller in size than lower down; occasional on the floor of the crater at 2750 ft., (no. 3008). BarRINcTon Ist.: abundant everywhere, forming trees V2, ik more feet in height. The photograph of the so-called O. gala- pageia, published by Hemsley, (5), fig. 75, is evidently of this species, as it does not show the broadly spreading crown so characteristic of O. galapageia. The photograph shows the

114 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

trunk to be heavily covered with spines, which is rather un- usual for a specimen of the size visible in the photograph. Cuares Isxt.: Du Petit Thouars (Dr. Néboux). The pres- ence of this species on Charles Isl. is doubtful in the extreme. CuatHam Ist.: Basso Point, occasional to above 900 ft.; Sappho Cove, common all over the lower parts; Wreck Bay, occasional to 400 ft. InbDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, abundant below 200 ft., in many instances forming trees 30 or more feet in height. It extends up to 350 ft., but the speci- mens here are very scattered and small in size, 4-6 ft. being about the average height. At this place the species attains its largest size where the conditions near sea level are less xero- phytic than is usually the case, Dr. Baur’s statement, that Opuntias reach their largest size where conditions are most sterile, being incorrect so far as this species at least is con- cerned. The probable reason why this and other species do not attain their maximum size at higher altitudes is the greater amount of other vegetation, which tends to shade them too much, (no. 3009) ; southeast side, abundant on the lower parts, occasional and small at 600 ft. This species occurs most abundantly here in the region between 300 and 450 ft., where it forms a portion of a well-marked belt of Opuntias which ex- tends along the south, southeast, and east sides of the island to within a short distance of that portion of the shore opposite Gordon Rocks, (no. 3011). James Ist.: north side, common all over the lower parts; south side, occasional all over the lower parts to 900 ft. Many of the specimens here have very long slender trunks and but few branches, (no. 3012). JERvis Ist.: abundant on the lower parts, where it is 3-7 ft. in height. It also occurs around the top of the island at 1050 ft., but the specimens here are all low, and it is likely that Dr. Baur, (2), 247, refers to these upper specimens when he says that the Opuntias from this island are very low, (no. 3013).

This species can be recognized by the following characters: stem long, relatively slender, and irregularly branched near the top, which forms an irregularly shaped crown owing to the fact that the branches arise at different elevations and that many of them are inclined to be pendant. Articulations mostly large, the outer ones oblong to oval and covered with fascicles of slender pungent spines. Corolla large, yellow, 6 cm. broad,

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 115

and set in a deep cup-like depression in the ovary. Ovary pyramidal, rounded, and covered with fascicles of short stiff spines set in a bunch of short velvety bristles. Style thickened, terminating in 9-11 stigmas variabie in number on the same plant. Stamens numerous. Segments of the young plant ellip- tical oblong, yellowish green in color, and covered with fasci- cles of slender and rather flexible spines. This species can be readily distinguished from O. galapageia by the long slender trunk, irregularly shaped crown, pendant branches, and pungent spines. Plates VII, fig. 1; XIII, fig. 2; and XVI to DOVE Endemic:

O. sp.— ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cape Rose, common on lava cin- ders near the coast. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, abund- ant; northeast side, occasional in loose ashy soil near the coast, abundant one or more miles inland. SryMmour ISL., SOUTH: abundant, forming low tree-like bushes 5-6 ft. high, (no. SOUS).

This appears to be entirely distinct from any of the other species of Opuntia found on the islands, but as there is so much variation among the species of this genus here, it may prove to be an interesting variation of O. myriacantha, to which it is evidently most closely related. As no flowers were secured, its specific identity must remain in doubt. The stem is short, 1 to 1.5 m. high, and covered with fascicles of long stiff spines which remain attached to the plant throughout its life. The branches are short, segments yellowish green in color, and covered with fascicles of long and very stiff spines, some of which reach 7.5 cm. There are usually one or two of these long spines and 10 to 25 shorter ones in each fascicle. The branches sometimes show a tendency to droop,.a character which is also common to O. myriacantha. As the present spe- cies is only found on Albemarle and Indefatigable Islands, where O. myriacantha also occurs, and on Seymour Island, which was evidently connected with Indefatigable at some not remote period, one is led to suspect that it may possibly be only a more xerophytic form of O. myriacantha. Plate XIX. En- demic.

O. sp.—NarporouGH Isu.: a species of an Opuntia was reported from the south side of this island by J. S. Hunter. It is probably one of the above.

116 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

Va ERI NC beau, Cupheate ys

€. patula St) Hill Fl, Bras) Merid) ii 10M) (1832-1833) ; Rob. (1), 182.—CuatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, fairly common in grassy areas around 1700 ft. Further distr. Brazil.

Punica L.

P. Granatum L. Sp. Pl. 472 (1853).—Cuatuam Is .: Wreck Bay, common bushes and small trees around 700 ft. Widely distributed in tropical and subtropical regions through cultivation.

P. sp.?—Cuartes IsL.: specimen too poor for accurate determination.

RHIZOPHORACEAE Rhizophora L.

R. Mangle L. Sp. Pl. 443 (1753); Rob. (1), 182.—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Banks Bay, small mangroves occur along the shore at this place acc. to F. X. Williams; Cape Rose, small swamps in this vicinity; Cowley Bay, a small mangrove swamp occurs about one-half mile south of this place; Elizabeth Bay, extensive swamps occur in this vicinity and in several other places along the north side of the island; Tagus Cove, no mangroves occur at this place, but there are swamps a short distance north of it; Turtle Cove, specimens are not numerous at this place, but they are often of large size, sometimes attain- ing a height of 40 or more feet; Villamil, low swamps fring- ing the shores of the bay and in one or two places on the open coast, (no. 3016). CHarteEs IsL.: small patches of low trees occur on the north side (no. 3017). CHatHam IsL.: Sappho Cove, low trees surrounding the cove in places (nos. 3018- 3019). Duncan Ist.: a small patch of rather stunted speci- mens occur in a cove on the northeast side of the island (no. 3020). Hoop Ist.: a few specimens occur on the north shore (no. 3021). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: in occasional swamps around the shores of bays, lagoons, and on the open coast on all sides of the island except the east. The most extensive mangrove swamps occur on the north shore of this island, which may be due to the fact that this part of the island is

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 117

entirely shut off from the action of the southeast swell. In regard to the distribution of mangroves Schimper, Pflanzen- geographie, 437, says: “Within the tropics its distribution nearly agrees with that of the rain forests. The mangrove is absent or poorly developed on coasts the inland vegetation of which possesses a xerophilous character, except where, as at the mouth of the Indus and other large rivers, there is a con- siderable freshening of the sea water.” The vegetation of the interior, along the north shore of this island, is xerophilous in the extreme, and with the exception of a few showers in the spring and early summer no rain ever falls. JAmeEs IsL.: com- mon in swamps on the south shore, occasional on the north shore. NARBoROoUGH IsL.: forming large swamps of low trees around the quiet shores of a shallow bay on the northeast side, common at Mangrove Pt. Tower IsL.: a small patch on the shore of the crater lake near the center of the island. No mangroves occur on the shores of this island, (no. 3023).

Epiphytic plants, other than marine algae, do not attach themselves to the mangrove trees, although it is often the case that non-halophytic plants, only a short distance away, are heavily covered with lichens. Seedling plants are seldom seen underneath mangrove trees the roots of which are exposed to the action of sea water between tides, the reason for this being that the embryo plants are carried away before they have time to take root. Further distr. general on tropical shores.

VINOR AAC EAE Eugenia L.

E. Jambos L. Sp. Pl. 470 (1753).—Cuatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, trees in gardens, introduced, (no. 3034). Widely dis- tributed in tropical regions.

Psidium L.

P. galapageium Hook. f. (3), 224; Rob. (1), 182—Asinc- DON IsL.: occasional small trees, 500-1000 ft., on the south- west side of the island. On the south and southeast sides the species apparently does not occur below 1000 ft., (no. 3030). ALBEMARLE Isu.: Banks Bay, at 2300 ft., according to F. X. Williams; Cowley Bay, low bushes at 1250 ft. At 2000 ft.

118 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

they increase somewhat in size, but do not form trees as is usually the case at this elevation; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, bushes at 100 ft., low forest trees common at 350-600 ft., (no. 3025). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, com- mon bushes and low trees, 150-400 ft., (nos. 3026-3027). INDEFATIGABLE Is_.: Academy Bay, bushes at 300 ft., grad- ually increasing in size to 600 ft., where the species occurs abundantly as forest trees often 2 ft. or more in diameter, (no. 3028). James Isit.: James Bay, occasional small trees, 350- 2800 ft., (no. 3029). There are usually no epiphytic plants found on this species, probably owing to the fact that the bark is so smooth that spores and small seeds would have difficulty in finding a lodgement. The wood is dark brown in color and is very close grained. It is used by the natives of Albemarle Island in making the hubs and felloes for their carts, a use for which it seems well adapted. Endemic.

COMBRETACEAE Conocarpus Gaertn.

C. erectus L. Sp. Pl. 176 (1753); Rob. (1), 182.—ALss- MARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Turtle Cove, bushes in low dense thickets just back of the beach; Villamil, common in thickets near the shore, trees 25 ft. and more in height around brackish pools some distance back from the shore, (no. 3031). CHatHam IsL.: Sappho Cove, bushes on sand beaches (no. 3032). InpDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, occasional low bushes on the beach (no. 3033). JAMEs Ist.: James Bay, low bushes forming thickets on sand beaches (no. 3034). Widely distributed in tropical regions.

Laguncularia Gaertn.

L. racemosa (L.) Gaertn. Fruct. III. 209, t. 217, £. 2 (1805). Conocarpus racemosus L. Syst. ed. 10, 930 (1760). L. race- mosa Gaertn. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 183.—Asinepon Ist.: forming dense low thickets on sand beaches (no. 3035). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, forming a grove of small trees on a gravel beach; Christopher Point, Snodgrass and Heller; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Turtle Cove, low dense thickets on the beach; Villamil, abundant, forming low dense forests of

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 119

bushes and small trees on sand beaches around the bay. CHARLES IsL.: low dense thickets on the beach (no. 3036). . CHATHAM IsL.: Sappho Cove, bushes and small trees on sand beaches (no. 3037). Duncan Ist.: a few stunted bushes on the shore of a cove on the northeast side (no. 3038). InDE- FATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, common bushes and small trees around the shores of the bay (no. 3039) ; southeast side, low spreading trees, with rounded tops, near the shore; also noticed in various other places on the north and northwest sides of the island, (nos. 3040-3041). James Ist.: James Bay, common on sand beaches (no. 3043). It also occurs in various other places on the north and south shores. Jervis Ist.: bushes and small trees around a salt lagoon (no. 3042). NarBorouGH IsL.: northeast side, common bushes around bays and lagoons; east side, Snodgrass and Heller. Stymour Isu., souTH: groves of mangroves, either of this species or Rhizophora Mangle, possibly both, were noticed on the south shore of this island while we were cruising along the north shore of Inde- fatigable Island on one of our numerous turtle-fishing expedi- tions. MELASTOMACEAE Miconia R. & P.

M. Robinsoniana Cogniaux in Rob. (1), 183.—CHaTHAmM Isz.: Wreck Bay, in ditches, 1000-1700 ft. In various places in this region there are deep ditches with perpendicular walls, apparently dug. These bushes, along with several species of ferns, are usually found in such ditches, (no. 3044). En- demic.

ONAGRACEAE Jussiaea L.

J. repens L. Sp. Pl. 388 (1753).—CuatuHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, in pools and in small streams, 1000-1700 ft., (no. 3045). Widely distributed in tropical countries.

HALORRHAGIDACEAE Myriophyllum L. M. sp. Wolf. (1), 284; Rob. (1), 183.—Cuartes IsL.: in a brook near the hacienda, according to Wolf, 1.c. At the times

January 12, 1911

120 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

we visited this island there were no brooks except in the imme- diate vicinity of two small springs.

UMBELLIFERAE Apium L.

A, laciniatum (DC.) Urb. in Mart. Fl. Bras. XI. 1, 343 (1879). Helosciadium laciiatum DC. Mém. Soc. Phys. Genév. IV. 495 (1828). A. laciniatum Urb. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 184.— Cartes Ist.: on the rim of a crater at 1550 ft. (no. 3046). Further distr. W. S. Am.

A. leptophyllum (DC.) F. Muell, acc. to Benth. Fl. Aust. III. 372 (1866). Helosciadium leptophyllum DC. Mém. Soc. Phys. Genev. IV. 493 (1828). A. leptophyllum F. Muell. 1. c.; - Rob. (1), 184—Azsinepon IsL.: common among rocks in open grassy country around 1100 ft. (no. 3049). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, abund- ant in shady places at 4000 ft. (no. 3048) ; Villamil, common, 700-3150 ft., (no. 3047). CHatHaAm Ist.: Wreck Bay, in open grassy country around 900 ft. (no. 3050). James Ist.: Darwin. Widely distributed.

Centella L.

C. asiatica (L.) Urb. in Mart. Fl. Bras. XI. 1, 287 (1879). Hydrocotyle asiatica L. Sp. Pl. 234 (1753). C. asiatica Urb. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 184.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, common in moist protected places among rocks at 1500 ft. (no. 3050). CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant in grassy country above 1200 ft. (no. 3052). Duncan IsL.: in protected places around 1250 ft. (no. 3053). Widely distributed.

Hydrocotyle L. H. galapagensis Rob. (1), 184.-—CuHatHam IsL.: upper regions, Baur. Endemic.

Petroselinum Koch

P. sativum Hoffm. Gen. Umb. 177 (1814); Rob. (1), 184. —Cuarces Ist.: Andersson. Introduced from the Old World, according to Rob. 1. c.

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 121

PLUMBAGINACEAE Plumbago L.

P. scandens L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 215 (1762); Rob. (1), 185.— ABINGDON IsL.: common in woodland at 1300 ft. (no. 3054). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, common around 1900 ft. (no. 3059) ; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, common near the shore (no. 3058) ; Tagus Cove, common in shady places to 2000 ft. (no. 3055); Villamil, common near sea level and in various places throughout the moist region (no. 3057). CHARLES IsL.: occurs to some extent near sea level, but is most abundant in shady places at 1000-1400 ft., (nos. 3061-3063). CHATHAM IsL.: Andersson; Snodgrass and Heller. DuNcAN IsL.: a few specimens were taken at 1300 ft. (no. 3064). GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Isu.): (no. 3066). Hoop Ist.: occasional to 400 ft. (no 3067). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, occasional to 400 ft. (no. 3070) ; north- west side, occasional to 400 ft.; southeast side, rare at 600 ft. (nos. 3069-3071). James Ist.: James Bay, fairly common in the moist region (no. 3065). Further distr. general in tropical countries.

APOCYNACEAE Vallesia R. & P.

V. glabra (Cav.) Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. I. 207 (1821). ‘Rauwolfia glabra Cav. Ic. III. 50, t. 297 (1795). V. cymbae- jolng (Chet, Jelovan) Milenoe, IDyse. (Ste) (US's) 8 INO, (OL), itis ALBEMARLE Ist.: Christopher Point, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. CHAR Es IsL.: bushes on the beach (no. 3073). CHATHAM IsL.: Sappho Cove, bushes on the beach (no. 3072) ; Wreck Bay, bushes 4-6 ft. high on the beach (no. 3071). Hoop Ist.: bushes on sand beaches (no. 3074). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, common bushes on the shore and to some extent in the interior in the dryer parts of the lower regions (no. 3075). James IsL.: northeast side, common bushes near the shore (no. 3091). Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Wie fowloeseene Jvadlorse, (C11), WSs. (2), 7S'e Io. (CL) ses ALBEMARLE Isu.: Cowley Bay, occasional bushes near the beach (no. 3076). CHARLES IsL.: common on the beach and

122 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

to some extent in the interior to 600 ft. (no. 3081). Hoop Is~.: bushes at 600 ft. (no. 3077). INDEFATIGABLE ISL.: Academy Bay, low bushes near the shore (no. 3078) ; north and northeast sides, on the beach. Endemic.

ASCLEPIADACEAE Asclepias L.

A. angustissima Anderss. (1), 196, (2), 79; Rob. (1), 185. Vincetoxicum ?, Rob. (1), 186.—Asinepon Ist.: above 450 ft. (no. 3082). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Banks Bay, according to F, X. Williams; Christopher Point, Snodgrass and Heller; Cowley Bay, at 800 ft.; Tagus Cove, occasional on lava beds at 300 ft. (no. 3083) ; Villamil, abundant on bushes and rocks near sea level (no. 3084). CHARLES IsL.: occasional on lava fields. Duncan IsL.: vines covering rocks at 1275 ft. INDE- FATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, vines on rocks at 600 ft. (no. 3086). James Ist.: James Bay, common to 900 ft., one of the first phanerogamic plants to invade the recent lava at this place, (no. 3087). Jervis IsL.: occasional vines, 650-1050 ft., (no. 3088). NarsoroucH Ist.: (no. 3089). Further distr. Se Se Miexe WN badly Sau in:

A. curassavica L. Sp. Pl. 215 (1753).—Cuatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant in the grassy region around 900 ft. (no. 3090). Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

CONVOLVULACEAE Argyreia Lour.

A. tiliaefolia (Desr.) Wight, Ic. Pl. Ind. IV. 1, 12, t. 1358 (1850). Convolvulus tiliaefolius Desr. Lam. Ency. III. 544, no. 20 (1789). Ipomoea campanulata Rob. (1), 187, not L.— ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, common on trees and bushes ; Turtle Cove, abundant in woodland near the shore (no. 3136) ; Villamil, on trees and completely covering large masses of lava in the vicinity of the shore, abundant, covering bushes in great profusion in open places in the vegetation, at 600-1000 ft., and occasional among rocks at 3150 ft., where the specimens have smaller leaves than on the lower levels, (nos. 3137-3140).

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 123

INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, occasional, 400-500 ft., forming a thick and almost impenetrable mass of vines on trees and bushes, 500-650 ft., (nos. 3141-3142).

Calystegia R. Br.

C. Soldanella R. Br. Prodr. 483 (1810); Rob. (1), 186.— Cuar.es Ist.: Edmonston. Widely distributed.

Cuscuta L.

C. acuta Engelm. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis I. 497 (1859) ; Rob. (1), 186.—ALBEMaARLE IsL.: Tagus Cove, common on Rhynchosia minima in open flat areas near the shore (no. 3092). BrnpLoE Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Cuartes Ist: on Boerhaavia viscosa on the lower parts (no. 3094). CHATH- am Ist.: Sappho Cove, occasional on small Scalesia bushes at 800 ft. (no. 3093). NarsorouGH IsL.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

C. gymnocarpa Engelm. |. c. 496 (1859) ; Rob. (1), 186.— ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, Baur. James IsL.: James Bay, fairly common (no. 3095). Endemic.

Evolvulus L.

E. hirsutus HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. III. 117 (1818). &. glaber Spreng. Syst. I. 862 (1825); Rob. (1), 186.—ABING- pon Ist.: occasional among rocks near the shore (no. 3096). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, Andersson; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. Cuaries Ist.: abundant in open places in the vegetation above 450 ft. (no. 3097). CHaTHAM Isz.: Basso Point, occasional in open woodland above 450 ft. (no. 3099) ; Wreck Bay, abundant among rocks on the lower parts (no. 3098). Duncan Ist.: common on the lower parts (no. 3100). InpEFaTicaBLe Ist.: Academy Bay, common in open woodland at 350 ft. (no. 3101); northwest side, occa- sional at 200 ft. (no. 3102). James Ist.: Scouler. SEYMOUR Ist., NoRTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. W. Ind., Se) Aa

E. simplex Anderss. (1), 211, (2), 87; Rob. (1), 187.— ALBEMARLE IsL.: Tagus Cove, occasional in the flat area near the shore and on the tufa hills surrounding the cove (nos.

124 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 41H Sen.

3105-3107). CHARLES IsL.: common in rocky soil near the shore (no. 3104). CuHatHam Ist.: Andersson; Baur. INDE- FATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side, common in tufaceous -soil; north side, Snodgrass and Heller. James Ist.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

Ipomoea L.

I, Bona-nox L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 228 (1762) ; Rob. (1), 187.— ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, a species, similar to this one, was reported from the upper regions by R. H. Beck; Iguana Cove, covering bushes and small trees with a thick tangled mass of vines (nos. 3108-3109) ; Viilamil, common on bushes in the open country, 600-1000 ft., (no. 3110). James Isz.: James Bay, rare at 2100 ft. (no. 3111). Widely distributed.

I. Habeliana Oliv. in Hook. Ic. t. 1099 (1871); Rob. (1), 188.—Axincpon IsL.: common on lava fields near the shore (no. 3112). Brnpioe IsL.: occasional near the shore, abund- ant around 300 ft., where it ascends into trees of Bursera gra- veolens, forming quite a conspicuous liane. CHARLES ISL.: occasional among rocks near the shore (no. 3113-3114). Duncan Ist.: fairly abundant in rocky places at 1200 ft. (no. 3115). GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Ist.) : common on rocks at the south end of the island (no. 3116). Hoop Ist.: common at 600 ft. (no. 3117). James Ist.: James Bay, common on rocks around 900 ft. Tower Ist.: (no. 3118).

I. Kinbergi Anderss. (1), 212, (2), 88; Rob. (1), 188.— ABINGDON IsL.: common on lava beds near the shore, occa- Sionalyat S00) tte 7 (no! S19). MB RATE sis (1027o120)- CuHaTHAM Ist.: north side, Andersson. INDEFATIGABLE ISL.: northwest side, Andersson; Baur. Jervis Ist.: occasional on the sides and at the top of the island at 1050 ft. (no. 3121). Tower Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. \WENMAN IsL.: common on Opuntia Helleri (no. 3122). Endemic.

I. linearifolia Hook. f. (3), 204; Rob. (1), 188—JameEs Isu.: Darwin. Further distr. Cape Verde Ids. according to Index Kewensis.

I. Nil’ Roth, ‘Catalect. I 36° (11797). Rob.) (1s) 183:— Cuartes Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. CHATHAM ISL.:

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 125

Wreck Bay, Baur. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Andersson. Doubt- ful. Further distr. general in warm regions.

I. pentaphylla (L.) Jacq. Coll. IL. 297 (1788). Convolvulus pentaphyllus L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2,223 (1762). I. pentaphylla Jacq. 1. c.: Rob. (1), 188.—Axincpon Ist.: occasional at 500 ft. (no. 3123). ALBEeMarLE IsL_.: Tagus Cove, common in tufa- ceous soil near the shore and on the hills surrounding the cove (no. 3124). Cuartes Ist.: Andersson. CHATHAM IsL. : north side, Andersson. Duncan Ist.: Snodgrass and Feller. GARDNER Ist. (near Hoop Ist.): Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Ist.: Baur. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side, occa- sional in tufaceous soil on the lower parts; north side, Snod- grass and Heller. James Isu.: Andersson. Jervis Ist.: Baur. Seymour Isu., NortH: Snodgrass and Heller. TOWER Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. general in tropics.

I. Pes-caprae (L.), Sweet, Hort. Suburb. London, 335 (1818). Convolvulus Pes-caprae L. Sp. PI. WSO COS) We biloba Rob. (1), 187, not Forsk.—ALBEeMarLE Ist.: Black Bight, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, on sand beaches (no. 3126). INDEFATIGA- BLE IsL.: southeast side, common vines, 75-100 ft. long, on the beach and in salt-incrusted sand around the shores of salt lagoons, (no. 3127). Widely distributed on tropical shores.

I. triloba L. Sp. Pl. 161 (1753). J. galapagensis Anderss. (1), 25, (2), Sse Wolo, (Us e/a iii sai Ist.: Iguana Cove, occasional on rocks at 200 ft. (no. 3135): Dass) Cove common on the lower parts (nos. 3128-3129). Cuartes IsL.: rare among rocks near the shore (no. 3130). CHaTHAm Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant on the lower parts, occasional at 700 ft., (nos. 3131-3133). Duncan Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. ‘INDEFATIGABLE ISL.: Academy Bay, abundant on bushes and small trees in the open areas, 450-600 ft., and probably higher, (no. 3134). JAMES. Ist.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. SEyMouR ISL., souTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., NY Gibatel Svea

I. tubiflora Hook. f. (3), 204; Rob. (1), 189.—James Ist.: Darwin. Endemic.

126 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

HYDROPEYEWAGE AR Hydrolea L.

H. dichotoma Ruiz & Pavon, Fl. Per. III. 22, t.244 (1802). —ALBEMARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, occasional in lava crevices at 4000 ft. (no. 3144). . Further distr. Mex., W. S. Am.

BORAGINACEAE Coldenia L.

C. Darwini (Hook. f.) Girke in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflan- zenf. IV. Ab. 3a, 90 (1893). Galapagoa Darwini Hook. f. (3), 196. C. Darwini Girke 1. c.; Rob. (1), 189.—AzBinepon IsL.: common on lava beds near the shore (no. 3144). ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, common in tufaceous soil on the lower parts (no. 3146) ; Villamil, abundant in loose ashy soil in open places near sea level (no. 3145). BrINpDLOE IsL.: com- mon near the shore (no. 3147). Car es IsL.: abundant on sand beaches (no. 3148). CHATHAM IsL.: Basso Point, com- mon on the beach (no. 3149). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, abundant on sand beaches (no. 3151); northwest side, Baur; southeast side, common on sand beaches and to some extent in dry open places in the interior (no. 3150). JAMES Ist.: Orchilla Bay, Baur. Jervis Ist.: a few specimens were seen at 950 ft. (no. 3152). There is much variation in the size of the glomerules, these being large in some specimens and small in others. The arrangement of the glomerules varies from closely crowded to well separated. Some of the speci- mens are without rigid setae, a character which such specimens share with C. fusca. Endemic.

C. fusca (Hook. f.) Girke 1. c. Galapagoa fusca Hook. f. (3), 196. C. fusca Giirke 1. c.; Rob. (1), 189.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, Baur. BARRINGTON IsL.: covers a small area at 350 ft. (no. 3155). BRATTLE Ist.: (no. 3156). CHARLES IsL.: occasional among rocks in the vicinity of the shore (no. 3154). CuHatuHam Is_.: Wreck Bay, Baur. Hoop Ist.: abundant on sand beaches (no. 3153). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side, Andersson. SEyMourR IsL., soutH: Snodgrass and Heller. The two spe- cies of Coldenia found on these islands are so closely related to

Vo. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 127

each other that it is often difficult to decide to which species a specimen belongs. While the extremes present very pronounced specific characters, the intermediate forms often partake of the characters of both species to a greater or less extent. Endemic.

Cordia L.

C. Anderssoni Giirke, op. c. 83; Rob. (1), 189.—CHaARLEs Ist.: Andersson; Lee. CuatHam Ist.: north side, Anders- son. JameEs Ist.: James Bay, occasional bushes (no. 3157). Endemic.

C. galapagensis Giirke, op. c. 83; Rob. (1), 190.—AsINGDON IsL.: common bushes above 450 ft. (no. 3158). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, common bushes at 2000 ft. (no. 3163) ; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, common near the shore (no. 3159); Tagus Cove, common bushes to 4,000 ft. (nos. 3161-3162). Barrincton Isu.: bushes 6-8 ft. high at 350 ft. (no. 3164). CuatHam Ist.: Basso Point, low spreading bushes on recent lava (no. 3166) ; Wreck Bay, occa- sional bushes to 650 ft. (no. 3165). Duncan IsL.: occasional bushes to 650 ft. (no. 3167). Hoop IsL.: occasional bushes all over the island (no. 3168). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north- west side, Andersson; Baur. NarsoroucH Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

C. Hookeriana Giirke, 1. c.; Rob. (1), 190.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, occasional bushes near the shore (no. 3171); Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, slender bushes on the side of a steep cliff above the cove (no. 3173) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, common bushes 6-8 ft. high on lava beds in the vicinity of the shore and up to 350 ft. (no. 3172). CHaries Isz.: occasional bushes in tufaceous soil mixed with small pieces of lava at 1000 ft. (no. 3174). James Ist.: James Bay, common bushes fringing recent lava flows on the lower parts (no. 3175); northeast side, occasional bushes 10-12 ft. high (no. 3176). NaARsBor- ouGH Ist.: north side, bushes 4-6 ft. high on lava beds; south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

C. leucophlyctis Hook. f. (3), 199; Rob. (1), 190.—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Macrae; Darwin. James Ist.: Scouler; Baur. Endemic.

128 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

C. lutea Lam. Ill. I, 421 (1791); Rob. (1), 190.—Asine- DON IsL.: common bushes on lava beds to 450 ft., occasional to 700 ft. ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, occasional low bushes in the vicinity of the shore; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, low trees at 200 ft. (no. 3179); Cape Rose, low bushes on lava cinders (no. 3180); Tagus Cove, bushes and small trees all over the lower parts and up to 1500 ft., especially abundant on the edges of recent lava flows, (no. 3181) ; Villamil, low trees and bushes near sea level (no. 3182). Barrincton Ist.: bushes in the vicinity of the shore, small trees at 350 ft., (no. 3184). BinpDLoE IsL.: com- mon bushes on the borders of cinder flows (no. 3185). CuHar_eEs Ist.: Andersson; A. Agassiz; Baur; Snodgrass and Heller. Cuatuam Ist.: north side, Darwin; Andersson; Wreck Bay, common bushes in rocky soil near the shore (no. 3187). GARDNER Ist. (near Hoop Ist.): occasional low bushes (no. 3188). Hoop Ist.: occasional low bushes and trees to 500 ft. (nos. 3189-3191). InDEFATIGABLE ISL.: southeast side, abundant near the shore and at 600 ft. (no. G192). Ames dish] james (Bay. (no: 3193): ijervis lists: (no. 3194). Srymour Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. TowrER IsL.: occasional low bushes (no. 3265). Further distr. W. See

C. revoluta Hook. f. (3), 199; Rob. (1), 191.—CHarLEs Ist.: Darwin. Endemic.

Var. nigricans Hook. f. (3), 199; Rob. (1), 191.—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Macrae. Endemic.

C. Scouleri Hook. f. (3), 200; Rob. (1), 191—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, bushes 10-12 ft. high, 100-550 ft., (no. 3195). CHATHAM Ist.: north side, Andersson; Wreck Bay, Baur. James Ist.: Andersson. Endemic.

C. n. sp.? Rob. (1), 191.—Cuartes Ist.: Edmonston.

Heliotropium L.

H. Anderssonii Rob. (1), 192. H. asperrimum Anderss. (2), 86, not R. Br.—InDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Andersson. En- demic.

H. curassavicum L. Sp. Pl. 130 (1753); Rob. (1), 192.— Astnepon Ist.: abundant on sand beaches (no. 3196). AL-

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 129

BEMARLE Isx.: Villamil, on sand beaches and around brackish pools (no. 3197). Binptokr Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. BRATTLE Isi.: (no. 3198). CHatTHAmM Ist.: Basso Point, on sand beaches (no. 3199); Wreck Bay, abundant near the beach (no. 3200). GARDNER Ist. (near Hoop Ist.) : on sand beaches (no. 3201). Hoop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. In- DEFATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, on sand beaches; north side, Snodgrass and Heller. JAmeEs Ist.: northeast side, common on sand beaches and on a rock one-half mile off the shore (no. 3204). Seymour IsL., soutH: Snodgrass and Heller. Widely distributed.

HYindicum)) 7 Sp: Pl 130) )\(1753)5) Roby 1G); 192: Cuar es Isu.: in mud near a spring at 1000 ft. (no. 3208). CuHaTHAM IsL.: Wreck Bay, in shady places, 450-900 ft., (no. 3206). Widely distributed in warm countries.

H. parviforum L. Mant. 201 (1771); Rob. (1), 192.— ABINGDON IsL.: common on the lower parts, occasional above 1000 ft., (no. 3209). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, occa- sional at 1800 ft. (no. 3210) ; Iguana Cove, common near the shore (no. 3213); Tagus Cove, common to 1600 ft. (nos. 3211-3212). Barrincton Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. BRATTLE Isu.: (no. 3214). CHampion Ist.: J. R. Slevin collector (no. 3215). CwHarves Ist.: abundant in various situations all over the island (no. 3218). CuatHam IsL.: Wreck Bay, common near the shore and to 350 ft. (nos. 3216- 3217). GaRDNER Ist. (near Hoop Ist.) : (no. 3219). Hoop Isxt.: occasional at 200 ft. (nos. 3220-3221). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side, Andersson; southeast side, common on the lower parts and in the vicinity of the shore (no. 3222). James Ist.: James Bay, abundant on the lower parts (no. 3223). NARBoRoUGH IsL.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Tower Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. \WENMAN IsL.: (no. 3224). Widely distributed in warm countries.

Tournefortia L.

T. hirsutissima L. Sp. Pl. 140 (1753); Rob. (1), 193.— CuatHaAm Ist.: Chierchia. Robinson, |. c., suggests that this specimen may belong to Tournefortia rufo-sericea, a possibility which seems very likely, as subsequent collections have failed to show the species. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

130 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

T. psilostachya HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. III. 78 (1818); Rob. (1), 193.—Asinepon Isx.: common bushes, 1200-1300 ft., (no. 3225). ArBEeMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, forming dense thickets near the shore; Tagus Cove, common bushes on the side of the mountain (no. 3227); Turtle Cove, common bushes on lava beds near the beach (no. 3228) ; Villamil, one of the commonest shrubs, 350-1300 ft., (no. 3226). CHARLES Ist.: common bushes in woodland at 1000 ft. (no. 3231). CuHaTHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, common bushes in the vicinity of the shore (no. 3234). Duncan Ist.: common at 1275 ft. (no. 3230). Hoop Ist.: occasional bushes above 450 ft. (no. 3232). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, bushes 6-7 ft. high at 100 ft. (no. 3233). James Is_.: Douglas; Scouler; Snodgrass and Heller. This species was probably overlooked by earlier collectors and has not become more abundant recently as suggested by Robinson, |. c. Further distr. trop- iealy oe. in

T. pubescens Hook. f. (3), 198; Rob. (1), 193.—ALBE- MARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, common bushes above 100 it. (nos. 3235-3236). CHARLES IsL.: common bushes in wood- land at 1000-ft. CuatHaAm Ist.: Basso Point, occasional bushes at 750 ft. (nos. 3237-3240); Wreck Bay, bushes 6-10 ft. high at 450 ft. Duncan Ist.: low bushes around 1300 it. (nos. 3241-3242). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, com- mon bushes on the lower parts (no. 3243); northwest side, Andersson; southeast side, occasional bushes at 600 ft. (nos. 3244-3246). James Ist.: James Bay, low bushes, abundant at 1000 ft., (no. 3247). Endemic.

T. rufo-sericea Hook. f. (3), 197; Rob. (1), 193.—ABING- pon Ist.: common bushes above 900 ft. (no. 3248). ALBE- MARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, forming dense thickets in the flat area near the shore (no. 3250) ; Tagus Cove, common bushes at 1600 ft. (no. 3252) ; Turtle Cove, common bushes in thick- ets near the beach (no. 3251) ; Villamil, occurs at various eleva- tions on the lower parts, but most abundant in open areas above 600 ft., also common in the grassy region above 1500 ft., and on the rim of the crater at 3150 ft., (no. 3249). CHARLES IsL.: common bushes in open woodland around 1000 ft. and on

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 131

the sides of the craters above this elevation to 1700 ft. (nos. 3253-3254). CuatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common bushes above 400 ft. (no. 3255). Duncan Ist.: at 1275 ft. INDE- FATIGABLE Is~.: Academy Bay, common bushes in a dense growth of vegetation in the open areas around 550 ft. and above (no. 3256). James Ist.: James Bay, occurs to some extent on the lower parts, abundant at 2100 ft., occasional at 2850 ft., (nos. 3257-3258). There is much variation in the amount of pubescence. Endemic.

T. strigosa Anderss. (1), 207, (2), 85, t. 9, f. 3; Rob. (Qo), 194.._ArBeMaRLE Ist.: Turtle Cove, occasional low spread- ing bushes in the vicinity of the shore (no. 3259) ; Villamil, Baur. Cuartes Ist.: Andersson. CHatHAM Isi.: Anders- son. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, occasional bushes in sandy soil near the shore (no. 3262) ; north side, occasional bushes at 250 ft. (no. 3261); southeast side, bushes at 550 ft. (no. 3260). James Ist.: James Bay, common bushes 4-7 ft. lish) (ao. 3263). Endemic.

T. syringaefolia Vahl, Symb. III. 23 (1794). T. laurifolia Vent. Choix. Pl. 2 (1803); Rob. (1), 193.—CuatuHam Ist: Chierchia according to Caruel. James Ist.: Andersson. Possibly a less pubescent form of either T. psilostachya or I pubescens. Further distr. Mex., tropical S. Am.

VERBENACEAE Avicennia L.

A. officinalis L. Sp. Pl. 110 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 194.—ALBE- MARLE Isu.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Turtle Cove, common on pebble beaches, sometimes attaining the size of large trees, (no. 3266) ; Turtle Point, common, according to J. S. Hunter; Villamil, common trees around salt lakes, and to some extent on sand beaches. CHARLES IsL.: common on the beach and around a salt lake (no. 3267). CHatHam IsL.: Sappho Cove, occasional small trees around salt pools (no. 3268). Duncan Isi.: a single small tree of this species was found in a cove on the northeast side of the island (no. 3269). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, low trees on the beach and around salt marshes (no. 3270); southeast side, small

132 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

trees around a brackish lake (no. 3271) ; north side, abundant in various places along the shore. Occasional isolated trees were seen on the shore at various places between Academy and Conway Bays. James Ist.: James Bay, low spreading trees around a salt lake near the shore (no. 3272). JeErvis IsL.: low trees around a salt lagoon (no. 3273). SrEymour Ist., SOUTH: low trees around a salt lake on the west side of the island (no. 3274). Widely distributed on tropical shores.

Clerodendron L.

C. molle HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. Il. 244 (1817) ; Rob. (1), 194.— ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, common bushes near the shore (no. 3275) ; Villamil, occasional bushes on lava beds near sea level and up to 500 ft. (no. 3276). CuHartes IsL.: common bushes, forming thickets, 450-650 ft., (no. 3277). Cuatuam Isxt.: Wreck Bay, occasional bushes at 650 ft. (no. 3278). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, occasional bushes in woodland on the lower parts (no. 3279); northwest side, bushes to 550 ft. James IsL.: Scouler; Andersson; Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Ecuador.

C. sp. Hook. f. (4), 261; Rob. (1), 195.—Cuartes Ist.: Edmonston.

C. sp. Hook. f., 1. c.; Rob. 1. c —Cuartes Ist.: Edmonston.

Duranta L.

D. repens L. Sp. Pl. 637 (1753). D. Plumieri Jacq. Stirp. Am. 186, t. 176, £. 76 (1763); Rob. (1), 195.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, occasional bushes, 2100-3600 ft., (no. 3280) ; Villamil, low bushes on the rim of the crater at 3150 ft. (no. 3281). Duncan IsL.: common bushes 6-8 ft. high at 1275) tt (no. 3283) ..) Purther dist sy Ue S., Mex) WV lind: S. Am.

Lantana L.

L. peduncularis Anderss. (1), 200, (2), 81; Rob. (1), 195. —Asincpon Ist.: common bushes on the lava beds on the lower parts, occasional at 1550 ft. ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, common bushes at 2100 ft. (no. 3288) ; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller;

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 133

Tagus Cove, common in tufaceous soil on the lower parts, occa- sional at 4000 ft., (no. 3285); Turtle Cove, (no. 3286); Villamil, occasional bushes on lava beds (no. 3287). Bar- RINGTON Isxt.: Snodgrass and Heller. BiNDLoE IsL.: com- mon bushes to 300 ft. (no. 3289). CHarRLEs Ist.: (no. 3290). CHAMPION Ist.: J. R. Slevin collector (no. 3291). CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, bushes 3-4 ft. high (no. 3292). Duncan IsL.: occasional bushes at 1100 ft. (no. 3293). GaRDNER isis (near loop: Ise.) (aor 3294). Eloopi lise: oneyoty the commonest bushes, often forming thickets 5-7 ft. high. INDE- FATIGABLE Is_.: Academy Bay, low bushes near the shore (no. 3295). James Ist.: James Bay, forming thickets 3-6 ft. high near the shore, occasional at 1000 ft., (no. 3298). JrErvis Ist.: Baur. NarsorouGcH Isu.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Tower Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. “Endemic” according to Rob., |. c., who suggests that it may ultimately be identified with one of the continental species, (cf. L. lilacina and L. canescens HBK.), or segregated into several more or less distinct forms.

Lippia Houst.

L. canescens HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. Il. 263 (1817) ; Rob. (1), 196.—Cuartes IsL.: common in open meadows around 1000 ft. and on the side of the main mountain at 1600 ft. (nos. 3299-3301, 3303). CHATHAM Is~.: Wreck Bay, occasional in moist shady places on the lower parts in January (no. 3302). Duncan Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Isui.: a few specimens were seen in a flat area in the interior of the island, which is probably the mud lake from which Snodgrass and Heller obtained their specimens. Further distr. S. Am.

L. rosmarinifolia Anderss. (1), 198, (2), 80; Rob. (1), 196. —Apincpon Ist.: occasional bushes at 650 ft., common at 1300-1550 ft., (no. 3304). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, occasional bushes near the shore (no. 3306); Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, bushes 5-6 ft. high on the sides of the mountain to 4000 ft. (no. 3307); Villamil, occa- sional bushes on lava beds near sea level (no. 3308). The specimens from this place have the leaves slightly toothed, while those from Tagus Cove have this character very strongly marked. Also noted by Robinson, 1. c. James IsL.: (no.

134 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

3309). NArsBorouGH IsL.: north side, occasional bushes on lava beds (no. 3310). Endemic.

L. salicifolia Anderss. (1), 198, (2), 80; Rob. (1), 196.— CHARLES IsL.: Andersson. Endemic.

Priva Adans

P. lappulacea (L.) Pers. Syn. Pl. II. 139 (1807). Verbena lappulacea L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 28, (1762). P. echinata Juss. Ann. Mus. Par. VII. 69 (1806).—CuHartes IsL.: occasional in shady places around 1000 ft. (no. 3312). Further distr. S. US. Mex. Wo ladys Am

Stachytarpheta Vahl

S. dichotoma (Ruiz & Pavon) Vahl, Enum. I. 207 (1804). Verbena dichotoma Ruiz & Pavon, FI. Per. I. 23, t. 34, fig. b (1798). S. dichotoma Vahl, 1. c.; Rob. (1), 196.—CHarLes Ist.: common, 1000-1200 ft., occasional at 1300 ft. This plant grows very abundantly on the southeast slopes of the large craters in the interior of the island, and in such places it forms the bulk of the vegetation, (nos. 3313-3314). Further eilsieyisy Un Si. Mig WS Jiaels Ss rstnes

Verbena L.

V. carolina L. Syst. ed. 10, 852 (1760); Rob. (1), 196.— James Ist.: Darwin. Further distr. U. S., Mex., S. Am.

V. grisea Rob. & Greenm. (1), 142, 147; Rob. (1), 197.— Duncan IsL.: rare around 1250 ft. (nos. 3315-3316). En- demic.

V. litoralis HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. II. 276, t. 137 (1817) ; Rob. (1), 197.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, common at 2000 ft. (no. 3318) ; Tagus Cove, common on lava beds at 300 ft. (no. 3320); Villamil, common, 600-1400 ft., and on the floor of the crater at 2750 ft. (no. 3317). CwHartes IsL.: common in wet soil near a spring at 1000 ft. (nos. 3321-3322). CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant in open country around 200 tt, (m0 33245) Purther distr Ss: Wl Se Miex |S sounar

V. officinalis L. Sp. Pl. 20 (1753); Rob. (1), 197.—JameEs Ist.: Darwin. Widely distributed in tropical regions.

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS: ISLANDS 135

LABIATAE Hyptis Jacq.

H. capitata Jacq. Ic. Pl. Rar. I. t. 114 (1781-1786), Col. Bot. I. 102 (1786) ; Rob. (1), 197—Atsemarte Isz.: Villamil, occasional in open places around habitations at 650 ft. (no. 3324). Cuar.es Ist.: Edmonston. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

H. spicata ? Poit. Ann. Mus. Par. VII. 474, t. 28 (1806).— ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, occasional at 1200 ft., common at 2000 ft. Species doubtful, (no. 3326). Further distr. S. UiSe Mex, Wo Inds) S. Am,

H. subverticillata Anderss. (1), 197, (2), 80; Rob. (1), 197. ALBEMARLE Isi.: Cowley Bay, Andersson; Tagus Cove, in lava crevices around 2100 ft. (no. 3325). INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Baur. James Ist.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. NasrorouGH Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

Salvia L.

S. occidentalis Sw. Prodr. 14 (1788); Rob. (1), 197.— ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, one of the most common herbs to 500 ft. and above (nos. 3327-3330) ; Tagus Cove, common around 1600 ft. (no. 3331); Villamil, common around 650 ft. (no. 3332). CHar es Ist.: occasional at 800 ft., common at 1000-1200 ft., (nos. 3333-3334). CuatTHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional in open woodland at 350 ft. (nos. 3335-3336). James Ist.: James Bay, occasional in woodland at 850 ft., common at 2100 ft., (nos. 3337-3338). Further distr. Mex., Weidnd.yS: Am,

S. prostrata Hook. f. (3), 200; Rob. (1), 198.—CHar.LEs IsL.: occasional in protected places, 1200-1550 ft., (nos. 3339- 3340). James Ist.: Darwin. Endemic.

S. tiliaefolia Vahl, Symb. III. 7 (1794); Rob. (1), 198.— CuHar Es Ist.: Darwin. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Teucrium L.

T. inflatum Sw. Prodr. 88 (1788) ; Rob. (1), 198.—ALBE- MARLE Isx.: Villamil, abundant above 500 ft. (no. 3341).

January 13, 1911.

136 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

CHARLES IsL.: common among rocks at 1450 ft. (nos. 3342- 3343). CHatTHAM IsLt.: Wreck Bay, common in open places at 650 ft. (no. 3344). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Polynesia.

SOLANACEAE Acnistus Schott

A. ellipticus Hook. f. in Miers, Lond. Jour. Bot. IV. 343 (1845); Rob. (1), 198. A. msularis Rob. (1), 198.—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Villamil, bushes and small trees, 1200-1500 ft., and inside of the crater at 2750 ft. Calyx 5-crenate, stigma entire, leaves as described by Hook. f., 1. c., (no. 3347). Cuar Es Isu.: small trees on the steep inner wall of the main crater at 1700 ft. Calyx 5-dentate, stigma obscurely bilobed, leaves mostly ovate and glabrous, although a few are some- what elliptical, (no. 3347). CHatHaAm IsL.: occasional bushes around 2000 ft. Calyx truncate, stigmas bilobed and entire on the same plant, leaves orbicular to obovate, somewhat at- tenuate at base, sparingly pubescent above, tomentose below, (no. 3348). Duncan Isz.: small trees at 1300 ft. Calyx somewhat truncate, obscurely dentate, stigmas entire, leaves orbicular to obovate, mostly glabrous, although some show a slight tomentum on the lower surface around the veins. Both the flowers and leaves are smaller than is usually the case in this species, a fact that may be due to the more xerophytic con- ditions around the top of this island where the specimens were found, (no. 3349). James Ist.: James Bay, small trees above 2200 ft. Calyx 5-crenate, stigmas bilobed and entire on the same plant, leaves agreeing with Hooker’s description, 1. c., (no. 3350). In consideration of the above varied characters which the more abundant material has brought to light, it seems best to combine A. insularis Rob. with A. ellipticus Hook. f. It is another instance of a very variable species, examples of which are common on the Galapagos Islands. It is hardly likely that the above variations are of formal value, as the specimens from Charles Isl. show nearly as much variation from the typical A. ellipticus as do the specimens from other islands. Endemic.

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 137

Brachistus, Miers

B. pubescens, nov. sp.

Fruticosus 2 dm.-1 m. altus, ramis teretibus dichotomis flavo-pubes- centibus; ramulis teretibus divaricatis saepe geniculatis flavo-pubes- centibus; foliis alternis ovatis acuminatis basi cuneatis integris utrinque flavo-pubescentibus petiolatis, laminis 3.2-5 cm. longis, 1.3-2.2 cm. latis; floribus axillaribus solitaribus pedunculatis; calyce pubescenti 5-angu- lato, 2.6 mm. lato; corolla rotata, limbo 5-lobo, lobis acutis margine denticulatis; staminibus limbo inclusis; stylo incrasato stigmate capi- tato integerrimo; bacca orbiculari compressa viridi 6-seminata, semini- bus flavo-bruneis.

ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, bushes in woodland, 450-600 ft., (nos. 3351-3352). James Is_.: James Bay, occasional bushes above 1600 ft. (no. 3353). This species resembles B. Pringle Watson in many respects, differing principally in the presence of a yellow tomentum on both branches and leaves, and in the absence of the linear tooth at each angle of the calyx. Plate III, figs. 6-8. Endemic.

Cacabus Bernh.

C. Hookeri (Anderss.) n. comb. Thinogeton Hookeri An- derss. (1), 217; Rob. (1), 201.—INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north- west side, Andersson. Endemic.

C. Miersii (Hook. f.) Wettst. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflan- zenf. [V. Ab. 3b, 16 (1891). Dictocalyx Miers Hook. f. (3), 203. Thinogeton Miersu Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 2, IV. 359 (1849); Rob. (1), 201.—Axincpon IsL.: occasional among rocks near the shore (no. 3417). ALBEMARLE ISsL.: Black Bight, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, common near the shore (no. 3418) ; Tagus Cove, abundant in tufaceous soil on the tops of the cliffs near the shore (no. 3420) ; Turtle Cove, fairly abundant on lava near the beach (no. 3419) ; Villa- mil, occasional near brackish pools several miles inland (no. 3421). Barrineton Isxt.: Snodgrass and Heller. CHARLES Ist.: Darwin; Andersson. CHATHAM IsL.: Andersson; Snodgrass and Heller. CuLPEPPER Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Ist.) : among rocks just above high tide mark (no. 3422). Hoop Isu.: occasional on sand beaches (no. 3423). NarzporoucH Ist.: Mangrove Point, Snodgrass and Heller; north side, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

138 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Capsicum L.

C. annuum L. Sp. Pl. 188 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 199.—CHarLeEs IsL.: occasional at 450 ft., and on moist rocks at 1000 ft., (nos. 3354-3355). CHATHAM IsL.: Wreck Bay, occasional at 350 ft. (nos. 3356-3357).

Datura L.

D. Tatula L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 256 (1762); Rob. (1), 199.— ALBEMARLE Isx.: Villamil, occasional at sea level, common at 600 ft., (no. 3358). Cartes IsL.: common in the vicinity of former habitations (nos. 3359-3360). Widely distributed.

D. sp.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller.

Lycium L.

L. geniculatum Fernald, ? Proc. Am. Acad. XXXV. 566 (1900). Nyctaginacea? Rob. (1), 143.—Duwncawn Ist.: occa- sional bushes (no. 3362). Hoop Ist.: bushes 4-6 ft. high around 600 ft. (no. 3361). Srymour IsL., NorTH: Snod- grass and Heller. Further distr. Mex.

L. sp. Rob. (1), 199.—Axsinepon Ist.: common bushes, forming thickets 2-3 ft. high near the shore, (no. 3363). AL- BEMARLE Ist.: Turtle Cove, bushes near the shore (no. 3364) ; Villamil, common bushes on lava beds near the shore (no. 3365). CHARLES IsL.: bushes near the shore. DuNCAN ISsL.: occasional bushes at 1000 ft. (no. 3366). GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Ist.): (no. 3367). Hoop Ist.: (no. 3368). Unfor- tunately all of the above specimens are sterile and indetermin- ate as to species.

Lycopersicum Hill.

L. esculentum Mill. var. minor Hook. f. (3), 202; Rob. (1), 199. Asincpon Ist.: common, 700-1600 ft., (no. 3369). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, occasional at 2100 ft. (no. 3371); Christopher Point, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, common near sea level (no. 3372). CHaTHAM Ist.: Sappho Cove, occasional on recent lava (no. 3374). GarpNeER Ist. (near Hoop Isz.): (no. 3373). Hoop Ist.: Baur; Snodgrass and Heller. INDE- FATIGABLE IsL.: north side, common among rocks at 200 ft. (no. 3376) ; southeast side, rare at 550 ft. (no. 3375). JAMES

Vou. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 139

Ist.: James Bay, fairly abundant to 1000 ft. (nos. 337 7-3378). NarsoroucH Ist.: Mangrove Point, Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. S. Am., Polynesia.

L. peruvianum (L.) Mill., var. parviflorum Hook. f. (3), 202; Rob. (1), 199.—Cuatuam Ist.: Darwin. Further distr. Andean S. Am.

L. pimpinellifolium Mill. Dict. ed. 8, no. 4 (1768) ; Rob. (1), 199. ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, abundant on the side of the cliff above the cove (no. 3379); Villamil, common at 650 ft. (no. 3380). Cuarzes Ist.: Andersson. CHATHAM Ist.: north side, Darwin; Andersson. James Iszt.: An- dersson. Further distr. Andean S. Am.

L. sp. Rob. (1), 200—Cuarnam Ist.: Snodgrass and: Heller.

Nicotiana L.

Niglotinosa Sp Pl het) (1753)i.) Rob: \(1)). 200 Cuartes Ist.: Edmonston; Darwin; Andersson. Further distr. Andean S. Am.

N. Tabacum L. Sp. Pl. 180 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 200.—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, (no. 3383); Villamil, common in gardens and escaped from cultivation (no. 3382). CHARLES Ist.: Chierchia. Widely distributed through cultivation.

N. sp. Hook. f. (4), 261; Rob. (1), 200.—Cuartes Ist.: Edmonston.

Physalis L.

P. angulata L. Sp. Pl. 183 (1753); Rob. (1), 200.—AtBE- MARLE IsL.: Villamil, fairly abundant on the lower parts (no. 3384). Car.es IsL.: common in open country, 450-1100 ft., (nos. 3385-3386). CHatHam Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Widely distributed.

P. ixocarpa Brot. in Hornem. Hort. Hafn. Suppl. 26 (1819); Rob. (1), 200.—ALsBemarteE Isx.: Villamil, occa- sional at 550 ft. (no. 3388). Cares Ist.: occasional near the shore (no. 3387). Widely distributed.

P. pubescens 1. Sp: Pl. 183.(1753); Rob.) (1), 200. ArsE- MARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, occasional in woodland at 2100 ft.

140 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

(no. 3395) ; Iguana Cove, occasional in shady places at 300 it. (no. 3392) ; Tagus Cove, in shady places around 900 ft. (nos. 3389, 3393); Villamil, common above 600 ft. (nos. 3390, 3396). BrinpLok Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. CHARLES ISL.: occasional in shady places near the shore (nos. 3397-3398). CuaTtHaAm Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional in shady places at 400 ft. (no. 3399). Duncan Isx.: rare around 1000 ft. (no. 3400). Hoop Ist.: occasional in shady places. INDEFATIGA- BLE IsL.: northwest side, occasional in tufaceous soil near the shore. Dried remains, somewhat doubtful as to species, (no. 3401). James Ist.: James Bay, in shady places near the shore (nos. 3402-3403). NarsporouGH ISL.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

P. sp.—ABINGDON IsL.: dry remains at 500 ft.

Solanum L.

S. Edmonstonei Hook. f. (3), 201; Rob. (1), 201.— CHARLES Ist.: Edmonston. Endemic.

S. nigrum L. Sp. Pl. 186 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 201.—ABiNc- pon Isz.: common in woodland, 1400-1550 ft., (nos. 3405- 3406). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, common, 500-1300 ft., (no. 3409). Cartes IsL.: occasional among rocks at 1550 ft. (no. 3408). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant at 2050 ft. (no. 3407). Duncan Isz.: rare at 1275 ft. (nos. 3410-3411). James Iszt.: Scouler; Darwin; James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Widely distributed.

S. Quitoense Lam. Ill. 16 (1793).—James Iszt.: James Bay, occasional on the southeast side of the main crater at 2800 ft., J. S. Hunter collector, (no. 3412). Possibly an in- troduced species, although there has never been a permanent settlement on this island. Further distr. western S. Am.

S. verbascifolium L. Sp. Pl. 184 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 201.— ALBEMARLE ISuL.: Villamil, common bushes in low moist areas near sea level, small trees in open woodland at 1300 ft., bushes on the rim of the crater at 3150 ft., (nos. 3414-3416). Cuarces Isut.: Andersson. JAMES Ist.: Darwin. NARBOR- oucH Ist.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Widely dis- tributed in tropical regions.

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 14].

Sesperlook. tf) (4) .Zolenobe(Cl)y ZO Cr ARTES. Isr): Edmonston.

Saespatooke a. les Robe (Cl) 20 CrArEEs Ist: \id- monston.

SCROPHULARIACEAE Bacopa Aubl.

B. monniera (L.) Wettst. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. IV. 3b. 77 (1891). Gratiola monniera L. Amoen. Acad. IV. 306 (1759). Monniera calycina (Forsk.) O. Ktze. Rev. Gen. 462 (1891).—ALzBEemar_eE Ist.: Villamil, occasional at 3150 ft. (nos. 3437-3438). CHuatTHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, rare at 1300 ft. (no. 3439). Further distr. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Capraria L.

C. biflora L. var. pilosa Griseb. Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 427 (1861); Rob. (1), 202—Cuartes Is~.: common bushes, 6-18 inches high, throughout the open brushy country, 450- 1750 ft., (nos. 3425-3427). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in sandy soil near the shore (nos. 3424, 3428). Fur- thet isthe SW) Sy Miex. a VVE Irads Sy Ana:

C. peruviana Benth. in DC. Prodr. X. 430 (1846); Rob. (1), 202.—Cuartes IsL.: common bushes 4-6 ft. high, 450- 1400 ft., (nos. 3429-3431). Further distr. Ecuador, Peru.

Galvezia Domb.

G. fruticosa Domb. Gmel. Syst. 937 (1791).—Jervis Ist.: occasional near the shore and from 500-950 ft. (nos. 3440- 3442). No flowering specimens were secured, so that the Species is somewhat doubtful. Further distr. Peru.

Scoparia L.

Sydulcisn lag Sp eer Mon @h753)))) obi Gh). 202 = — ABE MARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, occasional bushes at 1800 ft. (no. 3432). CHARLES Is~.: low bushes common in open country above 1000 ft. (nos. 3433-3434). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck

142 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER.

Bay, abundant in shady woodland at 250 ft. (no. 3435). James Ist.: James Bay, low bushes in woodland around 2500 ft. (no. 3436). Further distr. tropical and _ subtropical America.

BIGNONIACEAE? Tecoma Juss.?

T. sp.? Caruel (1), 622; Rob. (1), 202.—CuHatuHam Ist: Chierchia.

ACANTHACEAE Dicliptera Juss.

D. peruviana (Lam.) Juss. Ann. Mus. Par. IX. 268 (1806). Justicia peruviana Lam. Dict. I. 633 (1783). D. peruviana Juss. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 203.—James Ist.: James Bay, common in shady places at 850 ft. (nos. 3443-3444). Further distr. W. S. Am.

Justicia L.

J. galapagana Lindau, in Rob. (1), 203.—Asinepon IsL.: common, 550-1450 ft., (nos. 3445-3447). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, common above 500 ft. (no. 3448); Villamil, occasional in woodland, 400-1300 ft., (nos. 3449-3452). In- DEFATIGABLE Is~.: Academy Bay, common in woodland, 350- 500 ft., (nos. 3454-3455). James Ist.: James Bay, occa- sional, 350-2850 ft., (nos. 3458-3460). Endemic.

Ruellia Plum.

R. paniculata L. Sp. Pl. 635 (1753)—CuarHam Is..: Basso Point, occasional at 750 ft. (no. 3461). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Tetramerium Nees

T. hispidum Nees in DC. Prodr. XI. 468 (1847) ; Rob. Cie 204.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, common around 2000 ft. (no. 3462) ; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, a few specimens on the side of the cliff above the cove (no. 3464). Cartes IsL.: common in flat country near Post Office Bay at 200 ft., and in crevices of the lava at 650 ft., (nos. 3465-3466). CHatTHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in open sunny places around 200 ft. (nos. 3467-3468). INDE-

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 143

FATIGABLE Is_.: Academy Bay, occasional on the lower parts (no. 3469); north side, common above 200 ft. (no. 3470). James Ist.: James Bay, fairly common at 1300 ft. (no. 3472) ; north side, common on lava beds on the lower parts (no. 3471). Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., S. Am.

PLANTAGINACEAE Plantago L.

P. major L. Sp. Pl. 112 (1753); Rob. (1), 204.—ALBE- MARLE Isxt.: Villamil, common in swamps near the shore (no. 3473). CHaRLES IsL.: occasional at 1500 ft. (no. 3474). CHaTHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant, 800-1800 ft., (no. 3475). Widely distributed.

P. tomentosa var. (?) pumila Hook. f. (3), 194; Rob. (1), 204.—JameEs Ist.: Darwin. Identity doubtful, according to Rob. 1. c.

RUBIACEAE

Borreria Meyer

Tardavel Adans. Fam. II. 145 (1763), and Chenocarpus Neck, Elem. I. 202 (1790) are doubtful synonyms of this genus.

B. basalis Anderss. (1), 191, (2), 76, t. 8, f. 4; Rob. (1), 204.—CuHaATHAM Ist.: Andersson. Endemic.

B. Baurii Rob. & Greenm. (1), 140, 146; Rob. (1), 204.— CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, Baur. Endemic.

B. dispersa Hook. f. (3), 217; Rok. (1), 204.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, a few specimens were found in the open vegetation at 150 ft. (no. 3476); Tagus Cove, occasional on hill-sides in tufaceous soil at 400 ft. (no. 3477). CHARLES Ist.: Darwin; Baur. CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, Baur. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side, Andersson. JAMES ISL.: Darwin. Endemic.

B. divaricata’ Elook:/f. (3), 219; Rob (1), ate —CHARLES Ist.: Darwin; Baur. Endemic.

B. ericaefolia Hook. f. (3), 218; Rob. (1), 205.—AxBINnGpDoNn IsL.: common bushes near the shore, occasional at 1100 ft.,

144 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Serr.

(nos. 3478-3479). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, low bushes in pumice soil at 300 ft. (no. 3480) ; Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, low bushes, fairly common, 300-4000 ft., (nos. 3482-3483) ; Villamil, low bushes on lava near the coast (no. 3481). CHARLES Ist.: Baur. CHATHAM IsL.: Sappho Cove, occa- sional bushes on lava (no. 3484). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: south- east side, low bushes at 600 ft. (no. 3486). JAmes Ist.: James Bay, bushes 1-3 ft. high, abundant on recent lava flows, (no. 3487). Jervis IsL.: occasional bushes at 1050 ft. (no. 3488). NARBOROUGH IsL.: north side, occasional bushes on lava beds (no. 3489); Mangrove Point, Snodgrass and Heller. En- demic.

B. falcifolia Hook. f. (3), 219; Rob. (1), 205.—ALBE- MARLE IsL.: Macrae ? acc. to Hook. f., 1.c. Endemic.

B. galapageia Rob. & Greenm. (1), 140, 146; Rob. (1), 205.—Duncan IsL.: occasional among rocks at 1250 ft. (no. 3490). Endemic.

B. linearifolia Hook. f. (3), 217; Rob. (1), 205.—JAameEs Ist.: Darwin. Endemic.

B_ovalis) Anderss) (1,192) (2.76, tS; 1) 3; Rob. Ch): 205.—Cuar es Isu.: bushes among rocks near the shore (nos. 3491-3492). Endemic.

Forma abingdonensis Rob. (1), 205.—Axsinepon ISL.: Baur. Endemic.

B. pacifica Rob. & Greenm. (1), 140, 146; Rob. (1), 205.— INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Academy Bay, common bushes near the shore (no. 3493) ; northwest side, Baur. Endemic.

B. parvifolia Hook. f. (3), 218; Rob. (1), 205.—ALBE- MARLE Isu.: Macrae. Endemic. “A pubescent form of B. ericaefolia?”’ acc. to Rob. (1), 205.

B. perpusilla Hook. f. (3), 218; Rob. (1), 206.—JAmEs Ist.: Darwin. Endemic.

B. rotundifolia Anderss. (2), 77; Rob. (1), 206.—INDE- FATIGABLE Isu.: northwest side. Andersson. Endemic.

B. suberecta Hook. f. (3), 217; Rob. (1), 206.—ALBE- MARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, fairly abundant among rocks on

Voz. IJ STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 145

the sides of the cliffs above the cove (nos. 3494-3495) ; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, on lava beds near the coast (no. 3496). BarrincTon Ist.: Baur. Identity doubt- ful acc. to Rob. l.c. Endemic.

B. sp. Rob. (1), 206.—Cuatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, Snod- grass and Heller. It is likely that some of the above species, which have not been found by more recent collectors, will prove to be synonyms of B. ericaefolia or some of the other more common species.

Chiococca P. Br.

C. alba (L.) Hitchc. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. IV. 94 (1893). Lonicera alba L. Sp. Pl. 175 (1753). C. racemosa L. Syst. ed. 10, 917 (1760); Rob. (1), 206.—Asincpon IsL.: common bushes above 450 ft. (nos. 3497-3498). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Iguana Cove, (no. 3499) ; Villamil, occasional bushes on the lower parts (no. 3501). BiInpDLOoE IsL.: Snodgrass and Heller. CHAR Es ISL.: occasional bushes at 600 ft. (no. 3502). CHatTHAm IsL.: Wreck Bay, common bushes to 500 ft. (no. 3503). DuNcAN Isz.: low bushes at 1275 ft. (no. 3504). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, bushes and small trees on the lower parts (no. 3505) ; southeast side, common bushes to 600 ft. (no. 3506). James IsL.: James Bay, occasional bushes on the lower parts, small trees and bushes at 2150 ft., (nos. 3507-3509). Nar- BOROUGH IsL.: north side, occasional bushes on lava (no. 3510). Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Coffea L.

C. arabica L. Sp. Pl. 172 (1753).—Cuatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, in cultivated ground and escaped from cultivation (no. 3511). Coffee is exported from this island to Guayaquil, Ecua- dor. Widely distributed through cultivation.

Diodia L.

D. Radula (Roem. & Sch.) Cham. & Schlecht. Linnaea ITI. 342 (1828). Spermacoce Radula Roem. & Sch. Syst. II. 531 (1818). D. Radula Cham. & Schlecht. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 206.— ALBEMARLE Iszt.: Villamil, on the rim of the crater at 3150 ft. (no. 3512). Cartes Isu.: fairly abundant at 1250 ft.

146 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

(no. 3513). CuatHam Ist.: common, 900-1000 ft., (no. 3514). James Ist.: James Bay, common in moist woodland at 2100 ft. (no. 3515). Further distr. Brazil.

Psychotria L.

P. angustata Anderss. (1), 193, (2), 78, t. 9, £. 1; Rob. (1), 207.—CuHartes Isut.: Darwin. Endemic.

P. rufipes Hook. f. (3), 220; Rob. (1), 207,—AxBinepoNn IsL.: common bushes around 1500 ft. (no. 3517). ALBE- MARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, common bushes in woodland around 500 ft. CHartes Ist.: occasional bushes in woodland around 1000 ft. CHatTHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional bushes in woodland, 300-700 ft. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, bushes 5-6 ft. high above 400 ft., one of the most common bushes in the open areas around 550 ft.; northwest side, occasional bushes at 450 ft., abundant above 700 ft. James Ist.: James Bay, occasional low bushes at 900 ft., more or less abundant in woodland above this elevation, forming dense thickets around the top of the mountain at 2800 ft., (no. 3523). Endemic.

Relbunium Endl.

R. hypocarpium (L.) Hemsl.? Biolog. Cent.-Am. Bot. II. 63 (1881-1882). Valantia hypocarpia L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 149 (1763).—Cuartes Ist.: rare at 1300 ft. (no. 3524). The specimen is sterile but agrees closely in other respects with specimens of this species in the Gray Herbarium. It is possi- ble that this may be the Rubia sp. which was collected on Charles Isl. by Darwin and was mentioned by Hooker f. (3), 216. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Spermacoce L.

S. tenuior L. Sp. Pl. 102 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 207—CuatH- AM IsL.: Baur. JAMES Is~.: Darwin. Further distr. S. U.S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

CUCURBITACEAE Citrullus Neck.

C. vulgaris Schrad. ex Eckl. & Zeyh. Enum. 279 (1836) ; Rob. (1), 207.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Turtle Cove, near the

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 147

shore; Villamil, in gardens. CHartes Ist.: Andersson. Widely distributed through cultivation.

Cucurbita L.

C: Pepo L. Sp. Pl. 1010 (1753); Rob. (1), 207.—Arse- MARLE Isx.: Villamil, in gardens. CHarwes Isx.: in culti- vated ground, upper region, acc. to Andersson. Widely dis- tributed.

Elaterium Jacq.

E. cordatum Hook. f. (3), 224; Rob. (1), 208.—AsinGpon IsL.: common in woodland, 600-1600 ft., (no. 3535). ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, occasional, 500-1500 ft. CHatrHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant at 2050 ft. (no. 3536). James Ist.: Darwin. Endemic.

Momordica L.

M. Charantia L. Sp. Pl. 1009 (1753); Rob. (1), 208.— ALBEMARLE Isu.: Villamil, Baur. Widely distributed in trop- ics.

Sicyos L.

S. villosus Hook. f. (3), 223; Rob. (1), 208.—CHaRLEs

Iszt.: Darwin. Endemic.

CAMPANULACEAE Lobelia L.

L. Cliffortiana L. Sp. Pl. 931 (1753). L. xalapensis HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. III. 315 (1818); Rob. (1), 208—ALBE- MARLE Isu.: Villamil, rare at 3150 ft. (no. 3537). CHARLES Isx.: occasional in moist soil at 1000 ft. (no. 3538). JAMES Ist.: according to Hook. f. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

GOODENIACEAE Scaevola L.

S. Plumieri (L.) Vahl, Symb. II. 36 (1791). Lobelia Plu- miert L. Sp. Pl. 929 (1753). S. Lobelia Murr. Syst. ed. 13, 178 (1774) ; Rob. (1), 208.—ALBEMaRLE IsL.: Villamil, low bushes on sand beaches (no. 3539). CHAR Es IsL.: occasional bushes on the beach at Cormorant Bay (no. 3540). CHATHAM

148 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Ist.: Basso Point, fruiting in February. INDEFATIGABLE ISsL.: southeast side, bushes on the beach. Widely distributed in warm countries.

COMPOSITAE Acanthospermum Schrank.

_ A. lecocarpoides Rob. & Greenm. (1), 141, 146; Rob. (1), 208.—CHaATHAM Ist.: Sappho Cove, common bushes 3-4 ft. high in woodland at 800 ft. Except for the presence of spines on the achenes the specimens from this island are more like Lecocarpus foliosus than an Acanthospermum, (no. 700). GARDNER IsL. (near Hoop Ist.) : common bushes 2 ft. high. Some of the specimens from this island have some of the leaves deeply cut, as do the specimens from Chatham Isl., while others have them shallowly pinnatifid, as described by Rob. & Greenm., 1. c., from specimens taken on the adjacent Hood Island, (no. 701). Hoop Ist.: Baur; Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

A. microcarpum Rob. (1), 208.—Cuar_es Isu.: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

Ageratum L.

A. conyzoides L. Sp. Pl. 839 (1753). A. latifoliwm Hemsl. Biolog. Cent.-Am. Bot. II. 82 (1881) ; Rob. (1), 209.—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Villamil, common at 1800 ft. and on the south- east rim of the crater at 3150 ft. (no. 702). Cartes IsL.: occasional, 1250-1550 ft., (nos. 703-705). CuHatTHAm IsL.:

Wreck Bay, fairly abundant in the open grassy country around 1700 ft. (no. 706). Further distr. Costa Rica.

Ambrosia L.

A. artemisiaefolia L. Sp. Pl. 988 (1753).—Cuartzs IsL.: abundant in a restricted area in the open bushy country at 1000 ft. (no. 708). Widely distributed.

Aplopappus Cass. A. lanatus Hook. f. (3), 215; Rob. (1), 209.—GaLapacos Ips.: Du Petit-Thouars. Endemic.

Baccharis L.

B. pilularis DC. Prodr. V. 407 (1836) ; Rob. (1), 209.— Cuartes Ist.: Edmonston. Further distr. Pacific Coast of Wes.

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 149

B. Pingraea DC. var. angustissima DC. Prodr. V. 420 (1836) ; Rob. (1), 209.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, bushes 2-3 ft. high around 1050 ft. (no. 709) ; Villamil, occa- sional bushes at 250 ft. (no. 710). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, low bushes at 600 ft. The specimen is sterile and doubtful as to species, (no. 710). Further distr. coast of Chili, according to Rob. 1. .

Bo Stecezuinderss (ln 1774 (2). G82 Roby (i), 2097 Cuarwes Ist.: bushes 5-8 ft. high, 1000-1200 ft., (nos. 711- 712). Cuatuam Ist.: Basso Point, low bushes around 800 ft (Ci, 71S). aracleimente,

B. sp—James Isi.: James Bay, bushes 7 ft. high. Sterile and doubtful, (no. 714).

Bidens L.

B. chilensis DC. Prodr. V. 603 (1836); Rob. (1), 210.— ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, occasional near the shore (no. 715); Tagus Cove, abundant in thickets at 4000 it. (HO, 710). Further distr. Chili.

B. pilosa L. Sp. Pl. 832 (1753); Rob. (1), 210.—ALBE- MARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, Andersson; Villamil, above SIG) tk (no. 717). Cuartes Ist.: occasional, 1000-1400 ft., (nos. 718-720). CuatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional at 1000 ft. (no. 721). Widely distributed in tropical regions.

B. refracta Brandegee, Zoe, I. 310 (1890) ; Rob. (1), 210.— ALBEMARLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, abundant in open places at 200 ft. (no. 743); Tagus Cove, common on the lower parts (no. 742). Cares Ist.: common on the lower parts (no. 744). CuatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant in open wood- land at 1000 ft. (no. 745). Hoop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. James Ist.: James Bay, common on the lower parts of the island (no. 746). NarsoroucH Isi.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex.

Blainvillea Cass.

B. dichotoma (Murr.) Cass. acc. to Hemsl. Biolog. Cent.- Am. Bot. IV. 112 (1886-1888). Verbesina dichotoma Murr. Comm. Goett. II. 15, t. 4 (1779). B. rhomboidea Cass. Dict. XXIX. 493 (1823); Rob. (1), 210.—Asinepon IsL.: com-

150 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER.

mon on the lower parts (no. 747). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, common in woodland (no. 748) ; Tagus Cove, common on the lower parts, rare at 3500 ft., (no. 749). BarrINGTON Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Cuar es Is~.: common in open bushy country, 450-1000 ft., (nos. 751-752). CHatuHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant at 250 ft. (no. 753). Duncan Ist.: Baur. Hoop Ist.: (no. 754). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, Snodgrass and Heller; .northwest side, Andersson. James Ist.: James Bay, abundant near the shore (no. 755). NaRBOROUGH IsL.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Sry- MOUR IsL., NORTH: Snodgrass and Heller. The fact that this plant occurs on such a remote and unfrequented island as Abingdon would seem to show that it was not a recent intro- duction as suggested by Rob. |. c. Widely distributed in trop- ical regions.

B. tenuicaulis Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. II. 370 (1873- 1876) ; Rob. (1), 211.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Macrae. CHARLES Ist.: Edmonston. Identity doubtful according to Rob. 1. c. Endemic.

Brickellia Ell.

B. diffusa (Vahl.) A. Gray, Pl. Wright. I. 86 (1852). Eupatorium diffusum Vahl, Symb. III. 94 (1794). B. diffusa Gray, I. c.; Rob. (1), 211.—ALBEemar_eE IsL.: Iguana Cove, common near the shore (nos. 757-758) ; Tagus Cove, common to 1800 ft. (no. 756). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am:

Chrysanthellum Rich.

C. erectum Anderss. (1), 188, (2), 74; Rob. (1), 211.— © CuHaTHAM Isi.: A. Agassiz; Snodgrass and Heller. INDE- FATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side, Andersson. NARBOROUGH Ist.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

C. pusillum Hook. f. (3), 214; Rob. (1), 211.—ALBE- MARLE Isut.: Darwin. CHARLES IsL.: common, 700-1000 ft., occasional, 1700 ft., (nos. 759-760). CHatHAm Ist.: Wreck Bay, occasional in dry sandy soil near the shore (no. 761). Endemic.

Eclipta L.

BE, erecta’ /42)/(Mant.) Vie) 280177) Robe KO), 2a Cuartes Isxt.: occasional on moist shady rocks at 1000 ft.

Vor. 1] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 151

(no. 764). CuatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in open grassy country above 800 ft. (nos. 762-763). Hoop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Widely distributed.

Elvira Cass.

E. inelegans (Hook. f.) Rob. (1), 212. Desmocephalum melegans Hook. f. (3), 209.—Cuartes Ist.: Darwin. En- demic.

E. repens (Hook. f.) Rob. (1), 212. Microcoecia repens Hook. f. (3), 209.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, Snod- grass and Heller. James Ist.: Darwin. Endemic.

Encelia Adans.

E. hispida Anderss. (1), 186, (2), 73; Rob. (1), 212.— BARRINGTON IsL.: common bushes, 2-3 ft. high, (no. 722). CHARLES Is~.: Andersson. CHATHAM IsL.: north side, An- dersson. Endemic.

Erigeron L.

E. lancifolius Hook. f. (3), 208; Rob. (1), 212—ALBE- MARLE IsL.: Christopher Point, Snodgrass and Heller; Eliz- abeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, spreading bushes 3-4 ft. high, abundant on lava beds and tufa deposits above 500 ft., (no. 723). NarsoroucuH Isz.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. The involucral bracts of this species vary from glabrous to pilose. Endemic.

Var. glabriusculus var. nov.

Foliis lanceolatis, sparsa glabriusculus subtus tomentosis, margini- bus recurvis, remotis denticulatis.

ALBEMARLE Isx.: Villamil, bushes 3-4 ft. high on the rim of the crater at 3150 ft. (no. 724). Endemic.

E. linifolius Willd. Sp. III. 1955 (1804) ; Rob. (1), 212.— ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, occasional in open grassy country above 1800 ft. (no. 725). CHartes IsL.: common in open places at 1250 ft., occasional at 1650 ft., (nos. 726-727). CHaTHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, common in grassy country around 1400 ft. (no. 728). Widely distributed in warm coun- tries.

January 13, 1911.

152 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

E. tenuifolius Hook. f. (3), 207; Rob. (1), 212.—ABING- DON Ist.: common bushes 3-4 ft. high, 600-1650 ft., (nos. 729-730). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, low bushes on pumice soil, 600-2000 ft., (no. 731); Elizabeth Bay, Snod- grass and Heller; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villa- mil, common bushes on lava beds and in woodland below 550 ft. (no. 732). CHARLES IsL.: common bushes, 800-1400 it., one of the commonest bushes in the wooded area around 1000 ft., (nos. 733-734). Duncan IsL.: common bushes around 1000 ft. The specimen has short linear leaves and differs considerably in appearance from the specimen collected on this island by Baur, (no. 735). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north- west side, rare in woodland at 850 ft. (no. 738) ; southeast side, bushes 6-8 ft. high in woodland, 450-650 ft., (nos. 736- 737). JAMES IsL.: James Bay, common bushes on the edges of lava fields around 450 ft. The specimen from this place has the bracts of the involucre slightly tomentose, (no. 739). This species shows a considerable variation in the length and pubes- cence of the leaves, in some instances on specimens from the same island, but the floral characters are fairly constant throughout. Endemic.

Variety tomentosus nov. var.

Foliis angusté acuminatis, marginibus recurvis supra subglaber- rimis vel pilosis subtus tomentosis, 2.5-7.5 cm. longis, 1 mm. latis; involucris squamis oblongis vel linearibus exterioribus tomentosis.

James Ist.: James Bay, bushes 4-7 ft. high above 900 ft. One of the commonest bushes in the forests of Scalesia pedun- culata on the upper parts of the island, (nos. 740-741). En- demic.

Eupatorium L.

E. filicaule Sch. Bip. in Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. XXI. 384 (1886); Rob. (1), 213——ALBEmarRLE Ist.: Cowley Bay, common bushes at 2000 ft. (no. 630); Iguana Cove, Snod- grass and Heller. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, abundant in a dense growth of vines and bushes, 450-650 ft., (nos. 626-629). Further distr. Mex., W. S. Am.

E. ? sp. Hook. f. (4), 261; Rob. (1), 213—Cuartes IsL.: Edmonston. Endemic.

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 153

E, sp.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, bushes to 400 ft. The specimen is too immature for accurate determination, but it differs from E. filicaule in the looser inflorescence, the longer and stiffer panicles, and in the more filiform involucral bracts,

(no. 631).

Flaveria Juss.

F. bidentis (L.) O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. III. pt. 2, 148 (1893). Ethulia bidentis L. Mant. I. 110 (1767). Milleria Contra- vera Gavalicw Pl ti (1/91). ie. Contrayerba Pers. Syn. II. 489 (1807); Rob. (1), 213.—Cuartes Ist.: Andersson. Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., S. Am.

Gnaphalium L.

G. luteo-album L. Sp. Pl. 851 (1753).—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Villamil, forming large patches on the floor of the crater at 2750 ft. and on the southeast rim of the crater at 3150 ft. The specimens from the floor of the crater have the leaves smaller and more closely arranged and the tomentum more copious than do ‘the specimens from the rim, a fact which may be due to the more xerophytic conditions inside of the crater, (nos. 632- 633). Widely distributed in warm countries.

Hemizonia DC.

H. squalida Hook. f. (3), 208; Rob. (1), 213.—GaLapacos Ips.: Du Petit-Thouars. Endemic.

Jaegeria HBK.

J. gracilis Hook. i. (3), 213; Rob. (1), 213.—CHARLES Ist.: Darwin. Endemic. Rob. |. c. suggests that this can hardly be a Jaegeria.

J. hirta (Lag.) Lees. Syn. Gen. Comp. 223 (1832). Acmella hirta Lag. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 31 (1815).—ALBEMARLE ISL.: Tagus Cove, abundant at 4000 ft. (no. 635); Villamil, com- mon in grassy country above 1500 it. (no. 634). CHATHAM Ist.: Wreck Bay, abundant in moist places, LAOO=Z050! sit:; (nos. 636-637). Further distr. Mex., 5. Am.

J. prorepens Hook. f. (3), 214; Rob. (1), 213.—JaMEs Ist.: Darwin. Endemic.

154 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SEr.

Lecocarpus Decaisne

L. pinnatifidus Decaisne, Bot. Voy. Venus, Atlas t. 14 (1846). JL. foliosus Decaisne, op. c., text, 20 (1864) ; Rob. (1), 213.—Cuartes Ist.: low bushes, abundant in open places among lava boulders near the shore and up to 700 ft. (nos. 638-639). CHaTHAM IsL.: Darwim. Endemic.

Lipochaeta DC.

L. laricifolia (Hook. f,)) Gray, Proc: Am. Acad: VY. 131 (1862). Macraea laricifolia Hook. f. (3), 210. L. laricifolia Gray, 1. c.; Rob. (1), 214.—Azinepon Ist.: occasional bushes, 700-1000 ft., (no. 640). ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, occasional stunted bushes in the vicinity of the shore, bushes 3-4 ft. high, 300-2000 ft.; Tagus Cove, common bushes on tufaceous soil near the shore and on the sides of the mountain. Above 2500 ft. it is by far the most predominant species, (no. 642); Villamil, occasional bushes, 75-600 ft., (no. 641). Cuarwes Isi.: occasional clumps of bushes near the shore, abundant in scattering bunches, 450-1000 ft., and forming dense thickets of bushes 6-8 ft. high, 1000-1450 ft., except on the windward sides of the craters, where it does not occur above 1200 ft., (no. 643). CHatHam Ist.: Basso Point, bushes at 800 ft.; Wreck Bay, common bushes at 450 ft. (no. 644). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, common bushes at 600 ft. James Ist.: James Bay, bushes 6-8 ft. high on the edges of recent lava flows at 850 ft. (no. 645) ; northeast side, abundant above 225 ft. NArsorouGH Isz.: south side, Snod- grass and Heller. Endemic. |

Pectis L.

P. Anderssonii Rob. (1), 214. P. limearis Rob. & Greenm. (1), 147, not La Llave. Lorentia linearis Anderss. (1), 174, (2), 66.—INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side, abundant in dry open areas below 300 ft. (no. 646). Endemic.

P. Hookeri Rob. (1), 214. Lorentia gracilis Hook. f. (3), 206.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Tagus Cove, fairly abundant on the tops of tufa cliffs (no. 648). Barrineton Isu.: Baur; Snod- grass and Heller. CHar wes IsL.: in crevices of the lava near the shore (no. 647). Hoop Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller.

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 155

James Ist.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. JERvis iss: Baur. NarporouGuH Ist.: north side, occasional on lava beds (no. 649). Seymour Ist., sour: Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

P. linifolia L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1221 (1760); Rob. (1), 215.—Cuatuam Ist.: north side, Andersson. INDEFATIGA- BLE IsL.: northwest side, Andersson. SEYMOUR ISL., SOUTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., N. S. Am,

P. subsquarrosa (Hook. f.) Sch. Bip. in Seem. Bot. Herald, 309 (1852-1857). Lorentia subsquarrosa Hook. f. (3), 206. P. squarrosa Sch. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 215.—Garapacos Ips.: Habel. Cuatuam Ist.: north side, Darwin. Endemic.

P. tenuifolia (DC.) Sch. Bip. in Seem. Bot. Herald, 309 (1852-1857). Lorentia tenuifolia DC. Prodr. V. 103 (1836). P. tenuifolia Sch. 1. c.; Rob. (1), 215.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Black Bight, Snodgrass and Heller; Cowley Bay, common in pumice soil on the lower parts (no. 651); Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, common on the tufa hills around the cove (no. 650) ; Villamil, common in lava crevices near the coast (no. 652). CHarves Isx.: Andersson; Snod- grass and Heller. CuatuHam Ist.: Basso Point, occasional in lava crevices (no. 653) ; Wreck Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, in lava crevices near the beach (no. 654). NarzoroucuH Ist.: (no. 655). SEYMOUR Ist., NoRTH: Snodgrass and Heller. Further distr. shores of Peru ? according to Robinson. 1. c.

Porophyllum Vaill.

P. ruderale (Jacq.) Cass. Dict. XLITI. 56 (1826). Kleima ruderalis Jacq. Enum. 28 (1762). P. ellipticum Cass. 1. ¢.; Rob. (1), 215.—Asinepon Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. AtL- BEMARLE IsL.: Tagus Cove, abundant in tufaceous soil on the lower parts (no. 656). CHARLES IsL.: rare among rocks near the shore (no. 658). CuHatHam Ist.: Basso Point, occa- sional on recent lava (no. 659). Duncan Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Isu.: Baur; Snodgrass and Heller. INDE- FATIGABLE Ist.: northwest side, common on the lower parts

156 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER.

(no. 660); north side, Snodgrass and Heller. James Ist.: James Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Orchilla Bay, Baur. JERvIs Ist.: Baur. Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Scalesia Arn.

S. affinis Hook. f. (3), 212; Rob. (1), 216.—CuHar zs IsL.: bushes 5-6 ft. high at 550 ft. (no. 661). INDEFATIGABLE ISL. : southeast side, bushes 7-10 ft. high around 600 ft. (no. 662). Endemic.

S. affinis Anderss. (1); 180, (2), 70, t. 7, 1.3; Rob, (1); 216.—INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: north side, low bushes 2-3 ft. high in lava crevices near the coast (no. 665) ; northwest side, low bushes near the shore (no. 664); southeast side, occasional bushes in the vicinity of the shore (no. 663). Endemic.

S. atractyloides Arn. in Lindl. Introd. Nat. Ord. ed. 2, 264, 443 (1836) ; Rob. (1), 216.—James IsL.: James Bay, bushes 5-7 ft. high on the borders of recent lava flows, where it often grows to the exclusion of all other large vegetation, (no. 666) ; northeast side, bushes 4-8 ft. high on lava beds near the coast and above 700 ft. The leaves of the specimens from this local- ity are more scabrous and less pubescent on the lower surface than are the specimens taken in the vicinity of James Bay. The specimens agree with the rather brief description of this species, except that the heads are considerably smaller, (no. 667). Endemic.

S. Baurii Rob. & Greenm. (1), 141, 146; Rob. (1), 216.— Duncan Ist.: abundant bushes on the upper parts of the island (no. 668). Endemic.

Var. (?) glabrata Rob. (1), 216—Duwncan Ist.: Snod- grass and Heller. Endemic.

S. cordata nov. sp.

Arborescens circa 9 m. alta; ramulis teretibus griseis puberulis; foliis ovatis subintegerrimis attenuato-acutissimis penninervis basi cordatis supra hispidis subtus puberulis, lamina 8.8 cm. longa, 4.8 cm. lata; petiolis gracilibus puberulis 4.7 cm. longis; capitulis pluribus gummiferis corymbosis; squamis involucri campanulati angustis lan- ceolatis acutis hispidis; paleis conduplicatis glaberrimis argute 3-den- tatis; acheniis compressis oblongis glaberrimis 3 cm. longis, 1. mm. latis, nigris cum maculatis griseis variegatis 2-dentatis, dentibus sub- equalibus.

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 157

Closely related to S. microcephala Rob., differing in the size and shape of the leaves, the broader involucral bracts, and in the variegated and glabrous achenes. The specimen is too mature to show good floral characters. S. n. sp.? Rob. (1), 220.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, occasional trees at 175 ft., abundant at 250-600 ft., smaller and less abundant at 1300 ft. So far as is known this is the only arborescent species of Scalesia found on this island, (no. 669). Plate IV, figs. 4-6. Endemic.

S. Darwinii Hook. f. (3), 211; Rob. (1), 216.—James Ist. : James Bay, small trees 8-10 ft. high around 1000 ft. Con- cerning this species Hook. f., 1. c., remarks as follows: “Char- acteristic of the vegetation of James Isl., forming woods of straight trees in the alpine or damp region.—Darwin, Ms.” Darwin evidently meant this statement to apply to S. peduncu- lata, as it is the only species of Scalesia that forms trees on this island, (no. 670). Endemic.

S. decurrens Anderss. (1), 182, (2), 71; Rob. (1), 216.— ALBEMARLE Isit.: Baur. CHARLES ISL.: low bushes abundant in barren rocky places in the vicinity of the shore. The low Scalesia bushes figured in Agassiz (1), Pl. XX, belong to this species. Endemic.

Sadivisavanderss.).( 1) 179) (2), 70t: 7a) Rebs iG) 217.—CHATHAM IszL.: Sappho Cove, bushes 2-4 ft. high on lava beds near the coast (no. 672). Endemic.

S. gummifera Hook. f. (3), 212; Rob. (1), 217.—ALBE- MARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, bushes from the vicinity of the shore and to 1200 ft. (no. 673); Elizabeth Bay, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Villamil, bushes 3-6 ft. high in shady places, and on lava beds below 100 ft., (no. 674). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, bushes in woodland below 100 ft., species somewhat in doubt. En- demic.

S. Helleri Rob. (1), 217.—Barrincton Is..: occasional bushes 6-8 ft. high all over the island (no. 675). Endemic.

S. Hopkinsii Rob. (1), 217—Asinepon IsL.: common bushes 6-8 ft. high from the vicinity of the shore to 1500 ft.

158 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

They are much less abundant on the southwest side and do not extend below 500 ft. Specimens from near the shore have smaller and more closely arranged leaves than do the speci- mens from above 1000 ft., (nos. 676-677). Endemic.

S.incisa Hook. f. (3), 210; Rob. (1), 217.—CHaTHam Ist.: Darwin. Endemic.

S. microcephala Rob. (1), 218.—ALBEMARLE IsL.: Cowley Bay, bushes and low trees, 1200-1650 ft., (no. 679); Tagus Cove, common bushes above 1200 ft. (no. 678). NARBor- ouGH IstL.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

S.narbonensis Rob. (1), 218, Pl. 3, figs. 4-7,—Nargor- ouGH IsL.: north side, bushes 2-3 ft. high, abundant on lava beds near the coast, (no. 680); south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Endemic.

S. ovata. Anderss. CH SE (2) 70) Robs Gl jena Cuar.es Ist.: Andersson; Lee. Endemic.

S. pedunculata Hook. f. (3), 211; Rob. (1), 219.—CuHar.LEs Ist.: trees with umbrella-shaped crowns, on exposures of basaltic lava, 1000-1200 ft. The most common forest tree in the upper regions, (no. 681). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, low spreading trees, abundant above 600 ft., (no. 684). In- DEFATIGABLE IsLt.: Academy Bay, forms dense forests of trees 40-60 ft. high, 400 to probably 1500 ft. This species attains its largest size at this place, (nos. 685-686) ; northwest side, trees 20-30 ft. high above 700 ft. (no. 678) ; southeast side, trees 15-20 ft. high above 450 ft. It apparently extends up higher at this place than at Academy Bay, (nos. 689-690). James Ist.: James Bay, trees 25-40 ft. high above 950 ft. (no. 688). This species forms the Scalesia forests, on all the islands where such forests occur, except on Albemarle. Endemic.

S. retroflexa Hemsl. in Hook. f. Ic. Pl. XXVIII. t. 2715 (1901); Rob. (1), 219.—INDEFATIGABLE Ist.: Habel. En- demic.

S. Snodgrassii Rob. (1), 219, Pl. 3, fig. 8—WeEnman Ist.: bushes 2-3 ft. high on sides of cliffs (no. 691). Endemic.

S. villosa nov. sp.

Fruticosa circa 2 m. alta; ramulis teretibus bruneis griseo- punctatis ad apices sericeo-villosis; foliis ad apices ramulorum confertis lanceo- latis integerrimis longe attenuatis basi cuneatis utrinque sericeo-villosis

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 159

sessilibus 9.3 cm. longis, 1.4 cm. latis; capitulis subglobosis multifloris 2.7 cm. latis longe-pedunculatis; pedunculis bruneo-puberulis 6.7 cm. longis; squamis involucri lanceolatis 8 mm. longis sericeo-villosis; paleis conduplicatis carinatis apice puberulis 3-dentatis; acheniis ob- longis compressis glaberrimis bruneo-griseis 4 mm. longis, 2 mm. latis; corollis ignotis.

S. Darwinti Rob. (1), 216, not Hook. f., Type no. 107 Gray Herbarium.—Cuartes Isi.: common bushes in the vicinity of the shore at Cormorant Bay, and in the interior of the island at 550 ft., (no. 692). Plate IV, figs. 1-3. Endemic.

Var. championensis nov. var. Foliis revolutis utrinque sparse villosis 8.3 cm. longis, 1.8 cm. latis.

Cuampion Ist.: J. R. Slevin collector (no. 1025). En- demic.

S. sp.—Culpepper Isl.: bushes, evidently of a species of Scalesia, were noticed on the upper and inaccessible parts of the island. The bushes were of about the same size as those of S. Snodgrassi on Wenman Isl. Endemic.

Sonchus L.

S. oleraceus L. Sp. Pl. 794 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 220.—ALBE- MARLE Iszt.: Iguana Cove, abundant among rocks near the shore (no. 694) ; Tagus Cove, common at 4000 ft. (no. 695) ; Villamil, common at 700 ft., occasional at 1300 ft., (no. 693). CHARLES IsL.: occasional among rocks at 1550 ft. (no. 696). Cuatuam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common, 800-1200 ft., (nos. 697-698). Widely distributed.

Spilanthes L.

S. Acmella Murr. Syst. ed. 13, 610 (1774) ; Rob. (1), 220. —CHARLES Ist.: Edmonston. NARBoRoUGH IsL.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. Widely distributed in tropics.

S. diffusa Hook. f. (3), 214; Rob. (1), 220.—CuHarLEs IsL. : in moist places at 1700 ft. (no. 699). James Isi.: Dar- win. Endemic.

Tagetes L.

T. erecta L. Sp. Pl. 887 (1753) ; Rob. (1), 220.—CuaTHaM Ist.: Chierchia. Widely distributed.

[Proc. 4TH Ser.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

160

SS SS ST ee Se elnelinile Nejlentuiiajia) (ea tieiisiceleliagralce evee *9SUSOIUT} eu uinipidsy

i + ae FSSC ee Bae Ostia OR OLS OLD. G. OO-Od D-OFO> Oke eT [Aydoydoy SE SS es Poo icto-co cna o.0 po G0 ey Aydore yo eUUIeISOUY Be hice | [mes fee femme [ermine fee oy FOC s th coCarts0-t Cote ORC or Deer Out eG 880. 8.0 winyAydes494 a Bed | ee Poe esis [cena e| Pelee) cre Pam aron |r recta Ci re SCLC Os esas ON On t=O) 10-020 ° winjzejorjed Se lboocoudnongogdod0ennoouaoGnDspobes suojed eel (zing | Meee [eocea|(ie| lassen |Soauene| FUetncn sor tr OO Did S00. Or OSTEO IES: 020-0010 wnynared 2» a ae, oon oo ose goo ooo 0-0 oto o o-oo Oo 9 umnyAydosoeur 4 i A, ores lt, Gen OO. Goo-Oed 6 oD O00 O-0 C.D Oun 0 ees WNUPIAO[SUOPT a aaa a yretianlamicins ie elialnntranohtetecebiam@a fete liemmieceaieiier ais wnueyderp Ef ce at al. oe O00 O80s0-0 Dect O60 G0 GO OO D0 0 Os0-0 WwInuUUTIOUOO LS || S06 ooo DDO oin Ono GO Doyo DO WnuUeluOoleLy || DOGO OG OO DOH OD OO O60 40:6 winordoryy<e wnjUeIpy ah weer we reer eee see e ee eee eee ulnoine WNYo4yso1loy SHOITIY SIPEVZIT IRIEL EIEIZIE EES E EERIE IE Blele lela le lel Blea lB lS IS IB IElBie ie leis STAIELEIFIRIEIPIGIEIE/E/ElE Lele la le [Elz p Boia a. yatta ce sy alta Pee pt fs} 4 tye} B o B & 5. m1 5 Eee |e a 2 a | > G) o =

‘puvIS] POOP] Jesu puUL]S] Jouprlen pue pueys]

sojleyO Jesu PURIST Joupresn Ajoatjoodsol oyeusisop ,,PH{ JoUpien,, pue ,YO Joupien,, ‘:suorjelsciqqe sy, “puno} wooed set goueLIM000 JO psooal B yey} — USIs 94} ‘uoNsenb ut pUETS! oy} Wor] peUTUIeXxe UsEeq Sey UouTOEds vB yey} SeyeOIpUT + UsIS oy]

SGNV1IS]T SODVdVIVL) HHL NOUN SALAHdOLVWAddS AGNV SALAH AOdIaAL | 10 NOILNAINLSIGQ: AHL SNIMOHS Wav {

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 161

Vot. I]

ae a eee Ae Tig ees eee eS ealeqyey s110jd01900)

Sep apene eres ooo mu OICo umyepneo “eA + + + + + + Oe Lk rOmO=tnOr OF 08-0 OCR DOO O=DeO BoO- GLOW aTeyuepto00 Ss ee | ee seplouyooyg wnuyoog | aro bow ocere mo ocdr oud0 G0Us wINyUayIOVUL “BA seme eres + + + + CeoEOGOe OnOn0: Or tisOeUrOs0= Oh ODEO Or Ole De §O™e OW COTS DUO) winyzeo[Ns Sm | ja umyesras + + + + AeocueosO" O8OS0sD De OroSuH 0 Os0nO "OU 0mC s00E OF Ue DO OO O°O BITES Sd centers ee Ono 0511.9. 0000.00 umeorqns cll. + G6 6-0 6020/6 -02056-0-050"0 C0. 0,0 O00 0-00-0500 OOO umnyiund AL aE ee ai joo obDodO OU OU ODO OU OG OO G00 00 * wINnsIowWeId Be |e |r| ea le eee umyjAydors Aut i eee ee | es ree unyeynuny ee ee wIn}z] + + + + + + + Boon be De Ol Os -Oapntiatr-O 020-0 Oa0lne mh De OC O50s4) OIE GO “IL OO UInNSOUIOF + + + + + S00 Oe Otis On0n0s 080 pS 0010 90 WO Oe Ort Oren OO winyeyst1o — —|-:-+++umpyoyyey ‘zea umyAydostue wntueldsy slPlS ele lElEVFIZ(2 (FEE lez iz z 2 /E 5p | 3 < e}/oia4a is eee Se Be ee en | Bee IE 5 @ B for || (A ® re | A & 16 aial|e : Ba as eae BP 1B ios |B 18 15 18 le B13 | 8 5 a | & 5148 im | 3 Ria |e] R a 8, P| || © 8 gj e|" |& o = Qs co) . :

panuyuoy)

SANVIS] SODVdVIVL) AHL NOdN SHLAHdOLVWaddS GNV SALA

HdodldadLd Ao NOILNGISMLSIG AHL DNIMOHS ATV LL

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

162

i SO ope las Sa aoe ee a **“SIIaUul] BIUAYOIETD See Sa eee is ae ee | ee | el eer ere en en ee eee es umnyejoned =e STS | oe a oxide He cots yee ols uinsoosnur ulmssojsoyde[q Ba fa | eed eee re (emer | ocel [sSn mch Dio ipeoorsard Ace Oe Ole Oo eed eSOTITA fe at eo a =| fa (ge ae | fe Se i oe in te stdajoyorsy Seal leceeese 6 DATE aO Oo haw epee OG OO Soon ae sIpni Sef ot) SI beatport el een masanesne “eye[NOIYO4 ne eWrelkertoltw tances ere tr nseiNey Tete t wiera ees isweseriosis euoserjojopnosd = 4 | a ase || See cUooncuntesounuuoums ‘++ -eorytsered tee ai |e ar Giobe0 b-G20e0 DRG eU OT Ooene a. pAeamentintas eyeomny S| 660500 POSE RAO ECR CRON OED ao ao snpoAyorsq st1oydoAIq e| x en BT fe | | UGC GIG OO OCI mC ca eyepad aaa Etvred sae Monswretemeneeee esanenecens 27 OTOouGa st1oydoA10q Sal | ey hence aaa oa omega eee pee neater er et ta armani e ihr cicer cn sIpIseay st1ojdoqsf_ SSG aowa06 po UU Oe LmeUT AC ey ep1OoTtUues styJadopo£g ot (CC ey AydorsAur i. 46] Hi ae) stostetnoodnoe7uGade eyjAydororut soyjuepieyD EPR T PEI IEIRUE GT EIRP Ea) CVE ? 6 clei Fie Ppanuiuo’)

SGNVIST SOOVdVIV) HHL: NOdN SALAHdOLVWAddS AGNV SHLAHdOACIWALG AO NOILNAISLSIG: AHL ONIMOHS ATEV

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 163

Vot. IJ

= Sa as | isan amc CO. a OE sopry [Aud SJ \Pocovnapo oD CoD GOD DGGOG OOOO DOS winssnoied

+ aE + aL, + + Caos 2050. 020 OOlO Onn cOeu U ttn 05G-0 0-0-0 0 uinyzeuryood Se (0000-020, 0 20 SU OnE C01 00-0080: DETR OS0-0:0°0-0 UWINIOTIO] bpOODUD OUND oOUOO OOD OOD OCOD Dono AG st1oydoprdoy

+

fe =e a 650 00 0 550 0080-00 070.0 66 0 G0 00 C9050 0 UWINn}e[OIIUPT + +

+++ ++

Silo ofeliorfalietetialvehie iells\wadietenenone winT[ojIjsnsue win tpodsjog S000 OD COON OOOO OG OOO DOD eoinydjns euovl[oyjON e8Gsd 0 0:0-0xru-0=0 0200-0090 0-0 050 010 00,0-0 Gay D eyeutjood

+ ++++4+ ++

CO OUDDD OUD DDD UU OOO OOO OD eqVeIIOsIq sidojoryden = |Posanco0s coop o ooo odo ooo DU OOS suodor stdojodAyy JL Se as eee soyyueAjod

ate CCC CnCNC CCI CnC iC it mCi mnt iaC) winynsIty wny,AydousurA ae ae, ou(ciiel coileiieiieliefiefnelie\-»ireldejeneneuclierir henedsiisaeins eSIOul st1o}dorstyy

ueulue MM Io moutsasg ysnoiogieny a1qesizeyopul "pH Jouprey "YQ Jouprey ioddsdjng meyyeyO, uoysuLeg gjreweq iy sosedryes)

panuyuo) SANVIS] SODVAVIVS) AHL NOdN SALAHAOLVNUAIS INV SALAHAOGIUaLY AO NOILNAMISIG AHL ONIMOHS @1dV

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

164

Se an ee ee asuoj080q wnyosinbg AVAOVLASINO

PR ee TC) ds SLUIATeES

rete | = ete eencuessbnonenadncvn ane eueluyoreo eTjozy AVAOVINIATVS

ia et onehee cr oa conan eyoysn3ue ereyq1A

waned oe ane Ses aeaee ecnome umnyisnd seuewoyory,

dL as EE is a i ae ae Sono oon Ooo DOONn moO ODO DO nS eyeuuid stioyd Ayors SS |e soiree eueisulMNng ‘rea enbutdoid At. pee Oe (eee ere 2 Se equo[nose “eA eul[Inbe sii03g aL COROGUOD Doon DAH OOo oho oOo Heo wintjoyiide ee + ey OUIIOJIVULIpe aL Biuelhenelienie: iv ialiqierielielslelisiislriraiiallalia winyjespnoe winyorysAjog a ale eile bieiie ail olistvaliaista)ualiiel tei slitaiiall oisilalks/'sleaielsialas) stdajouessAyy AL, + dle je + aL ab Ab a5 + + aiaiiteicalits (ee iieitupain=wlaiseluiisiieitaiMelle Melanie alk atiauieltetellarta wn yewenbs ate ab + else] a)(b) (5) ie) ce) ellis) celisiie) (a) alles /islilslis) ee) le clleltalls soptorpodAjod SSA bce | tr |b aman [ise (ma besa) (Sih | [St Srl bas er Foca pet lo Mcll| enpinad| Ketan [MgSO Cia Sethe AO eC Cir Cres OM EROP OT Osa CROCE OTOsG wimnzosoted sielelzleigleleleleleleleleleieleielzle ey) el ee eb yf sh as He tek eh ts per Sk Pe) se PS Se prey | is BIS |/oe}/o]@)/a]e sis 1/8 /e@]S]7]/2 1515 18 | 2 | 9 Ky 24 ct o}/o}8 | PB loal®!/o |;}m }epleiRg 5 a | aa” a ulee 3 | 8 Seles la. eo i fy im} Q 5 is | © a = = a | & panuijuoy)

SGNVIS]T SODVdV1IV*) AHL NOdN SALAHdMOLVWAAdS GNV SHALAHdOCINALd AO NOILNATLSTIqd AHL OINIMOHS ATV [

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 165

Voz. I]

S| Eel eo] fs ee) feces | eee | Fe bo ea| ace Pee | Vlettoers |e) ar bed n-0-0-a o-oo ol esO10n0"0 O.oat=a-O6g. oo tas 040 suodor

+ + + Ce es[nAIp eplysily

ae Steger S| |) fhe Sve vos Sen con otoe eqiporydeumsoy eroydoyjuy 5 | a ee ae terete crear ase oco. elreuere vpydounny

AVANINVU) zl [sk oy no [eer eae Oc 00-05 0 SOIL] “JeA eUlIeUr selen

avaovavlvN + eipaien tal emeles uilelieliel vlherisiiellchlsfiatislielisliatenvisatelle euI}IeUul erddny

++

-- 90000 HFdDoDDOODOooOoOS snyeurjood uoj,osOuILIOg HVAOVNOLHSONVLOdg

eee | ee eee moh ene ee ven o Geos umxoyos a Tel st oeteeveganrenslsesvocewse: wunu0,0u31p Set) 2 ies oer coer wmnyeueydur0s i ee ee wnyeaep wmtpodood7] AVAOVIGOdOOA'T

vem ysnoiogieny 2192313 eJopuy “PH Joupiey “YQ Jeupiey Jeddading meyzey ajlewseq vy sosedeyer

panuyuoy) SANVIS]T SODVdVIV5) AHL NOdN SULAHdOLVWAAdS GNV SALAHAOGIAALG AO NOILNAIYLSIG] AHL DNIMOHS ATV],

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

166

ie ps | aeoms Uperreen| emrn| el reil(om ies [acest nia Cece GC CRS Ot DECC US Io ON Gabo oND-b esoyid

a ae et A || oe fa 4+ Biba eetee esta Si Sp || Soda noecnnonane so ebeo sons ehyorysesour a + et AL tee re te cree Sates Fee Ris ee aS eS - s1reTpIO S| MS =| Poon ei oobr auou ooo rn sIsuolyeq styso1se1q ST | Ae) | | ee cers oro peat nna bose eac BOIpUT oUTsnely Pel a | ee eee sljeumsues eueysiq = +. + + Ce ee wintyzd Asoe uintueyoo[ Aye | sp Roto acon ceknoconcos i hacer eyerpes oe Se ee ee tc hon eee ooo ot on sueSejo ae sr ee |e conn ocbenconmt te monn suc o. epodostue str0jyD + were eee eee ee DoovooOoO OUCH ANNO G On Or oO OO 8 ds 4 “te |) asf fei ae ie ei th) teed th fed aa Roo pos sono ona ndneee sore. snyjueoesyeid feet SiN ie Ser) 9 leap cesoroepcoich bc beso ant h« siepnuess + +- + OOO DdoDo Doon OOD oOoDO snyAydoyorystp sniyoued ae |e} as at Se as) SE | eg Penton on noose oe esopid enopoynog ae a a senor acon ot cei eea mene eSO]IIA dic] a eee lee TE et | oe |e [Ae | TE {oo rar acto anions san nos nanan eyeordsqns TSS STELEVElEEUSIEIEIEIE( Eel ElElz EEPPPEE)PVRVETETCTEETRVEVAV Gey; ® e i 9 8 Sim ee oia panuyuoy

SGNVIST SODVdVIV5) HHL NOdN SALAHdOLVWUdAdS GNV SHLAHdOdIWALG AO NOILNATLSIG AHL ONIMOHS ATV |

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 167

Vot. I]

ueulUS JaMOL, |

yYsno1oqie nN |

SANVIS[ SODVdVIV5)

Tee ee 2 ee eee lS rome a ae Fe ate se (ea = ee oe a a fee elas a2 SG eee aeons = po eee ee = ne eee eae Se ee = Shee ee ee See ee ah oe ge | ee ites = ee ee ee ee ca + + OO ed ate Orisdsaets 0 -0°0.0°0 0-65 Goon SISUO]IVUIOK |e eBolyoo4de’] Se ae Hee ee one BIBPIP IE PIEIZIE EEE lel els ab felab ieP Pe eele = pa. | 3 panuyuo)

HHL NOdN SHLAHAOLVWAAdS GNV SALAHdOGIYALG AO NOILNAIMLSIG] AHL ONIMOHS ATV L

January 13, 1911

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

168

To SS Se Se Se ear ean guid pou bus eYeI4SOI eds Gogo oOo Oo Oo MOO 6 winjepunoes wniydejoue,s SOOOOUUMODOOU GOO mOG UNO GUO 00.06 SNOTUISITA JDoaGoHdoGUUSooO DO oOOnODOUGOUOU SD snorput

+

+ +++4 + + ++++

+ CC Ce iC CC rc sIsuosUIWOp snjoqosods re | eet | oes ot | Madi nlrabieMeliolieliu meena euills sie NadehialeielisneteleliemelinisMasllalenalia . ds

a | eee | ee ee eae ona hcon eile leptamehiebepiaiemenetisiaiialioiente sy enaciettemeleleis winye[Horqosos

se A i eI cele att cme peel l mele cie mre tol lentenanet este ieiierelishsweneMaileRsRerjoieranete wine []torued CCC eC TCC TC TC CC TC TT wInYyor4stp CCC a CC SC SS wnjzesnfuoo

++ ++

CC eC CC SC SS suoosoueo umnyedseg

SS ed ee ee ee OS ee Ce Oe ee ee

ueulUS ysnoiogieN ‘pH Jouprey “YO youpieg taddadjng meyyeyD ajremoqry uopsurqy sosede[es

a[qesizyejopuy

panuyjuoy) SENVIS] SODVdVIV5) HHL NOdN SULAHdOLVWUAMS GNV SHLAHAOGIYALG AO NOILNAIMLSIG] AHL DNIMOHS AAV],

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 169

Vot. Ij

| + O (80-0000 0 C0400) Oe Oa) Gan. OSS O-O..0000-40 snAyoeysit} = ae Ace aOar LO SORCROME DG CE OND Win Or 0d0 10 Da02d. Gao. 6 sIsuowUvIns pias ee | | esrees| eat Pacer | fee ee [Nae | ie] POU 9010.10.40 COE, O00 =by 0200 050-010:0:000, 0107020" 6 snsosisys ae I 4 |) ae | || | ee eecso nose teoumoccus snjnusoo “rea a ll —s = Gee Ose bet ONO 02 0e0+020-0 G-0-0 O..0 070 t Or02000 snsoutsiqn4 pte ee ee Cee ere re eb ean cs snpunqos at Se iuhen) (shie etiam slew ee maneige Spee uemetepreteliariohalleity| snAyoeyséjod at e+ i of + + + + + + + ee i) TISTIN PL aL +- + aiieie ei ofivivoiieisfh/cmtel(cixelsels ulcsm si altalistiel sl sivebleliel/siisiel «iain STIV[NSI] aL + OO 0-0-0 00 G0-000- 0.0, 0-05050-0°0 6.0 00-00-0649 0 Snyzeslacry Al. ate Sono, 06000-02000 0) G2Dags060.050 0 5060-0 U. O-0s0 0.0 snijojipueis se ee | peat) pe | | emt | oe | eet | mt careuleicelvall sine elem slgene mrs i9~ Reiser are rite mC mcans sisuosedeyes i ee ee ee Spee ee: = Bele 4 FO |= | sesghason secre scocunn secs: gnqzaju09 ae dt, aL ak at a + + ‘abrehienieisallaliehelisi sia cellellvitslisiellelist al silulslthitis: sAyorysAyorsq als wis aL Rees aE Bevo Maem sisiveltenecieteawacteiarenichioneas gece smtaute snyeqysiie snaedAg AVAOVAAdA) Fe a ta aa St | ot (Oy |i @Y I te) |e) || eh || @ yy leek] eel | tee) > | @O SIPISIESIEIEIFIEIEI PERIGEE Ele lee BG |e: | ei | 2 eae ee ee Perea lo | Bee a. ied B E13 sh eS Se ay 2 Oo ee lta H |e m3 lea g | 8 Sia|5 |g S ich a | & e (a) U S panurjuoy)

SGNVIS]T SOOVdV1IV5) AHL NOdN SALAHdOLVWAAdS GNV SHLAHdOCdINALd tO NOILNATaLSIq( AHL DSNIMOHS ATV LL

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

170

as + + + + + + DO COCO te Oe 0 Our Ot Oel be OO 4G SIIe[NSUT BISPURTILL ; HVAOVITANOUG

ae nS ee | er eo no atta ite JOUIUE euUIET HVAOVNNGAT

Se oto co D oot OS wyoseyd er1e[oS

slip [espe sal as al pe ao arte e epruind eSuryAy

+++

COs beth CO Oat eo tty On Oo ey UeIoIUL eydieorwmoyy

ae Govero6 Os 0 FO oO OOo to otc do O-O GO °b.0 ey, Aydip

si a a aL Betee-Hebad bec teoco 0 Ul0s0 Oo 00-0, c.0 sielides STTAYSLIquing ds BeOS DEO Orn U Tsp bsOst Ted G-deO Oo0r0 Gsorcm ttn: Ca0.080 eye nut ts eo 0 OOD OO eG Goths Go Ono 60 0025-0 esonysy

ai DO DOO obo 00 too > oO Como Doo O06 eyeyideo sIIVyooo ay

+++

poretiten FOO Ole 0-0-0050 0020-006 6 eYVIO[ON PUIOUOIYOIG

TeUIUS MM IOMOT, | anowAaG | ysnoiogieny | + : STAJof some | a1qesryejopuy | pont | ‘pH Jeupiey | "YQ Joupresy | weoung | tJaddeding | soyzeqg | opyeig | uopsuiqy sosedejer) |

panurjuo) SANVIS] SODVdVIV5) AHL NOdN SALAHAOLVNAIdS GNV SHLAHAOGIYAL AO NOILNAIMLSIG AHL ONIMOHS ATV

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 171

Vor. I]

Ea eosoac eo SS a oe eye[NoeU BAY UOg

++

aL, ae a Hef | loose oteccdansvouusn ne saprlorernoryn stsdouoy a ah legiabtelinlelyelis, ste -lajist oMlsite] “iis! el teiteliv = anaiixtleleir=iichisilalte ds e1ydopng

a ae Sie} te anna | Scaeaiense teen oe ae a ree umnyzeords umspuepidq HVAOVAIHOAG)

i Cision Oboe DMO Gro tooo cio 0 sIsueqno veering AVAOVAITIAYVNY

+ San, -- O08 0. Om )-Osded-0 Gg.) Osta teua0-Uncsn-o tn Ur Uoscteo ao0.0.0 ds euue) AVADVNNV7)

AVAOVGINT

S| | See ee ee eooeUTaUMUOD

iL | | sescecvsvssnwonscsnge es eIOBIpNU vuTTeUIWOD AVHOVNITAWWOZ

+ + + + + +

| | | | |

ueuIue IaMOT, | anoutsag | uieyyeq) opeweq vy uopsulqy

ysnor1ogie Ny a[qesiyejopuy ‘PH Joupiey “YQ Joupiey iaddadjng uozsuIIIeEg sosedejery

panuyuo) SANVIST SOOVdVIV{) AHL NOdN SALAHdAOLVNUAIS GNV SHLAHdOGIMALG AO NOILNGINISIG AHL DNIMOHS aTAVy,

[Proc. 47H Ser.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

172

= nce {oa er eeisaprodad = —

S| aa (aca etree ene (ce tema) frm er fcr |e | Fe fee | Pee en leer oO tedeee el ora tian crises Pe these To eyAydosoru + + + + ty ILIneg eoIId ee ly pig Sea) Soe Soo Cor G oom We DIOS om EAT SI[iqep eviuejoueg ale eee a aE + ae + + + Pe OT suenyse ekIno[ iq AVAOVOILYA + ee eee ee oe we eo we te ee el ee ee 8 8 et kl 8 ‘ds : + eT ds U ae oe Ae + + ile tiobie- alone! alc sis olathe" /isS<eire iste iets) isiieMoinewistie-\atinnenre IIZJeMo4S BB |e aero he Seco ot onc b oon codsane ‘isserSpoug oe ee ee ee eso[nures Be Ny | a le Nef | Se Sa a [a (a prec emn aie ee ene eyejorjed al GO.) G02. O20, GeO, GAOLO Oc Gs0- Te 0-006 equitjisnyqo fe 7. + + 090-0: 0-0-0F 0-0. 0-0-000-0-0)-0=0- 0) Un. 0. 0000: 0.020. 0-0-0- 0x0 soprores tt J ah + + O06 C20 0 -620-0°0-0.0 DOO G-0 O8Os0 O06 Coben stisuosedyjes pe ems [ees [me | ace | rae) fae | eh Feel Pics oe | [Boer Fe |e | Ar Geatlach Oss OsoeOGce De O20 Ge OsOst sO STUIOJI [OSCE eluloledeg AVaOVIAdIG an aieleleirizlzlsleleleleselelelelelelele Blais 4 See) ey ere SS (see me as ESL tel sist | ep jot 3 ® A ® m | a} @l Qe ® Si[2y;e)/S15 18 |e |o Ss pe peeles ee (Se a ES tee eS ase isso 5 B | ¢ ie Sf | Sees eae el | fe jzle| | ae ic) . = Panuijuo’)

SGNWIST SODVdVIV‘) AHL NOdN SALAHAMOLVWAAdS AGNV SHLAHdOCIYALG AO NOILNAIALSIGQ AHL ONIMOHS ATV

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 173

Vot. I]

+- ahs ai. (0020.0 D:0-0.0-0:0s0s0 o 00° ob G.00 eyeolpel eloyyueUleyy AVAOVINVAVAY Sl ee cuore crecccnncs0soodesnuennoue ds gerusooies + OlUscsCsUsUacst 0 ClU-Usbicstec Oidecro ou DO Uo ooo O ‘ds + + eiishisiren(el {elie te veriousi(etenwble (elton suinmenali st eltsirel elie heat aera sie ds xo[diyy AVAOVIGOdONHH’) +- = cltelivi{oigo(terletfumrente tenfeic's} si ohien(clenictseiterteltenemletenleus asuosedeyes a= | AS One eee o Oo 6 Uc unyeurWUNoR + aipencliel Melts cents ceatifessialnir omen eoevis RN CucGaeed 9108 wnuosAjog AVAOVNOSATOdD + GPOOO0DOOGO ODOC UO OU D0 ta-0 Uso cup O winyzeuroun + + + + + + + + eee eee eee eee ee ee ew te wo ew tw eee ITAO|SUO FT TI) || [ee al aa | ee a |S een FT Gg a -pec-Urc OstsO cc. O.C-0: GO G10, 0.02 0006 wntesedees S| a || SF ee eng cca COO COLO OS0 WnUeIIOY UoIpuepes0yg AVADVHINVYO'T + + =f DemoobboOCORO OOOO OOD DO6O KG ON eljojoveoye ell () Cah i ee | a) ea It ey! Q;/Q ;Q;/0\;w\u PISS SITS IE IP SSPE SIRE IE EIE ele 5 ro) B | o o|/S8lalj/alsja]s is e | 4 | t | 470] 5 | » Bi a | | ce |e | B/Bila |S |/FianlSeijolSB Bay B 5 |e . S/S |B io | & |]? o® )R 18 | & | a ears a ® | 38 sini 13 Uh i i Q 4 5 ) a ® t Panuijuo’)

SGNVWIST SOOVdVIV©) AHL NOdN SHLAHdOLVWAAdS UNV SHLAHdOCIWALd 4O NOILNAIMLSIG] AHL ONIMOHS ATV I,

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

174

ae | en nn an i Sor C oS Gr ocncc oon Doo IOUOJSUOWIPY sUISer] oe : Senet OsceO teDsdsO.O-O10s0 Jeoro-tn iO: 0 -Ostst—G D.0 etredoos

ss ea fee Fe (ie es | ea ee st[neorpnu

Silaiee)o abe nictejs)wlcwbie}isiie) ele, 7s) \e:tanler o)ts) telrenis supa) tlie nema uel-® elosluey

elralsianieiaiecis|ca anna *nts ely edie iieiemalvatrelinsia™elueme eoount eIYoreor yy

+ +++

FP pd O=con 0 00.0 tL 0002 0at Gab: sO CeO TOFO COO a SIPHITA

| | Oe Fc a [ee | eee | Oe Osc 0-6 Oct O05 0-0-0. 8 Ou OOO G20 085 snjejosoin

+ elses et oh ae pare Be ae res as Se snyenuenbs

ysnoiogie Nn

SAGNVWIST SODVdVIV+)

en eee (ieee teem ca] (omer | meet fete beet oC Octet char Oe Uebau7U., OO ON: Ory, ONS OO Ora 0-0 Ord snsourds Sr ee ec ee fa ee ee eg eee oe SIsSUepooy BUIIOJ zt fae foe es ef we bs |e So SISUOWeYyeYO CUIOJ a pre Ee ee sIsUa]IeWOEq |e CUO} die Gag 0: De Gaus Osun OU a0 tet) stsuouopsurqe eUlIOJ

15 -+ aE Cle CCQ nie eC siti eee i Feira Cia Hac) SOplozJUe.oOS sre) feet Pop cee Feral esac al Wied [eee Fences eC OeCy_ Tie oti CCCP CCCs harap Opin ck OC 00L 0 OOS IND SOPIOTsOTeo

— + + + CC eC eee ee snueseoeieo snyyueremy

ate | pe = en 0-Gb ob 0c Oc Oto Crete Ceo DOC 0-0- 0 esodeosqns

a[Qesiyejopuy “PH Jeupies YQ Joupiey weoun, Jaddadjn: uopsulq sosedejes)

panuyuo) AHL NOdA SHLAHAOLVWAddS GNV SHLAHdOGIYALG AO NOILAAILSIG AHL SNIMOHG ATEV |

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 175

Vot. I]

1 a s ie ate O.Os0U 00° COU Oe 0-0-6-0 0-0-0 Oo Out Gago euII}IIeUl seg AVAOVGCILVG ec tetecreascuccscovvnvanuonwenns “e4T]S0A i i 4 = a, siantote sic Rrolianichisircttcatc ml eitaievGlabtallettehte Mica Mts is /ate atelier e]nosntyzo114s is a ae GaOn Orne Orbs On 0s OU Os0 90s 0s00 O=Ou0 0-0-0. 020.0040 lisseispouG i Setatebet ate eps tebe Oates. De0.0-O-O:-On08b Uno tr O.0-0.0 esojnsni a 4 i a i AL aE Ae ae OnO8enO. B02 0-00020 20.000 On0mO- 000-000 0G .0- 0 sI[neoipnu Sr eee a JOIsnyqo “eA Se ae | fe ee ee Bap SU sero Stecn oD LoD ao. LOT]OH 4 ze aE O20 0800-0 0 G.0-000°0-6-0 020-0 DH OANO OOO Ao OO el[OJTwIT ey a ES | ee feces | ea | eee | ren | eee werent e eaten shun atce ie stelvaereaenrmr aime semen areas suoosoones 4 O00 20080 0s0eD2090 10 OsGe0, GAGs Gate OO stisuosedeyes i bs ae a JE oe ae ah. O80 0020 0 0-0 056 JO2 OO) O80) 0-0-D=Gs0OntKwOo0-6 OOO BWOOTACT Sa ae | eg [|e acer le ee eae ee ee eyoyyy a ze cf ie ae a ate ec aE a 0-0°0-600-0 600-60 0-6-0 0 O-Gaa epeydoooutse eloyyUelaL 4. te OCOD O OG DOOD OOOO OOO HuImMIeq wnyejodoine[g PISIL ISSIR LEIS IEEE CIE EIEIE Ble le Blaise lelelelSiea a lBls lS IS (SlBlaieiele BIS lS i/o/7 1/3 |e /Pl sels iS is@/elJele2lels |B ie ls 8B Beles Be SP as et is fe oa is ee | cs 2) g 09 o | 8 Sif te | i) |e q S 9 2 Blea a o : : Panuijuo’)

SANVISJ SODVdVIV!) HHL NOdN SALAHdOLVWUddS AGNV SHLAHdOGIYALG AO NOILNAIMLSIGC] AHL ONIMOHS ATIVE

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

176

de dis at =| + + + + sneyiaeabialeiemelsatel-wlielitl slieliselkeielel/slseriei alin ile mialema eull] [oes eli | ae | led eet bee ae | oo So pen ecco BUeLIOp “eA Ab + + + OOeth O00 O°0-0.0 D050 010 OO O80 D.0.0-0. lo SUSOSOALT OsnIOWT HVAHOVOZIV, + + + + + + OOO C0 OUR Oho A Geoeoet ood OF o6a epunqtiiop eIUOSIg + oial levies! el usiteiteli>uelialianslia/ieiisiialiahislierianianatsiieiks edeyel STIIQVILIN ete sik all ae + + + |. + + + + + + Pec ee er stur1oj11Ad sndies04d Arg + + + + + + + + + e3ee eee ee ee ee ee ee we we ee ew we ew we ee we ee ®SOOSTA eee a, aie || fe Ee | Seg EO beaches a et suopuvos a, Se oe Se || es ow no eng eo eyenowed Se + + + oe ec reese eee ee oe ee wo we we we we ww we we ew 849019 BIACCYIOOG FVAHOVNIDVLOAN + + + eevee eee eee eee eee ee & © © © © © © ew ST[IUINY, BULATYY a + BD Oetet Go 02002 0-0-0 Qs0s0 GsO-UEO.0 0-0 eipueyzoo eoorloz Aug HVHOVOOVIOLAH A STS SS fs ee oe eer eer saprojjeseq elynesuissnog HVAOVTIASVG ele lelelzlelelgleletzlelelelz girlz lee Sal A |) se qe o/Slalia@ilasi6a6/3 }als ct | Be 4. | 3 %) BIS /eélol7 ]/ais SE HEE |S WG ee |) ays tere ttay letsie | 43h | Gch) c) & Ble Sa Pig ibis |e |@ e198 18 1S] a 5 |S wg alee ® 8 Ol ala Ss eh a | > z oO 5 S panuijuo)

SGNVWIST SODVdVIV‘) AHL NOdN SHLAHdMOLVWAAdS INV SHLAHdOdINALd AO NOILNATALSIC] 41 SNIMOHS aTav

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 177

Vot. I]

ye | oc lleoserusounounococe0vdseno. eloumtroyo euouy AVHOVNONY aL, te aE le AL. = + + Onte0nOn0 O Un0eO02000 Gay 00-0) -D.0 20s oO O-0-0°0 0-0 0°02 UO elloleg = pinetc eee wake cehentelneteiislelsiieitaieisiea sisuosedejes sojeduressty AVAOVNAAdSING Jy — aL, a + Ce eT Te TC SS PS Ya TS eyepio0o elewAIq AVAOVTIAHAOAUNV) +- O00 0 :O-0 GeO 010 .0f0-0 0-0 0°0-GO 050-0-0-0-0-0 O80 0.0 0-020 0-0. 0-0 ds =e ate ab. ok + + C= 060 -00..0-0n0-U0-OG; 00 Os0-0 OG Op t& 00.020 O0s0-0.0 nos oO ds ak + =e + + + + O06 OO DO O80hO 0-O-0 OOO OO O-O o-oo 0 aeI0eIOIO BORN 10g AVAOVOVINLAOd otk ah OOO O-Os0=0 0 H9O-0.050:0 0 OG o-os0 GU UO OOo Oo on Oo ds ¢ BODBOZIY ef eee fe ee Pace ae wMIsBORTNyJOg vUOyyUeIT, te sale || aL || J || te | | aesseccvenoruanonoonsoos wInIseoR[NyI0g ae fee |) a ated ate A) |) || Senecocccnegnascanonn Jouo\suOWIp| wumMrAnses a + D-OitO0-D-0 000 GOO oO OtOG0 0 GO Oa mono Oo IISS¥1Id pOuS alalejelaleleleelelzielelelziglelelele Big lBicl@i isa i@ialeielBis |B (Ble ialdieleis Be if te | 2 Ifa hs Ba PS ser eae te pe is eh ets pas 8 £ | 3 = A ey fs a ee & © g/|o 4 8 ® 5 a i= oR (ah |) ier 5 f panujuoy)

SAGNVIST SODVdVIVL) HHL NOdN SULAHAOLVWAAdS GNV SALAHdOdIYALG AO NOILNAIYLSIG AHL ONIMOHS WIaV

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

178

+

ysnoloqie\y

SANVIS] SODVdV1V5)

+ 6500 UO OO DOG 66 OOS G0 O55 e]joonpuog eluldyesovd + Coron oOo bo oot Oooo oO oo TouUOJSUOWIp A snyesviqsy CC Oe . ds

SomoODCONnDOD OO doUdooDOUNOO Oddo OOS eSON4104

+ + + +

a pe [522] Scooter yao sono cont eyUBoRIOBUI

eres ee leo oan oo GO ee OO 6 0.0 0. BULISOUIeT vIOvOy HVSONINNSA'T

+ fevuiie mellem aca elie hs) aiteMiellefialispteseninrjeseltsiate eIpusdiioy SIANSS¥IC) HVAOVIOASSVa)

efi el eal (ee ee ge ea Dopo oom. snayes snuvydey

+++ + +

Sil eee ee le | adxoencesscnasneonane os wEnoIBA wmpidey Taf |e ast Se snwApip sndouos0g — + Cee CeCe er Ter TT TS sizysodureo ee ee ee eee sisuaare voIsseig avuasionasy

a]qesiyejopuy ‘PH Joupresy "YD Joupiey ueounqg taddading | weqyeq) | sopeyo | aeig | soTpurg | opreweqry | wopsulqy | soxsedees) |

panuyuo7) AHL NOdN SALAHdOLVWAAdS GNV SALAHdOdINALG AO NOILNAIMLISIG AHL ONIMOHS ATAV I,

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 179

Vot. I]

= = ii za i a Be (en es ee Ces Co yea EE OOM ayerids a +: a i si iL a =I ae G-D2020. eo. Oot 0-0-0. c=a-gxt 0-0-0 Dio OO 0-0 o OOOO o]]our fe Soo Deo oo Ob td oO UO PD Oo OOO wnueout || |New omc oso 0G oo odo 0 osuosedres UInIpoUseqd a f a i ie AL, dt. Gags OOS (ech O80. OC APeO Goo Loa acktonte © snssoidep snyyueUssd 4 at OC Deoosceo Goma 0 UU pS0-0 10-00 Osteo 080-60 0-0 si[neomnue, Sr 4 I a a C-O=On0sCa) Det Os0= 070-020. 02060 GD=000" b-0/0=0°0 Gan=0 eljoyiared a anelvetteeliemalrelieihefistieileiismnb sisi alist <invil viii ois SIsuosUTUIOp eo[eqd ae a. + Gece O-0=0 Oc. GO tstt us0 OeteQ ty Ore0eb Gel o8g.0 et Oy e19qI19S . i a a aE ate atl a GO Od di0 OO boo GOO OOO 00D O60 00-0 ODO eyrund ae ae siete MolaabieKiclnwaitehe re aWerioreistlek vaenevise susoserqeys elIeleq Old = = el I oe ct oo bo oo ab boot PHOS FOG oGOoKOD eaoLIOs ae aL, ats Gi0<0- 000 Cstecid-Osds0s0) C)O.00 C050 6.000 Geu)G.D-G-0 0-0 U.0-0 eyord ae = ale eC OO SI[eqUepIo00 a eile ie se pieii en: eliefyeieitwia viivicediety «prvitstieiaeyas Mec eis Me rn aiiecttite eqnsiry BISSED) a fe irel (ero) 6) col te ieliviieiiie (elvis) vosiisstleinioy etesierre eI[OJIsnyqo eIL[BPACURT) SS a le a lo ee to oGo nebo ooo o OO OOO SOGOU eullisoyo[nd SVP STEITIPEVEIE(E/2 122 (2 zl eee 12 S/R iSlelalslaleielsielelBlslelie i} sles BIS tlojse “a |p BIB TS | Sl lgaifziol|s |B ie é EB | 8 z. els ib ie ie je le |e Rie lela 5 & a m1o 8 8 8 |e 5 & a Ss, a |S i 6 panunyuoy)

SGNVIS]T SODVdVIV!) AHL NOdN SHULAHdOLVWAAdS AGNV SHLAHdOGINAL dO NOILNATYLSIG AHL YNIMOHS Adv |

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

180

TeUIuS

IQMOL

anowts£98G

ysnoioqie ny

STAIO{

+++

aIGesizejopuy

“pH Jeupiey

"YQ Jouprey

ueounqg

Jeddadjng

+ +

sopreyg

apyyerg

sO]pureg

uo sue

opremoqiy

uopauiqy

sosedejer

CC er ey ey eopnoe eluosuIyIed CC CS OO euold e1unydan Omno oD oOnMnpoOoODoO nna oooOo Ondo DON e1PIYSO1 eunonyy CC a SC TO TO ejyerodse eSOWIII[

e10ginus, sis le-tosoescee SEARS By Noon Se SI[IGNIOA ‘1eA

Hee seer eels susoseiqe[s “IeA eueoeIssn{ voyorlTe Se) eehiereiieiiey eWelrel aint alata} sicsiele/aslisicelvine euryNyjoA eullyy Aig {Phi wnyeuroun

panujuoy

SGNWIST SOOVdVIV1) HHL NOdN SHLAHdOLVWYAdS GNV SHLAHdOdINALY AO NOILNEIALSIGG HHL ONIMOHS ATV [,

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 181

Vot. I]

+ (PaaS ae ee winy{jAydostjo wWHnuUryT HVAOVNI'T “it, || a dE} | || eee sec ocesoctqssocnscancsec: 2]e]NorUI0N | ts Pa a a | a Me i= ||| Sse en con nocb oes ocucuouascnees TJausos + + + i eSOuIeO ST[BeXO AVAOVGITVXGC) + Coe TD eT]Aydip elulozZ self pec me | fee fe ae | Fe aN Ne mee ee eno wrote el acienr sis camel eemienenennaeme mem encnepeaeanae SISUSNUPMO eusl Isueny 1A ae SS Ate + ls =e ak + + + + Culeicelreae dies efecerettenivirehiehenielisftelrtiie tenn cucie teas EOsOUrO eisorydoy, a ic aL aE BIE Hellas = | Seecqus soccer ses oucs obo eiqeos soyjuesojAys + CC nd ‘ds + Oso 050-0 (Olds O. 0 Ou O-u.0 0 OO OUD O O10 OO sD OO 0-5 ‘ds By |p |e |e || cee oa | amma hp nc ueaIn agen a eyeynorjes ae aL, aL. = = + a -- ee ee eco ee eo we ew ew ew et oe eh 8 euIUTUL e1soyousy yy abs a ab. ate a aa ah + ae + + + emeuutalehistie ofireicnvlieitesjeliet efile) (siiuleinesielssinelietiepences sto[np stdosoig solar JE Sa eee once cinconosacpocduc eulsyy Arq eIPIOSTg ae On CnO=0) Dat BO s02 0080 On 020202000, 080°0 065-00 6-8 Oko O70 Gs0 ds : H| on alot e (P|) || te} ey |) | @ |) leek Ie) |) too) ei Q ae TEVEEVEVZEIEVE EEE ELE LEI FE BIS ieigi/@7 2 elie leis is i/eieileiale is ia ls 5 5 3 fe 4 4 Bold 3 2 Ceres © | a Iz @ m1lo § Silo ]F ]a Ss a a | s 2 o) : z panuyuoy)

SGNVWIS]T SODVdVIVL) AHL NOdN SHLAHdOLVWAAdS UNV SULAHdOdIWALd AO NOILNAIMLSIG: AHL INIMOHS AIaV T

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF. SCIENCES

182

a +. + + + + + é + + + + + + + CeCe suo[ooAvIs elosiIng

aHVaOVaaSING fe fo ot Or ooo on 00 O OOo sisueqoorl eUIOF =f + — ee eee Hoot ooO Doo Ooo sisuouvounp BUILOT aE 5 || ae || sIsUa[OIeD BUTI} eo | =| eeseestesvan concen SISUSO[PUIG BUTI} fe |e ae fe |= yp | petoereanan carn: sIsua]IeWaqye eUTIO] ate ai ae SaaS OMORTE CERO S020". DEO OSD H0- Ct: Wb OOo elosedeyes eoqyseg AVAOVANAVWIS 3s ae 2 ae aL oe ae + ais Cab. CO Ted eo DnG=0- 0-0 O50 c08tI- 0.0: Ret coos eIlEZey wnypfxoyjuez AVAOVLAY + aR peN re aGclaniWicalystisr eiiales Wert ariel ns|a-lamels st el-erne-ie Malin Wauanisiciei apa bile ds a) Se eco ea oreoe se eannoconny snootses + OO. U0 USD SO On Code cod 0-0 snyjueoeue "IBA + + ees + + + + + él + CO 0 2 FOF ae O08 Re 0S SOs CeO Septoqjsto snynqis pL | = Te a oon teustonenn suapusdSspe vIWOOTSTTeYy AVAOVTTAHdAODAT n = SISIEIFITIFIEIFICISIZISISISISIElEIEIEle Bla lelslalelsialeleis ie lSiBlelealdig ie ls Cee eh pes se Se ee el fee Ge step it ish | ys yi Baie BE ees ee ee 3, c: Fs 2 4 5 0) n panuyuoy)

SGNV1IS] SODVdV1IV1) HHL NOdN SHLAHdMOLVWAUdS GNV SHLAHdOGIYALd AO NOILNAIYLSIC] HHL ONIMOHS aAIdV [

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 183

Vot. I]

fe z i i + i. Ee ai fino Oo 6080 6-6-0 D0 (00-00 D204. Gee 0-0 0800 0x0 eyeords a he DO COU DN OOOO FOO OO OOOO O00 DO 0 G50 e290110S

6 0 090-020 0 O2050-080-Us0- 080-0. Os Ust0-0-G50) 00-0. . SIULIOJIUOI aL ae oo OOO 60 GU moo OO OOD OOO dO 000-0 ejnared

6 G8020 10 00202020-0806020 Ce 0.00. 05050) OS0G9G 0080S 0ECE=D eploorpy

te aie CCC Cn et ee OOD 00 0 6 Oe) 0-0 00800 esnyip Biel ctichicn vnehemenek che menexeh eh neon als enen oie Mem eltn ons el[OJIps109o ate OO G80 050-0"0 0 GOOD) Ue0r0L OG. 0 OlUDeo) 0 Deo sIsuoweyyeyo aL atts Gnor Os) O20.0e0 O80-010,0-0-°0 010.0 0 G00 Oo DOO OOOH O-0 tained

a 600000 00.0 0-0 G00 00m 0 00000000 sIsuopIvUeqye

J boo 020 020-00 0-0-0. Gln Ol 08D 0.0 0 0 000.0.0 lIswepy eydAjeoy AVAOVIGUOHdNY

ae = + Su0DDDODNODODGOU0dG00 04 slepnsut "ICA al. ae SoouUdUOUD OOOO DUdOUOOUOUDO OOO DON elosedeyes

+ +

f 0-0 0-0 0:0 660-0 .0-0°0:070-0 00-0 00-09 IIUOSSIOpuy epesh[og AVHOVIVOATO"g Se bb OOO DOO O00 UD 000-0 60.00 000-0 e][Aydoorjeu

| +++ + + +

ysnoioqieny 1FeS1yeJOpuy PH Joupsey “YQ Joupiey ieddadjng wmeyyeq) uoysurTe g ajremequy sosedejey)

panuyuo) SANVIS] SODVAVIV) AHL NOdA SALAHAOLVNUAIS INV SALAHAOMINAL 410 NOILNATALSIC AHL SNIMOHS ATAVL

January 13, 1911

184

TABLE SHOWING THE DISTRIBUTION OF PTERIDOPHYTES AND SPERMATOPHYTES UPON THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS Continued

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

weUlUS A | =. JOMOT, | ate ate mnoutéasg | + ysnorogieny | + STAJof | + some | ++ + +4 alqesnejopuy | -- +++ + -- pooH | a ‘PH Jouprey | Ae “YQ Jouprey ueounq | ale a5 Jeddadjng | et wmeyregg | + + ++ + send | + ++ + +4 apyerg | a coping | ce So via uoysuLLeg | ++ + = opeamay | + LLL ee uopsulqy | a = sosedeje a | - ee 5 0 S&S ao oS 4s E festa este bigaed, is ay GH Sy pa el iceh 1S | Scena 9) ley eh RE Gel Z " ro) - wn 2 “— 86) “e) 5 Nee ears DpBle 2 Bis a=! os SS Repeal SS = | s : g o SC gg QO mw Ww Boag x BS ae es es res zeS : pubes 8 os ee ial £ ‘v Aaaaaaaasd nan > nun wn a wD HD O fe) Hw oO

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 185

Vot. I]

+ + + + +] + +] + +/+] [+ “ +] + +/+ |+ ~ a|elelzlelelEls B | te | a 6 g

‘PH Joupiey |

"YQ Joupresyy | +

ueound |

reddadjng |

weyyeyO | Fae ar

++

sopreyo

anyeig | +

++

a0]purg | +

+ Aer Sonor Oe Gd. cds Os Ca Om 1) 0 UO Oe 2 OO Ont hot ste eouruITA 3 BEG LOnon 02D Ge ONG 2020 0-000-0..0=0, 0: 0800 0200205080. 0 erjoyruAyy

a CA | eS Se ISS ae oe IISUdA4S Ser eA promoro taps odo OeO: ec: 0-0) D0. OBOLaSO=D= TU eAINIOI

| oes mo ganmooresseaunoctecouen: eyepnyjound ee es a a reynid a ae eee ee OOOO iqe3 “IPA ee eee poo uo econo. elepnuUMu eee ie ene a0 me ao S0 eorjorsou So 0b DODO thew OOOO 00 OF 0 F008 O50 elosedees ie |}as |_| popes coowesessooess eves so see: steyjoqey fh || 2 |= =| popaccoombonecsbvonsese As: sturoyiyesinba 4. Se eo ee - esnyip i) || seeraveeesonepsse ces sISUOO]PUIG “1A Ge\s|| peepee venor oeesnaden esis eyejnonse eee ee ne eqenorde

uopsulqy | + sosede[ey) |

SGNVIS[ SODVdVIVt) AHL NOdN SHLAHMOLVNUAdS UNV SHLAHdOdIYALG AO NOILNATALSTC AHL DNIMOHG ATV {,

panujuo)

Oomtrou O00 00 00 pd O00 00 slneorxeidwe etqsoydng

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

186

a: Secec ceo: OO Usdet) tit e080) OO) OO DCO 10-050 Old tino ds sYOWUeO

AVAOVHOIALITIV Se le le er ee stunWUIOD snutory + 2 + + + + + + oececeneee eee ev eoee ees oe oe SISUOUT[OIe9 snyyueAug i a= | ee ee SUIISSIIIIN JOTULTN + Ot Oe eOow Oo wa A C200" Dank O20. Ost Oscn0= CG: Geda0 seoino edorye[ + + + + + Go) Gers OO. TE Oa0n0 DeOellete Oat 0808060: GO e][ouloUe sueuoddiyy + aiia) @) elielieve) iol erle)ie)fe).6) ehielelelle)/e) se. .0 ais ehielulte!a.e) elu ive Maral eile! ‘ds S| pee (epee! ficeeeeel certo ferent fy en [eet Cha cee eta O-OLORO OCD 60-0090 05 0-000 DAG 20-0 500-0500 ‘ds + Con er er et ds + S)etineia/ishfellelisns}ielistsliel-simalanis sIsuouopsulqe "ICA + ences (cen [recent od Peal asd Peart Chae POI Mls Por Teal Cre at ee PY sIsuaAtof eULOy st | eo cir O-c-o"o- nog. 0-0 OD Oo sisuaqoorl eUIOJ a Rae OO sIsuameyyeyo eUrIOy at a fe |) |p oote oe ot aio eco ts CUETIOISED CUTIO} + eoeeeseeeee ee ee eo & & sIsua[oles eulIoy + + SERIE ees eee ey sISUdUO}SULIIEG BUulLos ' ay — sleleleleleleleleleleselelgig lesz lelelé BIS IB le le lee le lela le je le te lola la ie ie ls B18 /6);/o)]2 15 Bip |/Sie@l|&ilel|/e&l ses] 18 | a2 i re ch. 8 3 gt SESE eae) WIS ee Po pee a | ce 3B A re) 3 an fo} fa B im | © a 3 [7 | | 2 > = a} > ta) < 2

panuiyuoy SANVIS] SODVdVIV5) AHL NOdN SHLAHAOLVWUAdS GNV SALAHAOGIMGLG AO NOILAAIMISIG AHL ONIMOHS IV,

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 187

Vor. IJ

:

+ i+

++

|S ala a erayuih StA a 4 = 4: |e Sales eee eee saprofors snssin AVAOVLIA zc eee i Sele SE fs |e |e eee eroproned vueosiq - AVaOVNWVHY Se ereuodeg snpurdeg otto: (Ws eiveneineh s(n eens cee re comeiecers eqye[nyyeds “IRA

+++4+4 cs = ise} © q e} Ke) fo) a

ee 6 © © ee wet ww ww oe . umMpuULIog wnulledsoipies AVAOVGNIdVS

Stee [eeteg | te (ered re a |} te a a [ae a Ca yEsltcrckmeneicecrs eyeaogo snuoyAeyy - AVADVULSVIA)

SS Na

a1qesryejopuy | PH Jeupiey | YQ Joupres) | Jaddading | ayeig soT pul | uopsulqy | sosedejer) |

SS ee panuyuos)

SANV1IST SOOVdVIV©) AHL NOdn SHLAHdAOLVWYAdS GNV SaLAHdOCdIYaALT AO NOILNATALSIG AHL SNIMOHS ATV,

[Proc. 4TH Ser.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

188

ip 5 ts solv ice elielie le) ef letter etertethenementartetel etinirelsitsiienel cite eqe[nowued 5 +

chelteMisliviksle ite iialelteielvestaielir ate eljojrurdieo ‘IeA vynoe eps : Soe ee arate Se eee cre ee SSeS [eben [eee me ara (Pelee gs) emma cs| ce |e jp eae Woke! [Doel [ewen™| Deewana || mace peer cup ce pen Ose oeo 3 0.0.0 010-0 Orc eveqyideo elyorleW ; ze foe ee oe ee aie cence es cree fee ee he eee : See eae af Ste fs at alg fe de ae |) are SESS i) poe oa set G amo de do0N asuepeqieq wmidAssor cee ee ie oe Soe he Pa ele eee ee lei lel ee ee "as Oe eee 6 = See le ee ee 7 eae Sle lee ae See HVAOVATY JI SSE TEVTVE ERIE EVE E IEE ILIELE/FIEIE Sy UEEUT I" TET (EUEIEVEVEIFLE EE VEIE LE é p Z| 9 g | 8 Sla|e ls panuijuo7

SANVW IST SODVdV1IV‘) HHL NOdn SHLAHdOLVWAAdS GNV SHLAHdOCINALG AO NOILNAIALSIG AHL ONIMOHS ATV |

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 189

Vor. I]

seta ee ks eat oe ee en ee ee ri Toi foettaes omer osocudsocovnvGene us esorqns

in i Sle le le le Ss ee ee See jp alee ee sorsucmianeee AVHOVAOTAISSV gps be ed ala eee ae ee AVAOVAANAN LT he sae eee ce ee AVAOVOTAAdA FT flee le Se tas (ee oe eles ee Be hee fees ? ‘. ae aed ee oe le: ; i: fa les ee be eee enn AVAOVITOOAALS te EM eee eS oer eb lta Allee igen area ea Suny “IA eITOJovoTUOIEA fe & s Beles ee a eee ees le ee eo lee flag see er ee ee ecauns Sac clec le esl ee Dr ee sielelzigleiziziclelevlelelelvlelelelele pleleielelelelelele le le isle lsjelalg leis 8 2 | 3 ES Ae Pe Ss te Be Ps ea as Pe 8 & el [EEE Eee g

panuyuo7) SGNVIS]T SOSVdVIV‘) AHL NOUN SALAHAOLVNAAMS UNV SHLAHdOGIMALG AO NOILNAINISIG AHL DNIMOHS aTavy,

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

190

+ + + ‘aniureth sate rec6 cbse fel e, ¢)s).e as ey suena epee. 8) @) welled as, ds SSS Fe a ser rea (ae nl ase co pore aR RR CR CaO Oe -ds ag ale + =e + + Genet te Oo Clos 0-0.) cede Oetn 0 080,080 O90 -tno eyyueorriAUl + Chaya Tater be at Yam ese eA Yok Pet tC <b) SOOO Os Fs OS Oe Cy tie ha TU STIE[NSUL a | a i = Pte es sea fase ee SS a er CED LI 119] 2H ai at at ae, =} + Aart GO onrmce Ont. DO) OD es, Cocnorenc) CO. Onn erosedeles etyundo ee SS | Sl ioccoudonSonono code dpoagoncoOdbUNO ds ‘ds ze + + eyo o-oo OO Non OD moe 00-0 O80 O00 D sndieoo19]0s + + + = + + Cate tae Cre Creer) Con CO, Delete Oe ray We Ose) snoryOrsou ¢— ah + staat iw sl asuiecranierdejiap alot elteiisiira tetera erie ieiisicin sisuosede[es snoleg AVAOVLOV) She ate ‘ ae on sea ahe sana sineiivcwia= shone iteilelis mixin eYye[No sey XIIYJOIIS a =e +. Se + + = + + Sie SeLeccemaiedbias//efielel(elie delet nt(a)(aclulinmviletacsmrene elodse eI[OZ{US TN, AVHOVSVO'T + + + Oo Gay LR OCOE DC Ue20. Dab iOuice ads e-OetaO. tr Uh etd: Us 0 ekedeg COME” AVAOVOINV)) s/alelelzlelzleleleleelelelglele/zlzlé 5 o B a | x © 2 | 8 | 2 gs a |% st | 3, | & | B 4. | @ B 8 §1e|s & |e Pla i|e ISIE |eiFl|sia/s |hle A A |g & Bees ee | Gale Gel seleae| 2 ee 8. c: B |e : BS :

panuuo7) SANVIS] SODVAVIVD AHL NOdA SHLAHAOLVWUAMS GNV SALAHAOCINAL JO NOILNAMISIG AHL ONTMOHS aATAV |

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 191

Vot. I]

+/+] +] + +] +

+] + +let}+}] |+]+ oie 12a | s' | 5 B | 3 z 5 g

PH Jeuprey

YO Joupiey

+

+

teddadjng

++

++

OPO S05 0205 G050°O.0' GO: Ga-0°0 Goo Oo D-O-0

D5CeO80 NON -050 008d 0 60 0-0-6 Gen ood

050 O20 50 PO O70 0 0) 050°0 6050 50-0-0

CO OMOO CN OD OOD oOG ooo 4 Oo

sosedeyer

panuyuo7

See suodos vavissn[ AVAOVAOVNO

BULIUOSUIQOY eIuoolyy AVAIVNOLSATA IN

AVAOVLIATL ‘*‘9[sueyy eloydoziyy AVAOVAOHdOZIHY

AVAOVAH LAT

SANVW IST SOOVdV1IV‘) HHL NOdn SALAHdOLV Wadd aNv SHLAHdOCGIYALT 40 NOILNAIaLSIG FHL INIMOHS ATaV TL

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

192

Ele Fea | [deen | od [Sat Ne al Jat eo bro reoiter the Onc oman POIACSSEIND atts |i |fretlne| ete a ae SUR | BIE gs |) ear obo een og bieea cra eUISSTisnSue serdapsy FVAOVIVIdaTOSV Oh tad 9-0 00-0 Olomne eo Coma Ub OO Oop OO susoseqnd

+ + Ce TO TT OT elqeys eIsoT[e A HAVAHOVNADOU VW

+ + + ae + a + + + syle shel @iiniieiiclle li alts\selisinilals liaise) ial slielelia suapuvos osequin|d AVAOVNISVEANNTG

ee | eer ES ee ENP elk Grosso ao oro tora oo take Goa oo UMAT}ES WHuTesoleg

++ ++ ++ + +

scsbalieseiertt G Hacelie ecaieiteas ng asst sisuosedejes o[Ajyoo01pATy eo eee eee ee we we ee ew ee et ee ee 01} CIS e]Jo1 UI, ah O50) 0.0 016-080 0-0 4 -g=050=0 & 6-0. 0.0-0°0 don nen uny[Aydoyday

++

ae CC OT UINJeEIUO] wnidy AVAAAITIAAW /)

er ee a a fee eon ee otto need ds wmAydorh py AVAOVGIOVHAAOTV FL

ueWIuS | IOMOL ImoutAag | Ysnosogqie Ny | SIAJof | soumef | a[qesizejopuy | poor | ‘PH Jouprey | "YQ Joupiey | ueoung | taddadjng | ureqyeq) | sopeyo | apyeig | s0Tpurg | uo} BULLE g | a]reuleqiy | wopsulqy sosede[es)

panuiyuoy SGNVIS] SODVdVIV‘) AHL NOdN SHLAHdAOLVWAddS GNV SALAHdOdIAALG JO NOILAIMLSIG] AHL ONIMOHS aAldV

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 193

Vot. I]

4 ae Siremehtenrsite D°G.D)0-Us0 0500-0050 OG 080 020.00 6-0 006.0 eqoyiqy i eas a AODCODGDO0DUCDOOOB DO ODD oOodOU DOA aeideo-sog ae as at siledelisl erie) lel’vtveel-aliemewerecvicam ene nciieielieltemesiane e,Aydequed

Ate) izes re (sseedeeeal Vcetetear| | aoe te War eacpe tenet) bacon etn (ements [ere | eerie (FAGIee ae jeter [Var cre ine nny en Se ey GOS el[OJIIVOUl] G0) 0007000 08050 Metso) 00) 0-080-00-0. O90 620. 080-00 O16 Id.1oqury 08% 6.00. U0 090 -6.0°090: 050-050: Gaus0 0-0"U8n-0-0-0.050 eueljoqey

++

SOOOONnGUODoODQoOUoU OOD UD xou-eu0g eoOulody

+++ ++

Ce xo[ duis

+ + ++

+ eeeeer eee ee ee ee eee ee eh ee snqnsiry SNINATOAW CC a TT edivoouwA3

+++++

DOMOGOodo MONO CED OOdODGUa Ue oto eynoe evynosng

Se ies) |e feat [es | eee lei eee coameeoareey ser m ceca mone aH e]jouepjos wiZeq4sd[e9

eepern. BO: di Cansei DG Crbsad Beare BIpOJael]N) wvrarAS1y AVAOVINATOANO’)

+ +

| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |

UeUIUS A JOMOT, Inoutsag ysnoloqien STAIof

some aiqesiyejopuy pooH

‘PH Joupiey ‘YQ Jeupieg weounqg iaddeding ee EO) sopreyqa apyeig ao[purg uoysuLLeg a[reuleqTy uopsulqy sosedeles

panujuo) SANVIS] SODVdV1V‘) FHL NOdN SALAHAOLVWAIdIS GNV SHLAHdOGIMaALG JO NOILNGIYLSIG AHL ONIMOHS aAIsVy,

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

194

+ - +/+] |+]+ ++ +} |+ + + + +] + el | Sie | : ae &

++

a1qesiyejopuy |

poor |

“PH Jeupires) |

‘a9 Jeupiey |

weoung |

azeddading |

+

+++4+ +++

meyyeYyD |

sopreya |

a Ste ais + tee (hea eats + te) a an a par sie aie + eG (ele | 8 P18 |e |e 5B | © panuyuos

+

wopauqy |

sosedejes |

SO Ot Duo ceo o b Ololo Gin Quo ro nsbteo. 6 o.G Opa wmnorpur aikofoiientelcestelionisehalelismallMeleMp eels \/sialiamnme “ WMorAesseino

eiiell vile Zelieitstiolwifeiel el lelieiis) ie ishieliswemelierianiaiegartottelean T19TNOIS Gono e ooo mono oOO oo oOn oon sueolisiu "IPA

Ce eueiioyOOF CU 0-0-0-0 Ui. 0-0 DC Dini bb, Db -c80-b=0 Dow sisuasedejes

eho ah ouduod Oneonta wh ou TUIMIeC, BIUEpjoO HVHOVNIDSVAOd

enuvoocgaanoodbacauobe eG BUOJOYOIp vaforpATT FVAOVTTAHAOUGAP

SGNVIST SODVdVIV5) HHL NOdN SHLAHdOLVWYAdS GNV SALAHdOdIaALG AO NOILNAIMLSIG AHL SNIMOHS ATV L

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 195

Vot. I]

ueuluS | +

IaMOT, | +

+ iF

4 +f +

+) +) +]/+)+]+ f 4

+

ap | ce is

qe eae) ce 48 +

qe | ar =

let qe) ae

+ | + +e +

+ | | + fe +

+ ap |= |lae || ae te

ee aleai ae se eel e@rlaqe Sr lorie

BES IE RIS IE (Ele le lg

Be as SIS ne Le & El |ejeb |e

++

lin +}+]+ +

di

a

ll.

+

ak

ak +|+ elele Sy i ty || ep 3 | ©

sosedejey

ROO E Os eno Ooo ooo ae a]Jow uorpueposeyo pacers Nenenerea ae 7-9 STTBUTOIgO vIUUeOIAY AVAOVNAGAA A

ohotje(weurele mt oMemecettelcaaetenierienenlenisienis mee neuen e eae susdsoqnd O50 0-00.00) Oo POU OO Od OO Soo O05 Ob eAyorqsorisd CODCOD YO OU OUMD UO ODO BUIISST{NSITY eIy1OJOUINO T, COO0DOCOOO CO O00 GD AGO Oa Guu OU é wnJopiaied

SANV1IST SOODVdVIV‘) HHL NOdn SULAHdOLVWYAdS

panuiuoy

aqNV SHULAHdOCIYALG AO NOILNATLSIG AHL INIMOHS ATEV

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

196

en ST) suoosoqnd snjsiyorlg OOOO OmUOOOODOnmOOOGoOD Od snotydiyjo snysiuoy AVAOVNVIOS

+ + + + + + +

+ Ss = ~~ @ jem G a g 3 $2 (S) = o a

eueliehintele«iunioliais (stlolisiellelien «(elicit slisiisitsiisleliw a naisle) elOJorr yy Ce ne ST) e1er1s01d

+4++4++4

Deo Se OFOGO- OG DONO Oe o-oo aoe SIT@jUepIo00 eIATeS

Se as ee Ce ee eye ]]ION.eAqns

THAD OCDE NO HO OU OD ond od boon oOe deyeords

dig casslaianeseeian coer en coeapyeeae eat nee eyeqideo syd Aq AVLVIAV’]

+

+

+ ++4++

ag | aS | oe | oon ot non onore one ne SI[e1041] 1s ee fe [Seo eel | ell ee ne Tesi oop ene eee Roa asTeG Mado seulaesiosise sais Momeni e astis

+ CC ey eUT[OIeO euogto A

SAIS [| estes || See eae ecko ot ch eUO0JOYOIP eyoydiezAyorys AE | 3s |S St [SSS | ot Ro mono oo oD Imac ys eoorinddey PALI

TeUIUS Inourfesg ysnoiogie Ny StAJof

some

poor

"PH Joupiey “UID) Hee) ueounqg iaddeding WE ASANEEO) aperg ao]purg uoysullie g ajrewoqiy uopsulqy sosedeyey

a[gesizejopuy

panuiuos SGNVIS] SOOVdVIV5) GHL NOdA SALAHAOLVWUAAdS AGNV SHLAHdOdINALG 10 NOILNGIMLISIG] AHL ONIMOHS ATV],

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 197

Vor. I]

es a ae

— + O80 FO 0S ONS 02 Cr te O_O GSC OO-G.0 050 0-0) O-d-0- 6 Ot Ao edieooxt - + + D5 0S090 O° 0006-000, G06 80-0 005-0 0-0-0 0 eyelnsue stjessyug Sa | ee as ee 1 ai fie |S High seit wieninte ssic.oL a) qui o\-almeni aire ielnetish om ehiticearenicurnn sat nee ee eT ac emeee ‘ds oes + BeOS 208 OO OS OO e OS 0S ORDO Oat Ceo se Ond OnG-G-G wnoeqe ch | ec Fee Pee eee eer) inl Pee Meet at focecmc mater OSt ha Oucr Osticouu aa <GeGen cs esourynys BUPTIIOOIN + DSS SOU Os Cs ORDO Oe OOS 0. Neos 0cU0 Or O=050050-Ceth0-0.0-0-0 6 ds Sa pics| tera - COM OOCEOUD OSC OSB G50 4-60 6ouG umntpoxijourdurtd sei ee es of Soom on boscoHs wniopiared ‘res wnuetansod + +/+) + + + steal ea leslie lees JOUIM “IBA WIn{UeTHose winots1edook I I ! ‘ll = - + ++ + + nee te A OO Os O-OOS OOS =0r 0s Ce OeOnaed CisOs0=tiacnUsOst)-0 -COronn ds a + + OO 0-0e POs 00. 0 O00 0 d-o' Ods0. 0 oop oO winye[noues uIntoAT + me eacesie sare enne nen! @ Oe 8) 08 eiebewellieice eis ilaiielielsiaectelsiaetasttenicinesicas ‘ds + + DESEO OURO 0.2097 0-0 O08 CeO Ceoudso: 0-0! O20-0-0: OAs eINAe TL, eInjged + -- OO RTOD0ODOOAOCO OK GOD OD Ho wnnuue wnotsded + + + + + eee + + + ne DEOs ODO OSOS OOK 0-0-0 071 O02 0080.00 0-0 -01.000-0 Ho TISIOTIAT Se ee ee es ae ee ee eee | || ee ees ee fe eee es Wexooyy snqeoeg n Slo] a Q DBilwiw eloléie isle 18 PIS SIPS Sel Pl EIFlElele Ble |BileglealealsiSijasalsi[ol]s]es ¢]/a/4]/o]5 1] 65 BIS l/oel1e{/27/&1/3 alee 1S /Flolelel]s |B lw ls s) ¢ Ga ct o) io 5 4s) %) 8 oO © 09, D Q i) B Bebe i au 3 |B s|/2/8 1/8 & Eee ele | o

panuyuo7 SONWIST SODVdV1V‘) AHL NOdN SHLAHdOLVWUadS GNV SALAH AOUIALT JO NOILNAIMLSICG] AHL ONIMOHS ada]

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

198

Fa ees

SRE CECCR CINCH COSC ONClICNCNC ECC RCNONCNONUNONGNUNOnONONCs Cn F] ‘ds eUlONa TL,

HVHOVINONSIG a aE + + ericizamsall ciraiierisin ciel smipisobisiirali.e alta smell sieeiaelreiienleht.elieats sto[np etzedoog Er cee aoe (a Ue ee ean | ee | ea ee Ba rs ee eee Os eSOOTINI BIZOATE rs) | ee [aoe | eel ee] ements bee ed | Cee liso s0eO Ona eth OC CeO) DA OrON nO SOS ISO euetAniod fc ay ees es eee esopid ‘IeA BIOYIG elreideg + + do ot) 0 Ged O00 OD 00-0 O050 Ooo O80 Oo 0 eloUUOUL edooeg HVaAOVIAVINHdOWOS Serene | aioe] (eee) [enmesie| Frace | fk ene | o-geil bots QOS =CON 0) 0-205 OKO ONO US UAOE CRU ROS. O OD cr OOS OLOn OAD ‘ds PSE creas | (eee Nate Pico iene =] | Sa | Oa eO aD =O p USO OR eA OTOe OOD DIONE = OO-D On Dates E020 -B7040200 ‘ds = S| sl ene Sal onxeo oon udone span us 0 uo UINTTOTIOSeaIOA + Tofloseq ate ae CoC acT aC nO Dem b0Oec bade Cech al=lmetesd, OSO2ta0 asueo0j}InO aE + + + + + Sbvhi fol a) ta) valawiie) “eaelsl/sl sl oe(s)-y. bl wile) er wicen(sib bas Diel Saal w).e WINnIsIu Seca | mee) Fa PS aol Fae Paani [eee eety! | Mahal SCT A Les Toa LO ACH at eI en aera TouUOJSUOWI PA WnUuelOS + Pe er en er te Te Te Yc DP Ye PT YT ‘ds ae Si ok =e + -- + + + eee ae ee elie a Cia sireLs Wick isiaD Rinse etme sel te evanterces once Memieare susosoqnd oy alelglzlyielzlzlelelelelelelzlelelzlele 5 a B a © oe a Qa. 2) uo) ct 4 Ge Qs d. @ =) © BS | ee eter a | a B16 18 gS |/E le | 19 B13 B ge lg et BSG eRe le 1 Beit etes| ms RRS Reso: (ata a 5 & FS m | se sje)? | 8 P g pe | 4

panuyuoy SANVIS] SODVdVIVD AHL NOdN SALAHdOLVWUAIS GNV SALAHAOdIYALG AO NOILNAIISIG AHL ONIMOHG ATV],

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 199

Vou. I]

ab Ce OO elosedees = Gum eo eera concern e Go oo. eyOTOTey flee eel ae | a WE | fe) | o00beu ogc sce cco cs acces uea eyoqovorte BS | a se || Sct eno onesnmoencamanedioc. eq eoleAIp = ate aL. ae + OM ODODOnO CD DODoODDooOKDO OOO DOO 0 8 esiodsip a Pj | se ebencsonsssunacenvassnencsnyyn nuneg i pa | pee eae en ee ees os Se syeseq vien0g AVUOVIANY Sea face ee I a Se fe eee | ell eee ere ee ee e[ruind {IVA vSOLUAIIO} at ae ae SO U-0nd oO OO O00 UO G0 0.0500 6 DU oso sofeut oseyUr[g AVAOVNIOVINVIg a a a aE ait Scoecionanasacneter= Gag =arcnGrtcasc: 6. uo wmnprdsry WMNTIOWIeI40,L, AL wt ee | aes | | race ca enieeteetectes sea oo ena ee eee eqyetnorued BION y Bie | et a | io} || sep eoenacusoonoue oon bode euesedyles eronjsn{ SEN ee | = fe cccocnommesscnunsanecos euerAnied vio. dtpo1q AVHOVHINVOY SIS(EIRITIRIEIFI@ PIP 2 2 2 FB Pl elele Bla le lelelelelaleleislelalBlelel/eigizgls 4 (>) fe) a a ry 8 is} 8 ® [=r 5 = 5 8 0Q Lo) > eels . Pe AA SB |p ea Oo fs Hema | eS |e 3 || a iv o | 8 s|21s8 |3 5 eee | ee : z GS) 2 : panuyuo7)

SGNWISJT SODVdVIV©) HHL NOdN SALAHdMOLVWYAdS AGNV SHLAHdOdIWALY AO NOILNAIWLISIG] HHL ONIMOHS ATAV

January 14, 1911.

[Proc. 4TH SER.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

200

++++ < 2 ee) : tas} @ o e fe) oO

CODGCAOUDDHDUObOOOM OCOD OD ODDO boo DOO oO ‘ds

Sis (| 2 | | Shee acorsn on so eoo nance moc evosn eqyoaroqns Ts, eee eo es eee [ere | | |e | St ios wend nase no eI[OJIpunjor Sass | ie | | || en fee be) |e (ecco eee foe en ieee] NE l= ol Se bem oa Ooraip Golo oLoID Ee Oroumensosa OGD) choo eypisndiod — || |) jLousonococaogacdoogbo undo nao o0G eljojiared a foou pH AOD O nO OHO on Coo DOO OM DOO Oo eoytoed De | Sl Beet rteen oon poe. sisuouopsulqe eulIoF SS ee eel a ere puono nuovo ponmom roca be S56 SITBAo Se cee ea eae aaa sa fn aren fern (ace || ee bd | eae geal Ls sas ri eee canon oe amr OG el[oyIreoUr]

S| 2 Cah || ed |] le @) |} © IF ©) || tes} |} leeh |} loel HSM IS SIRI IS IPE e | el ale leis lett Set qe Se Ee es Pe ee SP) Ses eb ee iP Bry 8 B/S 15 ]/o]a2 ]/ai5 ae 18 | & le le | ie |e |e es es B e | 8 g SS ey et Po er 8 a us f=} A 1¢ 0Q > | 8 6 |is5 ]9

gQ 2 faa] |] (@) 4 53 | o a ip o a | > o ewe teat panuijuo)

SAGNV1IS]T SODVdV1IV1) HHL NOdN SHLAHdOLVWAAdS GNV SHLAHdOCIYALG AO NOILNAIMLSIG AHL ONIMOHS ATAV

201

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

Vot. IJ

es CCC CCC snyeUury snddedojdy

od OUDDOOGOD oD oO oODOUO Bl[OJOVISTWIO4 IV elsoLquiyy

+ IOUOODDD DO ODO Odo GUO nooo saprozAuoo wn} RIes VW DODD DDUOGSOObODoOGGDoO CG aoGKG0 wndieoo0101U

++++

Seis agia sR AUS Eee soplodieooone] winuwsedsoyyueoy AVLISOdWO7)

Be + + + OOF OOO OO OO 0 0 a I1otwuIn yg BITOAIBIS AVAOVINACOOS)

= ae df= |) | eecesaeockoscoscosonyonn eURIWIOYYO elyeqoT AVAOVINNVINV.)

COODKD OOD DO OODFOOKF DD oObOoD odo O oO oO SNSO]]IA soAdTS

Pe sOaato: He OO OOS eUeIeYyO voIpsiowIoyT

ak, || 8 666Gu5509e0G00e0peR590. uInjepioo wmnt197e1y

Ged OO OLteEEO ND rol G-OrolD Goma nose Coo odeg eyIqinono

spulie cams encdsens eee Semester ae eae sueS[nA snqqn3zO HVAOVLIGANON)

| +++

| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |

UeUIUSM | IOMOL moulf£ag | ysnoiogien | STAJOf | some | a1qestyejopuy | Poort | "PH Joupres | ‘YQ Joupiey Jeddadjng VA) | sopreyo apeig so]purg uo Sule g a[reuleqiy wopsuiq Vy sosedejer)

panuiuoy SGNVIS] SODVdVIV‘) AHL NOdN SALAHdAOLVWUAdS GNV SALAHdOdINALG JO NOILNAIALSIGQ: AHL DNIMOHS ATAV

[Proc. 4TH Serr.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

202

a = ae CeO teOs0-O- 0.070" O6tr Oo 0-6 00-0ud 070-0 0020. 60-050 0.0 epidsiy el[o0Uq a + Ea suodos as Nee | eee | ele elena otto Mune pinp reine crelnronienis/melxeicen tel aipenalgeme stone suesa]out BILAL a ak, ne Doo Oo Go ee Oo 0-0-0 0-0-0410 0.00 O-0s000 0-0-0 40010 eydoq te ete es (CCC CCRC CCC RCEC EC EC CSC RCC CSCC CCC RCC EC ECT umnyjisnd 4 - aL A0 FDO D600 On CON ot Oo OOo uIn4de10 wHyjoujuessélyD aE Ce eC esnyip eles aon a CC sI[neomnus} & 4 4 A ae A dk A At, + a Aa O=n0 OU O00 OO Ooo oO eulo}JOYNIp eo] [IAUrelg - iL a ae fa HL, 5 | 2¢28oc0sasas doo nse ecoonsse tars: ByORIJoI 4 a ae DOOM d Goon ooo ooD DDO DDO OUANMO OOOO G0 esojid aL Ce CS SISU9|IYO SuOprtg =: 0-00-00 O6b'0 D-Osben-OP Oso Ooo Ob POU On Oo oe Oo OOO -ds ae = Ce OO TY 11Z99904S$ a al eee See eee eee SULISSIISNSUS “IVA voeISUIG Pa | a ac | ea me | a | On rerneurenre™ais ome Montelc\elesit-BeliematcMolcmeieiismrd +Helie sle[nyid SILIVyooe g SIS/ZIFITISIZIFIP IS PISISISIP IERIE ele Sia le ele le lS leleale le le iS iB lelela lg ie le 8 ° fe) a an Ny i=) 3 i) 8 Bs ro) oO fe) i= 5 & iy) B 5 | 8 3 Bo | Be ee eee “le1212/% a B m | O 8 Bees 2 = = a | & panuyjuos)

SGNVWISJT SODVdV1IV!) HHL NOdN SHLAHMOLVWaddS GNV SHLAHdOdIYALG AO NOILAEIALSIG AHL ONIMOHS aTdv

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 203

Vor. I]

as + + 4 + + + SOUDGOUD000U0dDDb00D00 GUO SI[OFIOIe] eyoeyoodry Se + CCC eC ei Te snpytyeuurd sndies000'7] SE A ams | Sci | mmc | cecal mee | pe as | I fa | arm | circ ar | tee | Pc elu s wk eume Sc users epiole viet ray ieulectsldcerele Mert yEreRcinemuciee theme tie suodol1oid : oo FN te ee |S Ta | ale hie ie italneeiriereviereier st enenteieitse >is reais yl emsizenrs) sT[IOeIs eliosoef -— = ee die || ||P oocscdsongccctsaenue uInqye-0a4ny wnipeydeur aoe ee ee Foo : AO a =e : + OO DOD OOF ODO oOUD Odo oOOOnood a[neorlyy uintiioyedn aq Pe ee poe ae fe tel ee oe ae oo. a ee ee : ao ee

panuyuo7) SANVIS] SODVdV1IV‘) AHL NOdN SALAHdOLVWUAAIS GNV SALAHdOGINALG AO NOILNAIMISIG AHL DNIMOHS ATaV I,

[Proc. 4TH Ser.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

204

tel Pf ecesecoccssnanscncsdsmanncos: TUIMIeG

Te |) ||. eens cansnesaseuessnoccesasaccunn BYBP.109 1 Picea ah 66 bio ora stoinacoboconosond co eqyeiqeys IRA

fe ee epoca coonsucnusanasrvopeuonponsans Tineg 4 SSD O-cris0sb) 0 OL0eD OnC0: Om te08020-0 020°0 ONO soprlopAjorsze PpOUCbOdGGSOboUKOn OOOOH UOOOUHAD OUD elodse

anes ay Ue OU oR ENG Ucn sIuyye vIseTeog

dh | obec corde ueocesvanenc g[ejopni wnypAydorog eR en ee em ee O A a ROR eljoyinue,

+++ ++

++4++4+ ++

pUOOUDOFOODOOdDDDOaDOoOUDOO esolzenbsqns 6-0-0000 Spo D006) 010.6 60 01000-00600 6 0-020e0-6 eI[OFIUT]

Ce a eT Dr DT TT Ilo YOOF] 4 eee ee © © © © © ee ee ee ee ee et tl IIUOSSIOpUuy STII,

++ + + +

| +

+ + + +

SIAJof soure[

teddadjng wo psu aplewoeqiy uopsurqy sosedelesy

ysnoloqgieny a1qesIyeJopuy ‘pH Joupiey "YQ Joupiey

panuyuo7 SGNVIS]T SODVdVIV‘) AHL NOdA SALAHAOLVWAAdS GNV SALAHAOGIVALG AO NOILNAIXLSIG FHL ONIMOHS A@AIAV LL

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 205

Vot. I]

*puvysy uoidureyD 1

ee a SN telnet sires or eMenetenelnetelieneniolenenvicemeieltshionieneletieleiie 40019 sojose es: | ee) ee S| Goo corona pooo doa aouoodooodoo oN OM esnyip 4 NN ee tI | ef Lt ec acme | Nee orccers ofiente \/eliacteMej/e Veute'<eliane tie nejielvenienmasih= ine e]JOuY soyjueyids + + + + | snooelejo snyouos i, HOC OOUOODO CFO OO OUOU MOU OO D000 u Bb OOO ds G0) 80 0+ 030-00-0 6 020 070 6 psisueuordwieyo "IPA fe On0 Os OOS OSCE b 08D c0s07010 (O00 O--0.0 70" 10.0 040.06 eSO]IIA a OO 000 U0 000 OOOO DODD Ooo O00 Om OO lsseiIspous a Onto 0 6900 00 6 OOO DU O66 0.000 6.6 650 0 G6 exoforjo1 i i a cts eee e ee ee ee ee © © we we eee ee ee ee eyejnounped 4 SoU OO DOOD OOOO OOOO IO UCDO O00 Uomo 0 218AO a aowle iol effabllelisrid fate atielesinelisdietieunilsiiunlesetteliciieiivey sIsuouoqieu a aa SOOCOUCDDOOUOOOOoCOOOUDO OO Doo epeydeoosorut S| [fem | Ss a |S Gaped. trstu0. 1 0.0-0°09S.050/0 0L0 6. 6,0 000.0,010"050-0 0 6-0-9 eSIoul dh O90. O70 Us040. 0-050-0)0-0202080-0-0-0 DO 'D100lG 0. G-p 0 0-0 lisurydopy A FOOUOOHOOGHDOUD OD OOO SON OOnOO DOO MO WoT]oH n a | | SPUSIEVEIEUELE/EUEIE/EIS UES ELBE 2 g 4 4 < 5 fo) 4 ia) is} ns) 2 » ct 4 o 5] p> 5 |e BilolS)/olS8lala}iats 13 m | | & | e Pe ee pe eee a ae bee es pave be ae 5 Belle ie Se ee ele) Ss | BES Ws é e| |zie|] |? ee = 2 Balas c) ‘ 2 panuyuo7

SGNWIS]T SOOVdVWIVL) HHL NOdN SHLAHAOLVWAAdS GNV SALAHdOGIYALG AO NOILNAIMLSIG AHL ONIMOHS ATAV

206 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

BoTANICAL REGIONS

Those who have written on the phytogeography of the Gala- pagos Islands in the past, have often mentioned the great difference in the character of the vegetation on the higher and lower parts of many of the islands, a difference that is very marked and can often be readily seen at a mere glance from the shore or a few miles out at sea by the contrast in the color of the vegetation in the several regions. In fact it is often easier to make out the limits of the regions from a distance than close at hand, for they frequently grade imperceptibly into each other, and the variations in color can not be so readily distinguished when one is going through the islands. On certain islands some of the regions are often ill defined or entirely lacking, a fact that is probably due mostly to climatic but sometimes to edaphic factors.

Above the strand vegetation, which forms a narrow belt along the shores in many places, four botanical regions can be recognized, the Dry, Transition, Moist, and Grassy.

Dry Region

The lower slopes of the higher islands and the whole slopes of the lower ones are covered with a vegetation which is very xerophytic in character. The most striking plants in this region are the arborescent cacti, which often occur in large numbers and sometimes attain a height of forty or more feet. Except the cacti, the trees in this region are for the most part rather low, deciduous in character, and very much scattered. Between the trees, where they occur, the ground is usually covered with low bushes, which either shed or greatly reduce their leaves during the greater part of the year, and those which retain their leaves usually have them covered with a heavy coating of plant hairs. The landscape accordingly pre- sents a dreary gray aspect, which is greatly accentuated by the color of the trunks of both the Croton bushes and Bursera trees.

During the spring months this region takes on a green appearance, but is lighter in color than the moist region above. During this season most of the annual plants spring up rapidly, and mature before the dry season sets in again.

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 207

While it is difficult to give a list of plants which are strictly characteristic of this region, the following includes those spe- cies which are most common. Those which are followed by an asterisk in this and the following lists are, so far as is known, characteristic of the region to which they are referred.

Acacia macracantha* Desmanthus depressus Aristida divulsa* . Discaria pauciflora* subspicata* Erythrina velutina* Borreria ericaefolia* Euphorbia amplexicaulis* Bursera graveolens articulata* Castela galapageia vimined Cenchrus platyacanthus* Gossypium barbadense Cereus galapagensis* Lantana peduncularis nesioticus* Maytenus obovata sclerocarpus* Mentzelia aspera Clerodendron molle Opuntia galapageia* Coldema Darwini* myriacantha* fusca* Parkinsonia aculeata* Cordia galapagensis Piscidia erythrina Hookeriana Prosopis dulcis lutea Scalesia atractyloides* Croton Scouleri* Telanthera echinocephala var. brevifolius nudicaulis var. Macraei* Waltheria reticulata

Transition Region

As the name would indicate, the vegetation in this region is transitional in character, being made up of a mixture of xerophytic plants from the dry region below and the more hardy of the mesophytic plants from the moist region above. There is usually a great thickening of the vegetation in this region, and a considerable number of the evergreen species appear, so that the landscape has a mottled appearance when seen from a distance. In fact the deciduous character of the vegetation in the dry regions, the evergreen character in the moist regions, and the mixture of the two in the transition regions, are the principal causes of the well marked appearance of zonation on many of the islands.

The trees in this region are taller, as a rule, and closer together than they are in the dry region, while underneath the trees the bushes and undergrowth are larger and thicker on the ground. A few species of epiphytic plants are found,

208 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

among which fruticose lichens are most abundant, often occur- ing in such large quantities as to give a distinct color to the vegetation. A few of the more xerophytic species of ferns, as well as a number of herbaceous perennial plants, occur. The annual herbaceous forms are rather in the minority as compared with the perennials. The following list includes the plants which are most common in this region.

Adiantum concinnum Lantana peduncularis Bursera graveolens Lipochaeta laricifoha Castela galapageia Maytenus obovata Ceropteris tartarea Pisonia floribunda Chiococca alba Polypodium lepidopteris Cissampelos Pareira pectinatum Clerodendron molle Squamatum Cordia galapagensis Psidium galapageium

Hookeriana Psychotria rufipes

lutea Scalesia pedunculata Croton Scouleri var. brevifolius Telanthera echinocephala Doryopteris pedata Tillandsia insularis Erigeron tenuifolius Tournefortia rufo-sericea Euphorbia viminea Trachypteris pinnata Gossypium barbadense Waltheria reticulata Tonopsis utricularioides Zanthoxylum Fagara

Moist Region

The vegetation of the moist region is of a decidedly meso- phytic character, all the xerophytic species which persist in the transition region having disappeared, except in a few rare instances. In these cases there may be an occasional straggler from below, or conditions of soil or exposure are such that mesophytic plants will not grow. In general this region is characterized by the presence of large forests, made up for the most part of trees of Psidium galapageium, Pisonia floribunda, and Scalesia pedunculata, which it seems well to call the “Scalesia forests.” The undergrowth is often dense in these forests, and is made up mostly of larger species than are found in the two lower regions. Epiphytic ferns and orchids, as well as several species of leafy hepatics, grow abundantly. Lianes also abound, although belonging largely to a single species. The mesophytic species of ferns are very common, and often form brakes of considerable size. In general, the vegetation

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 209

of this region presents an appearance very similar to that which is usually found in the moist tropics, the rain-forest type being closely approached in places. While forests pre- dominate, there are a few localities in which they are absent or only represented by an occasional tree. In such places the vegetation is made up mostly of bushes and ferns, over which there are tangled masses of lianes, mostly of the herbaceous type. The following list includes the species of plants which are most noticeable in the moist region.

Acrostichum aureum Ionopsis utricularioides Adiantum concinnum Nephrolepis biserrata Henslovianum pectinata* macrophyllum Pisoma floribunda Argyreia tiliaefolia Polypodium aureum Asplenium cristatum lanceolatum formosum lepidopteris praemorsum pectinatum Serra Phyllitides* sulcatum Squamatum Blechnum occidentale Psidium galapageium ‘Ceropteris tartarea Psychotria rufipes Chetlanthes microphylla Pteris aquilina var. esculenta* Chiococca alba incisa* Cissampelos Pareira Scalesia pedunculata Croton Scouleri var. grandifolius cordata Doryopteris pedata Tillandsia insularis Dryopteris parasitica* Tournefortia rufo-sericea Epidendrum spicatum Trachypteris pinnata Erigeron linifolius Urera alceaefolia* Hemitelia multiflora Zanthoxylum Fagara

Grassy Region

This region lies above the moist region, and is characterized by considerable areas covered with perennial grasses, the most common of which is Paspalum conjugatum. ‘Trees are almost entirely absent except in protected places, the probable cause of their absence being the greater velocity of the wind at the higher elevations, combined with a somewhat less amount of precipitation. A number of bushy and shrubby plants are found in this region, the most common of which are Tourne- fortia rufo-sericea and Zanthoxylum Fagara. There are also a considerable number of species of ferns, but it is seldom that

210 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

brakes of any size are formed by them. There are but two islands in the group on which this region is well developed, Albemarle and Chatham. On both of these the belt in question is used for grazing purposes by the inhabitants. The upper part of the highest crater on Charles Island is also covered by this region, but the area here is so small as to be negligible. The following table shows the elevations in feet at which the different regions end at the various places on the islands visited by our party. The islands not mentioned are either too low to possess more than the dry region, or their regions are so ill defined as to render the exact limits impossible of determina- tion. Elevations which are followed by an asterisk are esti- mated, the estimates often having been made from a few miles out to sea by comparing the elevation of the place in question with that of some other place the elevation of which was known.

ZONAL, ELEVATIONS

Dry Transition Moist Grassy

Locality Region Region Region Region Abingdon Island, north side...... 1500* south side...... 450 1000 1950 Albemarle Island, Banks Bay..... 1500* Cowley Bay....| 1000 3000* Iguana Cove... 0 0 Woilllenenyihs So 822 150 350 1500 3150 Charles Island, Black Beach Road 450 1000 1780 Chatham Island, Wreck Bay...... 650 800 2100 Dinncanwe isla ncn eee nei 900 1300 Indefatigable Island, Academy Bay. 350 500 1500* morth side. :)..\| 4500* |) 2000* northwest side 450 700 southeast side. 400 800* James Island, north side.......... 1500* 2000* Southy sideman seer 900 1600 2850 James (Bay oes eens 1300 2000* 2850

From this table it appears that there is often a great differ- ence in the elevations at which a region begins and ends on the same sides of different islands as well as on different sides of -

Vot.I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 211

the same islands. In the first instance it seems likely that the size of the island and the degree of slope are involved. On large islands, like Albemarle and Indefatigable, the southern sides slope very gradually, and the transition and moist regions extend down much lower than on Abingdon and James, which are smaller and have steeper sides. A notable exception occurs, however, at Iguana Cove on the southwest side of Albe- marle Island, where the conditions are very peculiar indeed. This is the only place on the islands, outside of a few isolated spots near brackish springs, where there is sufficient moisture at sea level to support a mesophytic vegetation. But the extent of the moist region at this place is very limited, for at Christo- pher Point, only five miles north, and at Essex Point, four miles south, the vegetation at sea level is again very xero- phytic. The great difference in elevation of the different regions on the leeward and windward sides of the islands, is due to the fact that the fog in passing over the tops of the mountains rolls down but a short distance on the leeward sides, and leaves the islands at a much higher level than it struck them on the windward sides. The lower limits of the moist regions are usually as well marked, by the difference in the color of the vegetation, on the leeward as on the windward slopes of the islands.

GENERAL FEATURES OF THE FLORA PTERIDOPHYTA

Filices are the family that contains the largest number of species, but at the same time the smallest number of endemic forms in proportion to the number of species represented, of any family of vascular plants found on the islands. Ferns occur mostly in the transition and moist regions, where they sometimes grow in great profusion. They are not confined to these regions, however, as there are instances of their occur- rence under decidedly xerophytic conditions in the dry region. The species which occur thus are Ceropteris tartarea, Cheilan- thes microphylla, Notholaena sulphurea, Polypodium squam- atum, and Trachypteris pmnata. Hydrophytic ferns are few in number, and are confined to a few rather restricted areas, in the moist regions on several islands, where the amount of

212 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES |Proc. 4TH Ser.

moisture present is greater than is ordinarily the case. Those species which are decidedly hydrophytic, or show tendencies in this direction, are some of the species of Adiantum, Asplen- ium cristatum, and the species of Hymenophyllum and Tricho- manes. Epiphytic species include Asplenium praemorsum and sulcatum, Nephrolepis pectinata, Polypodium angustifolium, aureum, lanceolatum, lepidopteris, polypodioides, and thyssan- olepis. Over one half of the species of Polypodium found on the islands are epiphytic in habit, all but one, in fact, being habitually so. Fern brakes of considerable size are formed by Nephrolepis biserrata, and Pteris aquilina var. esculenta, while Polypodium squamatum often forms low brakes one to two feet high in moist shady places in the transition region. Hemitelia multifiora is the only tree fern, and is confined to the upper parts of three of the higher islands. Ferns have now been found on all of the important islands of the group except Barrington, Culpepper, Seymour, and Tower, the con- ditions on these islands being too dry to support even the more xerophytic species. The water ferns are of relatively little importance in the archipelago, being represented by a species each of Azolla and Salvinia.

The Lycopodiaceae are represented by five species of Lyco- podium, all of which occur in the moist and grassy regions of the islands. Two of the species are epiphytic and the remain- ing three terrestrial. The Equisetaceae are represented by a single species, Equisetum bogotense, which occurs in a very small area on the top of one of the mountains on Albemarle Island.

SPERMATOPHYTA Monocotyledoneae

The Cramineae are the fourth largest family, in number of species, found on the islands. By far the largest number of the species are confined to the dry and transition regions, the moist region being too shady, in most places, to support an abundant growth of grass. The only grass of any importance which occurs above the transition region is Paspalum conju- gatum, which often covers extensive areas in the grassy region and forms an important forage grass for the cattle and other domesticated animals on the islands. Grasses which occur

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS PNG

under halophytic conditions are a species of Ammophila, prob- ably A. arenaria, and Sporobolus virginicus, the last of which covers some of the sand beaches with heavy tangled mats. Great numbers of land birds were often found feeding in the grassy areas in the dry and transition regions, a fact which suggests the possible origin of this rather important element of the flora.

The second largest family of the Monocotyledons is the Cyperaceae, which are the seventh largest family, in number of species, found on the islands. The best represented genus is Cyperus, of which there are more than sixteen species and varieties, one or more of which occur on all of the islands except Brattle. They form a noticeable but not important element of the flora in the dry and transition regions, but with the exception of C. grandifolius are not conspicuous in either the moist or grassy regions. In the Voyage of the Beagle, Darwin speaks of beds of Cyperus on the upper parts of James Island, in which he found a species of water rail. We were able to secure several specimens of this rather rare bird, but without exception they were found in beds of Paspalum con- jugatum, which grows abundantly in open places throughout the moist region on this island. Of the remaining genera of sedges Dichronema is represented by one species, Eleocharis by three, Fimbristylis by two, and Hemucarpha, Kyllinga, and Scleria by one each, none of which are widely distributed over the islands or form an important element of the flora in the regions where they occur.

Outside of the grasses and sedges the remaining monocotyle- donous families are of little importance. The Orchidaceae are represented by four genera of one species each, all of which are found above the dry region. The Bromeliaceae are repre- sented by Tillandsia, of which there is a single endemic species that in places forms a noticeable element of the flora. Other monocotyledonous plants are for the most part small and rather rare of occurrence.

Dicotyledoneae

The Piperaceae and Urticaceae are both small families, the first being represented by eight species of Peperomia, all but one of which are endemic. These include both epiphytic and

214 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER.

terrestrial forms and are all confined to the transition and moist regions of the islands. The Urticaceae are represented by six species, one of which is endemic. They are all herbaceous forms except Urera alceaefolia, which forms large sized bushes and is rather an important element of the flora in the moist regions of both Albemarle and Indefatigable Islands.

The Amarantaceae are the sixth largest family of vascular plants found on the islands, being represented by thirty-three species, varieties, and forms. The two most important genera are Amaranthus and Telanthera. The species of the first of these are herbaceous in character and furnish some of the most noticeable of the spring weeds in the dry and transition regions. The species of Telanthera are woody in character and the genus is represented in all the regions by species which are shrubby or bushy in form. Of the thirteen species and varieties of this genus all are endemic but two.

The Nyctaginaceae are represented by four genera, three of which form rather important elements of the flora. Crypto- carpus pyriformis is usually found in the neighborhood of the coast, where it often forms rather conspicuous thickets of light green bushes which stand out in strong contrast with the gray colored vegetation farther inland. Boerhaavia is represented by four species in the dry and transition regions, and Pisonia by one that forms one of the important forest trees in the transi- tion and moist regions.

The family of Aizgoaceae is noteworthy in that it contains two of the important elements of the halophytic flora, namely Sesuvium Edmonstonei and S. Portulacastrum. The first of these species is endemic, while the second has a wide distribu- tion on tropical shores.

The Menispermaceae contain but two species: Cissampelos galapagensis and C. Pareira. The latter is one of the most noticeable plants in certain parts of the transition and moist regions, where it often covers the branches of the trees in great profusion, while the large number of absorbing roots which are put down from above may form tangled masses and render traveling very difficult. It is the only plant on the islands that approaches the woody liane type.

The Leguminosae are the fifth largest family in number of species on the islands, being represented by forty-five species,

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 215

six of which are endemic. This family contains some of the largest forest trees, as well as many herbaceous and shrubby forms. All of these are most abundant in the dry and transi- tion regions, and many of the species are armed with spines. Several of the smaller Lianes being to this family. In the moist and grassy regions the woody species are almost entirely absent, but there remain a considerable number of herbaceous forms, among which Desmodium is most conspicuous.

The Rutaceae are represented by a single species, Zanthoxy- lum Fagara, which occurs in all of the regions on many of the islands. This species varies greatly in size, often occurring as small bushes in the dry region, while in the moist zone it assumes the height of a tree, the increase in size being gradual with the increase in elevation. In many places in the dry and transition regions this plant forms dense low thickets of bushes which, owing to the strongly recurved spines that cover the branches, are very hard to penetrate. It is one of the favorite host plants for Phoradendron Henslovu on the parts of the islands where this parasite occurs.

The Simarubaceae have but one representative, Castela gala- pageia, which occurs as bushes in both the dry and transition regions. ‘This species varies greatly in the size of the leaves and in the arming of the stem, so that several forms have been based on these characters.

Bursera graveolens and B. malacophylla are the only repre- sentatives of the Burseraceae found on the islands. The first of these is one of the most abundant forest trees in the dry region, and is found on all of the more important islands of the group but Duncan. It never occurs above the transition region except as an occasional straggler. The second species is endemic, and so far as known occurs only on the Seymour Islands.

In number of species, varieties, and forms, the Euphorbia- ceae are the third largest family of vascular plants found on the islands, and are of prime importance in that they furnish many of the characteristic species of all of the regions. The various forms of Croton Scouleri constitute conspicuous ele- ments in all of the regions where this species occurs, and in the dry region dense thickets of Croton bushes often cover consid- erable areas almost to the exclusion of all other perennial vege-

January 14, 1911.

216 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

tation. The forms of this species which occur in the dry region are usually rather low and covered with small leaves of a decidedly gray color, due to the heavy covering of trichomes. Those forms which occur higher up in the transition and moist region are larger, sometimes attaining the size of small trees. On these the leaves are larger and with a much lighter covering of plant hairs. Species of Euphorbia occur to some extent in all of the regions, but are most abundant in the dry. and lower transition, the species which occur here being for the most part bushy in character with small and inconspicuous leaves. The species which occur above the transition region are mostly procumbent herbaceous forms. Of the remaining genera Acalypha and Hippomane are the most important. Acalypha is represented by fourteen species and varieties, all of which are endemic. They are found for the most part in the transition and moist regions. Hippomane Mancinella occurs in various habitats, halophytic, xerophytic, and meso- phytic, with apparently no decided change in form in any of them.

The Celastraceae have but a single representative, Maytenus obovata, bushes of which form a very important element of the flora of the dry regions, especially in the neighborhood of the coast. It occurs more or less abundantly throughout the dry and transition regions, in the first of which it is about the only green bush of any size during a great part of the year.

The Sapindaceae are one of the smaller families in number of species, but are important from the fact that Cardiospermum furnishes a rather important herbaceous liane and Sapindus Saponart the largest forest tree found on the islands. The Rhamnaceae are represented by Discaria pauciflora, bushes of which occur abundantly in the lower parts of the dry regions.

Outside of a few herbaceous forms, Gossypium barbadense is the most important member of the Malvaceae. Bushes of this species occur in greater or less abundance in the dry and transi- tion regions.

The Cactaceae are represented by several species of Cereus and Opuntia, most of which form rather striking elements of the flora. Both genera have both bushy and arborescent species, and are found for the most part in the dry and transi- tion regions.

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS Divs,

The Rhizophoraceae and Combretaceae include some of the most important elements of the littoral vegetation. Rhizophora Mangle of the first of these families forms dense low forests below high tide mark, while Conocarpus erectus and Laguncu- laria racemosa of the second occur farther back as bushes and small trees.

The various species of Ipomoea are the most significant members of the Convolvulaceae in that some of the most im- portant of the herbaceous lianes of the islands are members of the genus. This genus also furnishes species which occur under all conditions, halophytic, xerophytic, and mesophytic.

The Boraginaceae furnish some noteworthy elements of the flora in all of the regions. The various species of Cordia con- stitute important factors of the flora in the dry and transition regions, while the species of Tournefortia provide some of the most common bushes in all of the regions, especially in the moist and grassy.

Avicennia, Clerodendron, and Lantana are the three genera of the Verbenaceae which are of prime importance. Avicennia officinalis forms an important element of the littoral vegetation in the form of low forest trees, while the two remaining genera furnish some of the most characteristic bushes of the dry and transition regions.

The Solanaceae are the eighth largest family in number of species on the islands, but are of rather secondary importance, as the species for the most part are herbaceous and not espe- cially abundant in any of the regions except during the spring season. At that time they furnish several of the common weeds.

The Rubiaceae stand next in importance to the Solanaceae in number of species, but most of these are relatively small in size. This is one of the most important families represented in the archipelago in that it contains common species in all of the regions. The various species of Borreria are very frequent in the dry regions, some of them inhabiting the most desert situa- tions, even to the exclusion of almost all other species of plants. Bushes of Chiococca alba often form an important element of the flora in the transition regions, and Psychotria rufipes is of prime importance in the Scalesia forests in the moist regions, where it is one of the most abundant bushes.

Ls]

218 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

The Compositae stand second in number of species of all of the families of vascular plants occurring on the islands. Many of the common herbaceous annuals of the dry and transition regions, as well as some of the most important bushes, belong to this family. The Compositae are however most strikingly represented in the moist regions, where extensive forests of Scalesia, made up for the most part of S. pedunculata, occur. This genus is also well represented in both the dry and transi- tion regions by shrubby species, which sometimes occur in large numbers over considerable areas. Other noteworthy members of the family are the species of Erigeron and Lipo- chaeta, both of which are important where they occur.

The remaining families of vascular plants represented on the islands contain but few species and for the most part are of relatively little importance.

The plants which occur under halophytic or semihalophytic conditions are included in the following genera: Ammophila, Atriplex, Avicennia, Batis, Cacabus, Conocarpus, Coldenia, Cryptocarpus, Eleocharis, Heliotropium, Hibiscus, Hippomane, Ipomoea, Laguncularia, Lycium, Maytenus, Najas, Rhizo- phora, Ruppia, Salicornia, Scaevola, Sesuvium, and Sporo- bolus.

Hydrophytes are comprised in Azolla, Callitriche, Eleo- charis, Lemna, Myriophyllum, Jussiaea, and Salvimia, all of which are of little importance in the composition of the flora, as they mostly occur periodically when there is a supply of fresh water in the ponds and brooks.

Outside of a few species of ferns, the only vascular epiphytes are three species of orchids, two or three species of Peperomia, and a Tillandsia, the last of which is the most common and largest of the epiphytic plants. All of the above are practically confined to the transition and moist regions, occurring above the last in only a few instances. Phanerogamic parasites are represented by four species of Phorodendron, only one of which is sufficiently abundant to be of importance in this respect, and two species of Cuscuta. The first of these parasites is found in all of the regions, but is most abundant in the moist, while the second is confined to the dry and transition zones and so far as was observed only appears for a short time during the spring months.

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 219

Lianes occur in the following genera: Argyreia, Asclepias, Boussingaultia, Canavalia, Cardiospermum, Cuissampelos, Cissus, Elaterium, Galactea, Ipomoea, Momordica, Mucuna, Passiflora, Phaseolus, Rhynchosia, and Sicyos. Most of these are herbaceous.

Those plants which attain the size of trees are included in the following genera: Acacia, Acnistus, Avicennia, Bursera, Cereus, Conocarpus, Erythrina, Hibiscus, Hippomane, Opun- tia, Piscidia, Pisoma, Psidium, Prosopis, Rhizophora, Sap- indus, Scalesia, Solanum, and Zanthoxylum. More than one half of these are confined to the regions below the moist, con- trary to the general belief that the lower parts of the islands support only a low and bushy vegetation outside of the arbor- escent cacti. A few of the above attain sufficient size to be of economic importance for lumber, among which the species of Erythrina, Psidium, and Sapindus are the most important.

The greater number of species of plants have small and rather inconspicuous flowers, a fact that has been mentioned by other travelers who have visited the islands. There are a few plants, however, that possess rather showy flowers. Such are comprised in the genera Argyreia, Cacabus, Cereus, Cordia, Datura, Erythrina, Gossypium, Hibiscus, Ipomoea, Kallstroe:- mua, Miconia, Mucuna, Nicottana, Opuntia, Parkinsoma, Passi- flora, and Tribulus. Most of these genera include species of wide distribution. By far the largest number of endemic spe- cies have very small flowers, a fact that may be due to the relatively small number of species of insects on the islands.

EcoLoGiIcAL FACTORS W ater

Great differences in the amount of precipitation are often found within short distances on the Galapagos Islands, some- times within a change of elevation of two or three hundred feet. The lower parts of the islands adjacent to the shore are as a rule very dry and only receive moisture in any considerable quantities during about three months of the year, while the middle and upper parts are quite moist most of the time. Between the two extremes of moisture there are all sorts of gradations.

220 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

During the year our party remained on the islands there were nineteen rainy days at sea level, eleven of which were during the months of January, February, and March, and it was only during these months that the rains were heavy enough to make the ground muddy. During the remaining months of the year the days on which there was rain at sea level were distributed as follows: April one, June one, July three, Sep- tember two, and December one. None of these rains were heavy, being more in the nature of light showers of short dura- tion. These observations were taken at different places on the islands, but they probably represent approximately the condi- tions at sea level on any one island during this time. They do not include days on which there were but slight sprinkles of rain or mist.

There were no very heavy rains at sea level during the entire year, but heavy rains must occur here at times, for many of the valleys show considerable erosion. The dry beds of streams are often covered with water-worn boulders, showing that at some time the streams have carried a considerable amount of water. Furthermore the sides of many of the tufa craters are deeply furrowed with gullies, and have much the general appearance of steep hillsides in a country of frequent heavy rains. The people who live on Chatham Island told us that 1906 was an exceptionally dry year. There was no rain on this island from March until July, in consequence of which much of the vegetation was dried up even on the highest parts of the island around 2100 ft. elevation. Similar parched conditions were noticed on the upper part of Charles Island during the months of May and June.

Heavy dews, as well as a considerable amount of mist, often occur at sea level during the spring months. We were anchored at Tagus Cove, on the west side of Albemarle Island, during the greater part of the month of April, and during this time the late nights and early mornings were so misty that any article left exposed over night would usually be quite wet in the morning. The mist would clear away soon after sun-rise, and the remainder of the day would be clear.

The places where precipitation is great enough to support a mesophytic vegetation, are mostly confined to the middle and ‘upper parts of the islands. The moisture here is derived from

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 221

the fog banks which strike the windward sides of the mountains at various elevations, whereupon the fog is thrown down as fine mist and sometimes rain. These fog banks, however, do not always extend to the tops of the mountains, as these are often clear while the region a few hundred feet below may be entirely enveloped in fog. The soil at the tops of the mountains is sometimes dusty, while a little below the top it may be very moist or even muddy. From February until June inclusive there is much less fog in the upper regions than during the remainder of the year. During these four or five months the tops of the mountains may be entirely clear for several days at a time; but during the remainder of the year they are enveloped in fog, with only occasional clear days: + It sometimes happens that the fog will clear away in the early evening to reappear again the following morning.

The direct effect of the fog on the growth of vegetation is well shown on some of the islands, especially so on Duncan above 1000 ft. elevation. The south sides of many of the large lava boulders here are covered with a heavy growth of Poly- podium squamatum, while the other sides are entirely bare. This condition is due to the fact that the southern exposures are more directly bathed by the fog-laden wind than are the others. Such instances as this are rather common; the wind- ward sides of trees and bushes often have a heavier growth of epiphytic lichens and mosses than the leeward sides.

Streams and springs of water are very scarce on the islands, in fact entirely absent on most of them. There are several springs on Chatham Island above 1000 ft. elevation, one of them large enough to supply a sugar mill as well as all the various needs of a population of some three hundred. There is also on this island a crater lake of considerable size and depth. Furthermore a few small streams occur in the upper regions of this island, but as they are mostly fed by surface water they quickly dry up as soon as the rainy season is over. Charles Island has two springs of fair size, and several seep- ages of water around the base of a tufa crater at 1000 ft.; but none of these affords sufficient water to form more than a small brook that sinks from sight a short distance away from its source. There are also several small basins in the plateau region of this island around 1000 ft. elevation, but they were

222 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

all dry at the times this island was visited by our party. With the exception of two small springs at Tagus Cove on Albe- marle Island, there are no springs of fresh water on any of the other islands, so far as was observed. On the southeast side of the mountain at Villamil on Albemarle Island, a short dis- tance below the top, there are indeed one or two small lakes, but the inhabitants of the settlement about half way up the side of the mountain, depend entirely on the rain for their water supply. Captain Thomas Levick, an Englishman who has lived on the islands for some thirty-five years, told us that there were small streams in the upper interior region of Indefati- gable Island, as well as a crater lake of considerable size, but we were not fortunate enough to get far enough into the interior of this island to find them. Both Duncan and Hood Islands have broad flat basins in their interiors which appear to have been recently filled with water.

There is evidently enough precipitation on all of the higher islands to form springs if there were enough soil to hold it. But as the soil usually forms only a comparatively thin layer over the surface, practically all of the water that falls sinks very shortly into the cracks in the lava and comes out at various places along the shore. Some of these springs are large, and their water, as a rule, is quite brackish, owing to the fact that it consists partly of sea water that has percolated through the lava for a considerable distance inland.

Seasons

The rainy season, and with it the usual spring vegetation, usually come between January and June, and in 1906 were confined to the first three of these months on most of the islands. There is however no absolute certainty when spring will come, and it sometimes misses a year entirely. The time at which the rainy season arrives in a given year varies con- siderably on different islands. It sometimes commences at different times on adjacent islands, and even two sides of the same island may show a considerable amount of variation in this respect. In 1906 the spring season was at its height at Wreck Bay, on the south side of Chatham Island, in the month of January, while at Sappho Cove, on the north side of this island, it evidently began three weeks to a month later. Some-

Voz. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 223

what similar conditions were noticed on both Hood and Charles Islands. On the first of these the spring season was just beginning in February, and on the second it appeared to be about as far advanced in March as it had been on Chatham in January. The greatest difference in the time at which this season occurs on two adjacent islands, was noticed on Abing- don and Bindloe Islands, which are separated from each other by a distance of only about thirteen miles. The vegetation on the lower parts of Bindloe was very dry and parched indeed in the month of September, as it is on the lower parts of most the other islands at this time of year; while on Abingdon most of the deciduous vegetation was coming into leaf and the common spring weeds were springing up all over the lower parts of the south side of the island. Whether this condition of affairs occurs yearly or not, is impossible to state, but it is evident that the seasons were very much reversed on these two islands in 1906.

Heat

Considering the fact that these islands lie directly on the equator, the average temperature is quite low, ranging from 70°-80° F. throughout the greater part of the year. It never becomes extremely hot, and at times is really too cool for comfort. We arrived at Hood Island, the most southern member of the group, on Sunday morning, September 24, 1905. After coming to anchor and getting the vessel generally ship-shape, we hoisted an awning over the forward deck and the members of the party collected under it to read or other- wise pass the day. It was not long, however, until we began to move out from under the awning into the sun, as it was really too cool for comfort in the shade, somewhat lightly clad as we were. The sun was not hot, but just comfortably warm, and felt as it does on an early day in spring in temperate latitudes. The rather remarkable thing about the incident was that we were but eighty-two miles south of the equator, with the sun almost directly overhead at this time of year.

It was the intention at first to get daily maximum and minimum temperatures throughout the year, but as the only maximum temperature thermometer we had, was broken soon after we arrived at the islands, this plan had to be abandoned and air and water temperatures were taken instead at intervals

224 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4ru Sr.

of a few days apart. The temperatures were taken at 6 A. M., 6 p.m., and, when it was possible to do so, at 12 M., water temperatures being taken at the surface with a standard Fah- renheit thermometer. The results of these observations are given in the following table.

TABLE OF GALAPAGOS TEMPERATURES, 1905-1906

Morning Noon Evening Station Date STERN Ta EL Rr Water Air Water Air Water Air

Hood Isl. Sept 2a ile sad s5 73 73 Sept, 260 Was)! 3 Ws 73

SeptNZinisin 74 3 | vases Sener Zou der | 3.5 ee WB Sept29 | 731 \ 7305 137g Charles Isl. Oct: 16) 709 69 68 70 Oct. 7 | 68 67 68 70 Oct s) |r 70 69 73 68 70 Oct Ponies 69 68 70 Oct. 10 | 70 70 71.5 | 74 Oct. 12 | 69.5 | 70 70 71

Chatham Isl., Wreck

Bay Oct. 16 | 67 70 69 73 67.5 | 70 Oct. 17 | 66 fal Of Si Zao 267 So 70

Barrington Isl. Oct. 20 67.5 | 69 (OES tieile S Oct. 2/70) yeTO NTA, pl 254 TO al ae2 Oct. 22 71 74 71 72

Oct. 23 | 70 70 10.9 |) fils

Indefatigable Isl., Academy Bay Nov. 10 | 73 73 75 78 74 74 ice ds lngalie slide 74 77.5 | 74 (555)

Nowe) 72 70 73.5 | 74

Nov. 16 | 72 71 74.5 | 76.5 | 74 3) Seymour Isl. Now. 222.5) 028 oi lid2 15/39) 0 Indefatigable Is1.,

north side Nov. 24 | 73 73.5 (Sas) |) UC ' Nov. 26°) (75.5) |-70 TORS iS 16.54| 0 1a Nov. 29 | 74 Ti esa efor S) ka (is) USENTITE Nov s0ul 7225 I, O92 Salts 77 13). DS ldoes

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 225

TABLE OF GALAPAGOS TEMPERATURES, 1905-1906—Continued

Morning Noon Evening Station Date TETANUS Water Air Water Air Water Air Duncan Isl. Dec. 3 | 69 73 YP 74 70 73 Dec. 4 | 70 70 70 72.5 Deex won ialaon eal 74 74 Dec. 13) | 72 73 73 74

Dec. 14 | 72 12 73 75 72 72 James Isl., James Bay Dec. 22 | 73 71 WES i 73 72 Deer shee von inic 73 78.5 | 73 75 Dec. 28 | 70 71 TLRS OA 71 75 Indefatigable Is1., Academy Bay Jan. 15 | 76 US ANS 80 77 78.5

Hood Isl. Feb. 2 | 75.5 | 76 78 79 78 78 Chatham Isl., Sappho Cove Feb. 14 | 76 tht 80 84 79 79 Charles Isl. Feb. 26 | 77 76 78 82 Feb. 28 | 76 75 79 81 Albemarle Isl., Vil- lamil Mar. 6 | 78 75 79 80 Albemarle Isl., Cape Rose Mar. 15 | 72 71 71 79.5 Albemarle Isl., Ig- uana Cove Mar. 18 | 73 74 75 80 Mar. 20 | 77.5 | 75 81 81 Albemarle Isl., Ta- gus Cove Mar. 23 | 79 78 79 88 80 83 Mar. 24 | 78 78 71 79

Mar. 26 | 78.5 | 72 Mar. 28 | 74 75 78 88 74.5 | 78

Apr.) 1) 72 72 74 84 74 78 Apr 2) iedOsontne2 74 81 74 79 Apr. 3 | 73 74 75 80 (S38 WP Use Apr. 8 | 69 70.5 | 66 75 70 78 Apt On| Oo el 65 75 64 TUgS

pr10) | 63) Gh ooo i764 W640) 170 Apr 0 65) Or mlnGnn ly aw i 65 5 127 prs 43/665) 40 UlGinn ITO 66118 74

226 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

TABLE OF GALAPAGOS TEMPERATURES, 1905-1906—Continued

[Proc. 4TH SEr.

Station

Albemarle Isl., Cape Rose

Albemarle Isl., Vil- lamil

Charles Isl.

Hood Isl.

Chatham Isl.

Indefatigable Isl., Academy Bay

James Isl., James Bay

Albemarle Isl., Cow- ley Bay

Duncan Isl. Albemarle Isl., Vil- lamil

Chatham Isl., Wreck Bay

Date

12 13

Morning Water Air 65 69 65 71 68 69 ASS Wiles 69.5 | 71 70 71 69 73 70 71 68 69 68 69 68 68 69 71 69 70 66 68 63 66 68 67.5 67 66 66 65 66 66 66 66 67 66 67 66 66 65 64 64 65 64 67 65 67 65 63 65 63 65

Noon ’ Water Air 69 80 68 79 71 76 65 iy) 69 72 69 72 70 72 70 72 64 | 69 68 68 67 73 69 71 68 68 68 69 69 69 69 70 63 69

Evening Water Air 66 74 68 74 74 a7 71 (ARS) 72 74 69 75 66 73 69 70 69 70 69 70 69.5 | 70.5 69 70.5 64 68.5 63 68 69 68 67 68 67 68 68 68 68 68 68.5 | 68 68 68 67 67 69 68 69 68 69 68 63 67 64 66

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 227

TABLE OF GALAPAGOS TEMPERATURES, 1905-1906—Continued

Morning Noon Evening Station Date RRA aEE URNA IRA API cn aT ee Water Air Water Air Water | Air Tower Isl. Sept. 14 73 71 Sept. 15 | 71 68 73 74 US 70.5 Bindloe Isl. Sept. 16 ULE SY EA Septeplialia2 69 TPA a) 12 Sept. 18 | 71 69 Abingdon Isl. Sept. 18 73 72 Sept. 19 | 71 70 73 UP Sept. 20 | 72 68 72 70 Sept. 21 | 70 69 72 70 Sept. 22 | 70 70 72 69 Wenman Isl. Sept. 24 76 74 Twelve miles west of Wenman Isl. Sept. 24 76 73 Culpepper Isl. Sept. 25 76 74.5

From this table it is seen that the warmest weather of the year occurs in the months of February and March, and the coldest during the months of July, August, and September. There is no great amount of difference in the temperature of the air morning and noon, 5° F. being about the average, while the difference in the temperature of the water is even less than this. The air is usually 1° to 3° warmer than the water in the morning, except during the spring months, when the opposite is the case.

The uniformly low temperature for an equatorial region is due to the coolness of the water which surrounds all but the northernmost islands of the group. The Humboldt current, which sweeps up from the antarctic regions along the west coast of South America, turns outward at about the latitude of these islands and bathes their shores with unusually cool water for several months of the year. The water remains cool until the sun reaches well south of the equator, in the autumn and winter months, when it begins to become warmer until it reaches its highest temperature in February and March. After the sun passes the equator on its way north, the water rapidly becomes cooler, the colder water seeming about to keep

228 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

pace with the sun on its way north. When we were anchored at Tagus Cove on the west side of Albemarle Island during portions of the months of March and April, a decrease of 14° in the temperature of the water was noticed in nineteen days.

The northern islands of the group were visited but once, and that for a period of eleven days. During this time the water was on the average 6.5° warmer than at the southern islands for the corresponding period just preceding. The difference was due to the fact that the northern islands lie in the lower limits of the Panama current. The following table shows the continued rise in the temperature of the water for some dis- tance north of this part of the Galapagos. These observations were taken on the homeward voyage at 12 m. on the dates mentioned in the table, this being the only time during the day when we knew our position with any degree of accuracy. Of course many of these observations have no bearing on the climatic conditions in the Galapagos Islands, but they may nevertheless be of interest.

SURFACE TEMPERATURES, 1906

Lat. N Long. W Date Water Air DWI O7 93° 6! Sept. 26 78 76 Siemoat Oi 274 Sept. 27 80 79 UVR O71 ASy Sept. 28 80 76 Ne OS ops) Sept. 29 81 79 QP Ai5O) LOMAS Sept. 30 82 80 PPP 53! POZE EOF Oct. 1 81 81.5 122 AO? LOLS WES! Oct. 2 81 81 (4c 4” 106% 142! Oct wns 82 81 1A DAL NOG neo! Ocha 4 82 83 TW oy HOW, ah 2” Oct. 5 83 83 14°), 45) 10807730! Oct. 6 ides 81 1c gg! LOQS! 51127 Gen) 7 75 81 14° 40’ 109° 26’ @ctas 79 81 TAS Ae 109° 38’ Oct. 9 78 81 WAS) © DIG 109° 26’ Oct. 10 79 82 14S 36M LOO SAD! Oct. 11 79 82 15° 16” 0a? Oct. 12 81.5 S245 USC ust OEE a? Oct. 13 83 83

1g oy, 110° 43’ Oct.

—_ is co bo ee) i) on

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 229

SURFACE TEMPERATURES, 1906—Continued

Lat. N Long. W Date Water Air 15° 54’ LN a she Oct. 15 82 82 NO? BEY? 113° 40’ Oct. 16 80 81 16° 43’ LBS ee Octal, 79.5 81 LOG Sos a SY Oct. 18 81 81 Tape Oy TAGE OATES Oct. 19 81 80 PS kU 114° 6’ Oct. 20 80 79 17° 44’ 114° 58’ Oct 2 80 79 pS SY 114° 45’ Ocije22 79.5 79 18° 16’ 115° 46’ Oct. 23 79 80 19° 116° 41’ Oct. 24 78 78 LODE oS: Sienna ley Oct. 25 77 5) 20° 20’ 118° 44’ Oct. 26 (355 76 ZOOS Sie LO ei Oct. 27 (S28 76 Pi Wire: at 120 Sr o2e Oct. 28 73 74.5 DSicnaed. 121 452 Oct. 29 73 73 Dae Sil U2 Dio Oct. 30 71 71 PASI baa 124° 20’ Oct. 31 71 Gilgs 26° 24’ WAG) A Poe) Nov. 1 67 67 Zon oOn 12651307 Nov. 2 68 69 26 Sle WAS) > Ss Nov. 3 67 70 2Owi S On 126° 47’ Nov. 4 68 68 235 200 WA Sher! Nov. 6 66 67 IAD ES ADOC 2s Nov. 7 67 65 30121232 129°+ Nov. 8 66.5 66 50 manor ISO? byrsk Noy. 9 67 67.5 30° 48’ PSE DF Nov. 10 67.5 66 SUe Sa! P29 eis Nov. 12 Oil a6) 68 Soma aie 13456! Nov. 14 66 66 Sonal SDs Parti Nov. 15 67 66 34° 30’ 130° 42’ Nov. 17 64.5 64 35° 40’ 133° 14’ Nov. 19 64.5 64.5 36° 49’ 133\%) 41" Nov. 21 60.5 61 38° 10’ IGA SESS: Novy. 23 60 SiS

Light

While we were unprovided with instruments for measuring the intensity of light, it could readily be seen by general observation that the light is normally much stronger on the

230 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

lower parts of the islands than in the middle and upper regions. The weather is often practically clear at sea level, while a few hundred feet up it may be dark and gloomy, the clouds being arrested as they strike the mountains and thus hanging as fog- banks around the sides. Owing to the generally more open arrangement of the vegetation, there is not the same intense struggle among plants to get to the light that was noted in the rain-forests of Cocos Island, some three hundred and fifty miles northeast of the Galapagos.

The most marked effect of light on vegetation is seen among some of the species of the Cactaceae, which seldom grow in shaded places, and, when they do so, are much stunted in growth. Specimens of Plumbago scandens usually have a deep red color when they grow in direct sunlight, a character that is usually not developed on specimens in the shade.

Winds

The prevailing winds blow from the southeast, east-south- east, and south-southeast, and are the regular trade winds of this part of the Pacific Ocean. They blow quite regularly from June until January, but during the remainder of the year are very uncertain, and the waters surrounding the islands are subject to long periods of calm. Our vessel had to depend entirely on sail, and at one time it required from May 3rd until June 23rd to go from Villamil, on the south side of Albemarle Island, to Hood Island, a distance of about eighty-five miles. We spent two weeks of this time anchored at Charles Island waiting for wind, so that we were actually under way thirty- six days. The calm was so complete at one time during this trip that a flour tin, which was thrown overboard and which happened to light right side up, was still in sight forty-eight hours afterward. There are often light winds during the day in the calm season, but they usually go down in the evening, and unfortunately do not always come up again on the following morning. It is very seldom that the winds come from a northerly direction, and when they do they are usually of short duration. Storms are very rare, but short squalls sometimes occurred several times a day at Tagus Cove on Albemarle Island during the months of March and April. Wolf, in his paper on the Galapagos Islands, mentions similar

Vot. 1] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 231

squalls on Charles Island during the months of August and October, but none occurred on this island at the various occa- sions we visited it, one of which was in the early part of October. A thunder storm occurred around the top of Nar- borough Island on March 21st, being the only one seen during the entire year we spent among the islands.

The effect of wind on the growth of vegetation is well shown on the upper parts of Charles Island, where there are several old tufa craters that rise from 500 to 800 ft. above the sur- rounding table land in the interior of the island. The northern sides of most of these are covered with a heavy growth of lime and lemon trees, on the branches of which there are mosses and other epiphytic plants. The southern and southeastern sides of these craters, on the other hand, have only low peren- nial herbs and bushes on them above 1350 ft., and only scat- tered trees for two or three hundred feet below this elevation. The change in the character of the vegetation is so abrupt in these places that the two extremes often occur within a few feet of each other. A somewhat similar but less pronounced condition of affairs is found on the upper part of Chatham Island, where the highest peak is covered on the leeward side with a thick growth of Lycopodium clavatum and ferns. Many of these are absent on the windward side, and those species that do persist are only a few inches in height when exposed directly to the action of the wind. Many species of lichens are found growing on the rocks and twigs on this side which are absent on the other. The trees of Bursera graveolens lean in a northwesterly direction when they are exposed to the wind, and their branches are often so bent and twisted as to give the trees much flattened’ crowns.

Soil

The substratum for the most part consists of basaltic lava, lava cinders, tufa, ashes, pumice, products derived from the disintegration of these, sand, or vegetable mold. There are many places in the dry regions where the lava flows are com- paratively recent and there is practically no soil at all. Such vegetation as is found there grows entirely from the crevices in the lava. Basaltic lava or lava approaching basalt in char- acter seems to form the best substratum for plants, as the

January 16, 1911.

232 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Serr.

densest vegetation in the dry regions, and the largest forest trees in the transition and moist regions, are usually found on lava of this kind or on soil which has been derived from it. On the other hand pumice forms the poorest substratum, and supports only low scattering bushes in places where the moist- ure is sufficient to support plants of a much larger size. Tufa makes a fairly good soil for the growth of bushes and other shrubby vegetation, but when forest trees occur on soil of this nature they are usually rather scattered and small in size. Where the soil is composed of ashes there usually are grassy areas with scattering clumps of bushes. On beds of cinders there is often very little vegetation of any kind, while beds of basaltic lava adjoining and apparently of about the same age may be covered with a considerable growth of plants.

Vegetable mold only occurs in quantity in the transition and moist regions, the reason being that there is much more vege- tation in these regions to form mold, and that this vegetation decays very quickly owing to the larger number of fungi and other low organisms present. This more rapid decay of plants has a corresponding effect upon the disintegration of the lava, which takes place more rapidly than in the dry region. In his paper on the Galapagos Islands, Wolf mentions the great differ- ence in the condition of a single lava flow on the lower and upper parts of Charles Island. Similar conditions can be found on several of the other islands, notably Abingdon, Albe- marle, and James, on which there are lava flows the lower parts of which are very barren, while the upper portions are heavily covered with vegetation.

Outside of the lower cryptogamic plants, certain species of the Cactaceae seem to be about the first plants to invade the recent lava in the dry regions, while some of the more xero- phytic species of ferns are the first in the transition and moist regions. Cereus nesioticus was usually found growing on lava, either recent or comparatively recent in origin, on which there were seldom any other higher plants of any size. There are often abrupt changes in the character of the vegetation on the line of contact between two different lava flows, even when the flows are old and both more or less heavily covered with vegetation. A condition of this kind is well marked on the sides of the mountain at Iguana Cove on Albemarle Island,

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 233

where each flow of lava can be traced for a distance of several miles by the difference in the color of the vegetation. Similar conditions were noticed at Villamil on the south side of this island.

Growth

Owing to the short vegetative period on the lower and drier parts of the Galapagos, growth is very slow among the peren- nial forms, but correspondingly rapid among the annuals. This fact was observed especially on Chatham Island in Jan- uary and February. While the greater portion of the spring weeds were well advanced in growth at this place, in the later part of January, some of them were just coming through the ground; while upon a return to the same place, three weeks later, it was found that most of the latter had matured and dried up. In fact most of the vegetation had gone into the resting condition during this time, so that the change in the appearance of the vegetation was very striking.

Some insight was gained into the rate of growth of the Opuntias at Academy Bay on Indefatigable Island. In making a trail into the interior in the early part of November, many of the smaller specimens were cut off three or four feet above the ground. It was found in July that many of the cut ends had put forth branches, some of which were as much as sixteen inches long. Many of the absorbing roots of Cissampelos Pareira were cut at the same time, and many of these had put forth several rootlets from the cut ends, about one sixth of an inch in diameter and from four to seven feet long. These rootlets do not seem to increase in diameter very rapidly after they are once formed, for the same condition was noticed on an old trail, on the northwest side of this island, that had not been touched for several years.

ORIGIN OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

Two different theories have been advanced to explain the origin of these islands. Until the appearance of Dr. Baur’s paper: “On the Origin of the Galapagos Islands,” * it was gen- erally conceded among naturalists that they were of oceanic origin, each island having been built up separately from all of the rest by volcanic activity. In this paper Dr. Baur expressed an entirely different view concerning their origin, basing his

1Am. Nat. v. 25, 1891, pp. 217-229, 307-326.

234 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

theory principally on the harmonic biological relations which exist between the different islands of the group. In brief Dr. Baur’s theory was that the islands had all been connected with each other at some not remote geological period, and at a still earlier period had been attached to the North American con- tinent, possibly in the region of Central America. This view has been supported by some naturalists and vigorously opposed by others. During the year our party remained on the islands excellent opportunities were offered to study the situation from an impartial stand-point, and after having made a careful study of the collections of plants formed on the different islands, the author is led to a view concerning their origin which is slightly at variance with both of the above theories.

If these islands are continental in origin, as was maintained by Dr. Baur, one would naturally expect to find a close faunal relationship between them and the mainland, a condition, how- ever, that does not exist. There are neither large mammals nor batrachians, both of which should be present in greater or less quantity if the islands had been connected with the main- land within even comparatively recent geological times. Fur- thermore, with the exception of the large land tortoises, which are found on most of the larger islands of the group, the fauna is about what one would expect to find on almost any group of oceanic islands.

It might be maintained that during the great volcanic dis- turbances that have taken place since the islands were sep- arated from the mainland, both the mammals and batrachians were exterminated. While this might be true as far as the mammals are concerned, it would hardly be true for the batrachians, as they would very likely be able to withstand as adverse conditions as the reptiles, and it is hardly probable that a combination of circumstances would come about which would obliterate one of these groups and leave the other in a more or less flourishing condition.

One of the strong arguments in favor of a former land connection is the presence on the islands of the well-known land tortoises, which are rather closely related to certain fossil tortoises from some of the later geological formations of North America. The presence of land tortoises on the islands is not so difficult to explain as it appears to be at first sight. While

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 235

these animals are large and unable to swim, they are able to keep afloat for a considerable time, long enough to float them from the mainland to the islands if we assume that the ocean currents were as strong and had the same general trend in past geological times as they have now. The ability that these animals have of living without food for a considerable time greatly strengthens this view. During our homeward voyage from the islands, in the autumn of 1906, our live specimens of tortoises went for over a month without food, a time suffi- ciently long, under favorable conditions, to float an individual from the mainland of North America to the islands, if one should happen to get adrift. It would not be absolutely neces- sary that both male and female tortoises should be introduced on the islands to start the race, for this could be accomplished if a single female specimen containing fertilized eggs should be cast upon the shores of the islands.

Turning to the botanical side of the question, we would natu- rally expect that of the eighty families of vascular plants found on the islands some few at least would have approximately the same number of genera and species as are found in these same families on the mainland. The following table shows all of the families of vascular plants which contain ten or more species, varieties, forms, and indeterminate species.

FAMILIES OF GALAPAGOS PLANTS WITH TEN OR MORE SPECIES, VARIETIES, OR FORMS

No. of Species,

Rank Family Varieties, and |Indeterminate] Total IEC [OSES ES HOPI Ai ALTONA EUS TRS TN |S i ASP ESL) (PSIOLE YRS S| Ee Se 1 LEU eyes Oe PG SRR ies ne AL Be 77 tel 2 @omipositaen nis Ue Malian ed: 65 mir es 69 3 Euphonsiacedessr eee ere en 50 10 60 4 (Gramineae weal yam arches 49 6 55) 5 ILGAUMNTTOSAS. vos cignsasolesooe 45 8 53 6 Atmanamtacedehjasnces seas. 33 38) 7 (CNP OEAICEEIES cb cou vidlu cule agen s 25 3 28 8 DOlANACEAC HS Meee A role SII ey 19 7 26 9 J Rei on eKerereVeyerens Wate uaa at 22 1 23 10 IMialhvalc ead Curae soy siamese tuna eal 19 3 22 11 Boragiaceac waaay yen aeae 20 1 21 12 Convolyulaccaen ene eee ee 15 15 13 Werbenaceaey rer ny err tier 13 2 15

236 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH Ser.

Of the above thirteen families of vascular plants, the Filices contain the largest number of species; and these, owing to the small size of their spores, would obviously possess greater opportunity of being disseminated over considerable stretches of water than the plants of any other family in the list. Fur- thermore the small number of endemic species of ferns leads naturally to the supposition that there is a more or less con- stant introduction of spores from the mainland, thus checking any strong tendency for the species of ferns on the islands to vary greatly from those on the mainland. This supposition is supported by the fact that each collecting expedition brings to light more continental species that were not previously known to occur on the islands.

While it is no doubt true that great changes in the biological conditions must have taken place on the islands if there had been sufficient subsidence to separate them from the mainland by the depth of water that now exists, it is nevertheless not likely that the changes thus brought about would have been great enough to exterminate many families completely and to reduce all others so greatly in number of genera and species as is the case. Some genera and species would have probably become extinct if there had been a great disturbance in the biological conditions; but at the present time most families are represented by more genera on the mainland than species on the islands.

From the above facts there appears to be little evidence to show that there has ever been a land connection between the islands and the mainland, yet there is no very strong evidence opposed to the view that the islands may have been connected with each other, at some not distant geological period, either as one large island or as two or three smaller ones. The rather remarkable harmonic zoological relationships existing between the different islands, as shown by Dr. Baur, are more easily explained by supposing such a condition, than if each island had been formed separately. The following table, which shows the Pteridophytes and Spermatophytes common to the different islands, lends support to this theory.

tl

237

orannnvworwaAadatdHt nwo tM ©

mADWATANAN MAO WH

Fe || eee || ae |e ee SS SS | a |e | | eee

STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

ysnorogieN 1Gestyejopuy PH Joupred YO seupsen iaddadjng meyyey)

Vot. I] )

SRO onto Dome JOMOJ,

ier orto cae mnoutheg

See gh ee toe R Oe ysnor0qieN

Sr ee cnceie Me n-o-crd aaurGeoe © man stazof

Soe eon. DD oo soure [

Sasa a0 o0 alqesiyejopuy

SES ORE AO 0 oO Oe pooyy

SOO 690:0-000,0,0-0 0.0.0.0 ‘PE Joupsey)

So bpo-ooou ono C0 yO Joupiey)

Pretty aoa Giron c70-0-0 ueounqg

Meera eins a0. soddeding

pate oo Aono 010 “weyyeyO

SAGO NHS O oo DCUe Oe OS sopreyo

Salas atiga toner ou aboreaameveyeserene apyerg

5 .a||onb-6-0 G.0b.a-0 010 50 ReoncOe so[pulg

cb anon ds O00 ++ ee oq Sule g

= a ee apreweq{y 66 ON oe ee 6 cd ooo od uopsuIqy FS Pte a ee

dnOux) SODVdVIV+) AHL AO SGNVIS] AHL OL NOWWOD Salouds

238 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Another fact which agrees with the theory that there has been a former land connection between at least many of the islands, is the shallowness of the water between most of them. An elevation of one hundred fathoms would connect all the southern islands, and a rise of seventy-one fathoms would bridge all of these except Chatham, Hood, and James, so far as the soundings that have been taken show. The only deep soundings known are between Abingdon and Wenman, 1189 fathoms, between Bindloe and James, 684 fathoms, and between James and Tower Islands, 885 fathoms, depths of water which are not difficult to account for if one does not maintain too strongly that all of the islands were formerly connected into a simegle large one.

Considering the volcanic nature of the islands, the general shallowness of the intervening water lends support to the sub- sidence theory, for it is hardly likely, if all of the bed of the ocean between the islands had been formed by marine volcanic activity, that the lava would have been so evenly distributed over this bed without leaving at least a few abysses. The grad- ual deepening of the water away from the shores of many of the islands also supports the subsidence theory, especially when we consider the fact that the slope of the submerged portions of some of the islands approximates the slope of the lower parts above water.

While all of the above facts seem to point to a general sub- sidence of the islands, there are a few evidences of elevation. On both Indefatigable and Seymour Islands there are deposits containing a considerable number of marine fossils which have been elevated a few feet above the level of the sea. The great- est amount of elevation seems to have taken place on Albemarle Island. Snodgrass and Heller, of the Hopkins-Stanford Expe- dition to the Galapagos Islands, thought that they detected signs of elevation at Tagus Cove on the west side of this island. There is evidence of some elevation at the south end of Albemarle, concerning which Mr. W. H. Ochsner, the geolo- gist of the Academy’s expedition, has been kind enough to furnish the following information:

“About one and one half miles inland from the settlement near Turtle Cove on the south shore of Albemarle Island, there is exposed a tather large remnant of an old sea beach. The deposit exists as white sands several feet thick and composed entirely of the fragments of coral, molluscan and echinoid, and other calcareous marine forms.

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 239

The deposit rests on a nearly level and extensive lava flow with a greatest observed elevation of about 60 ft. above the present sea-level. Where the sands have been hardened into crusts in thin layers, they carry abundant and nicely preserved specimens of marine molluscan and echinoid forms.

“Toward the interior and higher levels of the island the deposit exists only as little island-like exposures which have escaped the great recent flow of lava that has poured down over this old beach to conceal its exact and higher levels of distribution. This deposit should be placed as late Pliocene or early Quarternary.”

Outside of the few localities mentioned above, there is no evidence of a general elevation, so far as has been observed, and it is not improbable that during the period of general sub- sidence there might have been times in which it ceased and during which local elevation took place. Mr. Ochsner states further: “I am much in favor of the theory of subsidence. With additional thought and study given the matter I feel that the testimony of my collected facts and observations will go to prove this theory nearly a fact.”

In conclusion it might be said that however true Dr. Baur’s theory may be in regard to the union of the islands into one large one, there is no strong evidence to show that they were ever connected with the mainland. The biological conditions at the present time are more against this theory than for it. The botanical conditions do not offer absolute proof that the islands have ever been connected with each other, but the weight of the evidence is more in favor of this theory than against it.

ORIGIN OF THE FLORA

If it be assumed that the Galapagos Islands are of oceanic origin, there are but three means by which seeds and spores could have been brought to the islands, outside of the agency of man. These are: winds, oceanic currents, and

migratory birds. Winds

If winds were an important agent in bringing seeds and spores to these islands, those families of plants which have the smallest seeds and spores would be the most apt to be dis- tributed in this way. Of all the families of vascular plants none are better adapted for wind distribution than are the ferns. Such being the case, there should be a larger number of species of ferns on the islands common to the region from which the prevailing winds blow than from any other. As the winds

240 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

around these islands are almost constantly from the southeast, the fern flora should be most closely related to that of the cen- tral and southern part of South America. Such is not the case, however, for outside of fifteen species which are of wide distri- bution, the fern flora shows nearly as strong affinities with that of Mexico as it does with that of South America. There are on the islands fifty-four species common to Mexico and fifty-six to South America. Moreover, the majority of the latter belong only to the northern part of the continent.

Devices for wind dissemination are not common on the seeds of Galapagos plants, the Composiiae being the only one of the larger families which has this character pronounced to any extent.

Oceanic Currents

The northern islands of the group, viz. Abingdon, Bindloe, Culpepper, Tower, and Wenman, lie in the direct path of the Panama current, and the water surrounding them is several degrees warmer than that around the southern islands, which are bathed by the Humboldt current. If oceanic currents were an important factor in the transport of seeds to the Galapagos, those islands which are washed by the Panama current should be more closely related botanically to the Mexican and Central American regions than the islands lying in the Humboldt current; and the latter islands, on the other hand, should have a flora more closely related to that of the western coast of South America. Furthermore, the several islands of each group should have a larger floral element common among themselves than with any of the islands of the other group. The following table shows the percentages of floral relationships between the islands of the northern group, as well as their relationships with some of the more important islands of the southern group.

FLORAL RELATIONSHIPS OF NORTHERN ISLANDS

e 2 5 e § a g E 2 S % ES See ee oh = Abingdon..... Me 83.1 ne - <2 66.3 | 67.2 Bindloe...... M50 | 7/Os5 ai ai a 68.5 | 61 Tower si! 3/2, 72.7 | 68.1 | 48.4 | 48.4 yh CANT MeN ts

Wenman..... istseey |i oO) rv 35 eso a OSKGMaoO 38.5

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 241

From the above table it is seen that in the majority of instances the islands of the northern group have a larger per- centage of their floras common with the islands of the southern group than with each other, a condition hardly to.be expected if oceanic currents were an important factor in transporting seeds to them. Robinson (1), p. 258, has already mentioned the small chance that many seeds would have of surviving even if they were washed up on the shores of the islands, a fact that can not be too strongly emphasized. While it is entirely possi- ble that the seeds of xerophytic plants might be able to grow if they were cast up in this way, it is hardly likely that mesophytic plants would be able to survive, because there are but two places on the islands—at the present time—where conditions at sea level are such as to offer them a suitable habitat. One of these places is Iguana Cove, Albemarle Island, and the other is Villamil on the same island, at neither of which places are there plants which do not have a wide distribution over the islands. While it is possible that the Humboldt current may be responsible for much of the xerophytic flora, it is hardly likely that the Panama stream could have played much of a role in this respect, as it flows from a region in which the flora is any- thing but xerophytic in character.

Birds

I am indebted to Mr. Edward W. Gifford, joint ornithologist to the expedition, for the following list of birds occurring as migrants and stragglers on the Galapagos Islands.

Arenaria interpres Turnstone Common

Heteractitis incanus “Wandering Tattler Common

Phalaropus hyperboreus Northern Phalarope Great numbers of phal- aropes, probably this species, were seen pass- ing through the archi-

pelago. ZEgialeus semipalmatus Semipalmated Plover Fairly common Numenius hudsonicus Hudsonian Curlew Fairly common Calidris arenaria Sanderling Fairly common Limonites minutilla Least Sandpiper Fairly common

Querquedula discors Blue-winged Teal Fairly common

24? CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SEr.

Squatarola helvetica Black-bellied Plover Not common Tringoides macularius Spotted Sandpiper Not common Dolichonyx oryzivorus Bobolink Not common Hirundo erythrogaster Barn Swallow Not common Larus franklim Franklin’s Gull A chance visitor Stercorarius pomatorhinus Pomarine Jaeger A chance visitor Symphemia semipalmata Witllet A chance visitor Helodromas solitarius Solitary Sandpiper A chance visitor Pandion haliaétus Osprey A chance visitor Heteropygia bairdi Baird’s Sandpiper Rare; one taken by Harris Expedition Steganopus tricolor Wilson’s Phalarope Rare; three taken Querquedula versicolor Brilliant Teal Rare; one said to have

been taken by Kinberg

Mr. Gifford states further: “With the exception of Querque- dula versicolor, all of these species occur in the United States. Q. versicolor is a straggler from South America. The others probably occur each year in about the numbers indicated. The Galapagos Islands seem to be out of the general route of migra- tory birds, being too far out to sea.”

Of the twenty birds of Mr. Gifford’s list, three are com- mon, five are fairly common, nine are not common, and three are rare. While this list of birds is not large, the number of species of plants that are found on the islands is correspond- ingly small, and when one considers the fact that almost any kind of plant, whether halophytic, xerophytic, or mesophytic, which should happen to be introduced, would find a suitable habitat on some part of many of the islands, it is not unreason- able to suppose that if the islands have been visited pretty con- stantly by a small number of birds for a long time, quite a large number of plants might have been introduced by them. While migratory birds must not be considered as the only factor in distribution, they seem in this instance to be the most important cause, as the presence of many of the plants found on the islands, especially those of a mesophytic character, can be explained in no other way.

The following table, which has been compiled from various sources, shows the number of species, varieties, and forms in each family that are endemic, and also those which are common to the regions indicated at the heads of the different columns.

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 243

The next to the last column shows the total number of species, varieties, and forms in each family of vascular plants found on the islands, while the final column gives the number of species

that are indeterminate. ® AFFINITIES OF THE GALAPAGOS FLORA

& rk e _ |.g8| € o : < Es] § jotug| g Sine ao | O | © la>&| 4 Bilieesyy ee es as oe 54 | 47 57 OM WEN Sy) Salvineeae ee iat. 1 1 1 1 Hagwisebaceae.)../-/22-=-)- 1 1 1 1 Lycopediacese.). 2... :: 3 2 5 Potamogetonaceae Diaveve INeyadaeesen ei paecit 1 1 Gramineae wyyee de. 11 | 14 15 7) 11 | 49 6 @yiperacese TMi ann: ; 818 9 DUN Shy S: 3 TWemnaceaesyy-yjs ces a 1 1 1 Bromeliaceae.........-- 1 Cannaeedes sae yee eee 1 Commelinaceae......... 1 1 1 TRIG aCeae schee esate cee 1 Amaryllidaceae........- 1 1 1 1 2 1 @rchidaceae= 55-3 a4: 1 1 3 1 PIperaeeaces sete ee: fl 1 1 8 2 Wirtierecaenin a sao 2 2 3 2 6 Woranthaceaes 4. - 2.5: 4 Polyeonaceden see l- 2 2 z 3 Chenopodiaceae........- 3 Amarantacedeae yas. ac- 1 5 pa Wo eS} Batidaceaere esa aa. 1 1 iBasellaceaer asic 1 1 1 1 Phytolaccaceae. ....--.¢ 1 2 2 2 2 Nyctaginaceae.......... 1 4 4) 4 5 7 INIZOACEAGH Ae lene ce uabe ceeleds 5 2 a 1 Portulacaceae ess.) 1 1 2 Caryophyllaceae........ 1 1 Amonaceaese ease see 1 1 2 1 2 Menispermaceae......-. 1 1 B @raciferiene eee ee cee: 5 5)

ee re oe

244 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 41H Ser.

AFFINITIES OF THE GALAPAGOS FLORA— Continued

Q 8 Soltis pel g

g Ses S SO renaheres

hie ee |) cay hy Pe), Ce) leaves af @rassulaceacn ae eie 1 1 1 1 1 (Leguminosae yee eee Gal eSh G22 Wega iF 4/10}; 45] 8 Oxalidaceae...:.:.....- il 1 1 3 Winaceaeyeer sce 1 1 Zygophyllaceae......... 3 1 4 1 Rutacede main Suen 1 1 1 1 1 Simarubaceae.......... Bi). © 6 Burseraceaes ese ener 1 1 1 1 2 Polyealaceaes aa. -eee 3 3 Euphorbiaceae.......... 43 2 2 2 2 SSO pak) Callitrichaceae.......... 1 Celastraceae............ 1 1 Sapindaceae............ 1 2 BND 2 2 5 Rhamnaceae............ 1 1 Witaceaes nwmiscciac deere 1 1 2 1 2 Miliaceaeneiesccesn ioe 1 1 1 1 2 Mioalvaceieneece en cne re 2 2 6 4 4 3} 10] 19 3 Ey pericaceaees teria. ce 1 1 1 Sterculiaceae........... 3 3 Murneraceaes 2.5. 5.55 1 1 Passifloraceae........... 1 2 2 2 2 3 Caricaceaea ans auenia7 1 1 Roasacede ves wie she ven 1 2 1 2 2 Lythraceaene) ue. ener 1 ee hhe | oy 1 Cactaceaew sae ee sare 7 i Rhizophoraceae......... 1 A) Myrtaceaeke ae eee 1 2 2 Combretaceae.......... 2 2 Melastomaceae......... 1 1 Ondgraceaetes eee 1 1 Halorrhagidaceae....... 1 Umbelliferae........... 1 1 1 Fae Plumbaginaceae........ 1 Apocynaceae........... 1 1 1 1 1 2 Asclepiadaceae.......... 1 1 1 1 1 2

245

Indeterm.

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS AFFINITIES OF THE GALAPAGOS FLORA— Continued 2 ° 3 5 3 a Ila g E eh) psy lees tes a |O}] © |&>& Convolvulaceae......... 6 1 1 3 2 2 By lS Hydrophyllaceae........ 1 1 1 Boraginaceaews 455.) 13 2 2 4 20 Verbenaceae............ 4) 4 5 3 7 || i183 Babiatdes aks. an sccde 2 2, 5 5 5 1 df Solanacedewen sen see 5 1 2 1 6 7 19 Scrophulariaceae........ 3 Sil 3 5 5 Bignoniaceae?).......).. Weanthaceaeasns ssa oe 1 1 2 1 3 4 Plantaginaceaela nrc. 1 1 2 Rulbiacedenecas at yest 17 2 3 3 4 il |) BP Cucurbitaceae.......... 2 3 5 -Campanulaceae......:.. 1 1 1 1 Goodeniaceae .......... 1 1 Compositae............ 44 2 8 3 9 9} 65 Total heh gist as ee: 252 | 62 {171 | 149 | 207 | 49 |123 |615 Percentage......... 40.9}10.08}27 .8|24.22|33.65|7.96| 20

Total number of species, varieties, forms and indeterminate species

682.

few Hampshire College

Durham, New Hampshire, U. S. A.

March 25, 1910

246 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS, BY M. A. DAY.

With Additions by Alban Stewart. AGASSIZ, ALEXANDER. (1). General Sketch of the Expedition of the “Albatross” from Feb- ruary to May, 1891. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 23, 1892, pp. 1-89, t. 1-21. (2). Cactaceae in the Galapagos Islands. Nature, vol. 53, 1895, p. 199. ANpERSSON, NILS JOHAN. (1). Om Galapagos-éarnes Vegetation. Stockh. Akad. Handl., 1853, pp. 61-256, issued 1854. (2). Om Galapagos-6arnes Vegetation. 1857, pp. 114, t. 1-16. (AI- though this paper is dated 1857, a paper published in 1859 is cited by it on p. 89). (3). Uber die Vegetation der Galapagos-inseln. Linnaea, vol. 31, 1861, pp. 571-631. ANncstROM, JOHAN. (1). Fortecking och Beskrifning 6fver Mossor, samlade af Professor N. J. Andersson under Fregatten Eugenies Verldsomsegling Aren 1851-1853. Stockh. Akad. Ofversigt, vol. 29, 1872, pp. 3-29, and vol. 30, 1873, pp. 113-151. ANONYMOUS. , The “Hassler” Expedition. Nature, vol. 6, 1872, pp. 352- 354. Baur, GEORGE. (1). On the Origin of the Galapagos Islands. Am. Nat., vol. 25, 1891, pp. 217-229, 307-326. (2). Ein Besuch der Galapagos-Inseln. Biolog. Centralb., vol. 12, 1892, pp. 221-250. (3). Professor Alexander Agassiz on the Origin of the Fauna and — Flora of the Galapagos Islands. Science, vol. 19, 1892, no. 477, p. 176. (4). The Differentiation of Species on the Galapagos Islands and the Origin of the Group. Biolog. Lect. M. B. L. Woods Holl, 1895, pp. 67-78. (5). New Observations on the Origin of the Galapagos Islands, with Remarks on the Geological Age of the Pacific Ocean. Am. Nat., vol. 31, 1897, pp. 601-680, 864-896 (incomplete). BENTHAM, GEORGE. (1). Galapagos Islands. In his Notes on the Classification, History, and Geographical Distribution of Compositae. Jour. Linn. Soc., vol. 13, 1871-1873, pp. 556-557. CARUEL, THEODOR. (1). Contribuzione alla Flora delle Galapagos. Rendic. Acad. Lincei, vol. 5, 1889, pp. 619-625. DARWIN, CHARLES. (1). In Fitz Roy, Narrative of the Surveying Voyages of His Majesty’s Ships Adventure and Beagle, vol. 3, 1839, p. 460.

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 247

(2). Journal of Researches into the Natural History and Geology of the Countries visited during the Voyage of H. M. S. Beagle round the World, under the Command of Capt. Fitz Roy, R. N., vol. 2, 1846, pp. 138-176. Douetas, Davin. (1). A Sketch of a Journey to the Northwestern Parts of the Con- tinent of North America, during the Years 1824, 5, 6, and 7. Comp. Bot. Mag., vol. 2, 1836, pp. 86-87. Du Petit THouars, ABEL. (1). Voyage autour du Monde sur la Frégate “La Vénus” pendant les années 1836-1839. Paris, vol. 2, 1840-1849, pp. 279-322. EHRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GOTTFRIED. (1). Das Jetzige Mikroscopische Siisswasserleben der Galapagos-In- seln. Bericht Akad. Berlin, 1853, pp. 178-179, (2). Die Organische Mischung der Vulkanischen Gebirgsarten beson- ders des Palagonits auf den Galapagos-Inseln. Op. c. pp. 180- 182 (with unnumbered table). ENGLER, ADOLF. (1). Versuch einer Entwicklungsgeschichte der Pflanzenwelt inbeson- dere der Florengebiete seit der Tertiarperiode, vol. 2, 1882, p. 180. Evans, ALEXANDER WILLIAM. (1). Hepaticae, in Robinson’s Flora of the Galapagos Islands. Proc. Am. Acad., vol. 38, 1902, no. 4, pp. 100-101. Fartow, WILLIAM GILSON. (1). Fungi, in Robinson, op. c., pp. 82-83. (2). Lichens, op. c., pp. 83-89. (3). Algae, op. c., pp. 89-99. (4). Musci, op. c., pp. 102-104. Hemstey, WILLIAM BOTTING. (1). Report on Present State of Knowledge of Various Insular Floras, being an Introduction to the Botany of the Challenger Expedi- tion. Botany of Challenger, vol. 1, 1885, pp. 10, 19. (2). The Flora of the Galapagos Islands. Nature, vol. 52, 1895, p. 623. (3). Cactaceae in the Galapagos Islands. Nature, vol. 53, 1895, pp. 31, 249. (4). Insular Floras. Science Progress, vol. 1, 1894, pp. 400-401; vol. 5 1896, pp. 298-302. (5). The Cactaceae of the Galapagos Islands. Gard. Chron. ser. Si vol. 24, 1898, p. 265, fig. 75. (6). The Vegetation of the Galapagos Islands. Gard. Chron. ser. 3, vol. 27, 1900, p. 177, figs. 56, 61. (7). Cactaceae of the Galapagos Islands. Gard. Chron. ser. 3, vol. 28, 1900, p. 7. (8). Opuntia Myriacantha, Gard. Chron. ser. 3, vol. 28, 1900, p. 220. (9). In Hook. Icones Plantarum, vol. 28, 1901, t. 2715-2719. (10). The Flora of the Galapagos Islands. Gard. Chron. ser. 3, vol. 32, 1902, p. 469.

January 16, 1911

248 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Hooker, JoSEPH DALTON.

(1). Description of Pleuropetalum, a new Genus of Portulacaceae from the Galapagos Islands. Lond. Jour. Bot., vol. 5, 1846, pp. 108- 109.

(2). Enumeration of the Plants of the Galapagos Islands with Descrip- tions of New Species. Linn. Soc. Proc., vol. 1, 1849, pp. 276-279.

(3). An Enumeration of the Plants of the Galapagos Archipelago with Descriptions of those which are New. Linn. Soc. Trans., vol. 20, 1847, pp. 163-233.

(4). On the Vegetation of the Galapagos Islands as compared with that of some other Tropical Islands of the Continent of America. Linn. Soc. Trans., vol. 20, 1847, pp. 235-262.

Hooker, WILLIAM JACKSON. ; (1). Species Filicum. 5 vols., 1846-1864. (Isolated species described.) Piccone, ANTONIO.

(1). Alghe del Viaggio di Circumnavigazione della Vettor Pisani. Genova, 1886, p. 97, t. 1-2.

(2). Nuove Alghe del Viaggio di Circumnavigazione della “Vettor Pisani.” Mem. Acad. Lincei, vol. 286, 1889, pp, 10-63.

Ropinson, BENJAMIN LINCOLN, and GREENMAN, JESSE More.

(1). On the Flora of the Galapagos Islands as shown by the Collec- tions of Dr. Baur. Am. Jour. Sci.‘ser. 3, vol. 50, 1895, pp. 135-149.

RoBINSON, BENJAMIN LINCOLN.

(1). Flora of the Galapagos Islands. Proc. Am. Acad., vol. 38, 1902, no. 4, pp. 77-269, pls. 1-3.

Rose, JoSEPH NELSON.

(1). List of Plants from Galapagos Islands. Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb., vol. 1, 1892, pp. 136-138.

TUCKERMAN, EDWARD.

(1). Observations on North American and other Lichens. Proc. Am.

Acad., vol. 12, 1877, pp. 166-181. (Isolated species described). WALLACE, ALFRED RUSSEL.

(1). Flora of the Galapagos. In his Island Life, London, 1880, pp.

276-279. WEBER, ALB.

(1). Les Cactées des Tles Galapagos. Bull. Mus. dHist. Nat. Paris, 1899, pp. 309-314. Review, Monatsschr. Kakteen, vol. 10, 1900, wy WBE

Wotr, THEODOR.

(1). Ein Besuch der Galapagos Inseln, mit drei Kartchen. Sammlung von Vortragen fiir das deutsche Volk, vol. 1, 1879, pp. 259-300.

(2). Die Galapagos Inseln. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Erdk. zu Berlin, vol. 23, 1895, pp. 246-265.

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY- OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 249

INDEX.

(Roman numbers indicate pages where the respective genera and families receive their principal treatment; italic numbers show the pages on which the names are

mentioned or occur as synonyms.)

Abutilon, 100, 188.

Acacia, 68, 178, 207, 219.

Acalypha, 86, 183, 216.

ACANTHACEAE, 142, 190, 245.

Acanthospermum, 148, 201.

Achrosticum, 11, 16, 20, 23, 25, 27, 160, 209.

Achyranthes, 58.

Acmella, 153.

Acnistus, 28, 136, 196, 219.

Adiantum, 11, 160, 208, 209, 2I2.

Ageratum, 148, 201.

Agrostis, 32, 39.

AIZOACEAE, 63, 176, 214, 243.

Alternanthera, 54, 173.

AMARANTACEAE, 54, 173, 214, 235, 243.

Amaranthus, 54, 174, 214.

AMARYLLIDACEAE, 46, 171, 243.

Ambrosia, 148, 201.

Ammophila, 29, 165, 213, 218.

Amphochaeta, 38.

Anoda, 101, 788.

Anogramma, 12, 160.

Anona, 67, 177.

ANONACEAE, 67, 177, 243.

Anthephora, 29, 165.

Apium, 120, 192.

Aplopappus, 148, 207.

APOCYNACEAE, 121, 1092, 244.

Argyreia, 122, 103, 200, 219.

Aristida, 30, 165, 207.

Arundo, 29.

ASCLEPIADACEAE, 122, 1092, 244.

Asclepias, 122, 192, 219.

Aspidium, 13, 14, 17, 18, 21, 22, 26, 160.

Asplenium, 13, 14, 15, 161, 209, 212.

Astragalus, 69, 178.

Atriplex, 53, 173, 218.

Avicennia, 131, 105, 217, 218, 219.

Azolla, 27, 164, 218.

Baccharis, 148, 202.

Bacopa, 141, 1098.

BASELLACEAE, 60, 176, 243.

Bastardia, 101, 788.

BATIDACEAE, 59, 175, 243.

Batis, 59, 175, 218.

Bidens, 149, 202.

BIGNONIACEAE, 142, 108, 245.

Blainvillea, 149, 202.

Blechnum, 15, Ié1, 209.

Boerhaavia, 60, 123, 127, 214.

BoRAGINACEAE, 126, 104, 217, 235, 245.

Borreria, 143, 199, 207, 217.

Boussingaultia, 60, 176, 219.

Bouteloua, 31, 166.

Brachistus, 137, 196

Brandesia, 56.

Brassica, 67, 178.

Brickellia, 150, 202.

BROMELIACEAE, 45, 170, 213, 243.

Bryophyllum, 68.

Bucholtzia, 57, 58.

Bursera, 84, 107, 124, 182, 206, 207, 208, 215, 219, 231.

BuRSERACEAE, 84, 182, 215, 244.

Cacabus, 137, 197, 218, 219.

CacTAcEAE, 107, 190, 216, 230, 232, 244, 246, 247.

Caenopteris, 14.

Caesalpinia, 69, 178.

CALLITRICHACEAE, 96, 186, 244.

Callitriche, 96, 186, 278.

Calystegia, 123, 103.

CAMPANULACEAE, 147, 201, 245.

Canavalia, 70, 179, 219.

Canna, 46, 171.

CANNACEAE, 46, I7I, 243.

Capraria, 141, 198.

Capsicum, 138, 197.

Cardiospermum, 97, 187, 216, 219.

Carica, 106, 190.

CaRICACEAE, 106, 190, 244.

CARYOPHYLLACEAE, 66, 177, 243.

Cassia, 70, 179.

-Castela, 82, 182, 207, 208, 215.

CELASTRACEAE, 96, 187, 216, 244.

Cenchrus, 31, 166, 207.

Centella, 120, 192.

Cereus, 107, III, 190, 207, 216, 219, 232.

Ceropteris, 16, 161, 208, 209, 2II.

Cheilanthes, 16, 162, 209, 2II.

Chenocarpus, 143.

CHENOPODIACEAE, 53, 173, 243.

Chiococea, 145, 200, 208, 209, 217.

Chloris, 32, 166.

Chrysanthellum, 150, 202.

Cissampelos, 66, 177, 208, 209, 214, 219, 233.

Cissus, 99, 187, 219.

Citrullus, 146, 2or.

Clerodendron, 132, 195, 207, 208, 217.

Coffea, 145, 200.

Coldenia, 126, 194, 207, 218.

COMBRETACEAE, 118, 191, 217, 244.

Commelina, 45, 177.

CoMMELINACEAE, 45, I7I, 243.

ComposiTakz, 148, 201, 218, 235, 240, 245.

Conocarpus, 118, zor, 217, 218, 2I9.

CONVOLVULACEAE, 122, 103, 217, 235, 245.

Convolvulus, 122, 125, 217.

250 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Corchorus, 99, 187. Eutriana, 32.

Cordia, 127, 194, 207, 208, 217, 219. Evolvulus, 123, 193.

Coronopus, 68, 178. Festuca, 34.

CRASSULACEAE, 68, 178, 244. Finices, 11, 160, 211, 235, 236, 243, 248. Crassuvia, 68, 178. Fimbristylis, 44, 170, 213. Crotolaria, 70, 179. Flaveria, 153, 203.

Croton, 88, 184, 206, 207, 208, 209, 215. Fleurya, 50, 172.

CRUCIFERAE, 67, 178, 243. Froelichia, 56, 174.

Cryptocarpus, 61, 176, 214, 278. Furcraea, 46, 171.

Cucurbita, 147, zor. Galactea, 73, 180, 219. CucuRBITACEAE, 146, 201, 245. Galapagoa, 126.

Cuphea, 116, zor. é Galega, 78.

Cuscuta, 123, 193, 218. Galvezia, 141, 1098.

Cyathia, 20. Geoffroea, 74, 180.

Cyclopeltis, 17, 162. Gleichenia, 20, 162.

Cynosurus, 32, 35. Glycine, 74, 78.

CYPERACEAE, 40, 160, 213, 235, 243. Gnaphalium, 153, 203.

Cyperus, 40, 169, 213. GOoDENIACEAE, 147, 201, 245. Cystopteris, 17, 162. Gossypium, 101, 188, 207, 208, 216, 279. Dactyloctenium, 32, 166. GRAMINEAE, 29, 165, 212, 235, 243. Dalea, 71, 1709. Gratiola, r4r.

Datura, 138, 197. Guilandina, 69.

Desmanthus, 71, 179, 207. Gymnogramme, 12, 16. Desmocephalum, 151. HALORRHAGIDACEAE, 119, 192, 244. Desmodium, 72, 179, 215. Hedysarum, 72, 73, 79. Dichronema, 43, 170, 213. Heliotropium, 128, 194, 218. Dicksonia, 26. Helosciadium, 120.

Dicliptera, 142, 799. : Hemicarpha, 44, 170, 213. Dictocalyx, 137. Hemionitis, 27.

Digitaria, 33, 37, 166. Hemitelia, 20, 163, 209, 212. Diodia, 145, 200. Hemizonia, 153, 203.

Discaria, 62, 97, 98, 187, 207, 216. Hibiscus, 102, 188, 278, 2709. Dodonaea, 98, 187. Hippomane, 94, 186, 216, 218, 219. Dolichos, 70, 77. Histiopteris, 21, 163. Doryopteris, 17, 162, 208, 209. Holosteum, 66.

Drymaria, 66, 177. Hydrocotyle, 120, ro2. Dryopteris, 18, 162, 209. Hydrolea, 126, 1094.

Dubreulia, 52. HYDROPHYLLACEAE, 126, 194, 245. Duranta, 132, 195. Hymenophyllum, 21, 163, 212. Eclipta, 150, 202. Hypericaceag, 105, 189, 244. Elapkoglossum, 20, 162. Hypericum, 105, 189.

Elaphrium, 84. Hypolepis, 21, 163.

Elaterium, 147, 201, 219. Hypoxis, 47, 171.

Eleocharis, 43, 170, 213, 278. Hyptis, 135, 196.

Eleusine, 32, 33, 35, 166. Inga, 74, r8o.

Elvira, 151, 202. Ionopsis, 47, 171, 208, 209. Encelia, 151, 202. Ipomoea, 122, 124, 193, 217, 218, 219. Epidendrum, 47, 171, 209. _Iresine, 56, 174.

EQUISETACEAE, 28, 164, 212, 243. TRIDACEAE, 46, I7I, 243. Equisetum, 28, 164, 212. Iris, 46, 171.

Eragrostis, 33, 166. Ischaemum, 40.

Erigeron, 151, 203, 208, 209, 218. Jaegeria, 153, 203.

Eriochloa, 34, 167. Jatropa, 95, 186.

Erythrina, 73, 180, 207, 2109. Jussiaea, 119, r9r, 278.

Ethulia, 153. Justicia, 142, 99.

Eugenia, 117, ror. Kallstroemia, 80, 182, 279. Eulophia, 47, 171. Kleinia, 155.

Eupatorium, 150, 152, 203. Kyllinga, 44, 170, 213.

Euphorbia, 90, 185, 207, 208, 216. LABIATAE, 135, 196, 245.

EUPHORBIACEAE, 86, 183, 215, 235, 244. Laguncularia, 56, 118, ror, 217, 218.

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 251

Lantana, 132, 195, 207, 208, 217.

Lecocarpus, 148, 154, 203.

LEGUMINOSAE, 68, 178, 214, 235, 244.

Lemna, 45, 170, 218.

LEMNACEAE, 45, 170, 243.

Lepidium, 68, 178.

Leptochloa, 34, 167.

LinaceEaE, 80, 181, 244.

Linum, 80, 781.

Lipochaeta, 52, 76, 154, 203, 208, 218.

Lippia, 133, 105.

LoasacEAE, 106, 190, 244.

Lobelia, 147, zor.

Lonchitis, 27.

Lonicera, 145.

LoraNTHACEAE, 52, 173, 243.

Lorentia, 154, 155.

Lycium, 138, 197, 278.

Lycopersicum, 138, 197.

LYCOPODIACEAE, 15, 28, 165, 212, 243.

Lycopodium, 28, 165, 212, 231.

LYTHRACEAE, 116, ror, 244.

Macraea, 154.

Malachra, 102, 188.

Malva, 102, 103.

MatvaceEaE, 100, 188, 216, 235, 244.

Malvastrum, 102, 188.

Manihot, 95, 186.

Mariscus, 41, 42.

Maytenus, 62, 96, 99, 187, 207, 208, 216, 278.

MELASTOMACEAE, 119, ror, 244.

MENISPERMACEAE, 66, 177, 214, 243.

Mentzelia, 106, 190, 207.

Miconia, 119, ror, 219.

Microcoecia, r51.

Milium, 34.

Milleria, 153.

Mimosa, 68, 69, 75, 180.

Mirabilis, 62, 176.

Mollugo, 63, 176.

Momordica, 147, 201, 279.

Monniera, 141. 2

Mucuna, 75, 180, 2709.

Myriophyllum, 119, z92, 278.

MyrTaceEak, 117, ror, 244.

NAJADACEAE, 29, 165, 243.

Najas, 29, 165, 278.

Nephrodium, 13, 18, 19, 20.

Nephrolepis, 21, 163, 209, 212.

Neptunia, 75, 180.

Nicotiana, 139, 197, 2109.

Notholaena, 22, 163, 271.

NYCTAGINACEAE, 60, 138, 176, 214, 243.

ONAGRACEAE, 119, ror, 244.

Oplismenus, 35, 167.

Opuntia, 106, 110, 190, 207, 216, 219, 233, 247. :

ORCHIDACEAE, 47, 171, 213, 243.

OXALIDACEAE, 79, 181, 244.

Oxalis, 79, 181.

Panicum, 33, 35, 38, 167.

Parietaria, 51, 172,

Parkinsonia, 75, 180, 207, 219.

Paspalum, 37, 168, 209, 212, 213.

Passiflora, 105, 189, 279.

PASSIFLORACEAE, 105, 189, 244.

Pectis, 154, 204.

Pellaea, 17.

Pennisetum, 38, 168.

Peperomia, 48, 172, 273, 218.

Petroselinum, 120, 192.

Phaca, 69.

Phaseolus, 76, 180, 2709.

Phoradendron, 52, 83, 173, 215, 218.

Phyllanthus, 95, 186. .

Physalis, 139, 197.

Phytolacca, 60, 176.

PHYTOLACCACEAE, 60, 176, 243.

Pilea, 51, 172.

PIPERACEAE, 48, 172, 213, 243.

Piscidia, 76, 181, 207, 219.

Pisonia, 62, 176, 208, 209, 214, 210.

PLANTAGINACEAE, 143, 199, 244.

Plantago, 143, 199.

Pleuropetalum, 56, 175, 248.

PLUMBAGINACEAE, 121, 192, 244.

Plumbago, 121, 192, 230.

Poa, 33, 34.

Poinciana, 69.

Polygala, 85, 183.

POLYGALACEAE, 85, 183, 244.

POLYGONACEAE, 53, 173, 243.

Polygonum, 53, 173.

Polypodium, 12, 17, 18, 19, 20, 23, 26, 163, 208, 209, 2II, 212, 221.

Polystichum, 26, 164.

Ponthieva, 48, 177.

Porophyllum, 155, 204.

Portulaca, 65, 177.

PORTULACACEAE, 65, 177, 243, 248.

Potamogeton, 29, 165.

POTAMOGETONACEAE, 29, 165, 243.

Priva, 134, 106.

Prosopis, 75, 76, I8I, 207, 219.

Psidium, 117, ror, 208, 209, 219.

Psychotria, 146, 200, 208, 209, 217.

Pteris, 17, 18, 21, 22, 26, 27, 164, 200, 212.

Punica, 116, ror.

Raphanus, 68, 178.

Rauwolfia, 727.

Relbunium, 146, 200.

RHAMNACEAE, 98, 187, 216, 244.

Rhizophora, 116, 179, 191, 217, 218, 279.

RHIZOPHORACEAE, 116, 191, 217, 244.

Rhynchosia, 77, 123, 181, 219.

Ricinus, 96, 186.

Rivina, 60, 176.

Robinia, 74.

Roccela, 84.

252 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Rubia, 146.

RuBIACEAE, 143, 109, 217, 235, 245.

Ruellia, 142, 199.

Ruppia, 29, 165, 218.

RutTaceasE, 81, 182, 215, 244.

Salicornia, 53, 173, 218.

Salvia, 135, 196.

Salvinia, 28, 164, 278.

SALVINIACEAE, 27, 164, 243.

SAPINDACEAE, 97, 187, 216, 244.

Sapindus, 94, 98, 187, 216, 219.

Scaevola, 147, 201, 218.

Scalesia, 123, 156, 204, 207, 208, 209, 217, 218, 219.

Schinus, 81.

Scirpus, 43, 44.

Scleria, 44, 170, 213.

Scleropus, 55. ;

Sclerothrix, 107, 190.

Scroparia, 141, 198.

ScROPHULARIACEAE, 141, 108, 245.

Senebiera, 68.

Sesuvium, 64, 177, 214, 218.

Setaria, 38, 168.

Sicyos, 147, 201, 219.

Sida, roo, ror, 103, 188.

SIMARUBACEAE, 82, 182, 215, 244.

Sinapis, 67.

SoLaNaAcEAE, 136, 196, 217, 235, 245.

Solanum, 140, 108, 219.

Sonchus, 159, 205.

Spermacoce, 145, 146, 200.

Spilanthes, 159, 205.

Sporobolus, 39, 168, 213, 218.

Stachytarpheta, 134, 106.

Stenotaphrum, 40, 168.

STERCULIACEAE, 104, 189, 244.

Stipa, 40, 768.

Stylosanthes, 78, 181.

Tagetes, 159, 205.

Tardavel, 143.

Tecoma, 142, 1098.

Telanthera, 56, 175, 207, 208, 214.

Tephrosia, 78, r8r.

Tetramerium, 142, 199.

Teucrium, 135, 196.

Thinogeton, 137.

TILIACEAE, 99, 187, 244.

Tillandsia, 45, 170, 208, 209, 213, 218.

Tournefortia, 129, 195, 208, 209, 217.

Trachypteris, 27, 164, 208, 200, 2Ir.

Trianthema, 64, 177.

Tribulus, 80, 182, 219.

Trichomanes, 21, 27, 164.

Tripsacum, 20.

Triumfetta, 99, 187.

Turnera, 105, 189.

TURNERACEAE, 105, 189, 244.

UMBELLIFERAE, 120, 192, 244.

Urera, 51, 173, 200, 214.

Urtica, 51.

URTICACEAE, 50, 172, 213, 214, 243.

Usnea, 84.

Valantia, 146.

Vallesia, 121, 192.

Verbena, 134, 1096.

VERBENACEAE, 131, 195, 217, 235, 245.

Verbesina, 149.

Vigna, 79, r8r.

Vilfa, 30.

Vincetoxicum, 122.

Viscum, 52.

VITACEAE, 99, 187, 244.

Vitis, 99, 187.

Vittaria, 27, 164.

Waltheria, 104, 189, 207, 208.

Zanthoxylum, 23, 29, 52, 80, 182, 208, 209, 215, 219.

Zornia, 79, I8r.

ZYGOPHYLLACEAE, 80, 182, 244.

New SPECIES, ForRMS, AND VARIETIES DESCRIBED

Amaranthus sclerantoides forma abingdonensis, 54. Amaranthus sclerantoides forma albemarlensis, 55.

Brachistus pubescens, 137. Cissampelos galapagensis, 66. Croton Scouleri var. glabriusculus, 89.

[Proc. 4TH Ser.

Erigeron lancifolius var. glabriusculus, 151. Erigeron tenuifolius var. tomentosus, 152. Euphorbia articulata var. bindloensis, 91. Euphorbia equisetiformis, 91.

Euphorbia Stevensii, 92.

Opuntia insularis, 113.

Peperomia obtusilimba C. DC., 49. Peperomia Stewartii C. DC., 49.

Scalesia cordata, 156.

Scalesia villosa, 158.

Scalesia villosa var. championensis, 159. Telanthera galapagensis, 57.

Proc CAL ACAI

95 1270 WeENrAN |. 92 Drax) 98

tah

120

Tia

W388

130 Redondo Pk. (85)

- Aleemarle Pt

Liizabeth B.*s 8p

a7,

Proc. CAL Acag. Sci 47! SER VoL | [STS WART | ELATE |

92 9/7 90° ee | CULPEPPER /. (Si

(S60)

“I

96

Wenrran |. Lae. PACIFIC OCEAN

92 Dias) 98

a | THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

SOUNDINGS IN FATHOMS HEIGHTS IN FEET Underlined Nigures ip the water in parentheses indicare

the height above the plane af high water of the adjacent ip ‘sland or rock. : By WAGiffer P

1 r i f

wae

5/2819 & N75 Do BINoLoEl. 50 a a WwW — a P57 Ripple Tower /. 3 i IS (2/0) 190 | Redondo Rk. EES?’ (0 Fh eae , Albemarle Pr On o° : = —————$_—_—__——— = Me \ Cc Berkeley €>. ; / 6 Marshall. . 885 80 QA Le? 7 SiN JAMES I. got yan reeeih 700 (7 me Barf” ol S51 i ‘gy? at 105 C Douglas Or. 5 NARBOROUGH |. 50 a \ JERVIS/, *. DAPHNE IS 4, a (050) von as IS a7 Guy Fawkes/s. C Hammond 102, Conwayé: S White Rk. ¢ DUNCAN]. coe Elizabeth se C Berrington 1300) 19 ALBEMARLE 1. 10°24 30, Nartecess lo 30 80 oo Ne, “ 3 5 A. UL Pitt (Sugarloaf) tee Pee “it lo Dey CHATHAM /, Webb Covayfiz f 4 wp 00 65 \ Yi °=Ceosspran /5. 3 ey 650) 56 7 1209 Z 57 54 108 Christopher Py. i Clg 60 42:39 ee dA (( A 62 5760 7 85 jor —— ey L77/ 67 go. 90-92. a 20 60 Te o7 100 72 Bo 60 ee Al oe co I 1G 3, anil. em 60 ce es stor’ ot oy | Sq a 2, Olin ulher a2 G 65 Ce) PHA wet GO i g © CHARLES a-FLOREA 60 3: 2

Black Beach Roa

bi os Y =

254 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II . Drawn by F. S. Mathews

Fig.1. Amaranthus sclerantoides ANDERSS. forma abdingdonensis STEW- ART n. forma. X 1.

Fig. 2. Amaranthus sclerantoides ANDERSS. forma albemarlensis STEWART n. forma. X 1.

Fig. 3. Telanthera galapagensis STEWART n. sp. X 1. Fig.4. Telanthera galapagensis STEWART, dissected flower. X 4. a bracts. b external sepals. ¢ internal sepals. d stamens. e pistil.

FPR

TAL A@AU. SE 477 SERV

Ob Ih

[STEWART | PLATE II

256

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

EXPLANATION OP EICAD Esti Drawn by F. S. Mathews

Euphorbia equisetiformis STEWART n. sp. X .5.

Euphorbia equisetiformis STEWaRT, flower. X 2.

Euphorbia Stevensii STEWART n. sp. X 1.

Euphorbia Stevensii STEWART, flower. X 4.

Euphorbia articulata ANDERSS. variety bindloensis STEWART N. var. S< Ale

Brachistus pubescens STEWART n. sp. X 1.

Brachistus pubescens STEWART, dissected flower. 2.

Brachistus pubescens STEWART, fruit. X 2.

Cissampelos galapagensis STEWART n. sp. X .5.

Cissampelos galapagensis STEWART, flower. X 4.

So, Ze Sree Wet [STEWART | PLATE III

5

Proc CALAL

a, = u v Rear

RSS Mah) hy arpa I"

Pe

ti 1 by s ayy

\\ \ SS \ ZZa=\\\ Za ve Sm FFF a 5 = & eae Aa DB ZK SG an 7 \

ZaeZZZ in NW i Nee

AWINyy J 4

@. “xg ‘} 1 Mp i \

In \

Ae yes “Schuyler Males - | delN 1908. \

AR lui i ne HA uy)

Y mais Me

a

fo Ayan,

258 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV Drawn by F. S. Mathews

Fig.1. Scalesia villosa STEWART n. sp. X .5.

Fig. 2. Scalesia villosa STEWaRT, squame. XX 4.

Fig. 3. Scalesia villosa Stewart, flower head. xX .5. Fig.4. Scalesia cordata STEWART n. sp. X .5.

Fig. 5. Scalesia cordata STEWART, squame. X 4. Fig.6. Scalesia cordata STEWART, fruit. XX 4.

[STEWART | PLATE IV

Prac CaLAcan. Str 47" SER VoL

i . < RN | as My MIT

SNS He Woods y WwW ne of oe SSNs

F Schuyler Mathews del 1908

i Mi : has ie

hs ise

260 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V Photographed by R. E. Shuey

Cereus nesioticus K. Scu., branch and fruit, X .38.

Proc CALACAD.

Spy 4.7

SER VO

Iell

[STEWART | PLATE V

L J

eee

a

—

a)

ahs

i

yr i

fr ay UW)

iN ? } ay

hh ain Nt

262 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI Photographed by R. H. Beck

Cereus sclerocarpus K. Scu., covering the side of a cliff at Academy Bay, _Indefatigable Island.

[A SLV Td [ LYVM ALS |

[TA 845 wy 115 Ovay Wy doug

264 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII Photographed by R. E. Shuey

Fig. 1. Opuntia myriacantha WEBER, young specimen from Indefatigable Island. x .436.

Fig.2. Opuntia galapageia HENSL., young specimen from Hood Island. XX 42.

Proc CAL AcAn. Sti 47* Ser VoL] [ STEWART ] PLATE VII

266 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47H Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII Photographed by E. W. Gifford

Fig.1. Opuntia galapageia HENsL., young specimen from Hood Island. X Car OS:

Fig.2. Opuntia galapageia Hensv., partly grown specimen from Hood vlislandis pxcica 030.

JHA GLY Td [ LEVM ALS | [TOA 845 pty 105 Ovoy WV] doa

268 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX Photographed by E. W. Gifford

Fig.1. Opuntia insularis STEWART, specimen from Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island.

Fig. 2. Opuntia galapageia HENSL., mature specimen from Hood Island with closely arranged branches.

ne

Proc Ean Acan. Sci 47 SER VoL! [STEWART ] PLATE IX

‘

Whee th

270 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X Photographed by R. H. Beck

Opuntia galapageia HENSL., mature specimen from Duncan Island with open branching.

[STEWART] PLATE X

PRoc EALAcAn. Str 4.7 SER VoL.

%

‘ Mae nN

di ne s7 i as AG

Qi, CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SEr.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI Photographed by R. E. Shuey

Opuntia galapageia HeENsL., specimen of a branch from Abingdon Island. 2393:

Proc GarAcan Sri 4™ Ser Vor 1 [STEWART] PLATE XI

DAP sk CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 41H Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII Photographed by R. E. Shuey

Opuntia galapageia HENSL., specimen of a branch from Charles Island. x .38. This specimen contains both stiff and capillary spines in the fascicles, in which respect it is intermediate between O. galapageia and O. myriacantha.

[STEWART ] PLATE XII

Proce CaLAcan. Sci 4™ SER. VoL.

276 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII

Fig.1. Opuntia Helleri K. Scu., thicket on Tower Island. Photographed ' by E. W. Gifford. Fig. 2. Opuntia myriacantha WEBER, specimens from Academy Bay, Inde-

fatigable Island, showing the pendant branches. Photographed by R. H. Beck.

PR. BAL Aca: Ser 478

SER VoL |

——

STEWART ] PLATE XIII

Ty yy i} Rie

Lier AC aa

2/8 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV Photographed by R. E. Shuey

Opuntia Helleri K. Scu., branch of a specimen from Wenman Island. x 444.

Proc CAL ACAD.

Sic At GieieL Wo Ih

ell

STEWART! PLATE XIV

it mn iy

280 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV Photographed by R. E. Shuey

Opuntia insularis STEWART, n. sp., specimen of a branch from Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island. X 437.

(| STEWART | PLATE XV

FALAcAD Srl 4™ SER VoL! -

I La

PRO

:

pean ay a

iN

282 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Serr.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI Photographed by R. H. Beck

Opuntia myriacantha WEBER, specimen from Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, showing the character of the trunk and pendant branches.

[STEWART] PLATE XVI

Proc GaLAcan. Str 47 SER VoL!

284 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII Photographed by R. E. Shuey

Opuntia myriacantha WerBER, bark from a specimen on Barrington Island.

Proc CaLAcan Str 47 Ser VoL | [STEWART] PLATE XVII

286 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII Photographed by R. E. Shuey

Opuntia myriacantha WEBER, specimen of a branch from Barrington

Island. & .365.

[STEWART ] PLATE XVIII

Proce CaALArAn Ser 4™ SER Vou |

ba fh

Sagat he bee | (ONY

" i

288 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX Photographed by R. E. Shuey

Opuntia species, specimen of a branch from South Seymour Island. x 444.

XIX

’

TEWART | PLATE

(ie

|

Proc CarAcan Sri 47 Ser VoL.

PROCEEDINGS | f ourth Si eres

VOLUME I

Expedition of the California osderay oe Sciences to as Galapagos Islands, 1905-19006.

Pages 1-6. I. Preliminary Description of Pode New Races of Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. By John

co Man Denburgh. (/sswed December 20, 1907)....... se aye celebs $.25. ‘Pages 7-288. Il. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. ; By Alban Stewart. (/sswed January APM OTL) es ORs een onan 275

- VOLUME II

Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the oh elapse Islands, 1905-1906. ne progress. )

VOLUME Ill

Pages 1-40. A Burther SEP eepuKe Study. in the Mount Diablo Range of California. By Frank M. Pes ({ssued October aXe BU ET IIS ici oe = CO RN MeL al cc alee) he tian) Cb a} re ajay Ye jay abe Nees alm ote A) Pages ‘41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake fromthe : Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- uN son. (lssued December LION soe sg OU aa are ne Necro Me2D Pages 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species,of Reptiles -and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van

Denburgh. (Jssued December 20, 1909) ii ve cvevveverviner eres 25 Eaees 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California. cen ey Rollo Howard Beck. (lssued September 17, 1910) .»....++-- 325

“The Academy cannot supply any ae its publications , issued pelo ne yer 1907, its entire reserve stock having been destroyed in the conflagra- “tion of Eprily 1906.

Sh Dad, Ny

“

Octrozer 7, |

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourTH SERIES

Vot. I, pp. 289-322 OcToBER 7, 1911

EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES TO THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS, 1905-1906

III

THE BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS?

BY FRANCIS X. WILLIAMS

Assistant Curator of Entomology, Kansas University, Entomologist to the Expedition

CONTENTS

PLATES XX-XXI

Page INTRODUCTION . é : : 4 : , ; : : : Av Z290) RHOPALOCERA : 4 : , : ; 2 i : : 5 | 8 HETEROCERA y : : : ; 5 4 4 ; é : 5 BOS CoNCLUDING REMARKS .- . d : ’ ; 3 ; ; Sie ES TABLE SHOWING INSECT SEASONS . : : : : J d 20) EXPLANATION OF PLaTE XX . 4 5 : f B : 4 5 Qe

1 Unless otherwise stated all the specimens collected on this expedition are in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, at San Francisco.

September 18, 1911

290 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SEB.

INTRODUCTION

The author regrets that he is unable to include in this paper all the species of Lepidoptera collected on the islands, for while this order is scantily represented in the region under considera- tion, the smaller and less conspicuous forms present difficulties which would cause considerable delay; and rather than to permit this, he has deemed it advisable to publish at present the butterflies and Sphinges with such observations on other Gala- pagos Lepidoptera as may assist in showing the facies of this fauna and in rendering an explanation of its origin and devel- opment.

A single fauna need not be treated in its entirety to show its relationships with others, though where possible, the whole fauna should be studied.

The Galapagos Archipelago (belonging to Ecuador) is sit- uated on the equator, about 600 miles from the west coast of South America, and a little more than 700 miles from Veragua, with Cocos and Malpelo Islands intervening. This group is therefore considerably closer to the mainland than are some other oceanic islands, as the Hawaiian Islands, 2350 m.; St. Helena, 1100 m.; the Azores, about 900 m.; and the Bermudas, about 700‘ m. I have considered the Galapagos as oceanic as regards their natural history; whether they issued in the first place from the bed of the ocean, or whether they were of con- tinental origin, provided they were once completely submerged,” or all living organisms thereon otherwise totally destroyed simultaneously by volcanic activity, as the flora and fauna would still be of oceanic character, 7. e., transported across water to the islands, a condition that the writer believes has happened. To quote Wallace in his “Island Life,” the Gala- pagos Archipelago “occupies a space of about 300 by 200 miles. It consists of five large and twelve small islands; the largest (Albemarle Island) being about eighty miles long and of very

1 These figures are taken from Wallace’s ‘Island Life.”” According to F. M. Jones (Ent. News XXI, 165, 1910), the Bermudas are 575 nautical miles from Cape Hat- teras, North Carolina.

? There is good evidence that the Galapagos Archipelago was once one large island which by subsidence has formed the many smaller islands. This view makes it easier for us to explain the existence on all or most of the islands of closely allied species or varieties.

Vor. Ij WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS 291

irregular shape, while the four next in importance—Chatham, Indefatigable, James, and Narborough Islands, are each about twenty-five or thirty miles long, and of a rounded or elongate form—these are situated in a comparatively calm sea, where storms are of rare occurrence, and even strong winds almost unknown. They are traversed by ocean currents which are strong and constant, flowing towards the northwest from the coast of Peru.” This, a portion of the great antarctic drift, has the effect of making the climate of these islands, tropically situated, quite temperate. Seldom indeed, then, is the heat excessive, and it appears never to become really cold during any period of the year. The northern extremity of the group 1S influenced somewhat by the Panama current, so that it is noticeably warmer there than farther south, though the natural history does not appear to be modified in any manner thereby.

Lava of various ages occurs on all the islands, and forms at least their exterior surface in a large measure. Narborough, for instance, is covered almost entirely, from its huge crater over 4000 feet high to the very sea-level, with a layer of recent lava. Only here and there along its sides and base and perhaps summit exist strips or patches of older layers, supporting a meager flora and fauna. All the larger islands, especially Albemarle, have great fields of lava. Charles and Chatham, two of the more southern islands, could be, and are sometimes considered (as regards external appearance) as the oldest islands of the group. They have plenty of good rich soil and their various craters are well rounded and sometimes almost obliterated. The upper areas of the higher islands, especially on their weather side (S. E. in this case) where the moisture first strikes them, have an abundance of humus and vegetation. With a few exceptions, the lowlands are quite arid and of desert character.

For some hundreds of years, the Galapagos Islands have been visited by various ships and were formerly a favorite resort of the buccaneers who were numerous in the region.

In 1835, the Galapagos were visited by Charles Darwin in the “Beagle”; in 1852, by Prof. N. J. Andersson, in the Swed- ish frigate “Eugenie”; in 1868-9, by Dr. A. Habel; in 1871, by Prof. A. Agassiz of the “Hassler Expedition” ; in 1875, by

292 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Dr. Theodor Wolf, State Geologist of Ecuador, and by Com- mander Cookson of the “Petrel’’; in 1884, by Lieutenants Chierca and Marcacci; in 1888, by L. A. Lee of the “Albatross Expedition” ; in 1891, by Prof. A. Agassiz on the “Albatross,” also by Prof. Geo. Bauer and his assistant; in 1898-99, by Messrs. Snodgrass and Heller of the Hopkins-Stanford Expe- dition; and finally in 1905-06, by the Expedition of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences. The last expedition had, besides the navigator and the first mate and steward, a staff of eight men representing the departments of Zoology, Entomology, Conchology, Botany, Geology and Palaeontology. A full year, of the seventeen months of the Expedition, was spent in the Archipelago, and although much time was lost by reason of the little two-masted schooner “Academy” drifting about the Pacific in calm weather, all the islands and many of the “mere rocks” of the group were visited at least once, and a number, several times, and from different points and during various seasons. Thus the Expedition, equipped for the special purpose of studying and collecting specimens of natural history, was able to bring together a far larger and more varied assemblage of specimens than was collected perhaps by the sum total of all the previous expeditions to these islands. It is only fair to bear in mind, however, that a number of the earlier expeditions were handicapped by lack of time, equipment, and sufficient and capable collectors; nevertheless, the results of their labors are very creditable when we consider the paucity of the Galapagos fauna, the general rough character of the country, and the fact that in some cases, the collecting and studying of specimens of natural history was but a secondary or incidental matter.

The zonal divisions of the fauna and flora of the Archipelago are very interesting. The plant zones on the windward (S. E.) side of the more lofty islands are often quite distinctly defined and can be observed from several miles at sea. The Zoological regions conform in a greater or less degree to those of the flora. The south and southeast sides of Indefatigable Island, show these zones very nicely,’ and a brief discourse on them will give

1 While the zones may be distinct on the weather side of an island, the opposite or dry side of the latter displays no such well-defined areas, hence the arid belt de natura extends much higher up on that side, while the humid areas are forced far up the slopes and are of quite limited extent, if at all present.

Vot. I] WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS 293,

the reader an idea of their character (Plate XXI). The upper or humid portion of the island (500 feet and up) is very diffh- cult of access owing to the dense tangle of vines and scarcity of water. The island was not explored above 1000 feet altitude, therefore the character of the vegetation above about 1400 feet was not satisfactorily ascertained, but by means of observations through binoculars and by observing the slopes and summits of other high and more accessible islands of the group, a doubtful idea of the “Brown Zone” was obtained. Indefatigable Island is about twenty-five miles in diameter and nearly circular in outline, and is situated a little south of the center of the main Archipelago. Its height is estimated at a little over 2200 feet, but it appears fully 3000 feet high. The slope from shore to summit is very gradual and comparatively uniform, and the lower or arid area of much greater extent than the more elevated humid regions. The summit of Indefatigable Island probably contains a large crater. This portion of the island is very commonly enveloped in clouds. The two well-defined life areas, the arid and the humid, can each be subdivided into regions of a less distinct character,and the former are connected with each other by a species of transition or “Big Tree’ zone which has a lighter green appearance than the “Green” zone above it.

Commencing at the shore line, we find the “Arid” zone skirted by a littoral flora composed largely of such trees as Rhizophora mangle,’ Avicenma officinalis, Hibiscus tilhaceus, the poisonous Hippomane mancinella, and the stout creeping vine, Ipomoea pes-capre. Usually the above mentioned plants do not occur inland any distance, except sometimes about bodies of water.

Proceeding towards the interior of the island, one passes through nearly two miles of rough desert-like country where there is but little soil but an abundance of lava. Here the two genera of Cactacee (Cereus and Opuntia), Croton scouleri,

1 Indefatigable Island has been selected for the illustration of the zones on account of the well-defined appearance of the latter there. It must be borne in mind that elsewhere in the Archipelago, they are on the whole, far less distinct.

2JT am indebted to Mr. Alban Stewart, botanist to the expedition, for a number of the botanical names given in this paper. In the proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, Vol. I, 4th Ser., pp. 206-211, Mr. Stewart gives the botanical regions and zonal elevations more in detail.

294 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Srr.

the majority. of the Acaci@, Gossypium, Cordia lutea, etc., occur plentifully, sometimes forming thickets. Roughly esti- mated, this zone extends to a height of about 200 feet where it merges into the “Big Tree’ zone, in which we find the hand- some Guava tree (Psidium galapageium), Pisoma floribunda, and one or two others. Here is a thin covering of soil, small ferns cover the rocks, and the country loses a great deal of its desert aspect. This zone is somewhat ill-defined as to its lower limits. From the “Big Tree” zone, one enters quite abruptly into the “Dark Green” or really humid zone where the soil is rich and the conspicuous vegetation made up in large part of delicate ferns, several species of Convolvulacee among the vines, and Scalesia pedunculata, a tall composite of graceful form. The growth here is really luxuriant, and being com- posed of matted vines and some shrubs (the mass reaching a height of about eight feet), it is nearly impenetrable without the aid of a machete. Every now and then, a pretty little grove of tall Cannas is met with; going higher up, the Scalesia thins out and the dreary slope presents a rather gloomy appearance. This is a very extensive zone, reaching from 400 or 450 feet to far up the mountain. Above this to the summit, the slope appears equally or more impenetrable, but the color of the above ‘‘Brown Zone” suggests lichen-covered trees, taller ferns, with perhaps here and there an open grassy space. Above 400 or 500 feet, there is much humidity and the precipitation must be considerable throughout the year.

The rainy season which lasts from about December to about April, has the effect of making the lower zones fresh and verdant for a short period, and of awakening the insect life which lies dormant there. A little while after the commence- ment of the rainy season (at which time it is a littie warmer), insects appear in comparative abundance; and various shrubs and vines support large numbers of Lepidopterous larve, prin- cipally Sphingide and Noctuide, which though not of many species, are conspicuous by reason of their abundance. At the same time, the enemies of these insects appear. The large greenish Calosomas (Calosoma Howardi, Linell), search the bushes diligently for larve, and do not hesitate to attack and overcome large Sphingid caterpillars. The giant centipedes

Vot. I] WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS 295

(Scolopendra) some 9% inches long, must also destroy num- bers of the larve.

By the month of May or June, the lower levels resume their desert aspect and insect life is largely dormant. The upper regions however, enjoy a more continued rainfall and have seasons that are necessarily more continuous, so that in the late months of the year, insects do not appear to be much diminished in numbers. There are certain portions of the lower levels, especially about the brackish bodies of water at sea level, which are not sufficiently affected by the rainless season to be unproductive at that time of the year.

From observations and by deduction from the seasonal table of Rhopalocera (at the end of this paper), I have arrived at the conclusion that from the middle of February to the middle of March, is the height of the season for adults, in those regions at least which are influenced by the seasonal rains, i. ¢., the lower areas; while above in the mountains, as heretofore stated, the seasons are not well marked, for insects in general appear more or less continuously.

On the whole, the lower zones seem richer in insect life, the densely verdant portions of the islands not yielding very much entomologically, but the more open summits of some of the islands support a good variety of insect life. The tall graceful Scalesia growing in the humid regions, supports quite a beetle fauna, as do the various Acacie, the Crotons, and the Bursera of the “Arid” zone. Inasmuch, however, as a single insect will sometimes feed on one species of plant in the dry zone and upon another in the humid, as often happens, it results that the ranges of such insects are more extensive than that of the flora. Other insects which do not appear to be directly dependent upon the flora, are nevertheless confined to 4 well-defined area. This is true of some of the species of the littoral or coast fauna. The climate of the Galapagos is not really tropical (as regards rainfall, heavy atmosphere, etc.), neither is the insect fauna typically tropical; and this is prob- ably also true to a degree with regard to the rest of the fauna as well as the flora.

If we compare the Galapagos Islands with the small but beautiful Cocos Island lying several degrees to the northeast,

296 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

it will be found that though the latter is in warmer waters than the Galapagos and much nearer the mainland, the insect fauna of this little island although quite meager, is of a dis- tinctly more tropical aspect. The island is covered with good- sized trees festooned with vines, and apparently possesses a few clear areas. The climate is warm, the atmosphere heavy, and there is water everywhere in the form of creeks and cascades, but dense forests do not support a rich insect fauna. Only two species of butterflies were taken on Cocos Island, and neither of them occur in the Galapagos. One is an Aganisthos (probably odius), the other is a species of delicate build which has not yet been determined. Two Sphinges were seen there, one the wide-spread Phleg. cingulata, the other which was not taken, suggested the large Pachylia ficus.

The butterflies of the Galapagos Archipelago number six species, two of which were taken for the first time on this expedition. These latter species are Pyrameis huntera and carye. Both are rare in the islands. The Sphingide number eight, two, Triptogon lugubris and Theretra tersa, are here reported for the first time from the islands, the former species being plentiful, the latter rare.

RHOPALOCERA

Callidryas eubule, Linn.

Agraulis vanille, Linn. var. Galapagensis, Holland. Pyrameis huntera, Fabr.

Pyrameis carye, Hubner.

Cupido parrhasioides, Wallengren.

EKudamus galapagensis, N. Sp. (Williams).

PIERIDAE

1. Callidryas eubule Linn. Syst. Nat., p. 743, 1766. Hol- land: Proc. UY Sa Nei aie Os als eo:

Holland (Proc. U. S. N. M., XII, 195, 1889), says: “Dif- fers in no respect from the forms taken commonly in the Southern United States and West Indies.” The Galapagos specimens are certainly more referable to the form senn@ as described by William H. Edwards (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. IX, 9, 1881), being “generally smaller than ewbule,” the 2 having

Vor. I] WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS 297

the deeper color of the senne. There are a number of Calli- dryas from the Galapagos Islands in the Leland Stanford University Collection, including sixteen 9 2. Mr. E. J. New- comer has kindly examined these specimens for me and is of the opinion that all the @ 2 are senn@, as probably also the 86. The insects, as can be seen from the measurements below, average considerably smaller than those from Southern California and some other portions of the United States, and some of the small specimens seem to indicate the dwarfing effects of the arid regions of the islands. Senne according to Edwards, inhabits Brazil, Central America, Mexico, Texas, jamatcay) Elayt, let; and is taken in Southern California. Following the smaller size of the Galapagos Callidryas, is the blunter apex of the primaries and inner angle of the second- aries.

Eubule is an abundant insect and the most conspicuous but- terfly of the Archipelago, having about the same distribution as Agraulis vanille galapagensis, and in favorable years, is probably to be found on all but the two northern islets, Wen- man and Culpepper, and the other mere rocks. It occurs abundantly at moderate and low altitudes, and is rarer on summits. From February to April, 1906, it was plentiful in the vicinity of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, and on Albemarle in the vicinity of the Villamil settlement, where it was some- times seen gathered in numbers about cattle droppings. At Tagus Cove (Albemarle), it was common during March and April, especially at the yellow flowers of Cordia lutea and Gossypium Sp., resting on the blossoms of the latter in dull weather. At Bank’s Bay (Albemarle), in April, they were observed feeding at the flowers of Opuntia growing near the seashore.

The season for adults ended in general, in May, at the lower levels. During early October however, the insect was abundant at 1000 feet elevation; a few were seen during the same month on Charles Island in the dry zone, and in the “Green Zone” on South Albemarle.*

47 have noticed that the Galapagos eubule do not possess as strong or rapid a flight

as those found on the mainland, where I have observed them in Lower California and in Kansas, and this inferiority in flight is quite striking.

298 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Srp.

But little of the early stages were noted. Oct. 15, 1905, a 2 was observed ovipositing on the legume Cassia picta, and several half-grown larve were found feeding on the same plant in the “Green Zone,” of South Albemarle, in early September, 1906. Occurs on Charles, Chatham, Indefatigable, Albemarle, James, Narborough, Abingdon Islands, and probably on Hood, Duncan, Bindloe, Jervis, and Barrington Islands. |

Taken also on the Albatross Expeditions in 1888 and 1891 (where it is referred to by Agassiz as Colias’), Hopkins- Stanford Expedition, and perhaps also on some of the earlier expeditions.

Alar expanse: 6 44, 44, 51, 56, 56, 56, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 66, 66, 67, 67, 70, 72 mm.—=60.6 mm.

238) 00461 163). 7.0 satin 96.42 mam:

26 specimens.

NYMPHALIDAE

2. Agraulis vanillae Linn., Syst. Nat., 482, 1758, var. Gala- pagensis, Holland., Proc., U. S. Nat. Mus. XII, 194-5, 1889.

Holland’s description reads: “The form of A. vanille in the collection ticketed “Chatham Island’ differs in some respects so decidedly from the typical form as to well deserve a varietal name. It is characterized by its smaller size, by the darker and more fuscous tint of the basal half of the wings, by the great increase in breadth of all the black markings on both surfaces, and the almost entire obliteration of the white dots by which the spots in the cell on the upper surface of the primaries are pupiled in typical specimens. One specimen, Galapagos, Chatham Islands.”

It is therefore quite a different appearing insect from typ- ical A. vanille and might rightly be raised to specific rank. In Galapagensis, the less sinuate outer margin of the primaries (probably resulting from the dwarfing of the insect), gives the latter a much blunter aspect than those of our A. vanille. From Holland’s description, of the species, I judge the type to . be a male. The female varies somewhat in color, for it may be as in typical vanill@, darker with heavier black markings

1 Bull Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIII, 68, 1892.

Vor. 1) WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS 299

and the ground color yellowish beyond the cell of the pri- maries; or perhaps more commonly the pale yellow color occupies the greater portion of the primaries, becoming darker and mingled with fuscous basally, and at the inner margin; the pattern is as in typical A. vanille but the markings are a good deal heavier.

A. vanille galapagensis is a fairly common butterfly, occur- ring on all the larger islands of the group where it is ordi- narily restricted to the dryer levels where its food-plant (Passi- flora), is to be found. The butterfly flies low and rather slowly and alights but rarely. At Tagus Cove (Albemarle), it was quite plentiful during March and April, both in the valley and on the west slope of the high mountain which was comparatively dry even to its summit, 4000 feet above the sea. In a strip of vegetation at an altitude of 1500 feet where Passiflora was abundant, a few larve of this butterfly were seen. They were mostly in the final instar, and from them, I succeeded in rearing but one butterfly, the other larve perish- ing before pupation.

The butterfly was observed perhaps most plentifully on the rounded summit of Charles Island (May and June). On this island, during the month of October, 1905, a female was observed ovipositing in the dry thickets, and this would sug- gest that the species passes the dry season in the egg state or as very young larve.t Occurs on Charles, Chatham, Inde- fatigable, Albemarle, James, Narborough, and Abingdon Islands. It may also occur at times, on some of the other islands. |

Alar expanse: ¢ 45, 49, 49, 50, 52, 53, 54, 55s OV oS 60: 60==95.5) mam.

GRASS 2452 540 55n155)/55) 90. 00, Ol——o4-e main:

22 specimens. Plate XX, figs. 1-2.

3. Pyrameis huntera Fabr., Syst. Ent., 499, 1775.

One fresh specimen, taken on the treeless summit of Villamil Mountain, 3000 feet altitude (Albemarle Island), August, 1906. The insect is typical and expands 52 mm. Several

1 Collected on the Albatross Expedition in 1888 and 1891 (where it is referred to by

A. Agassiz as Argynnis), the Hopkins-Stanford Expedition, and perhaps also on some of the earlier expeditions.

300 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

other rather worn examples were seen flying briskly about the summit, and one or two fresh specimens were observed in late March, 1906, on Tagus Cove Mountain, at an altitude of 3500 feet. At this locality, was found a species of Guaphalium which was without doubt the larval food-plant of huntera.

4. Pyrameis caryae Hubner, Samml. ex. Schmett., I, 1806.

One flown example taken at Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, January, 1906. Does not differ from Californian specimens. Several species of Urticacee and Malvacee occur in the Gala- pagos, and on one or more of these the larva must feed.

MCA NID Ack:

5. Cupido parrhasioides Wallengren (Lyc. par.). Wein. Ent. Mon. IV, p. 37, No. 15, 1860. Eug. Resa. p. 355 (1861).

This pretty “blue” was described from specimens taken on the voyage of the Swedish frigate “Eugenie,” in 1852.

Wallengren’s description is.as follows’ (p. 355) 10. Ly- caena parrhasioides :

“Alis ecanudatis, infra canescentibus lineis albis duplicatis subundulatis, posticarum irregularibus; posticis ocellis 3-4 analibus, nigris coeruleo- foetis; oculis hirtis.

Mas: Alis supra violaceo-caerulescentibus, posticis punctis 2-3 analibus nigris, sub-obsoletis.

Femina: Alis supra fuscis, ad basin plus minus coerulea-pulverulenti- bus; anticis macula discoidali fusca, obsoleta; posticis punctis 4 analibus nigris, antice coeruleo-limbatis.

Patria: Puna mense Martii. Iusula St. Joseph mense Aprilis; ins. Galapagos mense Maji.

L. parrhasio, God. affinis videtur; L. optileti magnitudine equalis, sed interdum L. also haud major. §Mas: Ale supra violaceo-coerulez, mar- gine exteriore tenuissime infuscato; posticee puncta 2-3 analia nigra gerunt. Ale omnes infra canescentes; antic per discum lineas subundulatas, transversas 6 albas, per paria sitas, quarum par externum postice abbre- viatum, gerunt; alee posticae etiam lineas ejusmodi ostendunt, sed par intermedium saepissime bis interruptum, et externum tantum inter costas 2-6 locum tenet, et cum pari intermedio ad finem tam antice tam postice coherit. Ad basin alarum posticarum linea albo unica se prebit. Ad marginem exteriorem alarum omnium circuli oblongi et intra illos anguli confluentes albi locum tenet. Circuli 3-4 alarum posticarum anales sunt in medio nigri ceruleo-fceti, ocelliformes. A basi alarum anticarum usque ad medium, prope marginem anticum, striga fusca, postice albo-marginata, locum tenet. Interstitia inter lineas transversa alarum anticarum fundo obscuriora. §8Femina mari infra similis, supra fusca, et ad finem cellule alarum anticarum maculam transversam, fuscam, obsoletam gerit. Ale ejus omnes sunt supra ad basin czeruleo- pubverulentes et postice puncta analia 4 nigra, antice ceruleo-limbata, gerunt.”

1 Furnished me through Dr. Henry Skinner.

Vor. I] WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS 301

The above states that the wings are without tails, below grayish with subundulate, double, white lines, those of the secondaries irregular ; secondaries with three to four black anal spots full of blue; eyes hairy.

Male: Wings above violet bluish, the secondaries with from two to three black anal spots, which are sub-obscure.

Female: Wings fuscuous above, more or less powdered with blue towards the base, the primaries with the fuscous dis- coidal spot obscure, secondaries with four black anal spots, bordered anteriorly with blue.

Habitat Puna (March), the island of St. Joseph* (April), Galapagos Islands (May).

Related to L. parrhasio God. It is equal in size to L. Optileti, but now and then it is not larger than L. Also.

Male: Wings above violet blue, exterior margin very nar- rowly infuscated. Secondaries bear two to three black anal points. All the wings beneath are grayish. The primaries are traversed by six white subundulate lines arranged in pairs, the external pair of which is shortened posteriorly ; secondaries also have lines of this kind, but the intermediate pair is very often twice interrupted, and the external pair only occupies the space between veins 2-6, and is joined together with the inter- mediate pair at the end anteriorly as well as posteriorly. There is a single white line at the base of the secondaries. There are oblong circles along the exterior margin of all the wings and within these the space is occupied by confluent white angles. Three to four of the anal circles of the secondaries are ocelliforme, black in the middle, and full of blue. There is a fuscous streak edged posteriorly with white, extending from the base of the primaries up to the middle field, near the front margin. Spaces between the transverse lines of the primaries more obscure at the base.

Female: Similar to the male beneath; above, fuscous, with an obscure transverse, fuscous spot at the end of the cell of the primaries. Above, all the wings of the 2 are powdered with blue at the base, and the secondaries have four black anal points edged anteriorly with blue.

1 This must be S. José I., one of the Pearl Islands, in the Bay of Panama.

302 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

This species, according to Wallengren, is related to L. parr- hasius of Java. Its nearest ally and perhaps the one from which it was derived, is probably Lyc. marina of America, from which it can be separated by its somewhat smaller size and darker shade, and by the possession on the under side of the secondaries of three (with traces of one or two more) distinct velvety black spots ringed by metallic blue and then by orange, whereas marina has but two such spots. The sec- ond spot from the anal angle is the largest. The undulating white lines of the wings beneath are finer than in marina.

C. parrhasioides is common in the Galapagos, where it was found on Charles, Chatham, Albemarle, Narborough, James, Hood, and Duncan Islands. It seems to be more restricted to the arid district than are the other butterflies, and occurs commonly where its food plant, Cardiospermum corindum and perhaps C. galapageium (Sapindacee) is found.

Near the shore at Cape Rose (Albemarle Island), in March, 1906, the little butterfly was plentiful in the vast field of jagged black lava which supported a somewhat scant vege- - tation—Croton, Bursera, Opuntia, Cereus, etc., and its vine- like food plant. The butterfly was here observed to oviposit on the young leaves of this plant. At the lower levels, about James Bay (James Island), parrhasioides was abundant where Cardiospermum flourished, which was especially on lava. The butterflies were at this season (August, 1906), in a gen- erally faded condition, and the egg shells of the species were plentiful on Cardiospermum, then in leaf.

As the imagines were fresh and common at a much earlier date than August, we may infer therefrom that parrhasioides is double-brooded, the February-March specimens emerging from pupe formed in about September of the preceding year; or perhaps that the insect passes the dry season as an egg or smal! caterpillar.

A female parrhasioides from Iguana Cove, Albemarle, is aberrant in having the undulating white lines beneath diffusing and disappearing.

The insect was also taken on the voyage of the “Eugenie” ; by A. Agassiz in 1891; and by Snodgrass and Heller of the Hopkins-Stanford Expedition. Its occurrence on Puna Island

Vor. I] WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS 303

in the Gulf of Guayaquil (Ecuador), and on St. Joseph Island in the Bay of Panama, is interesting and suggestive. Sphingo- notus fusco-irroratus (Orthoptera), is also reported from Puna as well as the Galapagos Islands.

25 specimens, including one ¢ sent to Dr. Henry Skinner for his opinion on the species.

3) 2042052022122) 23) 231254 29,2520) 20, 26,)2e) mim ==23.6 mm.

QPS 2 2223.92 3024. 2A 24825 mot —2 2. nT Plate XX, figs. 3-5.

HESPERIDAE

6. Eudamus galapagensis n. sp.

Male: Head brownish, with some yellowish-white scales which pre- dominate ventrad; Antenne strongly hooked, dark smoky brown, indis- tinctiy annulate with white towards the base, hook of antenne tawhy below; labial palpi with distal joint dark brown; thorax greenish olive with long hairs; abdomen blackish with purple tinge and with pale yellow- ish or yellowish-green scales, numerous ventrad and along the edge of the segments. Legs brownish with purple reflections, and with long hairs of lighter color. Length of body 16 mm. Above,—Wings dark brown with a - slight greenish-olive gloss and enclosing the small yellowish-white diaph- anous spots arranged as follows: three small ones before apex, 1. e., one subquadrate at base of and on each side of Sc.., the third which is subtriangular, at base of SCs, and beyond the others; two small rather elongate ones, one on either side of the costal vein and situated at about the middle of the wing. Immediately below these two is a larger spot in the middle of the discal cell. Outwardly below in cell Mz is a still larger subrectaugular spot. This is the largest spot. In the outer third of cell M; is a square spot not extending half way down to the submedian nervure. Inside the middle of cell Ms is a large rectangular spot exteriorly sinuate. The three spots before the apex znd those in cells M: &s are in line. Fringes pale brown, brownish black from nervures. A fine double, blackish brown line on edge of wings. Secondaries without spots; with a short slightly curved and tapering tail of a blackish brown color, its basal hairs long and greenish. Under a lens, the nervures are largely metallic purple.

Below—The spots are repeated on the primaries. A rather obscure, lilac marginal band, becoming obsolete at anal angle; a lilac patch with some pale blue scales from the end of discal cell and in the discocellular area. No markings on space overlapped by secondaries. Secondaries blackish brown, with a basal, mesal, extradiscal and marginal band of lilac, tinted with pale bluish scales, these bands reducing the ground to two somewhat narrower bands and a spot near the base of the wing. The extra-discal (=submarginal) lilac band is curved, especially where it disappears at the tail where it becomes almost whitish. There are a number of pale straw yellow scales on the secondaries, fewer on the primaries. Expanse 43 mm., length of tails (exterior measurement) 6.25 mm.

Female: Like the male, but with broader tails, 5 mm. long and about straight, no costal fold on primaries, expanse—46 mm. (Tagus Cove, March-April, 1906).

304 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

In some specimens, the diaphanous spots are smaller and the lilac bands on the underside tend more to a pale bluish or lavender, or rarely are replaced by lighter brown or yellowish scales. The insect much resembles &. santiago but is not quite so dark as that species and the spots, similarly disposed, are usually larger. Below, the pattern agrees rather closely with that of santiago, but the latter replaces the lilac of galapagensis with purplish. The purplish and pale scales are in smaller proportion in santiago and the tails of the latter are longer.

Type 1 6 (Chatham Island 700 ft. altitude, October 15, 1905), and 1 @ Tagus Cove, March-April, 1906, Galapagos, in possession of the California Academy of Sciences. Cotypes, 1, Phil. Acad. Sci.; 10, Cal. Acad. Sciences.

One pupa of this butterfly found lying exposed on the ground at Banks Bay, Albemarle Island, in April, 1906. Pupa: Of the usual stout Eudamus form; rugose under a lens, pale brown speckled with darker brown, a brown stripe above the spiracles. Head very nearly as wide as thorax, not very convex on vertex giving it a square aspect. Cremaster darker brown, rounded at extremity, excavate ventrad. Length 16 mm., width at shoulders 5 mm. Pupa preserved in spirits.

This is a common Skipper, especially on Chatham and Albe- marle Islands, appearing quite early in the season, being rather distinctly double-brooded, the first flight beginning in January or thereabouts, while the butterfly again makes its appearance in the dry season, in about August. Seasonal conditions often vary somewhat on different islands and different slopes of the group, and this makes it rather difficult to determine the number and time of appearance of the insects there. The seasons then are not strictly contemporaneous in the Archi- pelago. During April, 1906, the skipper was fairly abundant at Bank’s Bay (Albemarle), and half- to full-grown larve were found feeding on a trifoliate leguminous annual; the larve making a sort of nest for themselves with the leaves after the manner of other members of the genus. The butter- fly has a swift flight, and when it occurs in the dry and almost barren lava beds (as it frequently does), it likes to alight in the shade of some projecting piece of rock. Such localities,

Voz. IJ WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS 305

were parts of South Albemarle Island and Cowley Mountain, on the same island.

E. galapagensis was also secured on the Albatross Expedi- tion in 1888, but in too poor condition to be described; it is also reported by A. Agassiz. There are ten specimens in good and fair condition in the U. S. National Museum, labeled Hood, Chatham, and Duncan Islands, Galapagos, 1891, and a series was also taken on the Hopkins-Stanford Expedition in 1898-9. It is not improbable that other expeditions also secured it.

Thirteen specimens were taken on the California Academy of Sciences Expedition, one of these being in possession of Dr. H. Skinner to whom it was referred. The specimens are from Chatham, Albemarle, and Charles Islands, others seen but not taken on James, Indefatigable, and Duncan Islands.

Expanse: 3 37, 38, 40, 40, 41, 43, 43=—40.3 mm.

2 42, 45, 46, 47, 4845.6 mm. Plate XX, fig. 6.

HETEROCERA SPHINGIDAT

The following are the Hawk-Moths known to occur in the Galapagos Archipelago:

Triptogon lugubris Linn.

Deilephila lineata Fabr.

Theretra tersa Linn.

Dilophonota ello Linn.

Dilophonota obscura Fabr. var. conformis Roth. and Jordan.

Phlegathontius rustica Fabr. form calapagensis Holland.

Phlegathontius rustica Fabr. var. nigrita Roth. and Jordan.

Phlegathontius leucoptera Roth. and Jordan.

Phlegathontius cingulata Fabr.

1. Triptogon lugubris Linnzus, Mant. Plant 537, 1771.

The specimens are somewhat smaller than the continental examples with which I have compared them, otherwise they cannot be said to differ from the latter.

Abbot and Smith’s description of the mature larve of this insect, as quoted by Morris in his “Synopsis of the Described Lepidoptera of North America” reads: “Head dark green, with a yellow frontal band. Body pale green, with vascular dark green dashes, and a dark green subdorsal line bordered

September 28, 1911

306 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4ru Ser.

beneath with whitish; nine short lateral, pale yellow bands; horn dark green; stigmata reddish.” This description answers well for the ordinary form, but many of the Galapagos speci- mens (and probably from elsewhere as well) are blotched obliquely with chocolate brown from the subdorsal line laterad, from segments 6-10 inclusive. The thorax, a part of segment 5, and segments 10 and 11, have also patches of the same color.

Larve were observed in several instars at Iguana Cove, Albemarle Islands, March 17-21, 1906, feeding upon Cissus sicyoides, one of the Vitacee which flourished in that locality. The pupa is rather dark reddish brown, with the head-case obtusely rounded, and the cremaster quite stout. By digging in the loose mouldy soil near some rocky barrier, a living pupa and several pupa shells of Jugubris were obtained.

The moths were observed on the wing, at Iguana Cove, in March, 1909, as flown specimens, the second brood coming out in April and May, the pupal period for this brood evidently being of short duration.

The insect is rather partial to the more tropically-clothed portions of the islands, as the “Green Zone’”’ of the mountains, and those littoral areas where fairly fresh water stands and which harbor a somewhat luxurious vegetation, including its food plant.

Triptogon lugubris was observed most plentifully at Iguana Cove, whence it was found to extend along the coast to Villa- mil, thirty miles to the west. At the latter place, several speci- mens were taken at the flowers of Cordia lutea in the bright sunshine, where they were comparatively slow in their flight. However, high up on the dreary rain-sodden and vine-cov- ered slopes of South Indefatigable Island, this little sphinx might be seen now and then flying with great speed and with a loud humming noise over the subtropical vegetation, pausing but rarely to plunge out of sight into a large convolvalaceous flower, but before you can scramble to it net in hand, it is skimming far up the mountain side. During April and May, the moth was several times observed flying low over the sandy shores below Villamil settlement, Albemarle Island, and darting

Vot. I] WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS 307

out to sea, being also seen from the schooner “Academy” which was at anchor over a mile from shore.

Lugubris was observed on the higher portions of Indefat- igable Island (November, 1905), Albemarle (March, April and May, 1906), while an old pupal shell which seemed refer- able to this species, was found high up on Charles Island (June, 1906). It is a common insect in the American tropics.

There is some variation in color among the ten examples taken, the scallops of the wings seem deeper than in some speci- mens from Florida with which I compared them.

Galapagos—Alar expanse. 32 49, 53, 63 mm.=55 mm.

2 53, 53, 58, 60, 60, 60, 63 mm.==58.1 mm.

Florida—Alar expanse. 460, 62, 62 mm.—61.3 mm.

OW 257.8.) 79 min ——/ 6: 3) none

The three smallest @ 2 from the Galapagos were reared, which probably accounts for their size. There are several larvee and one pupa preserved in spirits.

2. Deilephila lineata Fabricius, Syst. Ent., 541, 1775.

The “White-lined’”’ Sphinx, which is by no means the com- monest of the Hawk-moths of the islands, has heretofore been collected in the Galapagos, by the Albatross Expedition (1887- 88), which secured one male from Charles Island. Of the five specimens secured by me in 1906, three were reared from larve ; and the series when compared with lineata from Shasta county, California, averages considerably smaller in size.

Lineata larvee were found at Wreck Bay, Chatham Island _ (February 20, 1906), where the two-color forms were observed; on Charles Island in early March, as less advanced in growth than on the preceding island; and at Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, in late March, when many of the caterpillars had already pupated.

Adults were observed in March (Charles Island), and at Villamil (Albemarle Island), in early May, and in both cases, in the early afternoon. The insect is certainly double-brooded and probably triple-brooded in the Galapagos ; a small per cent of the late insects probably passing the dry season as pupz.

Distribution: Charles, Chatham, and Albemarle Islands, and probably elsewhere in the Archipelago. It occurs also in

the Hawaiian Islands, and is the best known North American 4a

308 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Hawk-moth. Also reported by Holland, and Rothschild and Jordan, from the Galapagos Islands.

There are several larve and one pupa of lineata, from the Galapagos, preserved in spirits.

Galapagos—Alar expanse. ¢ 51,* 67 mm.=59 mm.

2 62),67 7 7 ox mint =—O9 mata

California, U. S.—Alar expanse. ¢ 77, 78, 79, 88 mm.= 80.5 mm.

2 90, 96, 98, 101 mm.—96.2 mm.

3. Theretra tersa Linneus, Mant. Plant., II, 538, 1771.

This handsome insect appears to be still rare in the islands, the only specimen secured being reared from a larva discovered by lamplight, feeding upon the leaves of Clerodendron molle, Chatham Island, February 23, 1906.

The larva of tersa, which is of the “Hog”’ caterpillar type, has several times been described, while the pupa corresponds well to Hy. Edwards’ description of it in Entomologica Ameri- cana, III, 164, 1887. The pupa was formed in a shallow depression in the soil, and sheltered by a leaf or two.

This sphinx may be a recent arrival to the Galapagos Archi- pelago, judging from its rarity there, and from the fact that it was taken only from the most windward (except Hood Island) island of the group, viz., Chatham. It does not differ from continental specimens, which are quite common in the Tropics.

One Male—Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, altitude 500 feet, February 23, 1906.

Alar expanse, 66 mm.

4. Dilophonota ello Linnzus, Syst. Nat., 491, 1758.

This species was found quite plentifully on Charles, Chat- ham, and Albemarle Islands. |

Imagines were taken at flowers on the three above-named islands, during the rainy season. The first larva taken, was found at the base of a Guava tree (Psidium), on Chatham Island, January, 1906. It pupated a short time after its cap- ture. Small specimens of the larvz were observed at South Albemarle, in early March, 1906, and in numbers at Iguana Cove, a few days later. The food plant of ello is Hippomane

1 Ex larva.

Vot. I] WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS 309

mancinella (a poisonous tree, which is common along the shores), and Psidium. At Iguana Cove, the larve were observed in several instars and were either of a pale sea-green or reddish-brown color, as described by Edwards, Holland, and others. The larva has a habit of stretching itself appressed to a twig, and is thus often difficult of detection. The pupa has been well described by Edwards (Ent. Americana, III, 167, 1887), and a number of these prettily striped objects were found beneath Hippomane trees (Iguana Cove), by disturbing the loose mouldy soil and by overturning pieces of lava.

D. ello is an exceedingly abundant insect in the American tropics and occasionally ventures well up into the temperate latitudes of North America. It is also recorded from the Galapagos Islands by Rothschild and Jordan.

There are nine ¢ and eight 2 in the Academy’s collection, besides three pupz and several larve preserved in spirits.

Mamiexpanse: 4) 167) (067 WA 72,72473,)73, 74, Se mm.

O72, 12, 74s We. IS, 19, 2, Qizais sasha

5. Dilophonota obscura Fabricius, Syst. Ent., 538, 1775.

Subsp. conformis, Rothschild and Jordan, Novitates Zoolog- icee, Supplement Vol. IX,* 369, 1903.

The description of the insect in Novitates Zoologice, reads:

“Erynnis obscura conformis, subsp. Nov. 6 @. Sexes similar; ¢ with- out a longitudinal streak on the forewing, and having the thorax as gray as 2. Distal margin of hindwing rather darker in the upper half than in the ordinary form, and the post-discal line of dots more distinct. Hab. Galapagos Island, Albemarle; end of March to May, 1902 (Beck) ; type: Top of crater, S. E. Albemarle, 27, III, 1902. In the Tring Museum Av Se 4) Quek?

There are 4 6 & and 32 2 2 in the collection of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, and there is but one ? among these which has the thorax as dark as inthe ¢ ¢. These have the thorax slightly darker than in the 2. The thorax of the latter sex, is nearly concolorous gray, while in the ¢, several longitudinal lines of brownish gray are evident, which are almost or entirely absent in the @ 2. Quite a common insect in the Tagus Cove region, Albemarle Island, in March and April. It was easily attracted by light and a number were

310 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

taken throughout the night, at a campfire, on the mountain slope.

There were but few larvee of this species to be found by the end of March, but the evidence of their ravages was discernible on their food plant, a species of Asclepiad vine (Asclepias angustissima), which was abundant at Tagus Cove, especially on lava. As in D. ello, there are two color forms of the larva, one being purplish gray, the other pale green. ‘There is no pink spot on the third and fourth segments as in D. ello, and the anal horn is quite short.

The insect has been taken only on Albemarle Island.

Alar expanse: 6 56, 59, 60, 62==59.25 mm.

2 54, 57, 58, 58, 59, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 61, 61, 62, 62, 62, 62, 62, 62, 62, 62, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 66— 6L 12 mms Plate DOG nos ly

6. Phlegathontius rustica Fabricius, Syst. Ent., 540, 1775; var. calapagensis Holland, Proc. U. S. N. M., XII, 195, 1889 (Galapagos, Charles Island).

Syzygia galapagensis Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. I, p. 685, No. 2, 1892 (Galapagos).

Protoparce calapagensis Rothschild and Jordan, Novitates Zoologice, Suppl. Vol. [X,* 85, 1903 (Charles and Chatham Islands, Galapagos).

This common Galapagos Sphinx was first described by Hol- land, from one @ secured on the Albatross Expedition, in 1889, He thinks it entitled to specific rank, but Rothschild and Jordan in their great work on the Sphingide of the world, consider calapagensis a subspecies of rustica.

Holland’s description of calapagensis reads:

“Protoparce calapagensis sp. nov. (Holland). Upper surface—Anterior wings white, traversed by double, undulate, black transverse anterior, pos- terior, and submarginal lines, the latter terminating near the exterior angle in a conspicuous black spot. A row of marginal black spots, those nearest the apex protracted in the form of dashes; the second from the apex coalescing with the submarginal line, further ornaments the wing. Fringes white, interrupted at the end of the nervures by black. The discal dot is pure white, large, narrowly margined with black. Upon the costa, near the base, is a black dash, followed by some confused “pepper and salt” markings near the transverse anterior line. Posterior wings gray, shading into white at anal angle, and traversed by three black bands, of which the two on the discal space are narrow, while the submarginal band is broader,

widening rapidly from the anal angle toward the anterior margin. Head, antenne, and thorax white. Patagize white, marked in the middle with a

Vor. 1 WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS euiAl

deep black curved line extending from the insertion of the anterior wings about two-thirds of their length. Abdomen light gray, almost white, orna- mented by two large tufts of black hair at base, and by a narrow dorsal line consisting of a black dash upon each segment. Each segment is further margined by a transverse line of black at its insertion, and the second, third, and fourth are marked by lateral spots of pale yellow surrounded with black. :

Under Surface—Palpi, thorax, and abdomen snowy white. Upper ends of tibize and tarsi light brown, ringed with white. Wings gray, obscurely marked, and banded as on upper surface. Expanse of wings, 90 mm.

Described from one female specimen in fair condition, labeled ‘Gala- pagos, Charles Island.’ ”

Rothschild and Jordan’s description:

“@ Q@ smaller and paler than Rustica rustica. The tenth abdominal ter- gite of the ¢ not so distinctly sinuate, and harpe shorter than in Rustica rustica, otherwise the same. In Tring Museum 2 ¢6¢, 2 22, Chatham Island, 14, III, 1901 (R. H. Beck) ; Charles Island (Markham).”

The insect is quite variable, the female described by Holland, is evidently a pale specimen, while the sphinx referred to by him as being “too badly worn to permit of a proper descrip- tion,’ may belong here. While some of the specimens in the California Academy of Sciences’ collection, approach the var. nigrita R. & J. quite closely, they can be separated from it by the constant presence of the ochraceous coloration, and usually by the conspicuous yellow abdominal spots which are wanting in nigrita. A male calapagensis from Charles Island, is very heavily marked with ochraceous; in several other specimens, this color is scarcely observable; while in the duskiest indi- viduals, the yellow abdominal spots are almost obsolete.

Mature larva—Head pale green, body paler green, roughly granulated, the granules yellowish white and most prominent on the thorax, where they are arranged in a subdorsal row with more or less scattered granules between. Seven oblique stripes of purple lake, below which are cream colored stripes; stigmata with yellow discs. Tarsi black, with one or two pale yellow granules basally ; anal horn stout and curved, yellowish, rough- ened with tubercles. Approximate length 70 mm. Described. from several well preserved alcoholic specimens.

Considerable color variation exists among these larvze ; some of them have a yellowish ground color, others are adorned with large purplish patches, while fewer are blackish purple, the head being purplish with green about the clypeus. In all cases, the granules are conspicuous and of a pale yellowish color.

S12 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

The larva of typical rustica, differs somewhat from that of the island form, as can be seen from the following description of rustica rustica by Rothschild and Jordan: “Larva finely granulated, with seven side-bands, which are white and bor- dered green in front.” The larva illustrated by Smyth in Ent. News, XI, 486, 1900, resembles much more another rarer form of larva taken, which is nearly smooth, and may or may not belong to this species, and which is described later.

The pupa is reddish brown, with a short detached tongue- case applied to the breast by its pear-shaped extremity. The tongue-case is roughened subdorsally by sharp transverse ridges. Length 50 mm.

Larva and adults of P. rustica calapagensis were observed at Chatham in February, 1906, the latter being rather worn, and the former in several instars, but scarcely mature (Feb- ruary 23, 1906). A few days later, on Charles Island, eggs and adults were secured. The height of the larva season, is March and early April, when they were to be found in numbers, at Iguana and Tagus Coves, Albemarle Island. At the latter cove, they were found up to an altitude of 3000 feet, but were commoner at lower levels, where Cordia lutea, one of the Borraginacee abounded. This is the most popular of its food plants, while Clerodendron molle (Verbenacez) appeared to replace it as a food-plant, on Charles and Chatham; and in some localities on Albemarle, the large arboreal Heliotrope, Tournefortia rufo-sericea, was preferred. That the caterpillar is not particular as regards its food-plant, may be further inferred from the fact that it was also found feeding on Eri- geron lancifolius, one of the Composite, Croton scouleri var. Macrei, and Bastardia viscosa (Malvacez). The larva of rustica calapagensis was found to be more frequently parasit- ized than those of the other Sphingide.

Pupation took place in March and April, especially in the latter month, when pupz could be readily obtained at Tagus Cove, by digging among the roots of Cordia lutea. The adults emerge two or three weeks after pupation, though a small pro- portion seem to remain in the pupal stage until the next rainy season. The moths were plentiful at dusk, at the flowers of Cordia lutea, Clerodendron molle, etc., and were not difficult

Voz. I] WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS 313

to net. It is widely distributed in the Archipelago as is the case with its favorite food-plant. An old pupal shell, found on the ground, among the dry leaves of Cordia, on Tower Island, undoubtedly belonged to this species. (About September 15, 1906.) This insect was taken on the Albatross Expedition (1889), from Charles Island. There are two males and two females in the Tring Museum, England, and taken by R. H. Beck 3-14-1901. Snodgrass and Heller took it on Hood and Albemarle (Hopkins-Stanford Galapagos Expedition). There are nine males and five females in the Academy’s collection. Taken on Charles, Chatham, and Albemarle Islands.

Alar expanse: 6 74, 82, 84, 85, 88, 89, 89, 90, 92=85.88 mm.

282,92, 98; 102; 103954. Plate xoOe, t1e8-9!

6a. Phlegathontius calapagensis Holland.

Aberration nigrita, Rothschild and Jordan, Novitates Zoo- logicze, Suppl., Vol. IX,* 85, 1903.

This dark form is thus described by Rothschild and Jordan:

“A @ from Chatham Island in the Tring Museum is abnormal, having the body above and the wings nearly entirely brownish black, except the double series of dorsal dots on the abdomen, the stigma of the forewing and the marginal spots of both wings, which are white, besides feeble traces of white markings on both wings. The first segment of the palpus is much less extended white than in normal specimens. We call this aberrant indi- vidual—ab. nigrita nov.”

I obtained ex larve, three 2 2 and one 8 of migrita at Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, end of April, 1906. These four specimens have no yellowish patches but three dirty white ones instead, the first two in the largest 2, have a shade of brownish yellow however. The double row of abdominal white dots are more or less connected by interspersed white scales.

This form appears to be quite rare, but its presence would seem to indicate that the variable P. calapagensis may resolve itself into two or more species in the distant future.

Alar expanse: ¢ 82 mm.

280765, 1O0——39'59) maim

A sphinx larva evidently that of a Phlegathontius, and prob- ably belonging to calapagensis but differing remarkably from and rarer than the usual form of that larva, was taken by me

314 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Srp.

at Tagus Cove. The fact that this form confined itself almost entirely to devouring the leaves of Erigeron lancifolius (a few being also found feeding on Croton Scouleri), is significant. The larve were most plentiful from 1500 to 2000 feet eleva- tion and were not found below 600 feet, at Tagus Cove. Their range is apparently controlled by Erigeron.

The following is a description of the larva:

Mature larva—Smooth; head rather rugose with scant pile, color apple green, with a basal stripe of paris green and an anterior stripe of olive green with brown; clypeus, the same color as latter stripe; ocelli green, in a brown blotch. Body stouter than in P. rustica calapagensis, dark green with seven oblique prune purple stripes, each with a streak of emerald green above and one of creamy yellow below, the latter bor- dered by duller prune purple merging into dark green and duller purple. Dorsum creamy yellow, median line green; anal flap, dark olive encircled with Paris green; anal horn stout and curved, ochre yellow, roughened with small dark tuber- cles. On segment 1 are two irregular rows of dorsal tuber- cles, in a field of dark green. Description based on several alcoholic specimens, in poor condition, and on field notes.

Judging from the description and illustration of P. rustica rustica, by E. E. Smyth (Ent. News, XI, p. 486, 1900), the above described insect corresponds much more to it than does the usual plainer and rough form of calapagensis. From this, one might be tempted to infer that the smooth form of larva is the more ancient one which is being replaced by the more omnivorous rough form. Unfortunately these two forms were not kept separate and both calapagensis and its aberration nigrita were produced from this lot. Plate XX, fig. 10.

7. Phlegathontius leucoptera Rothschild and Jordan, Novi- tates Zoologice, Supplement Vol. IX’, p. 79, and 805, 1903, figure Vol. IX,* plate XI, fig. 2, @.

The description reads:

“Protoparce leucoptera spec. nov. (Pl. XI f. 2, 9) 2 Antenna very slender, faintly incrassate distally, scaling white. Body whitish grey, mixed with brown, sides of palpus near eye, a dorso-lateral patch on metanotum and first abdominal segment, bases of apical edges of abdom- inal tergites on sides, brown; white dorso-lateral dots of abdomen widely separate (not distinct in our unique individual); five large yellow

Vot. I] WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS 315

side-patches to abdomen, gradually decreasing in diameter, a trace of a sixth spot on seventh segment; posterior ventral angles of tergites white; abdo- men below with traces of brown mesial spots. First segment of protarsus about as long as segments 2 and 3 together, with a few short spines at base, and three long ones, situated at base, in middle and at end respect- ively. No pulvillus. Wings, upperside—Forewing: greyish white; a white stigma; submarginal area shaded with brown; a brown post-discal undulate line, an oblique black apical line, and rather indistinct brown submarginal halfmoons; fringe not well preserved, apparently, the white spots smaller than the brown portions. Hindwing: grey, shaded with brown, marginal area brown, a blackish, irregular, postdiscal band; between it and base four indistinct bands or lines, the most proximal broadest, situated between base and Mz. Underside drab grey—Forewing: disc slightly paler; grey marginal spots; a thin oblique brown apical line ; scaling in front of this line grey; scattered grey scaling also along outer margin. Hindwing: paler grey, especially a broad ill-defined discal band- like space and abdominal area; distal marginal area brown, especially in submarginal area; a faint brown band between this border and cell. Length of forewing: 9, 45 mm.

Hab. Chatham Island, Galapagos Islands, 14, III, 01 (Beck). Allied to petunie and sexta. The dorsum of the thorax is mutilated in the speci- men.”

Further description in the appendix of the same volume reads:

“Two 2 2 from S. E. Albemarle, collected by Mr. Beck on March 26th and 27th, 1902, are rather better preserved than the specimen described and figured. The forewing bears the antemedian lines of the allied species, and three dentate discal ones, besides the postdiscal one. On the underside there are two discal lines on the hindwing, and one or two on the fore- wing.

I secured ex larva, two ¢ ¢ and three 2 2, one @ being from Chatham Island, March, ’06, and the remaining specimens from Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, April 29-30, 1906. These specimens have the dorso-lateral patch on metanotum and first abdominal segment almost black, and the former patch is interspersed with pale yellow hairs in its inner corner.

Larva—Smooth, moderately stout; head somewhat rugose, rounded, about 5.5 mm. wide; segments of body with about eight transverse deeply incised folds or wrinkles. Body, pale green, with seven oblique blackish dashes running above into the furrows, bordered below by a yellow dash. Thorax, nearly plain concolorous green, feet, circled with black. A thin dorsal line and transverse streaks in the folds form a rough triangle on each segment from four to ten inclusive. Spiracles large, dusky. There is much blackish at base of legs and on segments four and five, and suggesting pen scratches. No blackish about anal claspers; horn slender curved and pointed,

316 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

reddish, and somewhat roughened by small tubercles. Length 66 mm., width about 9 mm. Described from two nearly, mature, rather poorly preserved alcoholic specimens, Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, February, 1906.

Pupa of the usual form, light reddish brown, the short ridged tongue-case applied in a curve to breast, length 40 mm. The specimen is undersized.

This pale colored Sphinx appears to be the rarest of the genus, no adults being taken at flowers, and the larve were rather local and were found feeding on a low, succulent Solana- ceous plant at low altitude, at Wreck Bay, Chatham Island (February) ; Iguana Cove, Albemarle Island (March), and Tagus Cove, April 30, 1906.

Alar expanse: 6 90, 93 mm.==91.5 mm.

2 74, 94, 98 mm.=88.7 mm. Plate XX, fig. 7.

8. Phlegathontius cingulata Fabricius Syst. Ent., 545, 1775. Protoparce cingulata, Holland, Proc. U. S. N. M., XII, 195, 1889 (“Galapagos, Chatham Island”). Herse cingulata, Rothschild and Jordan, Novitates Zoologicz, Suppl. Vol. 1X’, p. 10 & 11, 1903 (Galapagos).

The “Pink-spotted’”’ Hawk-moth is by far the commonest and perhaps the most widely distributed sphinx in the Archi- pelago, having been taken by several of the previous expedi- tions to these islands.

In common with several of the other Galapagos hawk-moths, cingulata is often seen in the daytime at flowers, and in the evening it may be taken in numbers. It flies rather sparsely before sunrise.

The Convolvulaceze, upon which the larva of this moth feeds, are common plants in the Archipelago, and of several species, among which are [pome@a galapagensis, pes-capre, and campanulata. The larve present a considerable number of varieties reducible to two types, those of a green and those of a brown ground color. These two types have several vars. and intergradations. A common form is dark chocolate brown, with two dorsal stripes of straw color, and a creamy white super- and substigmatal stripe, the lower connected with the upper by eight oblique stripes of the same color, widened

Vor. I] WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS 317

basally and frequently broken. The stigmata, bordered by dark brown, are contained in the base of the oblique stripes. A number of larval varieties are described by J. A. Lintner (Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., Vol. III, pp. 650-651, 1864).

These monstrous caterpillars occurred in great numbers on Chatham Island, in February, 1906, when the roadside in the vicinity of Wreck Bay was swarming with them. They were also plentiful at Iguana Cove, Albemarle Island, in March.

The pupa, as is well known, is remarkable for its very long recurved tongue-case.

The moths do not differ from those of the mainland, but a few of the bred specimens, perhaps owing to under-feeding, are quite small and lack much of the usual rosy tinge.

P. cingulata is usually considered distinct from convolvuli of the Old World, but like it enjoys a wide range, being very common in the American tropics and occurring also in the Hawaiian Islands. A specimen of this insect was taken by Mr. S. J. Hunter of the Expedition on Cocos Island, Septem- ber, 1905.

Specimens were found on Chatham, Albemarle, and Inde- fatigable Islands, and it doubtless occurs on most of the other islands of the group.

Taken also on the Albatross Expedition in 1889, the Hop- kins-Stanford Expedition (the specimens being in Stanford University) ; and also by Mr. Beck in 1901.

There are ten ¢ 4 and thirteen 2 2 from these islands, in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences.

Alar expanse: ¢ 81, 81, 82, 82, 84, 86, 88, 88, 94, 97 86.3 mm.

2 77, 78, 82, 87, 87, 92, 93, 93, 97, 103, 103, 105, 112—= 92.2 mm.

One 2 specimen from Cocos Island—114 mm.

318 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47H Ser.

CONCLUDING REMARKS

The fauna under consideration is oceanic in its character; very few of the species are wholly tropical, but are also repre- sented in the more temperate regions (where they occur as stragglers or as well established insects) by the identical spe- cies, or the one from which they were probably derived. That this fauna, inhabiting islands situated on the equator, is not typically tropical, is quite to be expected, since the climate of the Galapagos cannot be termed tropical but rather temperate ; with much aridity, that would suggest the survival of the fittest, the immigration largely of migratory forms which de natura must be hardy, and the elimination of more delicate and fastid- ious species which were not perpetuated there owing to the climate, enemies, or lack of food-plant, for it is not improb- able that some fragile species once reached the Galapagos Archipelago.

With the possible exception of the Lycenid, Cupido parrha- sioides, the rest of the species treated here are strong fliers and hardy insects, and some, as Callidryas eubule and Deilephila lineata, are widely distributed and of migratory habits, Phleg- athontius cingulata having been caught at sea 500 miles from the nearest land (Holland).

An island of continental origin, whose fauna has not been once obliterated by some catastrophe, would contain a com- paratively large number of species, since in this case there would have been no water for the species to cross over, and barring a change of climate and a long period thereafter, the flora would remain about the same as that of the mainland from which it was separated, and at least a goodly number of the insects would persist, whereas we have seen that the insect fauna of the Galapagos is very scant. The mainland, whether we consider the Mexican, Isthmian, or South American region, is undoubtedly very rich in Lepidoptera, as compared with that order as represented in the Galapagos.

The inferior size of a number of the Galapagos Lepidoptera as compared with the same species on the mainland, suggests that the climate is largely responsible for this change; and the fact that in some cases they are subspecifically or specifically

Vou. I] WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS 319

distinct from their progenitors, shows that at least some of the fauna is of considerable antiquity, and that migrations to these islands have not been frequent or often successful. Cll- mate and environment and isolation seem to be responsible for the evolutionary changes.

The study of the fauna of oceanic islands is an excellent guide for the determination of hardy migratory forms. We find Pyrameis huntera also inhabiting the Hawaiian Islands; likewise the moths, Deilephila lineata, Phlegathontius con- volvult (cngulata Fabr.), Agrotis ypsilon, etc. The Hawaiian and Galapagos Islands are separated from each other by a vast expanse of ocean, yet they have some forms in common. There are only seven butterflies and seven hawk-moths known from the Hawaiian Islands, and this fauna is also compara- tively meager in the Azores, Bermudas, Samoan, Friendly Islands, etc.

The almost ubiquitous Anosia plexippus, which is found on a number of the oceanic islands, does not yet occur in the Galapagos, although a Milkweed (Asclepias angustissima, Andersson), is plentiful on some of the islands.

Utehesia ornatrix (Arctiide), Erebus odora (whose food- plant, a large leguminous tree has probably been introduced), Agrotis ypsilon, Mehopotis nigrescens and sinualis, and spe- cies of Prodenia (Noctuide), are among the Galapagos insects which are familiar to many collectors in the United States and elsewhere.

Notwithstanding the fact that the flora and fauna of the Galapagos are fairly well known, there still remains an immense field for further investigation there, and the only manner in which a satisfying knowledge of the natural history of these interesting islands could be obtained, would be by residing in the Archipelago for several years, and studying the fauna in all its relations in a most thorough and systematic manner. This little paper does not claim therefore to be much more than an imperfect study of the subject; yet it is based, however, on rather ample field notes and observations by the writer himself.

320

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4TH SER.

TABLE SHOWING THE INSECT SEASONS AS ILLUSTRATED BY NOTES ON FOUR SPECIES OF BUTTERFLIES, GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO

BUTTERFLY Beacon | Aslan. Callidryas Agraulis Leptotes Eudamus eubule galapagensis parrhasioides galapagensis Dec 1-16|Duncan Too early Too early, re-|Rare mains on sum- f mit *« 18-20 Jervis a 23-31\\James (James||Moderate Moderate Rather rare Few at high al- Bay) | titude Jan 1— 4\James (James||/Moderate Moderate Rather rare Few at high al- Bay) titude es 11-14 )|Indefatigable (South part) oe 24-31)\Chatham (Wreck Bay) Feb 1-— 6'Hood a 8-13)|\Chatham Very common |Common and|Common and/;Passing season fresh fresh 20-24)Chatham 26-28)|Charles March 1- 2)|Charles Rt 5—15)|Albemarle Common, mid-|Common Common, Ovi- | (South) season positing 17-21)|Albemarle (Igu-|\Common Fairly common|Very common {Common | ana Cove) “23-31 Albemarle Common and to|Quite common,|Common Common and (Tagus Cove)|| summit esp.at 1500 ft. fresh April 1-— 9)\Albemarle Common and/Quite common,|Common Common and (Tagus Cove)||_ to summit esp.at 1500 ft. fresh ** — 10—16)|Albemarle Very common|Common but|Common Common, Lar- (Bank’s Bay)|| but passing] passing season vae and pupa season found : 18-19)|Narborough Few seen Fairly common ‘* 24-26)|Albemarle Scarcer than in}Quite common;Common, pass- (South) March mid-season ing season May 1- 3\|Albemarle Not common,|Rather com- (South) flown speci-| mon, passing mens season 14—17||Charles Rather com-|Verycommonat|Common, mid-|Rare mon, passing] 1700ft.,pass-| season season ing season 23-31)/Charles Rather com-|Verycommonat|Common, mid-|Rare mon, passing] 1700 ft.,pass-| season season ing season June 1- 4/\Charles ~*~ 23-30)|Hood No |Butterflies see/n July 1— 2)|Hood No |Butterflies see/n Ser ai 3-— 8iChatham Rare Rare Rare Rare 3 9-10)/Barrington ** 11-24-26|lIndefatigable ||Fairly common, Rather common! Common,in sea- and South|| mid-season son Seymour 28-3 1l\James (Sullivan Bay) ‘ vv August 1— 5 esate (Sullivan||Scarce Scarce Scarce Scarce ay 7-8|\|James (James||Few, both fresh|Fairly common|Common, but|Rather scarce Bay and faded rather worn, hatched ova 10—12)|Albemarle Rather rare,|Fairly common,|Fairly commonjRather rare, (Cowley Mt.) found about] appears to be mid-season food plant,! searching for passingseason| place to ovi- posit 14-15) Duncan Rare 20-31||Albemarle (S. &||Moderately|Not common {Not at summit |Common.lowal- St. Tomas common lar- titude; scarce

vae at high altitude

and old, high

A RN ea ZA a te ete BC ELT

Vot. I]

WILLIAMS—BUTTERFLIES AND HAWK-MOTHS

Sil

TABLE SHOWING THE INSECT SEASONS AS ILLUSTRATED BY NOTES ON FOUR SPECIES OF BUTTERFLIES, GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO—Continued

BUTTERFLY Beascn Hele Callidryas Agraulis Leptotes Eudamus eubule galapagensis | parrhasioides galapagensis Sept. 1— 5)'Albemarle (S. & St. Tomas 1906 ‘* 7-10)\Chatham Rather rare Scarce Fairly plentiful te “* 14-15|/Tower a ‘* 17-18) Bindloe PH “ 19-22) Abingdon Rare Rather rare, at i 1000 ft. 1905 ‘‘ 25-30|Hood Scarce 1905 Oct. 1- 2\Hood Scarce fs «« — 3-12)|Charles Common, ovi-|Rather rare,ovi-|Passing season,|Rare, 1200 ft. positing positing common at 1100 ft. “ “* 15-18) Chatham Common, at/Rather rare Common, pass-|[Common, at (Wreck Bay)|| 1000 ft. ing season 1000 ft. ee ‘* 20-24) Barrington a oF 24-28) Indefat. (South) Rather rare Rare Rather rare 1905 Nov. 1— 3)'Albemarle Moderately|Moderately|Moderately (South) common common common iy ‘« 5-17|Indefatigable '!\Common and|Rare Common, mid- (South) fresh,at 600 ft. sea ‘on “i “ 18-20 Indefat. (NE.) mn “« 21-30) Indefat. and S. Seymour Kansas University,

November 29, 1910.

September 28, 1911

Sale

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig. 10.

Fig. 11.

8.

9.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX

Agraulis vanlle Linn. 6 Old Colony Settlement, Albemarle Island, April 24, 1906. :

Agraulis vanille Linn. 6 Under surface. Tagus Cove, Albe- marle Island, March, 1906.

Cupido parrhasioides Wallengren. 6 Chatham Island, October, 1905.

Cupido parrhasioides Wallengren. @ Chatham Island, Oct. 1905.

Cupido parrhasioides Wallengren. ¢ Under surface. Chatham Island, October, 1905.

Eudamus galapagensis Williams. 6 Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, October, 1905. Phlegathontius leucoptera Roth. and Jordan. 2 Wreck Bay, Chat- ham Island. Raised from caterpillar caught March 12, 1906. Phlegathontius (Protoparce) Calapagensis Holland. $ Light phase. Charles Island, February, 1906.

Phlegathontius (Protoparce) Calapagensis Holland. ¢ Dark phase. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, April 12, 1906.

Phlegathontius (Protoparce) Calapagensis aberration nigrita Roth. and Jordan. ¢ Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, April 12, 1906.

Dilophonota obscuris Conformis Roth. and Jordan. ¢ Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, March, 1906.

[WILLIAMS | PLATE XX

BRITTON & REY ENG. & PRINT. S. F-

san ai

a

Pane PAR AG Ale Stee Sey elinal

4 Ree epi to yn _-— Tall Scalesia, various Convolyulaceae, Se ae y Camma,mary ferns, and a species Of

Chiefly tall Scalesia | Uriicaceae

Acacia, Croton , Corda, Cactaceae, Lursera, GOSsypillm

ttn

THE WEATHER (SF) SIDE OF INDEFATIGABLE [SLANE 1 Dry Zone-to 200K, 2lught Green Zone -to 400M, F Gi

[WILLIAMS | PLATE XXI

at light color

Taller farms, Stass,and Lichens or perhaps réees covered with lichens

OWNS, Praia NO trees (©)

= Ss 65 aN el

es not s0 well defined here

= ————— = = 2 = =—= = -

/

ee Open area Zon

ae Fae = aaa

PSS SS SS SS eS

SS.

SSS SS SS SS

WING THE PLANT ZONES ( sketched from nature) Z0N€ -tol5 00%, ZEroum Zone-to summut, about SOOO Lt.

a ae 4 Crit ek

[WILLIAMS ] PLATE XXI

Proc. CaLAcan. Scr 4.7* Ser VoL.

nS | _-¢ Streaks of light color Li eee Taller ferns, Srass,and lichens, (ass 4g ar perhaps trees covered with lichens om apse. ee rs, Is ee ee ee =) eas = Green area Be ee Pee (2) Se ae ee PE a Ss So Y \ a Scalesia various Convolyulaceae === a SSeS a 4 anna, mary Lerns,and a species of y Urticaceae 3 os. not 50 well defined here ee oa GIN UBB LOWE Se ee ages 2) SSG JS 6 eee eee ee ey ma Chitr

: Se At a 7zophora,fippomane , LusCa1a,

Acacia, Croton, Cordia, Cactaceae, Bunsera, Gossyoium . a i lr mn Hope igre sae KE fiibiscus, pommoea Fes -Caprae THE WEATHER (SF) SIDE OF INDEFATIGABLE ISLAND SHOWING THE Lx ANT Zones (sketched from nature) { of) a

1 Dry Zone-to 200K 4Liglit Green Zone -to 400Lt., § Green Zone -to 500K, £Broumm Zone-to summnut, about JOOOLK. at

- PROCEEDINGS

Fourth Series

VOLUME I

Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906.

_ Pages 1-6. I. Preliminary Description of Four New Races of

Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. By John

Van Denburgh. (Jssued December 20, 1907)... 000 ec vee en $ .25 Pages 7-288. II. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. — By Alban Stewart. (lsswed January 20, 1911)...00 00sec ese a) eA) Pages 289-322. III. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the Galapagos Islands. (Jsswed October 7, 1911)..0. 0. ccc cee veee .50 VOLUME II

Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. (Liz progress.) °

~ VOLUME III esaee {-40.. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo

SL Ls Bi saree ceo nu dork Ghee weaned ae HUME Da ge io CL ee a A He) Pages 41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- sony.» Wssweds Decem0eri3 1; LIE) 2s i SRN cd ome ote ah. .25 Pages 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van

Lo Oen Dune Wnt hssted MEcemeGeZr2l, FLO) s ihe sw nee ne eae acta ; B45) Pages 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California.

By Rollo Howard Beck. (lssved September 17, 1910).......... 25

The Academy cannot supply any of its publications issued before the year 1907, its entire reserve stock having been destroyed in the conflagra- tion of April, 1906.

PROCEEDINGS

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY ~ OF SCIENCES

FourtTH SERIES

Vou. I, pp. 323-374 January 17, 1912

Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences. to the Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906

IV The Snakes of the Galapagos Islands

BY Joun Van DENBURGH } Curator of the Department of Herpetology \ 3

SAN FRANCISCO PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 1912

COMMITTEE. ON PUBLICATION

C, E. GRUNSKY

GEORGE C.

EDWARDS, Chairman

Epwin C. VAN DYKE

THE HICKS-JUDD PRESS SAN FRANCISCO

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FourTH SERIES

Vou. 1, pp. 323-374

January 17, 1912

EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES TO THE GALAPAGOS

ISLANDS, 1905-1906

IV

THE SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

BY JOHN VAN DENBURGH

Curator of the Department of Herpetology

CONTENTS PiLates XXII-XXX

INTRODUCTION . y 5 : : d Previous CoLLECTIONS AND STUDIES Tue Genus Dromicus BIBRON . Kry To THE GALAPAGOS SPECIES THe MATERIAL FOR THIS STUDY ORIGIN OF THE GALAPAGOS SNAKES . | SUGGESTIONS TO FUTURE STUDENTS . DISCUSSION OF THE SPECIES . Dromicus biserialis (GUNTHER) Dromicus hoodensis, new species Dromicus dorsalis (STEINDACHNER) Dromicus occidentalis, new species . ; Dromicus occidentalis helleri, new subspecies Dromicus slevini, new species . Dromicus steindachneri, new species Hydrus platurus (LINNAEUS) . EXPLANATION OF PLATES

PAGE 324 324 327 329 329 331 336 336 336 338 341 347 349 351 353 355 356

January 15, 1912

324 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

INTRODUCTION

In reporting upon the snakes secured by the Academy through its expedition of 1905 and 1906, I wish first of all to express my appreciation of the energy and care of my assistant, Mr. Joseph R. Slevin, upon whom, as chief herpet- ologist of the expedition, rested the responsibility of gathering and preserving the collection which has made this paper pos- sible. I am indebted to him also for the counting of many scales. To Mr. E. S. King, and to other members of the expedition who aided in the collection of reptiles, my thanks are due. Professor Charles H. Gilbert, as so often in the past, has aided me by kindly permitting me to make use of speci- mens in the collection of Stanford University. From Dr. George A. Boulenger I have received, regarding certain speci- mens in the British Museum, information which has been most useful.

All measurements are given in millimeters. The numbers by which specimens are designated are the serial numbers of the reptile collection of the Academy, except such as are pre- ceded by the letter S. These latter are the numbers attached to specimens in the collection of Stanford University, and refer to the register of its reptile collection.

The sea snake Hydrus platurus is here first recorded from the Galapagos. The following snakes are described as new:

Dromicus hoodensis Dromicus slevini

Dromicus steindachnert Dromuicus occidentalis Dromuicus occidentalis helleri

PREVIOUS COLLECTIONS AND STUDIES

It is probable that the presence of snakes in the Galapagos Archipelago was first recorded by Dampier, who, in his Voy- ages, mentions green serpents seen there in 1684. Delano, Porter, and Darwin refer to them briefly in their Narrative and Journals.

Darwin, I believe, was the first to carry back to Europe a specimen of this snake. It was caught on Charles Island, and

Vor. 1] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 325

Bibron considered it identical with a Chilian species. It was so regarded until 1860, when Giinther, in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, pointed out certain differ- ences between the mainland and the Galapagos snakes, and named this Charles Island specimen H erpetodryas biserialis.

In 1869, Peters recorded a specimen in the Museum of Stockholm, collected in the Galapagos by Dr. Kinberg, as identical with the mainland Dromicus chamissonis. Giinther in the Zoological Record for 1869, remarks that he “can con- firm Professor Peters’s observations, having now seen a series of examples of this snake from these islands. There were two varieties, one very similar to the common continental form, the other identical with the snake described by him from a young specimen under the name of Herpetodryas biserialis. Some examples were intermediate between the varieties, so that there is no doubt about their specific identity. The syn- cranterian character of the dentition is not well developed in this species.”’

The Hassler expedition secured no snakes in the Galapagos Islands, but one was seen upon Jervis Island, in June, 1872.

Stil later, Dr. Steindachner secured for the Vienna Museum five snakes which Dr. Habel had collected in the Galapagos Archipelago in 1868, and which, he says, are the specimens to which Dr. Giinther referred in his note in the Zoological Rec- ord for 1869. These specimens showed two types of colora- tion—spotted and striped—and Dr. Steindachner regarded them as two varieties of the continental Dromicus chamissonis. The spotted form he called Dromicus chamissonis vat. dorsalis, while the striped specimens were named Dromiicus chamissonis var. habelu. These snakes were said to have been found on Indefatigable, Hood, Charles and Jervis islands; but the gas- trostege counts given by Dr. Steindachner, and his description of the post oculars and temporals, differ from the conditions found in the snakes of Charles and Hood islands to an extent which enables us to say that his specimens must have come from Indefatigable or Jervis.

No other names have been proposed for Galapagos snakes. As the years have passed, and snakes have been found on Charles, Hood, James, Jervis, Barrington, Indefatigable, Albe- marle, and Narborough islands, authors have sometimes

326 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

regarded them as identical with the mainland Dromicus cham- issomis, sometimes as one or two distinct varieties (spotted and striped) of this mainland species, sometimes as a distinct species, D. biserialis, with or without a subspecies, D. biserialis habelii. As Garman put it, “there is nothing in the published evidence to show that the striped form, the spotted form, that with two postorbitals, and that with three do not occur amongst the individuals of any of the localities inhabited by this snake. Gtinther’s type has three postorbitals and is spot- ted, Dr. Baur’s specimen has three postorbitals and is striped, and Steindachner’s varieties, both striped and spotted, have but two postorbitals.”’

Even as regards the generic term to be applied to these snakes, there has not been agreement among herpetologists. Giinther at first placed them in the genus Herpetodryas, but later followed Peters in referring them to the genus Dromicus of Bibron. Here they have been placed also by Steindachner and Boulenger. Cope, in 1889, applied to them the generic name Opheomorphus Fitzinger, but Garman has shown that this is a synonym of Lioplis Wagler, being founded on the same type. Garman reverted to Fitzinger’s Orophis of 1843— the type of which he states is Coronella chamissonis Wiegm.— because he held that the species of the Galapagos Archipelago of Chile, and of Peru differed generically from the West Indian species, which he retained in Bibron’s genus Dromucus. Still later, Cope divided all these snakes into three genera: Dromicus Bibron, with no scale-pits; Monobothris Cope, with one scale-pit; and Alsophis Fitzinger, with two scale-pits. Monobothris Cope has as type Dromicus chamissonis, and is therefore a synonym of Fitzinger’s Orophis which was based upon the same species. Stejneger has called attention to the fact that Bibron’s Dromicus, 1842, is preoccupied by Dromuica Dejean, 1826, and has revived Fitzinger’s Leimadophis for the species which normally have no scale-pits; but the recent ruling of the Committee on Nomenclature of the International Congress sanctions the use of the name Dromicus. Leima- dophis therefore must revert to the synonymy.

We thus have left three generic names—Dromicus Bibron, 1842, based upon a West Indian species without scale-pits; Orophis Fitzinger, 1843, established upon the Chilian species

Vor. 1] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 327

with one scale-pit; and Alsophis Fitzinger, 1843, the type of which is a West Indian snake with two scale-pits. The only character which has been held to distinguish these genera is the number of scale-pits. However, since the snakes of the Galapagos Archipelago are certainly congeneric, and since it will be shown that they have scales with two or one or no pits, there seems to be no good reason for recognizing more than one genus for all these snakes—West Indian, Chilian and Galapagos—which agree in every other respect. Any other course would mean the establishment of genera which were in no sense natural groups; for the Hood Island snakes are certainly more closely related to the other Galapagos serpents than they are to the West Indian species which have no scale- pits. It would seem that as differentiation has proceeded, certain of the species in the Galapagos have lost their scale- pits, as others have in the West Indies.

THE GENUS Dromicus BIBRON

1842, Dromicus (not Dromica Dejean, 1826) Brpron, in Sagra’s Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, IV, Rept., 1842, p. 133 (type Coluber cursor) ; Bou- LENGER, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., II, 1894, p. 118.

1843, Alsophis, Firzincer, Syst. Rept., 1843, p. 26 (type Psammophis sears: Schlegel) ; Steynwecer, Report U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1902, 1904, p. ;

1843. Leimadophis, FrrzincEr, Syst. Rept., 1843, p. 26 (type Coronella Ce maine regin@) ; STEJNEGER, Report U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1902, 1904, p. :

1843, Orophis, FitzincEr, Syst. Rept., 1843, p. 26 (type Coronella cha- missonis Wiegm.). GarMAN, Bull. Essex Inst., XXIV, 1892, p. 86.

a Calophis, Frtzincer, Syst. Rept., 1843, p. 26 (type Herpetodryas cursor).

1854, Teniophis, Grrarp, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 226 (type T. tantillus=D. chamissonis).

1862, Haliophis Corr, Proc. Acad. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 77 (emend.).

1882, Alophis, Staut, Fauna Puerto-Rico, 1882, p. 70 (err.).

6 ee Ocyophis, Core, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., XXIII, 1884, p. 491 (type . ater).

1887, Halsophis, Corr, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X, 1887, p. 439 (emend.) ; Corz, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc., XVIII, 1895, p. 201.

1894, Liophis (not of Wagler, 1830), BouLENcER, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., II, 1894, p. 126 (part).

1894, Monobothris, Corr, Amer. Nat., 1894, p. 841 (type Dromicus chamissonis) ; CopeE, Trans. Am. Philos, Soc., XVIII, 1895, p. 201.

All of the land snakes of the Galapagos Archipelago agree in their dental and hemipenial characters. The maxillary teeth vary from ten to twelve in number, followed, after an

328 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH Ser.

interspace, by two larger ones. Thus, counting all sockets as well as teeth :—

No. 11935, Dromicus hoodensis, from Hood Island, has 12 and 2.

No. 11800, Dromicus hoodensis, from Hood Island, has 12 and 2.

No. 11926, Dromicus hoodensis, from Hood Island, has 12 and 2.

No. 11930, Dromicus hoodensis from Hood Island, has 10 amd: 2)

No. 10782, Dromicus dorsalis, from James Island, has 11 and 2.

No. 10483, Dromicus dorsalis, from South Seymour Island, has 10 and 2.

No. 11488, Dromucus occidentalis, from Narborough Island, has) ligand 2:

No. 10281, Dromicus occidentalis helleri, from Brattle Island, has 10 and 2.

No. 10617, Dromicus steindachneri, from Jervis Island, has Wil ayiaral 27,

The hemipenes of Dromicus hoodensis (No. 9336) from Hood Island, of Dromicus slevini (No. 12216) from Duncan Island, and of Dromicus dorsalis (No. 10483) from South Seymour Island, all are divided, with furcate sulcus, calyculate, spinous proximally, and-with no apical disc. They agree in every respect with the figures given by Cope of these organs taken from “Monobothris’ chamissonis, “Alsophis’ angulifer and Dromicus parvifrons of Peru, Cuba and Hayti.

Scale-pits do not occur in all the scales of any specimen from the Galapagos. When they are present, they are most constant in the scales in or near the region of the lateral stripe and on the upper surface of the tail. Most careful examina- tion has failed to disclose any trace of pits in any scale of any of the Galapagos snakes having fewer than one hundred and ninety gastrosteges. The Hood Island.and the Charles Island species also normally have no scale-pits; but long. search on the thirty-six specimens at hand from-Hood resulted in the discovery of a single scale with one pit. Excepting the species from these two islands, all of the snakes of the Galapagos with

Vor. I] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS — 329

more than two hundred gastrosteges bear scales with two pits. They also have scales with no pits, and usually others with one pit. In some cases large scales on the tail have three or four pits. While these pits, therefore, are not of generic value, they are of great use in the separation of species, as shown in the following:

KEY TO GALAPAGOS SPECIES OF DROMICUS

a.—No scale-pits. b.—Gastrosteges more than 195 (203-214). c.—General coloration in spots; scales in 19 rows. Charles and Gardner-near-Charles. Dromicus biserialis.—p. 336. c.2—Striped, the stripes fading out posteriorly; scales in 17 or 19 rows. Hood and Gardner-near-Hood. Dromicus hoodensis.—p. 338. b.2—Gastrosteges fewer than 195 (169-183). cc.—Postoculars two; no longitudinal light stripes. Duncan, Albemarle, Narborough. Dromicus slevini—p. 351. cc.2—Postoculars normally three (rarely two) ; longitudinal light stripes present. Jervis, South Seymour, Indefatigable. Dromicus steindachneri.—p. 353. a.2—Scale-pits present. bb.—Gastrosteges more than 210 (213-252). ccc.—Gastrosteges usually not more than 232 (213-236). James, Jervis, Barrington, Indefatigable, South Seymour. Dromicus dorsalis.—p. 341.

cecc.2—Gastrosteges not fewer than 236 (236 to 252); prominent light markings on nape spots or transverse blotches. d.—Usually striped; light nuchal blotches and a series of dark spots on tips of gastrosteges and on lower lateral scales very distinct. Narborough. Dromicus occidentalis.—p. 347. d.2—Spotted, without longitudinal light stripes; no series of definite rounded blackish spots on lateral scales of first and second rows; light nuchal markings less prominent. Albemarle and Brattle. Dromicus occidentalis helleri—p. 349. bb.2—Gastrosteges fewer than 210 (178-201). Chile and Peru.1 Dromicus chamissonis.

THE MATERIAL FOR THIS STUDY

It will be seen that I have recognized seven kinds of land snakes from the Galapagos Archipelago. This has been made

1 There can be little doubt that-more than one species occurs in Chile and Peru. The wide range in the number of gastrosteges would indicate this, and Dr. Boulenger, who most kindly has examined the scale-pits in the specimens in the British Museum in response to my request, writes me that most of the Chilian and Peruvian specimens have scales with single pits, while those from Chiloe have scales with two pits. These specimens from Chiloe doubtless represent a distinct species, as yet unnamed.

330 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

possible only by the large number of specimens secured. The collection included ninety-eight snakes from these islands, and I have also had the privilege of examining eight in the Stan- ford University collection, making, in all, one hundred and six specimens, distributed as follows:

TROOP ON ar AU ene Oe aDaT eee ae Renae 36 Tndetatigable 7 jiu Gan Manama 20s, WOR 24 Barrinetomy ie 7 vee cite a tie sys iu he ae oe 15 HE Nea PT LON TATE NOH A ALN A are MICAS INarborougiay eae a arn mania Uy A Sai SOUt Sey Moun ieee a ames ein TA aue RENTS eC ALOR U PUM ree a ie CURIA. BARA haan Des coho omnes aa Si AR am SEAIORE ema LS Gardner neareselooa i) sls a Gandner-neareChamles). \ayalicic Ve sani aene ap: AD Tota Vere ah aN RO Ge (O) Ud RAR AM SOU RR Cowley Mite wAlinentarlen 0.) 02 an oii ie Cape Berkeley dbemanle) sa) ua ao an neun

meet rt ee DB UNI 00

Although this material seems large, it is quite inadequate for the final settlement of many of the questions which present themselves. The series from Hood is the only one that really is satisfactory. The Indefatigable series might at first seem so, but one of the species found on that island is represented only by a single specimen; and the twenty-three examples of the other species are not enough to furnish a satisfactory explanation of the presence of both spotted and striped styles of coloration. The numbers secured on the other islands are, of course, still less satisfactory, especially when one recalls that we have two distinct species from several of the islands.

It is probable, too, that larger series from many of the islands would enable us to recognize specific or subspecific differences which are now hidden by individual variation. Thus, the snakes which I am forced to group together as Dromicus slevini may very well represent at least two different races. Similarly, the snakes of James and Jervis may be found to differ from those of Barrington and Indefatigable, as is pointed out under the head of Dromicus dorsalis, and those of Brattle possibly will be found to be not identical with those of northern Albemarle. The solution of these problems, how-

Vout. 1] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 331

ever, must await the gathering of larger series from all the islands except Hood, and perhaps Charles.

No snakes ever have been taken on Culpepper, Wenman, Abingdon, Bindloe, Tower, or Chatham islands. One of the residents of Chatham told Mr. Slevin that snakes were not uncommon there, but careful search failed to bring one to light. They must now be quite rare on Charles; for no mem- ber of our expedition saw one on Charles Island itself, although one was secured on the close-lying islet known as Gardner- near-Charles.

ORIGIN OF THE GALAPAGOS SNAKES

The closest relatives of the serpents of the Galapagos Archi- pelago are a number of distinct species native to the Bahamas, Greater and Lesser Antilles, Costa Rica, and all of South America—species which Boulenger includes in the genera Dromicus and Liophis. Whether or not all of these species actually belong in the genus Dromicus cannot be positively stated until the hemipenial structure of each has been exam- ined. The results of such an examination, however, cannot be expected to affect the truth of the statement that the Gala- pagos snakes have very close relatives throughout the West Indies and South America.

This being true, the snakes of these localities must have had a common origin. Either the West Indian and Galapagos snakes have been derived from South America, or else all must be descendants of species which, in a former geological period, occupied a great central land-mass which has sunk below the level of the sea, leaving mere remnants in Central America, northern South America, the Antilles, and the Gala- pagos. Much may be said in favor of each of these theories. I believe that the data are not yet at nod which will enable us to choose between them.

Either view implies a former land connection and a conti- nental origin of the Galapagos ophidian fauna. I cannot bring myself to share the opinion of those who believe that the fauna of the Galapagos has reached these islands by the more or less accidental agency of the winds and ocean currents. The various species must have spread slowly over some conti-

332 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

nental mass with which the Galapagos were connected or of which they formed a part.

When the Galapagos finally became separated from the rest of the world, it is probable that most or all of the present islands remained for a time united. The northern islands must have been the first to establish an independent existence, and it is possible that their separation may have occurred before snakes reached the Galapagos, and, therefore, before the old continental bridge was broken; but I think it more probable that snakes once inhabited these islands also. Cul- pepper and Wenman islands are, of course, unfavorable for the continued existence of snakes. Just why they never have been found on Abingdon and Bindloe is indeed hard to under- stand.

While all of the snakes of the Galapagos Archipelago are closely related, they nevertheless are of two distinct types. These are the small snakes with no scale-pits and fewer than one hundred and ninety gastrosteges, and the group of species with more than two hundred gastrosteges.

These two groups I believe to be the descendants of two species which originally occupied the Galapagos. My chief reasons for this opinion are the absolute distinctness of the two groups, and the fact that representatives of both have been found upon the same islands.

The snakes with more than two hundred gastrosteges fall naturally into three subgroups. These are: first, the snakes of Charles and Hood; second, those of Narborough, Albemarle and Brattle; third, those of James, Jervis, Indefatigable and Barrington.

The first of these subgroups is the most distinct. Differenti- ation has progressed much farther on Charles and Hood islands than elsewhere in the archipelago. Therefore, we may believe that these southern islands were separated from the central ones before the latter were divided one from another.

The snakes from Charles and. Hood islands are very closely allied. They agree in all essential characters except color. They alone of the larger Galapagos snakes lack the scale-pits, and both have the same number of gastrosteges. Differenti- ation could hardly have occurred along lines so absolutely parallel in two unconnected islands. We are therefore led

Vor. I] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 333

to believe that Charles and Hood islands were connected, and formed a single island for a long time after their separation from the more northern or central islands.

The snakes of the two Gardner islands agree in every detail with those of the larger islands to which these are adjacent, so that the separation of the one Gardner from Charles, and of the other Gardner from Hood, must have occurred still more recently.

The second and third subgroups are much more closely related to each other than to the first. This may be considered to indicate that all of the central islands from Narborough to Barrington and from James to Brattle—with the possible exception of Duncan—remained connected for a considerable period after the separation of the northern and the southern islands.

The distribution of the second and third subgroups, and of D: slevini and D. steindachneri, indicates that there occurred at a still later date the separation of this central land into two large islands; an eastern, including the present James, Jervis, Indefatigable and Barrington Islands; and a western, of which Narborough, Albemarle and Brattle formed parts.

The more recent changes are much less clearly indicated by the ophidian fauna, but certain color-differences render it probable that Narborough became separated from Albemarle before breaks in the eastern island occurred, first between Barrington and Indefatigable, then between James and Inde- fatigable, and lastly between James and Jervis.

The snakes of Albemarle are at present known only from two specimens—one Dromucus slevint from Cowley Moun- tain, and one Dromicus occidentalis hellert from Cape Berkeley. Under such conditions little can be deduced as to the past history of this island without the use of evidence furnished by other groups of its inhabitants. This evidence I do not now wish to use; for I believe more accurate results can be attained by attempting to read the story of each group sep- arately, and then comparing results. The mixing of evidence here, it seems to me, would be only less confusing than the jumbling together of data derived from distribution, geology, paleontology, and ocean-soundings. Each should be worked

334 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

out separately before comparing results, in order that one may serve to confirm or disprove the other.

If we have read this story of the snakes correctly, there is nothing in the least suggestive of an unconnected group of volcanic islands thrust independently above the surface of the ocean, to become the home of such animals as might reach them through more or less accidental or occasional agencies of dispersal. Instead of telling of the elevation of new islands, the evidence points to the gradual depression and partial sub- mersion of a more extensive land-mass which must have had direct or indirect connection with continental America.

When we consider the snakes from the various islands as regards the style of their coloration—whether spotted or striped—we find an interesting fact. On almost every island only one style of coloration is present. Thus, all the snakes of Hood, James, and Jervis are striped; while on Charles, Albemarle, and Brattle only spotted snakes have been found. But when we come to Narborough, Indefatigable and Bar- rington islands, we find that each island has both spotted and striped snakes. Why should a difference of coloration so constant on other islands be inconstant here?

We have seen that the snakes of Charles and of Hood are alike, except that those of Charles are spotted while those of Hood are striped. If these two islands should now become connected for a time, we might expect spotted snakes to wander to Hood, and striped ones to appear on Charles. If these islands again became separated, we should find both spotted and striped snakes on each island; but if the connection had been short, we might expect a majority of the snakes of Charles, and a minority of those of Hood, to show the spotted coloration.

Fifty-three per cent of the fifteen snakes from Barrington are spotted. Seventy-four per cent of the twenty-three speci- mens from Indefatigable are striped. More numerous speci- mens might change the proportion and show that the sug- gested explanation is quite wrong, or that differentiation is now for the first time developing between the Indefatigable and the Barrington snakes. The parallelism between the con- ditions actually found on Barrington and Indefatigable, and the conditions which we might expect to find upon Charles

Vout. I] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 335

and Hood, should they now become connected and later sep- arated again, is strongly suggestive. It might be thought to point to an elevation and depression of Barrington and Inde- fatigable subsequent to the general depression of the archi- pelago. This view might be strengthened by the fact that all of the snakes of South Seymour Island are striped. Certain slight peculiarities of coloration, however, distinguish most of the Barrington Island specimens from those of Indefat- igable. With respect to these peculiarities, the striped snakes of Barrington differ from the striped snakes of Indefatigable, and agree with the spotted snakes from their own island. Similarly, the spotted snakes of Indefatigable differ from the spotted snakes of Barrington, but agree with striped specimens from Indefatigable. Therefore, we must regard this as a case of dichromatism, occurring in the snakes of these two islands ; but if similar proportions hold in larger series, it will be evident that specific differentiation has already begun, and may ultimately lead to the formation of spotted and striped races here as it has on Charles and Hood and on Albemarle and Narborough islands.

The following diagram will serve to show the probable relationship of the snakes of the Galapagos.

D. cceidentalys

D.o. hellerz

Tames ¢dervr's

- 7

¢ D._el ops ibis x AY

. Barring Zon

we mane ne

D biserzalzs D. Rooden gles DSirdachnere

D.slevine

336 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser. SUGGESTIONS TO FUTURE STUDENTS

Future collectors in these islands should strive to secure specimens of the snake of Chatham Island, if such there be. Doubtless, it will prove to be a most interesting new species. Duncan Island is one of the most difficult to understand of all the islands of the archipelago. Its snakes are represented in collections only by a single specimen of D. slevini, although there can be little doubt that a larger species, probably with two scale-pits, remains to be found there. Other specimens of D. slevini have been seen on Duncan Island; and, since these agreed perfectly in coloration with the type, it is almost certain that additional specimens from Duncan, Albemarle, and Nar- borough will show that more than one species is here referred to D. slevini. Many more specimens of D. steindachneri also are needed. Much remains to be learned of the larger snakes of Albemarle, which now are known from only one or two specimens. Dr. Boulenger writes me that the British Museum has a specimen with 222 gastrosteges, which is said to have been collected at Tagus Cove. I am inclined to doubt the correctness of this label; but if no error has crept in, there must be more than one species with two scale-pits in this island. The question then arises: Is there in Albemarle a distinct race of snake on each of the five principal mountains, as there is of tortoise? The answer must be based on many specimens yet to be collected. The question of the necessity of further division of Dromicus dorsalis also remains for future collectors to solve.

DISCUSSION OF THE SPECIES

Dromicus biserialis (Giinther) CHARLES ISLAND SNAKE

1860, Herpetodryus biserialis GUNTHER, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1860, p. 97 (type locality Charles Island).

1869, Dromicus chamissonis GUNTHER, Zool. Record, 1869, p. 115 (part) ; BouLEnceEr, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., II, 1894, p. 119 (part).

(1876, Herpetodryas dorsalis, StEINDACHNER, Festschr. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., 1876, p. 304 (err).

Vou. 1] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 337

1892, Orophis biserialis GARMAN, Bull. Essex Inst., XXIV, 1892, p. 85 (part).

1903, Dromicus biserialis biserialis HELLER, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., V, 1903, p. 93 (part).

Diagnosis——No scale-pits; scales in 19 rows; gastrosteges 209; urosteges 108 to 110, all paired; postoculars three; tem- porals usually 2+2; spotted.

Type.—British Museum. Charles Island, Galapagos Archi- pelago. Charles Darwin. 1835.

Distribution.—Charles and Gardner-near-Charles islands, Galapagos Archipelago.

Material—Only two specimens of this species are in collec- tions. These are: the type, a young specimen from Charles Island, preserved in the British Museum, and one female speci- men from Gardner Island—No. 9448 of the Academy collec- tion.

Description of No. 9448—Head rather long, with flattened top and rounded snout. Rostral plate large, a little broader then high, hollowed below, and bounded behind by internasal, anterior nasal and first labial plates. Plates on top of head are: a pair of internasals, a pair of pre- frontals, supraocular and part of preocular of each side, a frontal, and a pair of large parietals. Internasals much smaller than prefrontals. Frontal longer than parietal suture. Anterior and posterior nasals distinct. Loreal well developed, longer than high. One large preocular with a very small one below it on each side of head. Postoculars three. Temporals two followed by two or three. Eight superior and ten inferior labials, sixth upper and sixth or seventh lower largest, fourth or fourth and fifth upper reaching eye, first pair of lower meeting on median line. Genials in two pairs, posterior a little longer, anterior touching five labials. Scales on body smooth, without pits, in nineteen rows. Anal plate divided. Gas- trosteges two hundred and nine. Tail complete. Urosteges one hundred and eight, all paired.

The color above is a pale grayish olive. A dark streak runs back from the eye. The infralabials and the posterior superior labials are blotched with yellowish white. There is a yellowish-white blotch on each side of the nape. There are no traces of longitudinal bands on the body, but along the back is a series of irregular dark brown cross bars or alternating spots. A few indications of similar spots may be made out on the sides. The tail is unspotted except near its base. The lower surfaces are creamy white, plentifully dotted or clouded with dark gray. There are no very distinct blackish-brown lateral spots on the anterior gastrosteges.

Length to anus, 590 mm. Length of tail, 220 mm.

Variation.—The type specimen from Charles Island has two hundred and nine gastrosteges, one hundred and ten uros-

338 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4rm Ser.

teges, three postoculars, scales in nineteen rows, and the spot- ted style of coloration.

General Remarks.—Snakes must be very rare on Charles Island, for none were seen there by any member of our expe- dition, although careful search was made for them. It is probable that the ravages of the smaller kinds of mammals that have been introduced there—particularly rats and cats— have pushed them to the verge of extinction, as they have the Tropidurus. It is probable that a longer search would show that snakes are still to be found on Champion and Enderby as well as on Gardner, for Tropiduri still are fairly abundant on all these islets.

The Charles Island snake is most closely related to the Hood Island species. It differs from that species in having numerous dorsal spots, no dorsolateral bands, and no definite dark spots on the anterior gastrosteges.

Dromicus hoodensis new species. Hoop ISLAND SNAKE

1892, Orophis biserialis GARMAN, Bull. Essex Inst., XXIV, 1892, p. 85

(part). 1903, Dromicus biserialis habeli HELLER, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., V, 1903, p. 93.

Diagnosis.—No ‘scale-pits ; scales in 17 or 19 rows; gastros- teges 203 to 214; urosteges 91 to 114, usually all paired; post- oculars three; temporals usually 2+2; never spotted; striped, the stripes becoming obsolete posteriorly.

Type—Male. California Academy of Sciences No. 11799. Hood Island, Galapagos Archipelago. J. R. Slevin. June 23, 1906.

Distribution—Hood and Gardner-near-Hood islands, Gala- pagos Archipelago.

Material—One specimen collected by Dr. Baur on Hood Island has been recorded by Garman. ‘Two secured on Hood by Heller are Nos. 4970 and 4971 in the collection of Stanford University. The Academy has thirty-four from Hood and one from Gardner-near-Hood.

Vor. 1] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 339

Description of the type—Head rather long, with flattened top and rounded snout. Rostral plate large, a little broader than high, hollowed below, and bounded behind by internasal, anterior nasal and first labial plates. Plates on top of head are: a pair of internasals, a pair of prefrontals, supra- ocular and part of preocular of each side, a frontal, and a pair of large parietals. Internasals much smaller than prefrontals. Frontal slightly longer than parietal suture. Anterior and posterior nasals distinct. Loreal well developed, longer than high. One preocular. Postoculars three. Temporals two followed by two. Eight superior and nine inferior labials, sixth upper and fifth or sixth lower largest, fourth and fifth upper reaching eye, first pair of lower meeting on median line. Genials in two pairs, posterior a little longer, anterior touching five labials. Scales on body smooth, without pits, in seventeen rows. Anal plate divided. Gastrosteges two hundred and seven. Tail complete. Urosteges one hundred and thir- teen, all paired.

The color above is deep olive brown becoming paler posteriorly and seal brown toward the head. A light dorsolateral band, about two scales wide, arises on the upper postocular, crosses the parietal, and continues along the fifth and sixth rows of scales. This yellowish-brown band becomes less distinct on the middle third of the body and nearly obsolete posteriorly. The tail is unicolor, olive, becoming yellowish olive toward the tip. The dark brown postocular or temporal bar is continuous with the brown band on the side of the neck. There is no light nuchal blotch. The labials are yellowish white marked with blackish olive. The first and second rows of scales on the neck are whitish, marked anteriorly with a row of blackish spots, continuous with a similar row formed of one spot near the lateral extremity of each gastrostege from about the fourth to twenty-second. The lower surfaces are yellowish dotted or clouded with grayish olive.

Length to anus, 518 mm. Length of tail, 217 mm.

V ariation.—All the males have seventeen rows of scales, while all of the females have nineteen rows. Careful search of every specimen failed to disclose any scale-pits except in the case of No. 9306, on which one scale showing a single pit was found. The gastrosteges range in number from two hundred and three to two hundred and fourteen. The uros- teges in specitnens with complete tails vary from ninety-four to one hundred and fourteen in males and from ninety-one to one hundred in females. All of the urosteges are paired except in the specimen from Gardner Island, which has two undi- vided. The postoculars are always three. The temporals normally are 2-2, and the supralabials eight. The following table shows the scale-counts. In the urostege column c indi- cates that the tail is complete, while + is affixed to counts when the tip of the tail is missing.

January 15, 1912

340 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47TH SER.

TABLE OF SCALE COUNTS, Dromicus hoodensis

2 ‘a na an a n He} 2 ia ie 2 5 5 a 2. = g aie nee AW er ieee g 5 | 8 3 s S S a & ° 5) a 5 A n copy oO ‘=) Ay Ay a z 4 9336 é 17 | 206 |105 c 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 9370 3 17 |211/|109 c 1 3 | 242 8 1 9420 & | 17 | 208 )110 c 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 10920 3 17 | 204 |112 c 1 Bh) BABY 8 1 10957 EN Ales alas 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 11799 é 17 | 207 |113 ¢c 1 3) 242 8 1 | Type 11800 re) 17 | 206 |107 c 1 Bi BaSy 8 1 11896 é 17 |208; 68 +] 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 11921 re) 17 |208 |106 c 1 S22 8 1 11923 ) 17 | 205 |105 c 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 11931 re) 17 | 207 |108 c il 3 | 2+2 8 1 11932 6 | 17 1207) 94 c¢ 1 3 | 2+2 8 1. 11934 3 17 |209 112 c 1 By 22 8 1 11936 $ 17 |208|114 c 1 3 | 24+2 8 1 11937 é 17 |205} 33 +} 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 11939 So AT AOS [OT are) NS ean 8 1 | Gardner Island 9304 Qt Wo) Ga Sey al S| Day 8 1 9305 2 | 19 |205) 93 ¢ 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 9306 2 | 19 |208) 89 +) 1 3) 2-2 8 1 9335 @ | 19 |}210) 96 +) 1 3 | 2+2 8-9] 1 9384 2 19 |210} 80 +) 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 10919 @ | 19 |210} 90 +] 1 3 | 2+2 Saleen 10921 @ | 19 |207} 92 +) 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 10922 © | 19 |206| 94 c¢ 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 10958 2 | 19 |208; 90 +) 1 3 | 242 8 1 11895 2 | 19 |211!] 96c 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 11920 © | 19 |207} 95 c¢ 1 Bp Deep 8 1 11922 Oy I t@ Bill) OS) soi ut 3; 242 8 1 11924 2 | 19 | 204) 95 ¢ 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 11925 2 | 19 | 209} 96 c 1 3 | 242 8 1 11926 © | 19 |205} 93 c 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 11930 2 | 19 |207) 91c¢ 1 3 | 2+2-1-+2)] 9 1 11933 © | 19 | 203} 94 c 1 8) BaP 8 1 11935 @ | 19 |210) 90 +] 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 11938 2 | 19 | 209100 c 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 Garman TOGZO9) |S ee 1 SigWeens 8 1 S.4970 @ | 19 |} 212} 94 +) 1 3 | 2+2-2+2] 8 1 | Stanford Univ. S.4971 & | 171206! 98 c 1 3 | 2+2 8 1 | Stanford Univ. Brit. Mus.| ¢ | .. | 203 |104 oY awa asi Me ie Brit. Mus.| @ | °.. | 199105 sar HeLa Hane ae Be Brit. Mus.| 2 TOT SIND UK| a a TN its Fane a ESL ia we PURO NR ASN 05 0 tN Sa END SA NN SRS TA

There is very little variation in coloration. All specimens are striped without trace of dorsal spots; and in all, the stripes fade out posteriorly. In specimens with nineteen rows of scales the stripes are on the sixth and seventh rows. All specimens but one show the characteristic spotting on the anterior gastrosteges only, with the white continuation of the

Vou. I] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 341

labial streak just above. In the one exception, a young speci- men, there are mere traces of the dark spots.

The largest specimen measures 820 mm. from snout to vent, and has a tail 253 mm. long.

Habits.—Nothing is known of the breeding habits of any of the Galapagos snakes. One of the Hood Island specimens (No. 9306) contained the tail of a large Tropidurus which it had eaten.

General remarks.—Snakes still are abundant on Hood Island. They seem to differ from those of Charles Island only in coloration; but, since the differences are constant in the large series at hand, they must be regarded as a distinct species.

The sexual difference in the number of scale rows in the snakes of this one island is worthy of note. :

Dromicus dorsalis (Steindachner). GALAPAGOS SNAKE

1869, Dromicus chamissonis Peters, Mon. Berlin. Acad., 1869, p. 719; Gintuer, Zool. Record, 1869, p. 115 (part) ; BouLtencer, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., II, 1894, p. 119 (part).

1876, Dromicus chamissonis var. dorsalis STEINDACHNER, Festschr. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1876, p. 306, pl. I, fig. 1 (type localitiesIndefatigable [probably] or Jervis islands).

1876, Dromicus chamissonis var. Habelit STEINDACHNER, Festschr. Zool.- bot. Ges. Wien, 1876, p. 306, pl. I, fig. 1 (type localities Indefatigable [probably] or Jervis islands).

1889, Opheomorphus chamissonis Corr, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XII, 1889, p. 147.

1892, Orophis biserialis GarMAN, Bull. Essex Inst, XXIV, 1892, p. 85 (part).

1903, Dromicus biserialis biserialis HELLER, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., V, 1903, p. 93 (part).

Diagnosis.—Scale-pits present; scales in 19 rows; gastros- teges 213 to 236; urosteges 95 to 119, usually some unpaired ; postoculars two, rarely one; temporals usually 1+2 or 1+1; usually striped, sometimes spotted (on Barrington and Inde- fatigable).

Types.—Vienna Museum. Galapagos Archipelago, prob- ably Indefatigable (or Jervis). Dr. Habel. 1868.

342 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

- Distribution.—James, Jervis, Indefatigable, South Seymour and Barrington Islands, Galapagos Archipelago.

Material—F ive specimens collected by Dr. Habel, probably on Indefatigable or Jervis Islands, are in the Vienna Museum. I have examined fifty-one specimens in the Academy collec- tion, as follows: twenty-three from Indefatigable, fifteen from Barrington, eight from James, three from South Seymour, and two from Jervis.

Description of No. 12062.—Adult male. Indefatigable Island. J. R. Slevin. July 16, 1906.

Head fairly broad, with flattened top and rounded snout. Rostral plate large, much broader than high, hollowed below, and bounded behind by internasal, anterior nasal and first labial plates. Plates on top of head are: a pair of internasals, a pair of prefrontals, supraocular and part of preocular of each side, a frontal, and a pair of large parietals. Internasals smaller than prefontals. Frontal longer than parietal suture. Anterior and posterior nasals distinct. Loreal well developed, little longer than high. One preocular. Two postoculars. Temporals one followed by two. Eight superior and ten inferior labials, sixth upper and fifth or sixth lower largest, fourth and fifth upper reaching eye, first pair of lower meeting on median line. Genials in two pairs, posterior a little longer, anterior touch- ing five labials. Scales on body smooth, many with pits, in nineteen rows. Anal plate divided. Gastrosteges two hundred and twenty. Tail complete. Urosteges one hundred and thirteen, the second to seventh undivided.

The upper surface of the head is yellowish olive dotted with brown. There is a brown band from the rostral to the eye and from the eye to the side of the neck. The labials, chin, and throat are yellowish white dotted with dark brown. The body is longitudinally striped. The lower three (or, on the posterior part of the body, two) rows of scales are gray- ish brown. The next row is dark brown. The fifth, sixth, and seventh rows are yellowish white. The eighth row is dark brown, and the three rows along the middle of the back are lighter olive’ brown. The stripes are continued on to the tail, but the distal portion of this region is plain yellowish olive. The lower surfaces are yellowish white irregularly dotted and spotted with dark brown.

Length to anus, 670 mm. Length of tail, 248 mm.

Variation: Indefatigable Island— Only two specimens (Nos. 10233 and 10796) have all the urosteges divided. Some specimens have only the second urostege undivided. At the other extreme is No. 10232 in which the second to twenty- second, forty-fifth to forty-eighth, and sixty-third to sixty- fifth, are unpaired. The urosteges range from one hundred and five to one hundred and nineteen, and the gastrosteges from two hundred and seventeen to two hundred and thirty.

Vout. 1] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 343

TABLE OF SCALE COUNTS, Dromicus dorsalis (Steindachner) INDEFATIGABLE ISLAND

a

p Be es 2 & 2 is

5 2 7 & s iF im a : 2 & £ 8 3 B = ¢ i oe Q ° C5) Qa Q = Z 2 & & 5 ea lie & BE 10232 3} 19 224 118 ¢ 1 2 i+1 8 1 10234 é 19 222 117 c 1 2 1+2 8 1 10235 } 19 226 98 + 1 Dy 1+2 8 1 10303 é 19 219 95 + 1 2 1+2 8 1 10304 } 19 224. 99 + 1 2 {+1 8 1 10305 é 19 221 105 + 1 yD, 1+2 8 1 10375 é 19 225 114 ¢ 1 2 1++2 8 1 10378 é 19 225 107 c 1 2} 1+2 8 1 10379 é 19 223 117 c 1 2 1+2 8 1 10395 é 19 226 119 c 1 2 1+2 8 1 10396 é 19 221 110 + 1 2 1+2 8 1 10559 é 19 227 107 + 1 yD 1+2 8 1 12056 é 19 224. 116 c¢c 1 2 1++1 8 1 12059 3} 19 229 105 c 1 2 1+2 8 il 12062 } 19 220 113 ¢ 1 7 1-+2 8 1 12063 é 19 218 102 + 1 2 1+2 8 1 12064 é 19 217 112 ¢ 1 2 1+2 8 1 12065 é 19 225 102 + 1 2 1+2 8 1 10233 2 19 228 10 + 1 2 1+-2 8 1 10429 Q 19 230 107 c 1 2) 1+2 8 1 10560 Q 19 225 45 + 1 2 1+1 8 1 10792 ie) 19 229 74 + 1 2 1+2 8 1 10796 2 19 229 105 c 1 2 1+2 8 1

The largest snake in the collection is No. 10792 which measures 950 mm. from snout to anus.

All but six of the Indefatigable snakes are colored like the one described above. Seventy-four per cent of the specimens from this island are striped. Of the remaining six specimens, two (Nos. 10233 and 12064) are spotted to the tail, while the other four (Nos. 10235, 10305, 10379, and 10792) are spotted anteriorly, but become nearly unicolor, or at most show only faint spots and bands posteriorly. Nos. 10233, 12064, 10235, and 10305 show longitudinal light stripes more or less clearly on the posterior part of the body. These stripes are wanting in Nos. 10379 and 10792.

The light stripes or nuchal blotches are continued forward very distinctly to the parietals in all Indefatigable specimens except 10235, 10305, 10379, 10396, and 10792. The light stripes, when present, never are confined to the scales of two rows, as is the case in snakes from Barrington.

South Seymour Island.—Two of the three specimens at hand have more numerous gastrosteges than have been found

344 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Serr.

in any specimen from Indefatigable, James, Jervis, or Bar- rington islands. The third has a number equaled by only one Indefatigable specimen. In other respects these snakes are like the Indefatigable striped specimens, except that the color- ing is a little lighter and brighter.

TABLE OF SCALE COUNTS, Dromicus dorsalis (Steindachner) SOUTH SEYMOUR ISLAND

Bs S n g 4 a 3

uw ~~ oO —) a ie) A e 2 8 ae : lle E rs s 4 8 2 3 5 eg a n n ©) 1) Ay [aly a a Pa] 10483 a 19 232 eg 4b 1 2 tele Ryall 10485 a 19 230 113 ¢ 1 2 isk 2 Sarita 10486 9 19 DB GI are ak! Lees dete ae

James Island.—The James Island snakes show no important differences from the Indefatigable series. Nos. 10782 and 12153 have all urosteges paired. No. 12091 has the second to twenty-first undivided. No. 12092 has a similar condition in the sixth to eighth, tenth to fifteenth, seventeenth, nineteenth, twenty-first to twenty-third, twenty-seventh, and one-hun- dredth to one-hundred-and-third. All the others have some unpaired. The temporals usually are one followed by one. Variation in other scale-characters is shown in the following table:

TABLE OF SCALE COUNTS, Dromicus dorsalis (Steindachner) JAMES ISLAND

2 & n a g 3 ‘s WW ra o ah = u Q ues 3 a 2 3 3 S 8 Z a a o =) AY om a ae ees 12091 | @ | 19 |- 217 Oye ee LSI E NVI caper paws Rich i 12092 Ce iN soni) as il e042 Nel nD (ae 3 | 1 12004 | @ | 19 | 213 nen yoy Ray Ieee ise tha 19154 13) go. |) 213 7) ae las A ip Vee sc nit as Wai) one ren 4 1 oe ee tli 1+1 10722 | 9 | 19 | 2926 Ee aetna is | 1+1 12003) i/o 19) 1 oon eather toy | 0 141 1245379) | 49 | 230) oe a aoe ea

>

Vor. I] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 345

All the specimens are striped. The stripes are clear and distinct except in Nos. 12093, 12094 and 12154, in which they are more or less obsolete behind the neck. They are continued to the parietals, and usually involve the scales of three rows.

Jervis Island—Two specimens from Jervis seem to agree perfectly in squamation and coloring with the James Island snakes.

TABLE OF SCALE COUNTS, Dromicus dorsalis (Steindachner)

JERVIS ISLAND ————————————— EEE EEE

= g i 2 : 4

i 2 3 2 g | & 4 3 b oo n ie) (o) a Q u Z 3 3 5 5 aap anes & Pil eS 10610 | g@ | 19 | 290 OS ag sly dG Watt | to WN baa a WOME) Ml eel ae a Ey

Barrington Island.—l have before me fifteen snakes from Barrington. All but four of these have a few urosteges un- divided. The variation in important scale-characters is set forth below. The tendency toward a reduction in the number of temporals and postoculars will be noted.

TABLE OF SCALE COUNTS, Dromicus dorsalis (Steindachner) BARRINGTON ISLAND

a eg EB g lo = 2

2 & g 8 Bes 2 az

g r 3 a g Salas 5 eee

Z B B o cS ay a = cas TO Ce Ces yey IT Sea Re TO USD yes, Ne 9! D901) NY Mosier lhe alii on iiMnpeies in tlie TOUS A ae i 16. 2188) aa lineman otal Oost (Onto li HOLSS Way 19) My o18\ bos el CinN Ie oe lesa ene lence TODAS tip 190) 218) | Sat ay Ione tanta Micali TOL NCP oa SM ad Gh Ne ai COS A TO MPR TRE Sa a a | IY ea A206 CS 40) IN) 215 legge Nal Ne ge grils HOMO iM HN I eee te SL ee Bey vee LODS I Oh eto ODO aG ee MnediN litany ainsi LOTS Ou | aor Neagle Hey Mihail Dancing) urate LODE VOU NTO |) 590) I tonite GMa a aude a stil LOG ON No 10 a9G Wes sie ie Npod th eee Na TOSS Sy) |e 10) cos Din aa HET ail coni | Gea a icmNa la 12050) WO) 19) Mom Fe ae nai on) Nerina unl a

Brit. Mus.| @ DIORA RNa ed Bere Mi

346 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Serr.

Two styles of coloration are exhibited by the snakes of Barrington. Seven specimens (Nos. 10151, 10152, 10183, 10213, 10214, 10217, 10226) are striped, while eight (Nos. 10147, 10150, 10182, 10215, 10216, 12055, 12060, 12061) are spotted. The difference here, as on Indefatigable, is due neither to age nor sex. It must be regarded as a form of dichromatism. In the spotted specimens, the longitudinal light stripes are represented only by a pair of short longitudinal yellowish-white blotches on the nape. In striped specimens, the light stripes are confined to the scales of two rows. In all specimens, the light nuchal blotches or the longitudinal stripes end anteriorly sharply and definitely several scales behind the parietals. In all spotted specimens, the dark brown spots or blotches become obsolete posteriorly ; while, in all striped speci- mens, the light bands extend to the tail.

General Remarks.—It is probable that larger series may result in the recognition of subspecies of Dromicus dorsalis. Even now the peculiarities of coloration, with the frequent reduction in temporals and postoculars, almost justify the separation of the Barrington Island snakes. The serpents of Indefatigable and Seymour appear to differ from those of the other islands in the possession of a greater number of uros- teges, but so many of the specimens have lost the tips of their tails that more evidence is needed. Inconstant as the differ- ences may prove to be, I believe that the following tentative key may prove useful to future investigators. a.—Stripes or nuchal blotches ending definitely several scales behind par-

ietals; stripes narrow. Temporals usually 1+1; postoculars often 1; urosteges fewer. Barrington. a.2—Stripes or nuchal blotches usually continued forward to parietals; stripes wider. b.—Urosteges more numerous; temporals usually 1+2; spotted or striped. Indefatigable and Seymour.

—Urosteges fewer; temporals usually 1+1; ee James and Jervis.

We do not know why so many of these snakes have lost the tips of their tails, but Mr. Slevin reports that the mocking- birds were observed picking at the tails of Tropiduri until they fell off and could be eaten.

vo)

Vout. I] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 347

Dromicus occidentalis, new species. NARBOROUGH ISLAND SNAKE

1903, Dromicus biserialis biserialis HELLER, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci. V, 1903, p. 93 (part).

Diagnosis.—Scale-pits present; scales in 19 rows; gastros- tees 236 to 252; postoculars two; temporals 1--1 or 1--2; striped (or rarely spotted), light nuchal blotches and series of dark spots on tips of gastrosteges and on lower lateral scales very distinct.

Type.—Adult female. California Academy of Sciences No. 11488. Narborough Island, Galapagos Archipelago. J. R. Slevin. April 18, 1906.

Distribution.—Narborough Island, Galapagos Archipelago.

Material —Mr. Heller has recorded four snakes from Nar- borough, now forming a part of the collection of Stanford Uni- versity, where I have examined them. The Academy has received only two from Narborough.

Description of the type—Head rather broad, with flattened top and rounded snout. Rostral plate large, much broader than high, hollowed below, and bounded behind by internasal, anterior nasal, and first labial plates. Plates on top of head are: a pair of internasals, a pair of pre- frontals, supraocular and part of preocular of each side, a frontal, and a pair of large parietals. Internasals much smaller than prefrontals. Frontal longer than parietal suture. Anterior and posterior nasal distinct. Loreal well developed, longer than high. One preocular. Two postoculars. Temporals one followed by two, or one followed by one. Eight superior and ten inferior labials, sixth upper and fifth or sixth lower largest, fourth and fifth upper reaching eye, first pair of lower meeting on median line. Genials in two pairs, posterior a little longer, anterior touching four labials. Scales on body smooth, many with pits, in nineteen rows. Anal plate divided. Gastrosteges two hundred and forty-seven. Tail incom- plete. Urosteges ninety-eight, all paired.

The top of the head is dark brown mottled with olive gray. A light brown band extends from the rostral plate to the eye, and a dark brown postocular blotch crosses the temporal region to the side of the neck. The labials and lower surfaces of the head and throat are olive gray marbled with dark brown. On each side of the body there is a light yellowish-gray longitudinal stripe along the sixth and seventh rows of scales. On the posterior portion of the body, where there are only seventeen rows of scales, this stripe drops to the fifth and sixth rows. It is continued beyond the middle of the tail; but on the neck, as far as the twenty-fifth gastros- tege, it is represented by a series of nine large, rounded, light spots. Along the back between these light stripes is a band of dark brown, darker on the scales bordering the light stripes. The sides are dark brown close to the lateral light stripes, but become grayish olive toward the gastrosteges. On the anterior half of the body, most of the scales of the second row, and a few of those of the first, bear central spots of dark brown. Similar small

348 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

blackish-brown spots on the tip of each gastrostege form a row extending nearly to the tail. The lower surfaces are yellowish with numerous small blackish spots.

Length to anus, 890 mm.

Length of tail, 252 mm.

V ariation.—No. 11509 has the first eleven urosteges undi- vided. These scales are all paired in all of the other specimens except No. 4974 of the Stanford University collection, in which the first urostege is unpaired. The following table shows the principal variation in squamation.

TABLE OF SCALE COUNTS, Dromicus occidentalis, new species.

i g 8 g a | & < E 2 aie 2 CNN ei itey ii 3 3 2 2 i 8 E e | 8 3 ie 5 5 ea a Bilis

144

11509 | @ 19 | 237 56 il 0 2) asa 11488 ) 19) | 947 Oey Be IG pil ell st s.4974 | @ ON ey WO Tae ve eU Moae A a sates NC. $4975 | 2 Mey) Ba, | elle Ti Aon aaa aN eae td 5.4973 | 9 | 19 | 252 Diese Mba AL We yanks Bilt 5.4976 | 9 10.1 1943911) aoove WIV aean ates

All the Narborough specimens have the characteristic light nuchal blotches and dark spots on gastrosteges and lower lateral scales. The dark spots on the lower laterals are most numerous on the scales of the first row in all specimens except the type. The row of spots along the tips of the gastrosteges extends to the vent in No. S. 4975 and S. 4976, nearly to the vent in No. S. 4974, and past the middle of the body in No. S. 4973. All the specimens show the longitudinal light stripes except No. S. 4975, which is spotted without any trace of stripes. The general dorsal coloration of this specimen is similar to that of the snakes of Albemarle and Brattle, but it shows the light blotches on the nape, and dark spots on gastrosteges and laterals, which are characteristic of the Narborough snakes. No. 11509 is intermediate in coloration between No. S. 4975 and the other Narborough specimens. It shows’ both stripes and spots most distinctly.

General remarks.—The snakes of Narborough agree with those of Albemarle and Brattle in the large number of their

Vou. I] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 349

gastrosteges, a character which distinguishes them from all other Galapagos snakes. They seem to differ from those of Albemarle and Brattle only in coloration; and, since two speci- mens show a tendency to vary in the direction of the Albe- marle form, it seems best to regard those from Albemarle as a subspecies.

Dromicus occidentalis helleri, new subspecies: HELLER’S GALAPAGOS SNAKE

1903, Dromicus biserialis biserialis HELLER, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., V, 1903, p. 93 (part).

Diagnosis.—Scale-pits present, scales in 19 rows; gastros- teges more than 236; postoculars two; temporals 1--2 or 2+2, spotted, no longitudinal light stripes; no series of definite rounded blackish spots on lateral scales of first and second rows; light nuchal markings much less prominent, and dark spots on tips of gastrosteges absent or less distinct than in the Narborough form.

Type.—Male. California Academy of Sciences No. 10280. Brattle Island, Galapagos Archipelago. J. R. Slevin. October SO), USS,

Distribution.—Albemarle and Brattle Islands, Galapagos Archipelago.

Material_—Mr. Heller has recorded one specimen from near Cape Berkeley, Albemarle, which now is No. 4977 of the Stanford University collection. The Academy has received two from Brattle.

Description of the type—Head rather broad, with flattened top and rounded snout. Rostral plate large, much broader than high, hollowed below, and bounded behind by internasal, anterior nasal, and first labial plates. Plates on top of head are: a pair of internasals, a pair of pre- frontals, supraocular and part of preocular of each side, a frontal, and a pair of large parietals. Internasals smaller than prefrontals. Frontal longer than parietal suture. Anterior and posterior nasals distinct. Loreal well developed, little longer than high. One preocular. Two postoculars. Temporals one followed by two. Eight superior and ten inferior labials, sixth upper and fifth lower largest, fourth and fifth upper reaching eye, first pair of lower meeting on median line. Genials in two pairs, posterior longer, anterior touching four or five labials. Scales on body smooth, many with pits, in nineteen rows. Anal plate divided. Gastrosteges two hundred and forty. Tail complete. Urosteges one hundred and twelve, the first to third, seventh to eleventh, and fourteenth and fifteenth not divided.

The top of the head is olive brown dotted with olive gray. A light brown band extends from the rostral plate to the eye, and a brown post-

350 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

ocular blotch crosses the temporal region to the side of the neck. The labials and lower surfaces of the head and throat are yellowish-gray marbled with dark gray. There are no light longitudinal stripes on the body. The color above shades from brownish olive along the middle of the back to pale olive gray near the gastrosteges. On the neck are large round dark brown spots separated by light yellowish-gray blotches. On the anterior part of the body these dark spots become smaller and more numerous, and form three alternating rows on each side. These spots become smaller and less numerous posteriorly, and are lacking on the tail. They also tend to avoid the sixth and seventh rows of lateral scales. The lower surfaces are yellowish mottled with brownish gray except on the tail. Many of the tips of the gastrosteges bear not very definite small dark brown spots, but there is no series of such spots on the lower lateral scales.

Length to anus, 542 mm.

Length of tail, 178 mm.

Variation.—The Albemarle specimen has the upper post- ocular of one side united with the parietal. It has eight supe- rior and ten inferior labials, the fourth and fifth upper reaching eye, the sixth in each series largest, five inferior in contact with the anterior genial. Both it and No. 10281, from Brattle, have all urosteges divided.

TABLE OF SCALE COUNTS, Dromicus occidentalis hellert, new sub-species

Z, a a} Oo 5 dy || ey & jaja = Tera ee hee ae ee i edicts 10281 | o | 19 | 248} 98 +11{ 2 | 142 |8]|1 | Brattle 5.4977 | 9 |19| 241] 88 + |1] 1-2 { pus Bil al eaibement:

The two Brattle snakes are absolutely alike in coloration, and the Albemarle specimen is very similar, as will be seen from the following description of Stanford University No. 4977, adult female, from vic. Cape Berkeley, Albemarle Island.

The head is brownish olive marbled with black. There is a dark post- ocular or temporal streak. The labials are mottled with lighter. There are no longitudinal light lines. The upper surfaces are dark brown spotted with darker brown or black. On the neck, these spots are large, round and very distinct and well defined. On the body, they are smaller and become perhaps less distinct toward the tail. Still, they form, throughout the whole length of the body, two alternating rows usually on the fifth and eighth rows of scales of each side, dropping to the fourth and seventh tows posteriorly. There are two or three pairs of whitish blotches on the nape. The lower surfaces are yellowish irregularly spotted with brownish black. Almost every gastrostege on the anterior two-thirds of the body shows a definite blackish spot near its outer extremity on each side as in Cet ey snakes, but there are no similar spots on the first row of scales.

Vor. I] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 351

General remarks.—I take pleasure in naming this snake after Mr. Edmund Heller who collected the Albemarle specimen while a member of the Hopkins-Stanford Galapagos Expedi- tion in 1898-99.

Dr. Boulenger writes me that the British Museum has a young spotted snake said to have been collected at Tagus Cove, Albemarle. It has one hundred and twelve urosteges, but only two hundred and twenty-two gastrosteges. This small number of gastrosteges makes me think that an error may have been made in the locality label. The specimen has scales with two pits, and one would incline to the opinion that it has originated on Barrington or Indefatigable. If, however, there has been no mistake in the label, the Tagus Cove snakes must represent a species distinct from that found at Banks Bay; and it may be that larger collections will show that each of the five large mountains of Albemarle has its own peculiar race of serpent.

Dromicus slevini, new species. SLEVIN’S SNAKE

1903, Dromicus biserialis biserialis, HELLER, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., V, 1903, p. 93 (part).

Diagnosis.—No scale-pits; scales in 19 rows; gastrosteges 170 to 183; urosteges 82 to 104; no longitudinal light stripes.

Type—Male. California Academy of Sciences No. 12,216. Duncan Island, Galapagos Archipelago. August 14, 1906.

Distribution—Duncan, Narborough, and Cowley Moun- tain, Albemarle.

Material.—Three specimens are known. ‘Two are in the Academy collection, while the one from Narborough belongs to Stanford University.

Description of the type—Head rather broad, with flattened top and rounded snout. Rostral plate large, broader than high, hollowed below, and bounded behind by internasal, anterior nasal, and first labial plates. Pkates on top of head are: a pair of internasals, a pair of prefrontals, supraocular and part of preocular of each side, a frontal, and a pair of large parietals. Internasals much smaller than prefrontals. Frontal slightly shorter than parietal suture. Anterior and posterior nasals distinct. Loreal well developed, longer than high. One preocular. Two post- oculars. Temporals two followed by two, or one followed by one. Eight superior and ten inferior labials, sixth upper and sixth lower largest, fourth and fifth upper reaching eye, first pair of lower meeting on median line. Genials in two pairs, posterior a little longer, anterior touching five labials. Scales on body smooth, without pits, in nineteen rows. Anal plate

352 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

divided. Gastrosteges one hundred and eighty-three. Tail complete. Urosteges one hundred and four, all paired except the first to fourth.

The head is brownish olive above, with whitish spots on the labials and a dark brown postocular streak. The back is crossed by about fifty-five black cross-bars separated by narrower brownish-white ones. In some places the black bars are not quite continuous, tending to alternate at the mid-dorsal line with those of the opposite side of the body. These black cross-bars extend down on the sides to about the second row of scales. The other lateral scales are of a brownish-gray color, continuous with the light cross-bars, and are sometimes outlined with black. The tail is pro- vided with about thirty blackish-brown blotches proximally, becoming uni- color toward the tip where it is olive. The lower surfaces are grayish, more or less dotted with slate, and the base of each gastrostege shows a more or less concealed blackish cross-bar.

Length to anus, 228 mm. Length of tail, 95 mm.

V ariation.—The principal variation in scale characters is set forth in the following table.

TABLE OF SCALE COUNTS, Dromicus slevint, new species

n n

oO n —

2 uaaeey Nia Oe ao | 8 5 a 80 3 ce & 3 ‘o> a i g 2 5 3 a a|a = € i) =) a fo} i} q o a 5 Sy USM UB) 0 elms Bae ets 8 Z, a B O ts) Ay a = Ala oy

12216 4 | 19 | 183 104 cl 1) 2-9 Nes Vt Dyeneer

121501 2 |19|170| 82cl 1/|2-2| 242 |8| 4 | CowleyMt. s4972) 9 |191179| 96cl 1/22 ote 8

—

Narborough

In all the specimens except the type all of the urosteges are divided, and the frontal is slightly longer than the parietal suture. Neither the Duncan nor the Cowley Mountain speci- men shows any trace of longitudinal light stripes. . Both are, in general, black with vertical light bars on the sides. In the Duncan snake most of these light bars cross the back; while in the Cowley specimen they do not extend above the lateral regions, leaving a black dorsal band three or four scales wide. The Narborough specimen agrees in coloration with that from Cowley Mountain. The Cowley specimen has about eighty- five light bars on the upper part of each side, where the Nar- borough snake has only seventy-one, and the Duncan about fifty-five. In the Cowley and Narborough snakes these light bars fork inferiorly and, joining with branches of the preceding

Vou. I] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 353

and succeeding bars, outline alternating dark spots on the lower lateral scales.

The largest specimen of D. slevini is that from Cowley Mt., Albemarle Island, which measures 347 mm. from snout to anus, and 135 mm. from anus to tip of tail.

Habits——The Duncan Island snake contains the foot and tail of a gecko which it had eaten.

General Remarks.—The Cowley Mountain snake was taken August 11, 1906, on a field of pumice stone at an elevation of about 200 feet. Mr. Slevin’s notes state that it was the only snake secured on Albemarle, and differed in coloration from any taken elsewhere.

Under date of August 14, 1906, Mr. Slevin wrote: ‘“‘Anch- ored off Duncan about ten a.m. I collected on the northeast slope of the island to about 800 feet. Got a snake at about 400 feet. It appeared different from any taken thus far. It was very well colored to prevent detection. It was secured on a lava block covered with silver colored lichen which matched the snake exactly. One was reported by Mr. Hunter during our last stop at Duncan, which, he said, was similar in coloring to the one taken today.”

Mr. Drowne of the Webster-Harris Expedition reports? having seen on Duncan Island, September 9, 1897, a snake that was about one and a half feet long, slender and blackish, with white rings.

It is probable that more abundant material will show that more than one species has been included here under the name Dromicus slevini.

Dromicus steindachneri, new species. STEINDACHNER’S SNAKE

Diagnosis.—No scale-pits; scales in 19 rows; gastrosteges 169 to 180; urosteges 96 to 114; longitudinal light stripes present.

Type.—Male. California Academy of Sciences No. 10795. Indefatigable Island, Galapagos Archipelago. J. R. Slevin. Jan. 16, 1906.

Distribution.—This species has been found on Indefatigable, South Seymour and Jervis islands. It is probable that more "1 Novitates Zool. VI, p. 117.

3254 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

extensive collecting will show that it is present also on James and Barrington.

Material.—We have received five specimens. Two are from Jervis, two from South Seymour and one from Indefatigable.

Description of the type—Head rather broad, with flattened top and rounded snout. Rostral plate large, broader than high, hollowed below, and bounded behind by internasal, anterior nasal, and first labial plates. Plates on top of head are: a pair of internasals, a pair of prefrontals, supraocular and part of preocular of each side, a frontal, and a pair of large parietals. Internasals much smaller than prefrontals. Frontal slightly longer than parietal suture. Anterior and posterior nasals distinct. Loreal well developed, longer than high. One preocular. Two postoculars. Tem- pora!ls two followed by two, or one followed by one. Eight superior and ten inferior labials, sixth upper and sixth lower largest, fourth and fifth upper reaching eye, first pair of lower meeting on median line. Genials in two pairs, posterior a little longer, anterior touching five labials. Scales on body smooth, without pits, in nineteen rows. Anal: plate divided. Gastrosteges one hundred and sixty-nine. Tail complete. Urosteges ninety-six, all paired.

The head is brownish olive above. There is a dark brown postocular streak. The labials and most of the other scales on the side of the head are yellowish gray with dark borders. The general color above is blackish brown. A light yellowish-gray stripe runs along each side of the neck, body, and tail. This streak is on the scales of the sixth, seventh, and eighth rows on the neck, and of the fifth, sixth, seventh and sometimes eighth on the body, except posteriorly where it drops to the fourth, fifth, and sixth rows. Many of the lateral scales have light central spots of the same color as the longitudinal stripes. The lower surfaces are light yellowish gray. There is a blackish cross-bar at the base of each gastrostege, and usually a blackish blotch on each side of the center of each gastrostege. The urosteges are light gray outlined with blackish brown.

Length to anus, 290 mm. Length of tail, 130 mm.

V ariation.—The principal variation in scale-characters is set forth in the following table. It will be noted that the Jervis and South Seymour snakes have three postoculars, while the Indefatigable specimen has only two.

TABLE OF SCALE COUNTS, Dromicus steindachnert, new species .

a |g 3 8 | g alae 3

3} as sy a u 2 fe) o & 5 °

Za wn n oO =) (all A a n|4 =)

106121) 6) \aton|) 1800 aan iidaias eile 811 | Jervis

1O6N7 | Ql 19 Wael |s Omev Nl auns™ sna enn tient 2+2 Indefatig-

107050 ial Ola 69 We roaieu nim irote te Hh (BN aes 10482 |) @ | 49 | 176) 72 4 | 1) 323)) oo M8 V4) Seymour 10484 G5 onl tire ||) ssi tolen aes ae 8 | 1 | Seymour

Vou. I] VAN DENBURGH—SNAKES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 355

The Jervis, Seymour and Indefatigable specimens all have light longitudinal stripes. The stripes are similar in position and color to those of Dromicus dorsalis. The whole coloration is so like that of striped specimens of D. dorsalis that the two species readily pass as one, until the scales are examined and the gastrosteges counted. On closer examination, however, one notes that in D. steindachneri the longitudinal light lines are broader, being three or four scales wide, each of the lateral scales has a central light area, and there usually is a blackish cross-bar at the base of each gastrostege, and often a blackish blotch on each side of the center of each gastrostege. The dorsal scales also sometimes have light centers. In the Jervis specimens the lower lateral scales are nearly as light as the light stripe. In No. 10617 a dark brown line runs along the lower border of the light stripe. !

The largest specimen measures 365 mm. from snout to vent.

Habits-—From the stomach of No. 10484 from South Sey- mour were taken the remains of a grasshopper.

General remarks.—This interesting little snake is most closely related to Dromicus slevini. It is probable that both are either quite rare or very retiring in habits.

It is a pleasure to associate with this handsome little species the name of Dr. Franz Steindachner, who was among the first to study the snakes of the Galapagos Archipelago.

Hydrus platurus (Linnzus). BicoLoR SEA-SNAKE

No specimens of this snake have been taken in the Galapagos Archipelago, but the following note from Mr. Slevin’s diary shows that it occurs there.

“Reb. 24, 1906. . Sailed [from Chatham] for Hood Island. This afternoon at 4:15, Stewart sighted a sea-snake. King also saw it, and the boat was put out immediately, but we failed to get it, as it went under. King said it was about twenty inches long, black on the top and bright yellow below. We had some headway on, so passed it fairly quickly. This is the first one seen. Weather is very hot now and has been for the last few days. Light winds and strong currents make it hard to get around, and we have not made much progress during the day. Barrington, Chatham, Hood and Charles are in sight.”

January 15, 1912

356 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47 Ser.

BXPEAN ATION OF) PEATE 2Oxit

Chart of the gastrostege counts in specimens of Dromicus. Dots indi- cate counts on specimens in the Academy and Stanford collections. Dots above the line are males, those below, females. Crosses indicate records from specimens not examined by me.

PLATE XXII

| VAN DENBURG]

27f_ 350

POCO cere ee ae

sheeee Cee

a>

000 oa ee nessa cetnasene chase ee

seseten ane ee are Beoee

seestherene

Be Soe

Pe os Bee pees

osoRoaoedtioncs

Pree eee eee eee ees 2

seece=gasele

See ete se

230 _ SIj%

24 § é Bopon onc

: . >

. eeQeenee

:

eee Genes

See

TPOREE ESRD O=cH

@ = 2 woee:

Jeveenes,

gers

ye

eee meee

: i s

Mewdia)eiatapte cer tose aie!

e--

Sevcce

. eee

3 seepre eens

eee checeen

, eee

wastes

Oe Ea ee ee Qa eae ee

a Ae

Narborough Albemarle Brattle Duncan Jervis

James Indefatigable South Seymour Barrington Charles Gardner Hood Gardner

Chile and Peru

Proc CaL Aran Sci 4.74 SER VoL.1

== a

300 302 20% 206 20F 240

| VAN DENBURG] PLATE XXII

By : i d ‘ ; . : : aia ihn + easy Minar ae we aa var 4 at fe 3

« :. z

pre bagi si 9h a dae il

*

aes

ue & . c

pode egos

3 tee a

, y

in) Be aces Aud rn A sk ¥

beam eral a ay

ic

o

*

eet

eee fee

Paw Wd h4 i" * iris oT rea Me te, Br

he?

q

358 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Serr.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII Dromicus biserialis (Gimnther). No. 9448. Gardner Island, near Charles Island. Female.

Proc Cat Aran. Sci 47 SER VoL| | VAN DENBURG] PLATE XXIII

<del

, *< ath i

Die

f u

|

360 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV Dromicus hoodensis new species

No. 11799. Type. Hood Island. Male.

fo

Proc CaLAcan. Sti 47 SER VoL | [VAN DENBURG] PLATE AA

eg

Ma hate Gee i

362 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV

Dromicus dorsalis (Steindachner)

No. 10303. Indefatigable Island. Male. Striped. No. 10233. Indefatigable Island. Female. Spotted.

ROC Rat Acan Sri 47" SER VoL |

[ VAN DI

ENBU

RG| FE

LATE XXV

oi i bias eae

an rab “ety

hm

Oke

a a

" Wi

364 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES _ [Proc. 47H Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI Dromicus dorsalis (Steindachner)

No. 10183. Barrington Island. Male. Striped. No. 12061. Barrington Island. Male. Spotted.

Proc CaLAcan. Str 4.7% Ser VoL

[ VAN

D

ENBUI

) Le

=

GS

] PLATE: XXVI

Tiho -;

(hacen

uA) Regn’, a he ts

pies aoe Oh

ei

iP

snk 4

nee

366 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII

Dromicus occidentalis new species

No. 11488. Type. Narborough Island. Female.

Proc CaLAcau. Sci 478 SER VoL [Van DENBURG] BLATe XXVII

368 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4 Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII Dromicus occidentalis helleri new subspecies No. 10280. Type. Brattle Island. Male.

L

i VAN DENBURG] PLATE XXVIII

ERoe PAL Aran Srl 47" SER Winey tt

et

too ulh

ze pay mais

370 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX Dromicus slevini new species

No. 12216. Type. Duncan Island. Male. No. 12159. Cowley Mt., Albemarle Island. Female.

Proc CALACAn. SEI 4"

SER VoL I

' VAN DENBURG] FI

hea ea ie ae

pag >

fai

as

€ cay, ees! Ap

Bag hacia tint i Neohany i}

RT i

372 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Ser.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX Dromicus steindachneri new species

No. 10795. Type. Indefatigable Island. Male. No. 10484. South Seymour Island. Female.

Fein An Aran Ser 4 Ser Via

el

IVAN DENI

BURG |

ul =

L

ATE

Wr ae Vax!

NEES:

X

=e

ino erie

eri ie An an eek A ani ae”

y ‘Ny, a sicer any?

eee i

‘ Papeditien: of the see Readex? of ‘Sciences to “the: Galapagos. Islands, 1905-1906.

a cS 1-6, I. Preliminary Description of Tone New hoes of

_ Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. | By John , Van Denburgh. (Issued December 20, 1907)... .. vee evr cee es oPanes 7-288. Il. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. ans By Alban Stewart. Usswed January: 20, FINS sg Be nok - Pages 289-322. lil. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the

Galapagos lands. By Francis X. Colles ee October ae

Te POUL BS BS Gi Se Re US ae os SO Sea ee ee Cau

pee 323-374. Iv. ‘The Snakes of the Galgnenee lends 5 By i : *

i

a! 3e ee cee January LIT OTON ares vee oe sj

VOLUME II

Expedition of the ‘California ‘Academy of Sciences to the <4 _ Galapegos Islands, 1905-1906. eae oy SOLA ae)

VOLUME TT:

a:

Pages 1-40. A Further Sctatigrapbie Shudy in ‘the’ Mount Dele - Range of California. ee Frank M. Anderson. : (Issued Oa WT MOIS G20 Te AOS ees WN EN Br ar HE cece Se Rae RP At ae

: “Pages 41-48. “Descristion of a New ie a oe Snake from ae :

Philippine: Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the

_ Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and sepa Cc. Thomp- mg son. Ussued December 31, EL IOS) ah pS AS OS, CS Ge nee :

: Pages 49-56. New and Previously. i comed Species be Reptiles a : and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van_ | _ Denburgh. | ‘Ussued December 20, 1909). 0 boca. ee

cae 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, Cena

Rollo Howard Beck. ee DUAES 77, cea A a ae (25

a

Ses \

eee of the California ‘Academy

: & Salepiets Islands, 1905-1906

¥ i Ths i ®

PROCEEDINGS

oF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FourRTH SERIES

Wor 1 pp.13/>-404 | January 19, 1912

EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES TO THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS, 1905-1906

V. NOTES ON THE BOTANY OF COCOS ISLAND

BY ALBAN STEWART Botanist to the Galapagos Expedition

During the autumn of 1905, while acting as Botanist of the scientific expedition sent to the Galapagos Islands by the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, our party stopped at Cocos Island from September 3rd to 13th inclusive, during which time a considerable collection of plants was made. .

Owing to the fact that Dr. B. L. Robinson of the Gray Herbarium, and Professor H. Pittier of the United States Department of Agriculture, have a catalogue of the plants. of this island in preparation, in which all of the scattered refer- ences to its’ flora will be brought together, the present paper will deal mainly with the collection of plants and notes made by the author, so as not to infringe upon the work already done by these gentlemen.

The collection was identified at the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University some three years ago, but owing to the more pressing need of getting the results of the work done in the Galapagos Islands ready for publication, the author has

January 16, 1912

376 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H SER.

not been able to take up the less important results of the expedition until the present time. The work of identification was greatly facilitated through the kindness of Dr. Robinson in allowing me to use the list of plants already compiled by him. I wish here to express my thanks to Dr. Robinson for this, as well as for his kindness in allowing me to publish his description of Cecropia Pittiert, a new species of this genus . which occurs abundantly on this island. I wish also to acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr. W. G. Farlow for identi- fication of the mosses; to Professor M. L. Fernald for much assistance; to Miss Mary A. Day, Librarian of the Gray Herbarium, for help in looking up the literature in connection with the subject; and to Mr. H. H. Bartlett of the United States Department of Agriculture, for identifying the speci- mens of Hypolytrum nicaraguense. The photographs were made by Messrs. R. H. Beck and E. W. Gifford, members of the expedition. .

Cocos is a small island which lies in longitude 86° 59’ 17” W.., latitude 5° 32’ 57” N., and is about 300 miles distant from Costa Rica, to which country the island belongs. According to the chart issued by the Hydrographic Office, it is about 372 miles long in a north and south direction, 334 miles broad east and west, and rises to a height of 2788 feet. There are several small islets a short distance off shore, beyond which the water rapidly deepens, so that the thousand-fathom line is reached only a short distance away.

There are only two places where an anchorage can be effected, and the interior of the island can be reached with safety. Chatham Bay, which lies on the north side, affords the best anchorage for vessels; since the waters are more quiet on this side of the island, and the sand beach at the end of the bay affords a good landing-place for boats. A small stream of water enters at the head of the bay, and, from the different dates cut in the rocks about the mouth of this stream, one would judge that it was often visited by vessels during the early part of the last century. On either side of this bay, east and west, there are tall cliffs heavily covered with tropical vegetation. Wafer Bay, on the northwest side of the island, is more exposed, and is subject at times to heavy swells which render anchorage less safe there than in Chatham Bay. With

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF COCOS ISLAND 377

the exception of these two places and Dampier Head, on the southeast side of the island, the remainder of the shore is made up of tall cliffs, some of which must be a thousand or more feet in height, over the tops of which numerous waterfalls come tumbling down into the sea. Ten of these waterfalls were counted between Lionel Head and Berthaume Point, within a distance of less than a mile, while circumnavigating the island in a small boat.

The settlement is located at Wafer Bay, where Captain August Gissler resides with his wife and a number of laborers. Several corrugated iron houses have been built there, and a small tract of land has been put under cultivation, in which a considerable number of domesticated plants and tropical fruits are grown. For some years past Captain Gissler has been in search of treasure which is supposed to have been buried on this island during the early part of the last century. Some portions of the treasure are reported to have been found. Captain Gissler is the duly appointed governor of the island, and is visited periodically by the Costa Rican gunboat to bring supplies and mail; but as the island lies out of the general track of both sailing vessels and steamers, it is seldom visited by other vessels. At the time of our visit the gunboat had not been out for some months, and in consequence some of the supplies had begun to run low.

The sides of the mountain rise abruptly to a cone, which lies toward the west side of the island, about a mile and three- quarters from the settlement at Wafer Bay. Alternating ridges and deep canyons cover the mountain sides, rendering traveling almost impossible except along the tops of the ridges and along the beds of streams. According to Captain Gissler, a single ridge can be followed from the base to the top of the mountain, the ridges probably representing ancient lava-flows. © Unfortunately none of the members of the party visited the top of the mountain, although an attempt was made to do so by following up an old trail. The trail had been made several years before, and as it had not been much used since, it had ~ become heavily overgrown with vegetation, and could not be followed beyond 650 feet elevation. We could get very little information about the interior of the island, especially about the eastern part of it, which has never been visited so far as is

378 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Sr.

known. A fairly good view of this part of the island was obtained from the top of a cliff at Chatham Bay, and it appeared to be made up of a broad table-land heavily covered with vegetation, as are the remaining portions of the island.

Rock-exposures occur along the banks of streams and along the sides of perpendicular cliffs. So far as could be observed, the rocks are basaltic in character. Columns of basalt occur frequently near sea-level, and caverns of considerable depth have been formed in many places by the action of the waves. The soil is composed for the most part of a sticky yellow clay and vegetable mold. From the more exposed places the mold has been washed off, leaving the clay bare. On the steep sides of the mountain erosion is rapid. In the small valleys one often encounters large forest trees which have been dislodged from the steep hillsides above by the washing away of soil from the roots to such an extent that they could no longer maintain their position. Land-slides are rather frequent, and when they occur, large quantities of earth and boulders are brought down along with the vegetation which covers the area. After a land-slide Ipomoea cathartica seems to be one of the first plants to invade the denuded area, followed by Hibiscus tuliaceus.

The island lies in the moist tropical belt, and has a large amount of rainfall, the exact amount of which is not known, but it probably amounts to several feet per year. May, June, and July are said to be the rainiest months, and January, Feb- ruary, and March the driest. It rained eight out of the eleven days we were on the island, and some of the rains during this time were much harder than those which occur in more tem- perate regions. According to Captain Gissler the temperature ranges from 68° to 92° F.

Halophytic plants are very few in number, possibly because of the precipitous nature of the shores in most places. Ipo- moea Pes-caprae is the most pronounced halophyte, and it occurs only to a limited extent on the sand beaches at Wafer Bay. Hibiscus tiliaceus forms small groves near the beach in a few places; and Clusia rosea often forms dense thickets along the sides of the cliffs some distance above the water, sending down absorbing roots into the sea. At several places near the shore there are small groves of Cocos nucifera, the nuts of

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF COCOS ISLAND 379

_ which are used to make oil for lighting purposes when the gunboat from Costa Rica delays its periodic trips too long. There are no mangroves, possibly because of the absence of quiet bays and lagoons.

The interior of the island is covered for the most part with rain-forests, in which the vegetation is usually so dense that even at midday, with the sun shining, the light is almost as diffuse as at twilight. In such places there is an intense strug- gle among plants to gain the light—in consequence of which both epiphytes and lianes are very abundant in individuals, if not in species. The following list includes the species in the collection which are either epiphytes or lianes:

Anthurium scandens Ipomoea cathartica Lycopodium linifolium Oleandra nodosa Philodendron sp. Selaginella Galeotiu Tassadia colubrina Tillandsia sp. Trichomanes capillaceum.

In addition to the above, there are several lianes which are in a sterile condition, so that even their generic relations cannot be determined. One of these is the most important liane on the island, extending in rope-like masses from tree to tree, often supporting hanging baskets of Tillandsias and other epiphytes.

Unfortunately specimens of the large forest trees are but poorly represented in the collection, because of the fact that the most of the forest trees tower a hundred or more feet above the ground. Since the foliage is almost invariably at the top, specimens could not be obtained without cutting down the trees—which was too much of an undertaking. I used to look up longingly at the tops of these trees, wishing that I could obtain specimens; but I have since learned that it is the common experience of botanists to be unable to obtain speci- mens of the forest trees while collecting in tropical rain- forests.

Besides the trees of Hibiscus and Clusia, mentioned above, there is at least one species of Cecropia which commonly

380 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

occurs along the faces of almost perpendicular cliffs, the roots being able to hold on to a mere crevice or shelf of rock, while the trunks grow up parallel with the wall of the cliff. There is also a species of palm which grows mostly above 400 feet elevation. Some specimens of this were collected lower down, but they are in a sterile condition. At least two species of Ficus occur here, one of which forms banyan trees of some size, The largest, and probably the most important tree from an economic standpoint, is one which bears the common name of “iron wood” according to Captain Gissler, who says that there are trees on the island so large that timbers 3360 feet could be cut from them. The wood of this tree is dark brown in color and very hard.

Underneath the trees there is usually a dense growth of bushes, so thick in most places that traveling through them is extremely difficult. In fact we found that the easiest way to get into the interior of the island was to follow up the beds of the larger streams, and occasionally make short excursions off to the side. The most common bushes are; Eugenia pacifica, Clidemia hirta, C. umbonata, Miconia dodecandra, and Ch- badium acuminatum; three of which belong to Melastomaceae, and are the most abundant. Ferns also occur abundantly, forming a very important element of the undergrowth. Ex- tensive brakes are formed by Nephrolepis biserrata, especially where the large vegetation is more or less open. The moist banks along the sides of the streams are usually heavily covered with ferns, those which occur in such places being: Adiantum petiolatum, Asplenium cristatum, Ceropteris calo- melanos, Hymenophyllum sp., Polybotrya cervina, Polypo- dium aureum, Trichomanes crispum, and T. elegans. Also- phila armata is the only tree-fern found on the island.

Filices are by far the largest family represented in the collection, twenty out of the seventy-seven species of vascular plants collected belonging to it. Of the remaining families of vascular plants there are none that contain more than five species, and the majority are represented by but one or two.

Endemic species are included in the following: Chloris paniculata, Kyllinga nudiceps, Cecropia Pittieri, Eugenia pacifica, Ossea macrophylla, Ardisia cuspidata, Bertiera angustifolia, and Clibadium acumimatum. .

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF COCOS ISLAND 381

On comparing the above with the number of endemic spe- cies found on the Galapagos Islands, one is at once struck with the small number of endemic species found on this island; and while the entire flora is not recorded in this paper, it is very likely that the number of species omitted is not large. It is of course unsafe to draw any very definite conclusions from incomplete data, yet it is safe to say that the per cent of endemic species on the Galapagos Islands is very much larger than on Cocos Island. It is interesting to note that but 8.69% of the species mentioned in this paper are endemic, while in the Galapagos Islands 40.9% are endemic. There is also an evident wide divergence in the total number of species found on the two, the Galapagos flora containing 682 species, while the Cocas flora very likely contains but little if at all over a hundred species.

The wide divergence between the flora of the Galapagos Islands and that of Cocos Island, has been mentioned by authors who have written on these floras in the past. The following is a list of the species found on Cocos Island which are also found on the Galapagos Islands:

Acrostichum aureum Adiantum petiolatum Asplenium cristatum Asplenium myriophyllum Dryopteris parasitica Nephrolepis biserrata Nephrolepis pectinata Polypodium aureum Polypodium lanceolatum Polypodium Phyllitides Polystichum adiantiforme Digitaria sanguinalis Eleusine indica Paspalum conjugatum Paspalum distichum Setaria setosa Commelina nudifiora Fleurya aestuans

382 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Anona cherimolia* Anona glabra Caesalpina bonducella Euphorbia pilulifera Ricinus communis* Hibiscus tihiaceus Ipomoea Bona-nox Ipomoea Pes-caprae Coffea arabica*

From the above presentation it can be seen that the species common to the two groups of islands are for the most part those of rather wide distribution, and owing to the relatively small size of most of them, the general appearance and make-up of the two floras is but little influenced by them. The species which make up the bulk of the vegetation, especially the larger vegetation, are totally different on the two groups of islands—a fact which may have some significance.

In a paper written some years ago by Dr. George Baur, an attempt was made to establish a former land-connection between the Galapagos Islands and the American continent, the connection presumably having been somewhere in the Mexican region. The improbability of such a connection has already been shown,t and it seems that the great difference in

the floras of Cocos and the Galapagos islands strongly opposes Dr. Baur’s view.

If there has ever been a land-mass connecting the Galapagos Islands with the mainland of North America, it must evidently have included the Cocos Island region, since its position is such that no considerable land-mass could have existed in this part of the ocean without including it. While the climatic conditions on the lower parts of the islands of the Galapagos group are entirely different from that of Cocos Island, being dry in one and moist in the other, the middle and upper por- tions of the higher islands of the Galapagos are moist, and capable, in places at least, of supporting fully as mesophytic vegetation as is Cocos—a fact which is evinced by the pres- ence of eleven ferns common to the two. A former land-

* Probably introduced through cultivation into both the Galapagos Archipelago and Cocos Island.

+ American Naturalist, v. 25, 310 (1991).

£ Stewart. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 4th Ser. v. 1, No. 2, pp. 233-239.

Vor. 1] STEWART—BOTANY OF COCOS ISLAND 383

connection between the two groups of islands should have left a much larger number of species common to the two than is actually found.

The flora of Cocos, like that of the Galapagos Islands, is distinctly that of an oceanic island. The relatively large num- ber of ferns, the much smaller number of species in the remaining families, and the total number of species found on the island lend support to this view. The flora is probably of much more recent origin than is that of the Galapagos Islands. While the island lies nearer to the mainland by nearly three hundred miles, where presumably the various agents that dis- seminate seeds would work to at least as good advantage as in the Galapagos Islands, yet the number of species represented is probably not more than one-sixth as great. It seems pos- sible that the time that has elapsed since conditions on the island were suitable for the growth of higher vegetation has not been sufficient to stock the island by the slow process of seed dissemination, over considerable areas of water, with as many species as it is capable of supporting. The small number of endemic species on the island might also point to a relatively recent origin of its flora.

The following are the species collected on the island by the author :

FILICES Acrostichum L.

A. aureum L. Sp. Pl. 1069 (1753): very abundant along the stream leading into Wafer Bay and on the hillsides up to 125 ft. It grows in large bunches 6-8 ft. high and with 30 or more fronds to a bunch, (No. 225). Further distr. general in tropical regions.

Adiantum L.

A. petiolatum Desv. Berl. Mag. V. 326 (1811): in crevices or rocks on the banks of the stream leading into Wafer Bay, (No. 226). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Alsophila R. Br.

A. armata (Sw.) Pr. Tent. 62 (1836). Polypodiwm arma- tum Sw. Prod. 134 (1788): very abundant on the banks of

*

384 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

the streams and on the hillsides surrounding both Chatham and Wafer Bays. It forms trees 8-15 ft. in height, and is apparently the only tree-fern on the island, (No. 227). Fur- ther distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Asplenium L.

A. cristatum Lam. Encycl. II. 310 (1786) : common on wet rocks on the side of a perpendicular cliff near Chatham Bay, (No. 228). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

Ceropteris Link.

C. calomelanos (L.) Und. Bull. Torr. Cl. XXIX. 632 (1902). <Acrostichum calomelanos L. Sp. Pl. 1072 (1753): common on the sides of moist banks on the stream leading into Chatham Bay, (No. 230). Further distr. W. Ind., S. Am., Africa.

Dryopteris Adans. D. parasitica (L.) ©. Ktze. Rev. Gen. IT. 811 (1891). Polypodium parasiticum L. Sp. Pl. 1090 (1753): abundant at

600 ft. The specimens are sterile and doubtful, (Nos. 231-32). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

Elaphoglossum Schott.

E. apodum (KIf.) Schott, Gen. ad. t. 14 (1834). Acros- tichum apodum Klf. Enum. 59 (1824): occasional specimens were found growing on rotten logs on the banks of the stream leading into Wafer Bay, (No. 229). Further distr. W. Ind., northern S. Am.

Hymenophyllum Sm.

H. sp: on the side of a wet perpendicular cliff near Wafer Bay. The specimen is sterile, (No. 233).

Nephrolepis Schott.

N. biserrata (Sw.) Schott, Gen. Fil. ad. t. 3 (1834). Aspid- ium biserratum Sw. Schrad. Jour. 1800. II. 32 (1801): one of the most abundant ferns on the island. It grows in great profusion on the hills surrounding Chatham Bay, in places

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF COCOS ISLAND 385

forming dense brakes 6-8 ft. high. It is less abundant around Water Bay and apparently does not occur below 125 ft. (Nos. 234-37). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

N. pectinata (Willd.) Schott, Gen. Fil. ad. t. 3 (1834). Aspidium pectinatum Willd. Sp. V. 223 (1810): abundant in vegetable mold in moist shady places, (No. 238). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

Oleandra Cav.

O. nodosa (Willd.) Pr. Tent. 78 (1836). Aspidium nodo- sum Willd. Sp. V. 211 (1810): growing very abundantly on the trunks of trees see Plate XXXII, (No. 239). Further disty.) Mex (Cent Ana) a Ve lind Ne Sm

Polybotrya H. & B.

-P. cervina (L.) Klf. Enum. 55 (1824). Osmunda cervina L. Sp. Pl. 1065 (1753): abundant in woodland and on the banks of the stream leading into Wafer Bay, (No. 240). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., N. S. Am.

Polypodium L.

P. aureum L. Sp. Pl. 1087 (1753): common on the sides of moist banks near Chatham Bay, (No. 245). Widely dis- tributed.

P. Phyllitides L. Sp. Pl. 1083 (1753): common, (Nos. 243-44). Further distr. S. U. S., Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Polystichum Roth.

P. adiantiforme (Forst,) J. Sm. Hist. Fil. 220 (1875). Polypodium adiantiforme Forst, Prod. 82 (1786). Asplenium coriaceum Sw. Syn. Fil. 57 (1806): specimens are sterile and doubtful, (Nos. 241-42). Further distr. W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

Trichomanes L. T. capillaceum L. Sp. Pl. 1099 (1753): fairly abundant on

the trunks of trees at 600 ft. (No. 246). Further distr. Mex., Nie dice See uine

386 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

T. crispum L. Sp. Pl. 1097 (1753): common on wet shady banks near Wafer Bay, (Nos. 247-49). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Africa.

T. elegans Rich. Act. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, I. 114 (1792): rare on wet shady banks, (No. 251). Further distr. W. Ind., Saeauie

T. radicans Sw. Schrad. Jour. 1800, II. 97 (1801): occa- sional on rotten tree-trunks near Wafer Bay, (Nos. 252-54). Widely distributed in tropical regions.

Filices sp.: specimen is sterile and indeterminate, (No.

250).

LYCOPODIACEAE Lycopodium L.

L. linifolium L. Sp. Pl. 1100 (1753) : common on the trunks of trees and on the sides of moist banks below 600 ft. (Nos. 255-58). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

Selaginella Beauv.

S. Galeottii Spring, Monog. Lycopod. 220 (1842-49) : com- mon on the banana trees in gardens at Wafer Bay, (No. 259). Further distr. Mex., N. S. Am.

GRAMINEAE Chloris Sw.

C. paniculata Schribner, in Rob. Fl. Gal. Isl. Proc. Am. Acad. XXXVIII. No. 4, 262 (1902): grows abundantly on exposed rocky cliffs near the shore, and is also common on the

small islets in the immediate vicinity of the main island, (No. 260). Endemic.

Digitaria Scop.

D. sanguinalis (L.) Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. IT. 1, 52 (1772). Panicum sanguinale L. Sp. Pl. 57 (1753): in crevices of the rocks along the stream leading into Wafer Bay and in culti- vated ground, (Nos. 261-62). Widely distributed.

Vou. I STEWART—BOTANY OF COCOS ISLAND 387

Paspalum L.

P. conjugatum Berg. Act. Helv. VII. 129, t.8 (1772) : com- mon in cultivated ground around Wafer Bay, (No. 263). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am., Old World.

Setaria Beauv.

S. setosa (Sw.) Beauv. Agrost. 51 (1812). Panicum seto- sum Sw. Prod. 22 (1788) : common in cultivated ground near Wafer Bay, (No. 264). Further distribution, tropical regions.

CYPERACEAE Calyptocarya Nees.

C. longifolia (Rudg.) Kunth, Enum. II. 365 (1837). Schoenus longifolius Rudg. Pl. Gui. 14, t. 16 (1805). Calyp- tocarya palmetto Nees, Cyp. Bras. 195 (1842): abundant on the banks of the stream near Wafer Bay, (No. 265). Further distr. Panama, VW. Ind) N.S. Am:

Cyperus L.

C. prolixus HBK. Nov. Gen. & Sp. I. 206 (1815) : abundant in the low flat area near Wafer Bay. The specimen is imma- ture and somewhat doubtful as to species, (No. 266). Fur- ther distr. Mex., N. S. Am.

C. sphactelatus Rottb. Descr. 26 (1786): in low ground near Wafer Bay, (Nos. 267-69). Further distr. W. Ind., N. S. Avia.

Hypolytrum Rich.

H. nicaraguensesLiebm. in Vedinsk. Selsk. Skr. V. ii. 235 (1851): common in large bunches in woodland and on the banks of the stream leading into:Wafer Bay. Also found around the top of the island at 2788 ft. according to Capt. Gissler, (Nos. 270-71). Further distr. Nicaragua.

Kyllinga Rottb. K. nudiceps C. B. Clark, in Rob. Fl. Gal. Isl. Proc. Am. Acad. XXXVIII. 262 (1902): fairly common in crevices of the rocks on sides of cliffs, (No. 272). Endemic.

388 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

PALMAE Cocos L.

C. nucifera L. Sp. Pl. 1188 (1753): very abundant at various places along the shores of the island. It is especially abundant at Dampier Head on the southeast side of the island. No specimens were taken for botanical purposes. Widely dis- tributed.

Palmae sp.: an undetermined species of palm occurring quite abundantly on the hillsides above both Chatham and Wafer bays. It seems to be most abundant above 400 ft. (Nos. 273-74).

ARACEAE Anthurium Schott.

A. scandens (Aubl.) Engl. in Mart. FI. Bras. III. p. 2, 78 (1878-82). Dracontium scandens Aubl. Pl. Gui. Il. 836 (1775): common on trees at 600 ft. (No. 279). Further distr. Cent. Am.

Philodendron Schott.

P. sp.: occasional, covering bushes and small trees on the banks of the stream near Wafer Bay. The specimens are ster- ile, (No. 280).

Spathophyllum Schott.

S. Wendlandii Schott, in Ostr. Bot. Zeitschr. VIII. 179 (1858): common in densely shaded places on the banks of streams near sea-level, occasional at 600 ft. (Nos. 275-78).

Further distr. Cent. Am.

BROMELIACEAE Tillandsia L.

T. sp.: very abundant on the trunks and branches of trees all over the island. The fruiting specimen is fragmentary, but seems to be close to T. utriculata L., differing in the broader leaves and the shorter pedicels of the flowers. 286-87. A specimen doubtfully labeled Catopsis aloides Bak. in the Gray Herbarium, which was collected on this island by Snodgrass & Heller of the Hopkins Stanford Expedition, is probably the same. :

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF COCOS ISLAND 389

COMMELINACEAE Commelina Plum.

C. nudiflora L. Sp. Pl. 41 (1753) : common on the bank of a stream near Chatham es (No. 288). Widely distributed in tropical regions.

PIPERACEAE Peperomia R. & P.

P. nigropunctata Miq. Syst. Pip. 188 (1840) : occasional on moist rotten logs, (No. 289). Further distr. Martinique Isl.

MORACEAE Ficus L.

F, tecolutensis (Liebm.) Miq.? in Ann. Mus. Bot. Ludg. III. 299, n. 64 (1867). Urostigma tecolutense Liebm. K. Dansk. Vidinsk. series 5, II. 324, [reprint, 40 (1851) ]: the specimen is sterile and doubtful as to species, (No. 290). Further distr. Sy) Mex:

F. sp.: a species of Ficus forming large banyan trees occurs on the sides of the hills above Chatham Bay. No specimens were secured of this species.

WRAMNCACE AE Cecropia L.

C. Pittieri Robinson, nov. sp. “arborea; ramis 3-4 cm. crassis cavis septatis; foliis orbicularibus magnis 5 dm. diametro pel- tatis breviter 10-lobatis supra sparse pilosis glabratis viridibus subtus albidis valde reticulatis nervis patente hirsutis; lobis brevibus latisque semiorbicularibus margine undulatis apice rotundatis vel breviter acuminatis sinubus rotundatis; petiolo 4 dm. longo 1 cm. diametro tereti albido-arachnoideo basi in- crassato sordide hirsuto; stipulis oblongo-lanceolatis acutis 1.6 dm. longis 6 cm. latis utrinque hirsutis margine integerrima tenuiore glabriuscula excepta; spatheis masculis teretibus apice longissime attenuatis 1.4 dm. longis extus griseo-pubescentibus, pedunculo robusto 8 cm. longo; spicis masculis ca. 19 sessilibus 1 dm. longis 3 mm. crassis. A true characteristic of the lower

390 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

region on the east and north coast of the island, alt. 10-150 m., Pittier, No. 16237 (hb. Gr.). This species like C. peltata is distinguished from most of its congeners by its shallowly lobed leaves, the sinuses penetrating only a fourth of the dis- tance from the margin to the center of the leaf. From C. peltata L. of the West Indies and South America it differs as follows: Its petioles, instead of having a close tawny or at least sordid tomentum as in that species, are covered by a white deciduous arachnoid wool. The upper surface of the leaf is not at all scabrous, and the nerves beneath are very coarsely hirsute. The color of the lower surface of the leaf also is decidedly paler than in any specimen of C. peltata at hand. From C. obtusa it differs in the acumination of the middle leaf- lobes.” The specimens secured on this island have younger leaves than the type specimen; (No. 291). Endemic.

Fleurya Gaud.

F. aestuans Gaud. in Freyc. Voy. Bot. 497 (1826) : common in cultivated ground around Wafer Bay, (Nos. 292-93). Fur- ther distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

PEYTORACCACE A Phytolacca L.

P. isocandra L. Sp. Pl. 631 (1753): occasional on the banks of the stream near Wafer Bay, (No. 294). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., N. S. Am.

ANONACEAE Anona L.

A. cherimolia Mill. Gard. Dict. ed. VIII. n. 5 (1768): trees in gardens and probably introduced, (No. 295). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

A. glabra L. Sp. Pl. 537 (1753): a few low bushes of this

species were found growing on the beach at Dampier Head. Further distr. S. U. S., W. Ind.

Vot. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF COCOS ISLAND 391

LEGUMINOSAE Cassia L.

C. reticulata Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. 443 (1809): forms occasional clumps of bushes 6-8 ft. high near the beach at Chatham Bay, (No. 296). Further distr. Mex., N. S. Am.

Caesalpinia L.

C. bonducella (L.) Fleming in As. Res. XI. 159 (1810). Guilandina bonducella L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 545 (1763) : occasional bushes 6-8 it. high near the beach at Wafer Bay (No. 297). Further distr. general in warm countries.

Desmodium Desv.

D. sp.: common at Wafer Bay and at Dampier Head. The specimens are sterile, (No. 298). Leguminosaea sp.: a tendril-bearing vine, sterile and inde- terminate, (No. 299).

EUPHORBIACEAE Acalypha L.

A. bisetosa Bert. acc. to Spreng. Syst. III. 879 (1826): occasional bushes about 8 ft. high, (No. 300). Further distr. Wer tndNG Se Aun:

MALVACEAE Hibiscus L.

H. tiliaceus L. Sp. Pl. 694 (1753): common trees near the shore and on the sides of the hills. The specimens found grow- ing on the shore were usually low and spreading, while those on the hillsides were tall and straight. According to Capt. Gissler, the wood of this tree makes excellent paper pulp, and at the time our party visited the island, he was trying to interest parties in this in order to start a pulp-industry on the island, (Nos. 301-04). Widely distributed in tropical regions.

392 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

BOMBACEAE Ochroma Sw.

O. lagopus Sw. Prod. 98 (1788). Bombax pyramidale Cav. Dis Vt.) 153 (788) :) common: treesy (Now Zs ei hunter distr. Mex., W. Ind., S. Am.

HY PERICACEAE Clusia L.

C. rosea Jacq. Enum. 34 (1760): grows very abundantly on the rocks above the sea, forming dense thickets of low trees. It often puts out numerous absorbing roots which extend down into the sea-water. It also occurs abundantly on both Conic and Nuez Islands, from the last of which the speci- mens were taken, (Nos. 282-83). Further distr. Panama, W. Iiarcl, ING Sy vavaa

COMBRETACEAE Terminalia L.

T. Catappa L. Mont. IT. 519 (1771): a few large trees of this species occur on the flat area just back of the beach at Wafer Bay. It is probably introduced, (No. 331). Widely distributed.

MYRTACEAE Eugenia L.

E. pacifica Benth. Bot. Sulph. 98 (1844): low bushes on the banks of streams, (No. 284). Endemic.

MELASTOMACEAE Clidemia D. Don.

C. hirta (L.) D. Don. in Mem. Wernerian Soc. IV. 309 (1822). Melastoma hirta L. Sp. Pl. 390 (1753): common bushes and small trees in woodland at 600 ft. (No. 285). Burther distr, Mex: Wi ind: S) Ami:

C. umbonata Soh & Mart. in DC. Prod. III. 158 (1828) : common bushes in woodland, (No. 305). Further distr. N. Sai

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF COCOS ISLAND 393

Conostegia D. Don.

C. lasiopoda Benth. Bot. Sulph. 96 (1844): small trees, abundant, (No. 306). Endemic.

Miconia Ruiz. & Pav.

M. dodecandra (Desv.) Cogn. in Mart. Fl. Bras. XIV. pt. 4, 243 (1887). Melastoma dodecandra Desv. in Lam. Encye. IV. 46 (1796): bushes abundant in woodland around Wafer Bay, (No. 307). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., N. S. Am.

Ossaea DC.

O. macrophylla Cogn. D.C Mon. VII. 1064 (1891): small trees common at 600 ft. (No. 308). Endemic.

ONAGRACEAE Jussieua L.

J. linifolia Vahl. Ecol. Am. II. 32 (1798) : common among rocks on the side of a cliff near Chatham Bay, (No. 309). Widely distributed in tropical regions.

MYRSINACEAE Ardisia Sw.

A. cuspidata Benth. Bot. Sulph. 123 (1844): occasional bushes (Nos. 310-12). Endemic.

A. humilis Vahl.? Symb. III. 40 (1794) : occasional bushes at 600 ft. (No. 313). The specific identity of this specimen is doubtful, but it resembles fruiting specimens of this species in the Gray Herbarium. Further distr. East Indies.

Rapanea Aubl.

R. Guianensis Aubl. Pl. Gui. 121 (1775): bushes about 8 ft. high on the banks of the stream near Wafer Bay, (No. 320). Further distr. Mex., W. Ind., N. S. Am.

394 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

ASCLEPIADACEAE Tassadia Decne.

T. Colubrina Decne. DC. Prod. VIII. 579 (1844) : common at 650 ft. (No. 321). Further distr. Brazil.

CONVOLVULACEAE Ipomoea L.

I. cathartica Poir. Dict. Supl. [V. 633 (1816) : common on open hillsides, often covering the ground and vegetation with a dense mass of vines, (Nos. 322-23). Further distr. S. U. S., Werlaid Nes Saunt:

I. Pes-caprae (L.) Sweet, Hort. Sub. Lond. 35 (1818). Convolvulus Pes-caprae L. Sp. Pl. 159 (1753): common on the beach at Wafter Bay, (No. 324). Widely distributed on tropical shores.

RUBIACEAE Bertiera Blum.

B. angustifolia Benth. Bot. Sulph. 103 (1844): bushes 6-8 ft. high at 300 ft. (No. 325). Endemic.

Coffea L.

C. arabica L. Sp. Pl. 172 (1753): evidently an introduced species. Widely distributed in tropical regions through culti- vation.

Rustia Klotz.

R. occidentalis (Benth.) Hemsl. Biolog. Cent. Am. Bot. IT. 14 (1881-82). Exostemma occidentale Benth. Bot. Sulph. 104 (1844): occasional bushes, (No. 315). Further distr. Cent. Acmi Ne Syeeutae

Spermacoce L.

S. ocymoides Burm FI. Ind. 34 (1768): common in open grassy places on the banks of the stream near Wafer Bay, (Nos. 316-17). Widely distributed in tropical regions.

Vor. I] STEWART—BOTANY OF COCOS ISLAND 395

VERBENACEAE Cornutia L.

C. grandifolia (Ch. & Schl.) Schau. in DC. Prod. XI. 682 (1847). Hosta grandifolia Ch. & Sch. Linn. V. 97 (1830) : bushes about 8 ft. high on the sides of cliffs and on the banks of the stream near Wafer Bay, (No. 318). Further distr. Se Mex

COMPOSITAE Blainvillea Cass.

B. biaristata DC. Prod. V. 492 (1836): common in culti- vated ground, (No. 319). Further distr. Brazil.

Clibadium L.

C. acuminatum Benth. Bot. Sulph. 114 (1844): common bushes near Wafer Bay, (No. 326). Endemic.

Rolandra Rottb.

R. argentea Rottb. Coll. Havn. II. 258 (1775) : common on the sides of the cliffs near Chatham Bay, (No. 327). Further distr. Panama, W. Ind., N. S. Am.

Wedelia Jacq.

W. paludosa DC. Prod. V. 538 (1836): very abundant in open places on the sides of the hills above Chatham Bay, some- times covering the ground with a dense mass of vegetation 2-3 ft. high to the exclusion of almost all other plants. It also occurs to some extent at Wafer Bay, occasional specimens being seen at 600 ft. in this region, (No. 328). Further distr. (Gan Avn,, IN Si. Yavin,

The following species of mosses occurring in the collection were identified by Dr. W. G. Farlow:

Pilotrichum bipinnatum (Sch.) Brid. Hypnella pallescens (Hook) Jae}. Syrrhopodon rigidus Hook. and Grev. Octoblepharum albidum Hedw. Rhyzogenium spiniforme (L.) Bruch.

306 ; CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

The following vascular plants are mentioned by Robinson,* but were not included in the collection:

Acrostichum caudatum Hook. Adiantum intermedium Sw. Asplenium rhizophyllum Kunze Dicksonia cicutaria Sw. Polypodium chnoodes Spreng. Polypodium lanceolatum L. Trichomanes pyxidiferum L. Lycopodium mollicomum Mart. Selaginella stenophylla A. Br. Eleusine mdica Gaertn. Paspalum distichum L. Paspalum platycaule Poir. Euphorbia pilulifera L. Ricinus communis L.

Ipomoea Bona-nox L.

UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, [rolls (O, US

* Flora of the Galapagos Islands. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, v. 38, No. 4, 241, 261-63 (1902).

Nita

a 7

ri tie if ty

th

bi

.

os nadie ne a i ‘ vt is i We \

:

398 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI

An opening in the forest, showing Alsophila armata in the center and a dense growth of ferns and bushes.

DX ALVIg [LYVMALS | [TOA YES warp 105 OvVIy Vy doug

so Bi Hate So Aaee te, Mee

400 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

EXP WANA LON (OR (Re Ade po Nexoxatel

Trees along the bank of the stream leading into Wafer Bay, heavily covered with epiphytes.

Jase: ee Neve, Sree Zoe Sister Wate, | [STEWART ] PLATE XXXII

402 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII

Bushes and small palms near Wafer Bay.

Proc CaLAcan. Sti 47 SER VoL [STEWART ] PLATE XXXIII

ye lor une

Varies 1h

F “ar.

ye

us

ne presi ee

404 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Serr.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV

An opening at the edge of the rain-forest, showing a tree heavily covered with lianes.

Proc Ca. Acau. Str 4.7 SER VoL] [ STEWART ] PLATE XXXIV

ze

Sea es

: PROCEEDINGS | F ourth Series

VOLUME 1.

Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906.

Pages 1-6. I. Preliminary Description of Four New Races of Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued December 20, 1907). 0.0.00 ccc cece

Pages 7-288. II.. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands.

By Alban Stewart. (Zssued January 20, 1911). 0600s cece |

Pages 289-322. III. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the

Galapagos Islands. By Francis X. Williams. ' (/sswed October

Ves SEU AT ANNIE DRO Oe SaaS SQ TEM Reet SU Ea ee aly ee RARE CAN aE RIN Pages 323-374.. IV. The Snakes of the Guiedyeoe Islands. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued January 17, T1912)... 0 2... ese. _~ Pages 375-404. V. Notes on the Botany of Cocos Island. By Alban Stewart. (Ussued January 19, 1912) 00 ccc. cic cee cece

/ VOLUME II

Expedition of the California Academy of Seientes to the Galapeeos Islands, 1905-1906. (Iu progress.)

VOLUME III. Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo Range of California. By Frank M. Anderson. (J/ssued October SPS IVAN ANI AE 78 oe age Hembra (anny A ea iis SRA ORIC He Sais Pine cata Pages 41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the Proteroglypha. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- ‘son. (Issued December 31, 1908)...... RT Sve eC H RES ane hunt Pages 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van Denburgh:, \Ussved December 20, L909) 0.0 oh I ea hl Pages 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California. By Rollo Howard Beck. (/sswed Sepiember /7, 1910) ......... Pages 73-146. The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, and the Temblor Basin. By Frank M: Anderson. (/ssued No vewniDer, Gi LIL Nie ea aoe cies te s/s vari ON Mas Fo ae AA a ate _ Pages 147-154. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles from Southern California and Arizona. By John ee, Denburgh. (/ssued PAPUA Yc LE LORD eile tek cas cya ia RIS pA Sia hed et kta aeons A neue ate Pages 155-160. Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from

Oregon, Idaho and Utah. By John Van Denburgh. (Issued

JAMUGY TT LALA) Coc e atale lA aete laren fe MPa i ere Slt gear ort Op A

pes)

130

35

25, 1.00 ZEN

25

The Academy cannot supply any of its publications issued before the year 1907, its entire reserve stock having been destroyed in the conflagra-

tion Kot April, 1906.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

FouRTH SERIES

Vot. I, pp. 405-430 Aprit 16, 1912

Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands,

1905-1906 NEA urea os RICAN ETHNOLOGY. ZN 135 1912 wi “LIBRABY

The Geckos of the Galapagos Archipelago

vans?

BY -

Joun Van DENBURGH Curator of the Department of Herpetology

SAN FRANCISCO PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 1912 a

COMMITTEE: “ON .:PUBLICA TION

C. E. GRUNSKY

GEORGE C.

EDWARDS, Chairman Epwin C. VAN DYKE

THE HICKS-JUDD PRESS SAN FRANCISCO

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FourTH SERIES

Vor. I., pp. 405-430 APRIL 16, 1912

EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES TO THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS, 1905-1906

VI THE GECKOS OF THE GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO

BY JOHN VAN DENBURGH Curator of the Department of Herpetology

CONTENTS

PAGE

INTRODUCTION . 3 : , i F 4 : : : : d 406 OrIGIN AND RELATIONSHIP OF THE GALAPAGOS GECKOS . 3 406 ORIGIN AND History OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS . : : : 407 SysTEMATIC ACCOUNT . ; é é g u 4 A d f 410 KEY TO THE SPECIES . : : ; 4 : : : : j 410 Gonatodes collaris . : 4 : ; : i : é Z 410 Phyllodactylus tuberculosus . : E i : : , j 412 Phyllodactylus gilberti . : 5 : 4 3 4 f { 413 Phyllodactylus leer. : : : : ; t , ! i 416 Phyllodactylus barringtonensis : : : 2 4 j d 418 Phyllodactylus galapagoensis . : 5 ! : : 420 Phyllodactylus galapagoensis acts : , : ’ ; 425 Phyllodactylus galapagoensis duncanensis . : : ‘ 4 426 Phyllodactylus baurt . : : : : : 3 5 4 é 426

April 12, 1912

406 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

INTRODUCTION

In a previous paper’ I have given an account of the snakes » of the Galapagos Archipelago, and have attempted to trace the history of these islands from the evidence afforded by this - group of their inhabitants. The present article is based upon a similar investigation of the geckos of this region, under- taken with a view to confirming or disproving the conclusions reached in the earlier paper.

The tortoises and the lizards of the family Iguanidae are yet to be studied along the same lines.

ORIGIN AND RELATIONSHIP OF THE GALAPAGOS GECKOS

Two genera of Gekkonidae, or the family of geckos, have been recorded as inhabitants of the Galapagos Archipelago. One of these, Gonatodes, has been found only by Dr. Baur, whose collection included four or more specimens labeled Wreck Bay, Chatham Island. No other collector has secured this lizard in the Galapagos, although most careful search has been made for it. It seems probable, therefore, that Dr. Baur’s specimens either had been recently introduced with the effects of the colonists from the mainland, or were collected by Dr. Baur at Guayaquil and erroneously labeled. From the stand- point of zodgeography, however, the question is of little importance, for if this lizard be native to the archipelago it would merely afford one more bit of evidence of the close relationship of the Galapagoan to the South American fauna. — Various species of Gonatodes have been reported from the West Indies, South America, Australia, the East Indies, and southern India.

The second genus, Phyllodactylus, has even a wider range in the tropical world. It has representatives in the Mediter- ranean region, South Africa, Madagascar and other islands in the Indian Ocean, southern Asia, Australia, Norfolk Island, the New Hebrides, western South America, Central America, Mexico, and the Antilles. In the Galapagos Archipelago it has been found on Wenman, Chatham, Hood, Gardner-near-

Cima (CHIE AGAGL Sie, exit Sloe a. CO) TOD,

VoL. 1] VAN DENBURGH—GECKOS OF GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO 407

Hood, Charles, Gardner-near-Charles, Enderby, Champion, Barrington, Duncan, Indefatigable, Daphne, James, Cowley, Albemarle, and Brattle islands.

Chatham is the only island upon which there occurs more than one species of Phyllodactylus. Here, two very distinct species have been found. One of these has been regarded as identical with Phyllodactylus tuberculosus of the North and South American continents. It has no close relatives on any of the other islands of the archipelago, and may have been introduced on Chatham since the plantation was established there.

The other Galapagoan ¢ ae are all closely related. There can be little doubt that all are directly descended from a single species which formerly occupied this entire area. We must believe that the isolation resulting from the separation of an original large island into the various small islands which now exist, has made possible the differentiation which we now find in these geckos.

If this be true, we should expect to find that the greatest differentiation exists where isolation has been longest main- tained, and, conversely, that separation has existed longest where the greatest differentiation is found. Thus we may proceed to sketch the history of the Galapagos Islands as indicated by the geckos of the genus Phyllodactylus.

ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

Phyllodactylus gilbertt has been found only on Wenman Island. It is the most distinct of all the Galapagoan geckos.* Hence, we may infer that Wenman Island has had an indi- vidual existence longer than any of the other gecko-bearing islands of the archipelago.

No geckos have ever been found on Culpepper, et et Bindloe or Tower Islands.

The next gecko in point of distinctness is Phyllodactylus leei of Chatham Island. This leads us to believe that Chatham became a separate island at a time when the other central and southern islands still were connected.

1 Except P. tuberculosus, which we shall not consider farther.

A408 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Sr.

There may be some difference of opinion as to whether Phyllodactylus bauri or Phyllodactylus barringtonensis is the more differentiated form. P. barringtonensis is intermediate between P. Jeei and P. galapagoensis. It agrees with P. gala- pagoensis in the number and arrangement of the postmental plates, but has tubercles only on that portion of the back which lies between the insertions of the hind limbs. Phyllodactylus bauri, on the other hand, has quite a different arrangement of the postmentals, which are reduced in number to two, and its dorsal tubercles have a distinctive distribution. On cursory examination, P. bauri resembles P. galapagoensis much more than P. barringtonensis does. Nevertheless, I believe that the differences found in P. bauri, involving as they do changes in arrangement as well as in number, are of greater import than the mere reduction in dorsal tubercles which characterizes P. barringtonensis. This view of the case leads to the con- clusion that the islands occupied by P. bawri—namely, Hood and Charles—probably were the next to become separated in the breaking up of the original large island, and that the isolation of Barrington occured soon after.

Phyllodactylus baur1 inhabits both Charles and Hood islands, with their outlying islets. Since we cannot believe that this species has been independently evolved in two separate islands, and do not think that it has been carried across the water from one island to the other, we are forced to conclude that Charles and Hood islands were connected, and formed parts of a single large southern island, for a considerable time after their separation from the rest of the land area which later became the present archipelago.

The relationship which exists between Phyllodactylus barr- ingtonensis and P. leet perhaps may indicate that the last con- nection of Chatham with the central island was by way of Barrington Island.

The geckos of the remaining islands have undergone much less differentiation than those which we have thus far consid- ered. For the present, we must refer them all to one species, Phyllodactylus galapagoensis, although it is quite possible that more abundant material might enable us to recognize differ- ences which now are hidden. We have only the following specimens :

Vout. 1] VAN DENBURGH—GECKOS OF GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO 409

4 from Indefatigable

* Daphne James Cowley Duncan Brattle Tagus Cove, Albemarle ” Cowley Mt., Albemarle 0” Iguana Cove, Albemarle 3.” southeastern Albemarle

henyubPNND ©

Obviously, this series of specimens is insufficient to enable us to point out all the minor differences between the geckos of these islands; but it does suffice to permit us to say that all are closely related. From this we may conclude that these sslands all remained connected, and formed a single island, for a long time after their separation from those islands already considered, where distinct species have been evolved.

While it is true that all these geckos from the central islands are so closely related, they are not all identical. Those of Duncan and Daphne islands differ sufficiently to enable us to recognize them as distinct subspecies; from which we may conclude that these two islands have had an independent insu- lar existence longer than the others of the central group, which doubtless remained connected until a still later period.

Farther than this we cannot go, and it is evident that differ- entiation in the geckos of the Galapagos Islands has progressed neither so rapidly nor so far as it has in the case of the snakes of the archipelago. The older and more stable organization of these lizards has not changed so quickly. For this reason, the geckos throw but little light upon the more recent history of the islands. They, as it were, have not kept up to date. Their story stops before the separation of Charles Island from Hood, at a time when the central islands, excepting Duncan and Daphne, yet were one. But so far as it goes, the story of the geckos agrees completely with that of the snakes, except on one minor point. Our study of the snakes indicated that Barrington only recently became separated from Indefatigable Island. ‘The evidence afforded by the geckos would lead us to place the separation of Barrington at a more remote period. In other respects there is complete agreement.

410 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT KEY To GALAPAGOAN SPECIES OF GECKOS

a.—Digits without dilated pads. Gonatodes collaris—p. 410. a?.—Digits dilated distally and furnished inferiorly with two large plates. b.—Limbs with scattered enlarged tubercles. Phyllodactylus tuberculosus.—p. 412. b?.—Limbs covered above with nearly uniform granules. c.—No rows of enlarged dorsal tubercles on back between levels of fore and hind limbs. d.—No enlarged dorsal tubercles between hind limbs. Phyllodactylus leei.—p. 416. d?.—Enlarged dorsal tubercles present between hind limbs. Phyllodactylus barringtonensis.—p. 418. c?.—Back with rows of enlarged tubercles between levels of fore and hind limbs. dd.—Median series of subcaudals enlarged transversely; a median dorsal band of granules distinctly smaller than laterals and usually lighter in color; enlarged dorsal tubercles much smaller; rows less distinct and fewer than five on each side except on sacrum. Phyllodactylus gilberti—p. 413. dd?.—_No median series of large subcaudals; no distinct mid- dorsal light band of smaller granules; dorsal rows of enlarged tubercles five or six on each side; very distinct. e.—Tubercles in dorsal rows usually separated by at least their own length; postmentals two. Phyllodactylus bauri.—p. 426. e?.—Tubercles in dorsal rows usually separated by less than their own length, or by not more than one small granule; postmentals usually more than two. f.—Tubercles in upper dorsal rows set as closely as in other rows. g.—Tubercles of some dorsal rows continued on neck anterior to insertion of fore limbs; snout shorter; dorsal rows of tubercles usually six on each side (rarely five). Phyllodactylus galapagoensis.—p. 420. g?.—Tubercles of dorsal rows absent on neck an- terior to insertion of fore limbs; snout longer; dorsal rows of tubercles five on each side. Phyllodactylus g. daphnensis.—p. 425. f2—Tubercles in upper dorsal rows set less closely, usually separated by two or more granules. Phyllodactylus g. duncanensis.—p. 426.

Gonatodes collaris Garman.

Gonatodes collaris, GARMAN, Bull. Essex Inst., XXIV, 1892, p. 83 (type locality Wreck Bay, Chatham Island) ; ELLE Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., V, 1903, p. 60.

This gecko is know only from Garman’s description based upon four specimens collected by Dr. George Baur, and labeled

Vor.1] VAN DENBURGH—GECKOS OF GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO All

Wreck Bay, Chatham Island. It has not been found by any other collector, although the members of our expedition searched carefully for it, and collected a hundred and sixty- nine geckos on Chatham Island. The fact that Dr. Baur secured four specimens indicates that the species was not very rare where he got it, and the failure of all other collectors to secure it in the Galapagos makes one wonder whether Dr. Baur’s specimens might not have originated at Guayaquil, where he also collected, and have been in some way mislabeled. I quote Dr. Garman’s original description:

“Head moderate; snout obtusely pointed, longer than the distance between the eye and the ear opening, one and one-half times the diameter of the orbit, equal the width of the crown at the hinder edge of the orbit; forehead flat; ear-opening small. Digits slender; basal joint slender, sub- cylindrical, with larger plates beneath; other joints more slender, com- pressed. Head, throat, upper portions of body, limbs and tail covered with subequal granular scales, smallest on the occiput, larger on chin and tail. Rostral broader than high, pentagonal, incised on the top. A small inter- nasal toward each side. Two small shields behind the nostril. Six labials; sixth small, slightly behind the middle of the eye. Five infralabials; posterior nearly reaching a vertical from the hinder border of the eye; first large, in contact with two submentals; mental large, with a median and two lateral angles posteriorly, in contact with a pair of moderate submentals, at each side of which there is one scarcely half as large, from which again a diminishing series of three or four passes back along the infralabials. Abdominal scales moderate, imbricate, heptagonal, flat, sim- ilar to scales in front of thighs and arms. Tail tapering, subround, covered with small imbricate scales above and larger ones beneath. The median row under the tail is subject to great variation: on two of the specimens the scales are about twice as broad as long; on two others they are so broad as to reach from side to side of the tail. The granules of the throat are fine, quite as small as those of the occiput; near the labials and sub- mentals they rapidly increase in size.

“Body. and limbs dark brownish; back darker, with numerous small spots of light blue. A dark-edged spot of the blue above the shoulder. In front of each shoulder there is a vertical band of bluish that does not reach the median line on the top of the neck. Along the vertebral line the back is lighter, and along this light band there are five pairs of dark spots, and at the hinder edge of each of these spots there is a smaller one of the light color. The first pair of the spots lies transversely in front of the vertical band, the second behind the shoulders, the third near the middle of the body, the fourth in front of the leg, and the fifth across the base of the tail.

“Chin and throat yellow to orange. Top and sides of head brown; with a yellow band from the angle of the mouth to the nape, another from the eye to the parietal region, and a third from the nostrils backward over the supraorbitals. On the crown the disposition of the yellow is irregular, but on each specimen there is a short median streak of the light color.

“This form is very closely allied to Gray’s species G. ocellatus from Tobago. The principal differences seem to be in the coloration. The vertical streak is in front of the shoulder, and to reach the latter would have to turn back at its lower end. The head is not so high, and the outline from rostral to occiput is very slightly but quite regularly curved.

412 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

In the figure given, by Dr. Boulenger, of G. ocellatus, the scales under the fourth toe are smaller toward the base; in our species they are about equal in size.”

Phyllodactylus tuberculosus Wiegmann. —,TUBERCULATED GECKO.

Phyllodactylus tuberculosus, Corr, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XII, 1889, p. 145; Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., XXIV, 1892, p. 81; Heiter, Proc. Wash- ington Acad. Sci., V, 1903, p. 60.

Diagnosis—Limbs with enlarged tubercles; back with very distinct rows of enlarged tubercles ; a median series of enlarged subcaudals.

Distribution.—In the Galapagos Archipelago, this gecko has been found only on Chatham Island.

Material.—Two specimens collected by the naturalists of the Albatross, in 1887-88, are Nos. 14949 and 14956 in the U. S. National Museum collection. Dr. Baur secured one specimen. The Academy has twenty-one specimens collected by Mr. Slevin.

Description of No. 10848.—Head elongate; snout depressed, rounded, and rather narrow, a little more than one and a half times as long as diameter of eye; ear-opening small with slight anterior denticulation of small scales, slightly nearer than nostril to eye. Body and limbs moderate, somewhat depressed, tail cylindro-conic. Snout covered with subequal, smooth, convex granules. Hinder part of head, temples, back of neck, and back and sides of body covered with smaller, smooth granules interspersed with enlarged tubercles. These large tubercles are smooth and rounded on the head, but trihedral and keeled on the neck and body. On each side of the middorsal line, there are three or four rows of these large tubercles on the neck and between the hind limbs, and from six to eight more or less irregular rows near the middle of the body. The tubercles are not close together in the rows. The small granules are flattened. Rostral much broader than high. Nostril between rostral, first labial, and three nasals, of which the upper is largest and meets its fellow of the opposite side. Nine or ten upper, and eight or nine lower labials. Mental large, a little longer than broad, bordered behind by two postmentals, which are followed by polygonal shields which gradually pass into the small gulars. Lower surface of body covered with smooth, imbricate scales, which change gradually into the granular laterals and small gulars; about forty longi- tudinal and seventy transverse series. Tail covered with small scales with irregular, interrupted whorls of large, keeled tubercles; an inferior median series of broad plates. Limbs with enlarged tubercles; digits slender, distal pads large, truncate; about fourteen lamellae under fourth toe.

The color everywhere above is light yellowish gray with irregular spots and bars of dark brown. The dark brown markings tend to form irregular longitudinal bands on the head, and cross-bars on the body and tail. A brown band runs from the nostril to the eye, and from the eye to the side of the body, passing just above the ear-opening. Other bands run back from the mouth and upper part of the eye. The transverse lines on the body tend to form reticulations. There are thirteen dark bars on the tail. The lower surfaces are yellowish white with minute slate dots.

Vor. 1] VAN DENBURGH—GECKOS OF GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO 413

Men sthipitopamus ieee ee a MAP ate Se al ue Ny 61. SHOUED COW OLDIES Mees aie bent Une Dn att DONE 7.5 Smuts COW CAT yee Rien Ae EMER Ea CORUNA TRH 15. ORFDIttOVeare eB Ou GHEY Talc EADIE BOERS AULD g 5. Or evil yee eG Meee ae ee eau as ee Eh 21. Debbave Wilbon lo yen een CCL Ue WARae e AAO a aya Le ih Base of fifth to end of fourth toe.............. 8.

Variation.—All the specimens agree in the distribution of the enlarged tubercles. These usually are in about seven rows on each side near the middle of the body; but the rows are somewhat irregular, and one sometimes counts six or eight. The postmentals in contact with the mental are two in all of our twenty-one specimens. All have the broad subcaudal series well-developed.

Young average darker than the adults, and have darker markings. The general pattern is similar in all, but, of course, is subject to more or less variation. Some specimens are more evidently cross-barred, while some are clearly reticulated.

The largest specimen measures 71 mm. from snout to anus.

Coloration in life-——“P. tuberculosus is more brightly col- ored than P. leei, having black blotches down the back. These blotches are seven or eight in number, and almost form bands. The large tubercles are very prominent, like little white spots; while the rest of the body is liver-colored, white underneath” (Slevin).

General remarks.—This gecko has been taken only on Chatham Island and has no very close relatives elsewhere in the Galapagos. It is widely distributed in continental America, and it seems probable that it has but recently been introduced into the Galapagos. Unfortunately I have no specimens from the mainland with which to compare those from Chatham. It is possible that minor differences may exist, although the series from this island agrees very well with descriptions of conti- nental specimens.

Phyllodactylus gilberti Heller. WernmaAN IsLaAnD GECKO.

Phyllodactylus gilberti, HELLER, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., V, 1903, p. 61 (type locality Wenman Island, Galapagos Archipelago).

Diagnosis——Limbs without enlarged tubercles; back with rows of enlarged tubercles, not very distinct except posteriorly ;

414 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

lateral dorsal granules much larger than median ones ; enlarged tubercles on neck but not on occiput; two postmentals; sub- caudals considerably enlarged transversely.

Type.—Adult male. Leland Stanford Junior University Museum No. 4549. Wenman Island, Galapagos Archipelago,

Hopkins-Stanford Expedition. December, 1898. Distribution—Wenman Island, Galapagos Archipelago.

Material—The Hopkins-Stanford Expedition secured at least nine specimens. The California Academy has thirty-two of these geckos from Wenman Island, collected by Mr. Joseph R. Slevin, Sept. 24, 1906.

Description of the type.—Dorsal tubercles small, two or three times the size of the dorsal granules, rounded, juxtaposed, and feebly keeled, in five longitudinal series on each side of sacral region; back and nape crossed by four rows, the three outer rows on each side disappearing before reaching middle of back. Rows of tubercles separated by two or three rows of granules; tubercles in the rows juxtaposed with few exceptions. Digital pallets wide, four times width of rest of digit, nearly two thirds the diameter of eye, trapezoid. Fourth toe with fourteen transverse lamellae inferiorly, the distal one divided. Head large, one half as long and two thirds as wide as the body. Ear-opening elliptical, oblique, two thirds the diameter of eye. Snout rounded at tip, the dorsal profile oblique, length slightly less than twice the diameter of eye. Interorbital region more or less concave; occipital region flat. Limbs moderate, the appressed fore limb reaching anterior border of eye; hind limb reaching appressed elbow. Head covered above with equal granules, smallest on occiput, becoming gradually larger anteriorly. Nostril situated between rostral, first superior labial, internasal and two posterior nasals. Internasals contiguous. Ros- tral twice as broad as high, slightly pentagonal with a median cleft above, bordered dorsally by two internasals. Mental subtriangular, longer than wide with obtuse angle posteriorly, followed by two hexagonal submentals. Superior labials six before middle of pupil, twice as long as high; five inferior labials anterior to middle of pupil, as high as long, first largest ~ and more than two thirds size of mental. Belly and lower surfaces covered with smooth, rounded, imbricate scales; forty-five transverse series between axilla and groins. Tail of type imperfect. In younger specimens the tail is cylindrical, tapering gradually, covered above and on sides with imbricate, keeled scales about size of dorsal tubercles; covered inferiorly with a median series of enlarged scales.

Above (in life) pinkish gray with dusky blotches and spots; a median light pinkish stripe from nape to tail forking into several faint narrow cross-bars on back. Head lighter grayish with irregular dusky blotches above, snout faintly dusky-spotted, labials more heavily spotted, a dusky stripe beginning at tip of snout, passing through eye above ear-opening and becoming obsolete on shoulder, ‘widest and most distinct just posterior to eye; sides lighter, dusky, spotted. In perfect specimens the tail is light like the head, the dark cross-bands narrower than the light areas and ~ anteriorly broken up into spots. Limbs above barred and blotched with dusky. Underparts cream or whitish, the scales with minute dark dots.

1 Heller.

Vor. 1] VAN DENBURGH—GECKOS OF GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO AL5

The largest and smallest specimens measure

Wength sto anus ye eee enna net 55.5. 23. Srotititoponbit en eee ees Th 3 SHOUE LO NEAT eh ye utente 13.7 7 ORbiPyto fear PAV yk we Mea AU Ne NLU 5, 2.2 Boren limp tc oe yee Aan an 19. 9 Le tsbaya iuibbaaloyys Male MieNerepe NCO na nsten rare Mey 24. 98 Base of fifth to end of fourth toe.... 6. 3.

Coloration in life-——‘‘The back is slate-blue with black mark- ings, and a light stripe runs from the neck to the middle of the back. The lower surfaces of the body are pale lemon, and the throat is light flesh color” (Slevin).

Variation.—All the specimens before me have two post- mentals in contact with the mental. The median band of small granules is constantly present, as is the series of enlarged sub- caudals. There is much variation in the number and extent of the rows of enlarged, keeled, dorsal tubercles. These tuber- cles always are smaller than in any other Galapagoan geckos, and set close together in the rows. A row is almost always present from the neck to the base of the tail immediately out- side the middorsal band of small granules. Other rows of enlarged tubercles are most in evidence on the sacral region and base of tail and between the forelimbs. There may be traces of only one or of two or three rows on each side of the back anteriorly; on the base of the tail there usually are three or four; while just in front of the hind legs there are four or five rows. The internasal plates are separated in several speci- mens. ‘The lamellae under the fourth toe vary in number from twelve to sixteen.

The ground color is light yellowish gray in young, darker grayish brown or brown in adults. All specimens show at least a trace of the light gray middorsal band. This band may extend the whole length of the back or may be limited to the neck, where it is always most evident. Some specimens have no dark markings. The majority show, along the back of the neck and body, six or eight pairs of more or less definite dark brown blotches, which often are edged posteriorly by lateral branches of the light middorsal stripe. A brown band is usually present on the side of the face, but sometimes is nearly obsolete.

Habits.—“Sept. 24, 1906. Landed on the N. E. end of Wenman Island, and climbed up on a small plateau covered

416 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

with cactus and small trees. We stayed only a few hours, and this appeared to be the best collecting ground. Hunted under the loose lava, and found geckos fairly common. They were most abundant along the edge of the cliffs, where the sea-birds nested. They were nearly all. good-sized specimens that seem full-grown, and are the first ones on which I noticed claws. Lack of time prevented me from collecting more specimens. The elevation of this plateau is about two hundred feet” (Slevin). ;

General remarks.—This is a very distinct species. In it, as in the geckos of Chatham and Barrington islands, the en- larged dorsal tubercles are much reduced in number. It agrees with P. tuberculosus in the possession of enlarged subcaudals, but is, I believe, closely related to the other geckos native to the archipelago.

Phyllodactylus leei Cope. CuatHam IsLAnD GECKO.

Phyllodactylus leet Corr, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XII, 1889, p. 145, (type locality Chatham Island); Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., XXIV, 1892, p. 83; HELter, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., V, 1903, p. 67.

Diagnosis.—Limbs and entire back without enlarged tuber- cles; digital expansions well developed; dorsal granules smooth, smaller than those on snout; mental about as long as broad, usually in contact with three (often two) postmentals ; about ten to fourteen lamellae under fourth toe.

Type-—U. S. National Museum No. 14957. Chatham Island, Galapagos Archipelago. Prof. Leslie A. Lee of the Albatross. 1887-88.

Distribution.—Chatham Island, Galapagos Archipelago.

Material.—This species has been known from the type speci- men, one collected by Dr. Baur, and three secured by the Hop- kins-Stanford Expedition. The Academy collection includes one hundred and forty-eight specimens of various ages.

Description of No. 11994.—Head elongate; snout long, depressed, and rather narrow, a little more than one and a half times as long as the diameter of eye; ear-opening small with anterior denticulation of three or four scales, about as far as nostril from eye. Body and limbs moderate, somewhat depressed, tail cylindro-conic. Snout covered with subequal, smooth granules. Hinder part of head, temples, neck, and back and sides of body covered with smaller, smooth, convex granules. No enlarged

Vor. 1] VAN DENBURGH—GECKOS OF GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO 417

tubercles anywhere. Rostral much broader than high. Nostril between rostral, first labial, and three nasals of which the upper is largest and meets its fellow of the opposite side. Eight or nine upper and seven or eight lower labials. Mental large, a little longer than broad, bordered behind by four postmentals which are followed by polygonal shields which grad- ually pass into the small granular gulars. Lower surface of body covered with smooth, imbricate scales which change gradually into the granular laterals and gulars; about twenty-five to forty longitudinal, and sixty to seventy transverse series. Tail covered with whorls of small smooth scales, no inferior median series of broad plates. Limbs without enlarged tuber- cles; digits slender, distal pads large, truncate; about twelve lamellae under fourth toe.

Yellowish or brownish gray above, palest on limbs and tail, irregularly dotted with dark brown on head, neck, body, limbs, and tail. A trace of a brown band may be made out from the nostril, through the eye and above the ear, to the side of the neck. The lower surfaces are yellowish white, faintly dotted and clouded with dark brown.

Wench tO anus 4 )sse ees wee emu lias e te tem RNG ier 43. STOMP sstOU OT DU ae NRE A URGE LAUNCH AMR 4.5 SOUP COMET Seren re ea eaten a OAL w iter MEAS en Wad ata 10. QED ICOM eT eee OR SD RAIMA a a a RR 33} Boren eee aOR nn AON ae Ae Du UNG ora 12.6 JEG bata Mel bbaalanseal pen Neulanee ay Celt AN ROU aIY AC Minis ecal De RR LU 17.5 Base of fifth to end of fourth toe.............. 44

V ariation.—All the specimens agree in the absence of scat- tered enlarged tubercles between the hind limbs or elsewhere. The number of the labials and the shape and size of the mental plate are not constant. The postmentals in contact with the mental are two in sixty-one specimens, three in eighty-four, and four in three (Nos. 10818, 10826, 11994). The ground color varies from a light brownish or yellowish gray to a dark brown. Specimens of either light or dark ground color, may show darker brown markings merely as scattered dots, as indefinite cloudings, spots, or blotches, or as definite cross-bars. The dark streak on the side of the face may be obsolete or very clearly shown. The smallest specimen measures seventeen millimeters from snout to anus.

Coloration in life.—P. leei are flesh-colored with indistinct black markings on the back; white underneath (Slevin).

Habits.—The following notes by Mr. Slevin are based upon both P. leei and P. tuberculosus:

“Oct. 16, 1905. Geckos are rare at Wreck Bay. I found ten during the day. They were under lava blocks. I saw very few broken egg shells. Oct. 17. Worked up the road to the settlement. Geckos were rare. I secured only seven or eight.

418 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SrEr.

Found them under stones near the road. When taken they make a slight squeaking noise like a large beetle. Oct. 18. Got quite a number of geckos on an old road that branches off from the main one at about six hundred feet elevation. Jan. 25, 1906. Geckos have eggs in them now. Have not had the good fortune to run across the Gonatodes as yet. I find the other two kinds rare. Found no geckos shedding skins, as at the time of our former visit. Jan. 27. Found a few geckos at about 600 feet, all under the bark of trees. Feb. 23. Col- lected three geckos. July 5. Today I hunted principally for geckos, which I found scarce. July 7. Collected geckos and again found them rare. Most were taken under bark of dead trees, very few under rocks now. Went ashore in the evening with Williams to collect insects with a light, and secured several geckos on the edge of the beach. They probably were hunting for the little flies and insects which were abundant. They have the color of the sand, seem to be very much lighter than in the daytime, and are, as usual, very active.”

General remarks.—Although this lizard has no enlarged tubercles, it evidently is closely related to the geckos of the other islands of the archipelago. The complete absence of enlarged dorsal tubercles makes P. leei appear very different from such forms as P. bauri and P. galapagoensis, but P. bar- ringtonensis shows an intermediate stage. The snout is longer in P. leet than in P. barringtonensis.

The eggs are elliptical in outline, white, with very thin, limy shells. Their surface is covered with minute granules of lime in straight rows which, when magnified, make the shell appear covered with parallel scratches. One, taken in July, measures 9.46.5 mm. Others, found under lava blocks October 16-18, 1905, are 9.X6.8, 9X6.6, 9.2X6.1 and 9.X6.6. An embryo taken from one of the October eggs measures 15.2 from snout to anus. }

Phyllodactylus barringtonensis new species. BARRINGTON IsLAND GECKO.

Diagnosis —Limbs without enlarged tubercles; back with neatly uniform lepidosis except between insertions of hind

Vor. 1] VAN DENBURGH—GECKOS OF GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO 419

limbs, where enlarged tubercles are present; digital expansions well developed; dorsal granules smooth, smaller than those on snout; mental a little longer than broad, usually in contact with three postmentals; ten or twelve lamellae under fourth toe.

Type.—Cal. Acad. Sci. No. 12057. Barrington Island, Galapagos Archipelago. J. R. Slevin. July 10, 1906.

Distribution.—Barrington Island, Galapagos Archipelago.

Material_—This species is known from nine specimens, the type and eight young, Nos. 10169-10172, 10212, and 10218- 10220 of the Academy collection.

Description of the type—Head elongate; snout long, depressed, and rather narrow, a little more than one and a half times as long as the diameter of eye; ear-opening small, with anterior denticulation of two or three scales, slightly nearer than nostril to eye. Body and limbs moderate, somewhat depressed, tail cylindro-conic. Snout covered with subequal, smooth, flattened granules. Hinder part of head, temples, neck, and back and sides of body covered with smaller, smooth, convex granules. No enlarged tubercles except between insertions of hind limbs, where remains of two or three rows may be made out on each side. Rostral much broader than high. Nostril between rostral, first labial, and three nasals of which the upper is largest and meets its fellow of the opposite side. Nine or ten upper and eight lower labials. Mental large, a little longer than broad, bordered behind by three postmentals, which are followed by polygonal shields which gradually pass into the small granular gulars. Lower surface of body covered with smooth, imbricate scales which change gradually into the granular laterals and gulars; about twenty to thirty longitudinal, and sixty to seventy transverse series. Tail covered with whorls of small, smooth scales, no inferior median series of broad plates. Limbs without enlarged tubercles; digits slender, distal pads large, truncate; about ten or twelve lamellae under fourth toe.

Yellowish or brownish gray above, palest on head, irregularly spotted and blotched with dark brown on head, neck, body, limbs, and tail. A brown band runs from the nostril through the eye, and above the ear, to the axilla. The lower surfaces are yellowish white faintly dotted with dark brown.

ILA A fo) NOISE Oba. SU bebo de 4 oo dsm up's oles 41. SiO 11 MEO OTA iar ire re ete ene ates KRW ph cd 4.6 SHOUT LOMO AE NWI ere eee scc eT RITA RU Seok ea 10.5 OED COMSAT a UN LA Ours EN ae GUE NCA aS 3.8 OTe Lira a EEUU ARN LO ela Nas ay 13. APDeata ed ilin tra By eta ek ea A noe Das Nn ran ELC 17.5 Base of fifth to end of fourth toe.............. 4.1

V ariation.—All the specimens agree in the possession of the few scattered enlarged tubercles between the hind limbs. These are not prominent and in small specimens may easily be overlooked. No. 10171 has but two postmentals touching the

420 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

mental; No. 10219 has four; the others all have three. The mental may be as wide as, or a little wider than, long.

Habits —Mr. Slevin’s field notes state: “Oct. 20, 1905. Four geckos were taken near the iguana colony. Three were under lava blocks, and one in an old cactus stump. Oct. 24. Went ashore for the morning, hunting geckos. Got three in the interior, beyond the iguana colony. Found them all under lava blocks.”

General remarks.—The Barrington Island gecko is inter- mediate between Phyllodactylus leei of Chatham Island and Phyllodactylus galapagoensis. It agrees with the latter species in the number of its postmental plates, but approaches the former in the reduction of the enlarged dorsal tubercles.

Phyllodactylus galapagoensis Peters. GALAPAGOS GECKO.

Phyllodactylus galapagoensis, Peters, Monatb. Berl. Ac. 1869, p. 720,” (type locality Galapagos Islands) ;* StrinpACHNER, Festschr. Zool-bot. Ges. Wien, 1876, p. 329; Garman, Bull. Essex Inst., XXIV, 1892, p. 81; HELLER, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., V, 1903, p. 63.

Diagnosis —Limbs without enlarged tubercles; back with distinct rows of enlarged tubercles; no median series of broad subcaudals ; large dorsal tubercles set close together in the rows, in six or rarely five rows on each side; snout shorter; two or usually more postmentals touching mental; occiput with enlarged tubercles; tubercles of some dorsal rows continued on neck anterior to insertion of fore limbs.

Type.—Collected by Dr. Kinberg on Indefatigable, James, © or Albemarle.

Distribution.—Indefatigable, James, Cowley, Brattle, and Albemarle islands, Galapagos Archipelago. The subspecies P. g. duncanensis and P. g. daphnensis occur on Duncan and Daphne islands.

Material—This gecko was first secured by Dr. Kinberg, who collected on Charles, Chatham, Indefatigable, James, and

1 This specimen was secured by Dr. Kinberg, who collected reptiles on Charles, Chatham, James, Indefatigable, and Albemarle Islands. Dr. Peters description enables us to say that it did not come either from Charles or Chatham.

Vor. 1] VAN DENBURGH—GECKOS OF GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO A2\

Albemarle islands. Dr. Baur collected ten specimens on Albe- marle. Heller records twenty-two from Iguana and Tagus Coves, Albemarle, secured by the Hopkins-Stanford Expedi- tion. The Academy collection includes seventy-nine specimens, as follows: four from Indefatigable, two from James, seven from Cowley Island, four from Brattle, five from Tagus Cove, Albemarle, two from Cowley Mt., Albemarle, ten from Iguana Cove, Albemarle, and forty-three from Vilamil and Cobos Set- tlement in southeastern Albemarle.

Description of No. 11262 from Iguana Cove, Albemarle. Head elongate ; snout shorter and less depressed than in other species of Galapagoan geckos, a little more than one and a half times as long as the diameter of eye; ear-opening small, with very slight anterior denticulation of three or four scales, about as far as nostril from eye. Body and limbs moderate,

somewhat depressed, tail cylindro-conic. Snout covered with subequal, smooth rounded granules. Hinder part of head, temples, neck, and back and sides of body covered with smaller, smooth granules. No enlarged tubercles on limbs. Occiput and anterior part of neck with scattered enlarged tubercles. Back, from root of tail to posterior part of neck, with very distinct regular rows of enlarged, keeled, trihedral tubercles. These large tubercles are in six rows on each side of midline at middle of body. The tubercles in each row are set close together, or are separated by not more than the diameter of one small dorsal granule. Rostral much broader than high. Nostril between rostral, first labial, and three nasals of which the upper is largest and is separated from its fellow of the opposite side by a small plate. Eight or nine upper and seven or eight lower labials. Mental large, a little longer than broad, bordered behind by three post- mentals, which are followed by polygonal shields which gradually pass into the smaller gulars. Lower surface of body covered with smooth, imbricate scales which change gradually into the granular laterals and gulars; about thirty to forty longitudinal and seventy to seventy-five transverse series. Tail covered with whorls of small imbricate scales, feebly keeled on the dorsal surface of the base of the tail, elsewhere smooth; no inferior median series of broad plates. Limbs without enlarged tubercles; digits rather slender, distal pads large, truncate; about twelve lamellae under fourth toe.

The general color above is brownish gray, spotted and dotted on the limbs, head, neck and body with blackish brown. These dark markings tend to form seven or eight irregular cross-bars on the body. There is a faint dark streak from nostril to eye, and a very distinct one from the eye to the side of the neck. The tail bears seventeen dark brown cross-bars. The lower surfaces are light brown, minutely dotted with dark brown and with a few yellow spots and blotches on throat and tail.

IWGerae tee IEG 4G adbaaeuWededbosu eas epeepee 45. SOU EON OR DIE eye CON SUL ia Mean aU Nala ee Aaya 5.3 SOME EON EAI ey AN ETAT DUN Rie ap ens ora 11.2 OPIN COME AT UM eR DAS SO SUA SMALLS latg 4. PEGE HEDET AID Nee aeRO CaM MS AU GUAT ROUT NEAR 16.5 LSE aVGl Rabi Dal py SRO Modes ae ea a eae a MTS ALIN a eget Ao Ub ia PA\s Base of fifth to end of fourth toe.............. 5.5

V ariation.—The number of postmentals in contact with the mental plate varies considerably, but usually is more than two. The variation in this respect is shown in the following table:

422 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

POSTMENTALS IN CONTACT WITH MENTAL PLATE.

Locality 2 3 4 5 6

Daphne 7 1 Indefatigable 1 3 James 1 1 Cowley Island 1 5 1 Duncan 2 Brattle 4 Tagus Cove 1 3 1 Cowley Mt. 1 1 Iguana Cove 2 7 1 Vilamil 10 27 3 1 Cobos Settlement 1 1

Total 15 56 13 2 1

The enlarged tubercles vary considerably. The lower row on the body may be well developed, or may be represented .by only a few tubercles. Counting these, there nearly always are six rows on each side of the back. Exceptions are found in specimens from Daphne, Cowley Island, Cowley Mt., and Tagus Cove. The upper dorsal rows of tubercles are contin- ued, more or less irregularly, forward to the back of the neck anterior to the insertions of the fore limbs in all the specimens except one from Tagus Cove and eight from Daphne. The tubercles in the dorsal rows are set much closer together than in P. bauri, being usually either in contact or separated by not more than the diameter of one small granule. However, the two specimens from Duncan Island have many tubercles of the upper rows separated by greater spaces often occupied by several small granules. A somewhat similar spacing is found in one of the Indefatigable specimens (No. 10393), but none of the other examples of P. galapagoensis show any approach to this condition.

The Daphne specimens have few or no enlarged tubercles on the head, and a similar lack of them is found in the geckos from Tagus Cove, Cowley Mt., Cowley Island, and Brattle. In specimens from Indefatigable, James, and Duncan there are many enlarged tubercles on the head. Examples from south- ern Albemarle (Iguana Cove, Vilamil and Cobos Settlement) show more variation in this respect, and may have on the head many, a moderate number, or few enlarged tubercles.

Vor. 1] VAN DENBURGH—GECKOS OF GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO 423

The following table is intended to show the variation in the number and distribution of the enlarged tubercles:

NUMBER AND DISTRIBUTION OF ENLARGED TUBERCLES.

Dorsat Rows On HEAD

az ir z 3 q

5) Tp) No) 6 Zz, es = = Daphne 8 0 0 8 8 0 0 Indefatigable 0 4 4 0 0 0 4 James 0 2 2 0 0 0 2 Cowley Island 2 5 7 0 6 1 0 Duncan 0) 2 2 0 0 0 2 Brattle 0 4 4 0 4 0 0 Tagus Cove 2 3 4 1 5 0 0 Cowley Mt. 1 1 2 0 2 0 0 Iguana Cove 0 10 10 * 0 3 4 3 Vilamil 0 41 41 0 5 22 14 Cobos 0 zZ 2 ) 1 1 0

While there is much variation in color, I have not been able to reach any conclusions of value concerning it.

The data derived from the study of the postmentals and enlarged tubercles may be arranged in the following tentative key:

a.—Tubercles of some dorsal rows continued on neck anterior to insertion of fore limbs; snout shorter; dorsal tubercles in six (or rarely five) rows on each side. i b.—Tubercles in upper dorsal rows set less closely, usually separated by two or more granules. Duncan. b?.—Tubercles in upper dorsal rows set closely, as in other rows, rarely separated by more than one granule. c.—Many enlarged tubercles on top of head. Indefatigable, James. Some from Iguana Cove and Vilamil. c?.—Few enlarged tubercles on head. d.—Usually not more than three postmentals touching mental. Some from Iguana Cove and Vilamil. Brattle, Cowley Mt., Tagus Cove. d?.—Usually more than three postmentals touching mental. Cowley Island. a?.—Tubercles of dorsal rows absent on neck anterior to insertion of fore limbs; snout longer; dorsal tubercles in five rows on each side. Daphne.

The Duncan and the Daphne geckos seem to be well worthy of recognition as subspecies, and will be named and character- ized as such on a subsequent page. Those from some of the

424 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pnoc. 47H Ser.

other localities may perhaps require similar treatment when larger series have been gathered, but it now seems best to use but one name for the Indefatigable, James, Cowley, Brattle, and Albemarle specimens.

Habits.—Mr. Slevin’s field notes on this species are as fol- lows:

“James Island. Dec. 29, 1905.—I saw three geckos, and got two from under the bark of a large thorn tree. These were the only ones seen by any of the party.

“Cowley Island. August 13, 1906.—I collected several geckos under the loose lava blocks.

“Brattle Island. Oct. 20, 1905.—Collected two snakes and four geckos.

“Tagus Cove, Albemarle. March 23 to 31, 1906.—Geckos are rare, according to Williams. He has collected three, so far, while hunting for beetles under stones. April 4, 1906.— I have found no geckos here, nor have I seen any snakes.

“Cowley Mt., Albemarle. Aug. 10 and 11, 1906.—Williams collected two geckos under an old piece of tortoise shell at about 400 feet elevation. He also reports seeing one at about 1800 feet.

“Tguana Cove, Albemarle. March 19, 1906.—No one of the party saw any geckos. March 20.—Williams got a gecko today under a rock near the cove. March 21.—Eggs of geckos are common under the stones, and Williams collected a few. He also secured some geckos, but they are not very abundant so far as observed. They were all taken under stones.

“Vilamil, Albemarle. Nov. 3, 1905.—Williams brought in quite a number of geckos. They were found under the bark of trees on the trail to the settlement. March 5, 1906.—Two geckos were found under the bark of old dead stumps. March 7, 1906.—Geckos are rare here, and seem to live under the bark of trees and in old wood rather than under stones. August 22 to 30, 1906.—Williams found a few geckos under the bark of trees at an altitude of about 1500 feet.”

General remarks.—No geckos have been taken on Narbor- ough Island. However, there is no reason for thinking that they do not occur there, and I believe that a Phyllodactylus either identical with, or closely related to P. galapagoensis will

Vor. 1] VAN DENBURGH—GECKOS OF GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO 425

some day be found there. While none of these lizards were secured at-Banks Bay, Albemarle Island, two eggs collected there attest their presence. These eggs were taken, April 14, 1906, from holes in mangrove trees growing on the beach. They were about ten feet above the ground, and measure 10.3X8.5 and 10.5X8.6 mm. Other eggs, secured under stones at Iguana Cove, March 21, 1906, measure 9.9X8.4, 108, 10.4X7.7, and 10.7X8.2 mm. It will be seen that these eggs are larger than those of P. Jeei. They are elliptical, with thin, white, limy shells, which appear as though covered with a multitude of minute, crossed, more or less parallel scratches or rows of minute granules.

Phyllodactylus galapagoensis daphnensis, new subspecies. DAPHNE ISLAND GECKO.

Diagnosis—Limbs without enlarged tubercles; back with distinct rows of enlarged tubercles, five rows on each side; no median series of broad subcaudals; large dorsal tubercles set close together in the rows, or separated by not more than diameter of one granule; tubercles of dorsal rows not contin- ued on neck anterior to insertion of forelimbs; snout longer; few enlarged tubercles on top of head.

Type.—California Academy of Sciences No. 10539. Daphne Island, Galapagos Archipelago. J. R. Slevin. Nov. 23, 1905.

Material.—Eight specimens are in the collection of the Academy.

Description and Variation.—The description of P. galapago- ensis applies in general, and a statement of variation is included under that head.

General remarks.—It was a surprise to find that the gecko of Daphne differed so markedly from that of Indefatigable and James. I had been inclined to regard Daphne as an outly- ing rock recently separated from Indefatigable, as the Sey- mours doubtless have been. The differentiation of this gecko, however, indicates a separate insular existence through a con- siderable period of time.

Mr. Slevin states: “Nov. 23, 1905.—I caught several geckos under old dead cactus on the inner slope of the crater, near the top.”

426 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SEr.

Phyllodactylus galapagoensis duncanensis, new subspecies. Duncan ISLAND GECKO.

Diagnosis.—Limbs without enlarged tubercles; back with distinct rows of enlarged tubercles, six on each side; no median series of broad subcaudals; large dorsal tubercles set close together except in the upper dorsal rows, where they are usu- ally separated by two or more granules; tubercles of some dorsal rows continued on neck anterior to insertion of fore- limbs; snout shorter than in P. g. daphnensis; many enlarged tubercles on top of head.

Type.—California Academy of Sciences No. 10600. Dun- 3 can Island, Galapagos Archipelago. J. R. Slevin. Dec. 9, 1905.

Material.—Only two specimens are in the Academy’s collec- tion.

Description and Variation.—See P. galapagoensis.

Habits —Nothing is known of the habits of the geckos of Duncan Island. Mr. Slevin’s field notes contain only the fol- lowing item: “Dec. 11 to 16, 1905, I got three geckos near the camp, but they were rare and I did not have much time to look for them.”

Phyllodactylus bauri Garman. Baur’s Gecko.

Phyllodactylus galapagoensis, GUNTHER, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1877, p. ee Boutencer, Cat. Lizards Brit. Mus., I, 1885, p. 82; Core, Proc. U. S. N Mus., XII, 1899, p. 145.

PPaliinaniing bauri, GARMAN, Bull. Essex Inst. XXIV, 1892, p. 81 (type locality Las Cuevas, Charles Island, Galapagos); HeELier, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., V, 1903, p. 63.

Diagnosis——Limbs without enlarged tubercles; back with distinct rows of enlarged tubercles; no median series of broad subcaudals; large dorsal tubercles not set close together in the rows, in five or six rows on each side of back; snout longer than in P. galapagoensis; two, or very rarely three, postmentals touching mental; occiput with few or no enlarged tubercles; tubercles of dorsal rows rarely continued on neck anterior to insertion of fore limbs.

Type.—Collected by Dr. George Baur, at Las Cuevas, Charles Island, Galapagos Archipelago, in 1891. I have been unable to learn the present location of this specimen.

Vor. 1] VAN DENBURGH—GECKOS OF GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO A27

Distribution.— Charles, Gardner-near-Charles, Champion, Enderby, Hood, and Gardner-near-Hood islands, Galapagos Archipelago.

Material—Two specimens collected by Commander Cook- son of the ‘“Peterel’’ are in the British Museum. A single specimen collected by the naturalists of the “Albatross,” and now in the U. S. National Museum, probably belongs to this species. The type. was secured by Dr. Baur in 1891. The Hopkins-Stanford Expedition secured this gecko on Charles, Hood, and Gardner Islands. This material, recorded by Hel- ler, is in the collection of Leland Stanford Junior University. The Academy’s expedition secured over five hundred of these geckos on Charles, forty-seven on Hood, forty-two on Gard- ner-near-Hood, three on Gardner-near-Charles, and one each on Champion and Enderby islands.

Description of No. 9766 from Charles Island. Head elongate; snout longer and more depressed than in Phyllodactylus galapagoensis, a little more than one and three-fourths times as long as diameter of the eye; ear-opening small, with anterior denticulation of three or four scales, about as far as nostril from eye. Body and limbs moderate, somewhat depressed, tail cylindro-conic. Snout covered with subequal, smooth, rounded gran- ules. Hinder. part of head, temples, neck, and back and sides of body covered with smaller, smooth granules. No enlarged tubercles on limbs. Occiput and anterior part of neck with no enlarged tubercles. Back, from root of tail to posterior part of neck, with very distinct regular rows of enlarged, keeled, trihedral or rounded tubercles. These large tubercles are in five rows on each side of midline at middle of body. The tubercles in each row are set somewhat irregularly, but usually are separated by from two to four small dorsal granules, although sometimes only one granule intervenes. Rostral much broader than high. Nostril between rostral, first labial, and three nasals of which the upper is largest and is in contact with its fellow of the opposite side. Eight or nine upper, and seven or eight lower labials. Mental large, a little broader than long, bordered behind by two ‘postmentals, which are followed by polygonal shields which gradually pass into the smaller gulars. Lower surface of body covered with smooth, imbricate scales, which change gradually into the granular laterals and gulars; about thirty to thirty-five longitudinal, and seventy to seventy-five transverse series. Tail covered with whorls of small imbricate scales, feebly keeled on the dorsal surface of the base of the tail, elsewhere smooth, no inferior median series of broad plates. Limbs without enlarged tubercles; digits rather slender, distal pads large, truncate; about eleven lamellae under fourth toe.

The general color above is brownish gray, spotted, dotted, and blotched with dark brown on the limbs, head, neck, body, and tail. These dark markings form seven cross-blotches on each side of the midline, where they are interrupted. A dark streak runs from the nostril to the eye, and from the eye to the side of the neck, passing just above the ear-opening. The labials are spotted with dark brown. The lower surfaces are yellowish white, with a brownish suffusion formed by minute dark dots.

428 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Wength tos angss Ales We eae ea yea 48. SHotit to (OEbIt nee OTL UU RIEN Ae a a nue tal 55 GmOlity £0 SAL eee ele ae etn SRS ORR TaEN ain IL aE 12.4 OLbit HO VET eG WTO OY NR EES EMD OL 42 TE ee La era HLS Lea Lea te Geli oP ca ae STBL 16.3 1S Errata lael eh cob IMeEGieALUIENEcNU ELD IMAM RUT IOLA UL SC I lbs Py 21.5 Base of fifth to end of fourth toe.............. 5.4

V ariation.—The number of postmentals in contact with the mental is very constant. It is two in every specimen except numbers 9800 and 11720 from Charles and 9412 from Hood Islands. In these three specimens three postmentals touch the mental, while in the other six hundred and sixty-eight exam- ples the number is constantly two.

There is considerable variation in the enlarged dorsal tuber- cles. In fifty specimens from Charles, I count five rows in thirty-one and six in nineteen. In forty-seven from Hood, the counts are five rows in thirty, six in sixteen, and seven in one. Of ten from Gardner-near-Hood, six have five rows and four have six. In these one hundred and seven specimens, the only ones examined in these respects, the dorsal tubercles are con- tinued on the neck anterior to the fore limbs very slightly in one from Charles, and nearly to the middle of the neck in five from Hood, but not at all in any of the others. In a few specimens from Charles and Hood the tubercles fail to reach as far forward as the fore limbs, and in a few of the Charles examples they are as little developed as in the one from Cham- pion and two from Gardner-near-Charles, in which only the upper row is continued forward much beyond midway between the limbs. Occasionally tubercles are found in contact, or separated by only one small granule; but in all specimens the greater number of tubercles always are separated by from two to four granules.

I have been unable to find any sufficient basis for the separa- tion of the geckos of Charles and of Hood islands. Perhaps, on the whole, the enlarged dorsal tubercles are less strongly keeled in Charles specimens than in those from Hood, but one finds many Charles specimens with tubercles keeled as strongly as in Hood Island examples. If there is an average difference in this respect it is too intangible to use as a means of classifi- cation. The only real difference which I have been able to detect is in the presence of enlarged granules or tubercles on the top of the head. In fifty-eight specimens from Hood and

Vou. 1] VAN DENBURGH—GECKOS OF GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO 429

Gardner-near-Hood the granules on the posterior part of the upper surface of the head are quite uniform in all but four. In these four exceptions a very few granules are somewhat enlarged. In fifty geckos from Charles Island, on the other hand, only ten have no enlarged granules in this region, while thirty-one have a few, and nine a moderate number of enlarged granules. Here, again, the difference is not great enough to justify the separation of the geckos of these two islands.

There is so much variation in color that nothing of value can be said concerning it. Specimens may be either dark or light, heavily blotched or nearly unicolor.

Habits.—Mtr. Slevin’s field notes are as follows:

“Charles. Oct. 4, 1905.—Collected the geckos on a small mountain about two miles inland. Found them all under lava blocks. Oct. 6.—Caught several geckos under lava blocks. We found them quite plentiful, but the elevated land is the best place to get them. They have eggs in them at this date, and a great many broken shells can be found under the lava blocks. Oct. 7—Went ashore at Black Beach. Saw no rep- tiles except geckos. These were common, especially near the beach, but grew scarce at 1000 feet elevation. They were found under loose lava blocks and dried wood. Also got sev- eral eggs, in some of which I found geckos. Oct. 9.—I found no geckos over 1000 feet elevation. They were all taken on the slope facing Black Beach. When captured they make a slight squeaking sound, somewhat like a mouse. Oct. 11.—Col- lected one hundred and twenty-five geckos along the slope under old wood and lava blocks. March 2, 1906.—I found the geckos very common under stones or rather large pieces of lava. They seem at this time to be lower down in the dry belt. I found them rare at 200 feet. Higher up the ground now is moist under the rocks; so, as they seem to prefer a dry country, they apparently have moved down toward the beach. I found some of the females with eggs well enlarged. May 23, 1906.— Found geckos abundant under the loose lava blocks near Black Beach. Collected sixty-nine during the afternoon.

“Champion, near Charles. Oct. 3, 1905.—Covered the island in an hour and a half. I saw two geckos under lava blocks and caught one.

430 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.’

“Hood. Sept. 26, 1905.—They were found in the holes in the wood made by insects; generally in the smaller branches of the brush. They are very quick and can easily escape in the brush or under the rocks which cover the ground everywhere. Two eggs were found under a stone. Oct. 1—The geckos were found in old wood and cactus stumps. None were found under rocks. Feb. 1, 1906.—Williams collected several geckos under lava blocks near the shore.

“Gardner-near-Hood. Sept. 27, 1905.— Found several geckos—some under stones and some in old wood. Feb. 3, 1906.—Found the geckos fairly common under loose lava near the beach.”’

General remarks.—Enderby, Champion, and Gardner are three islets near Charles, while a second Gardner bears the same relation to Hood Island. The fact that different, though closely related, species of snakes occur on Charles and Hood islands has led me to expect to find similar differentiation in the geckos. That such differences do not exist, is not less interesting, for it emphasizes the close relationship between the reptilian fauna of these two islands—a relationship which I believe indicates a former connection between Charles and Hood, after their separation from the rest of the archipelago.

Eggs found under loose stones on Charles islands, October 4 to 11, 1905, measure 9.57, 10X7.1, 10X7.8, 108, 10.4 *K7.2, 1O:4K8:6, 10/5 X7.4;,, LOZ X7.95 10:9X7.6, 1) 109 x8: 117.3, 118, and 11.3X7.8. One from Hood measures 10X7.4 mm. The shells are of the same character as those of P. leet from Chatham and P. galapagoensis from Albemarle.

PROCEEDINGS Fourth S ertes

VOLUME 1

Expedition. of the California Academy of Sciences to the™ Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906.

Pages 1-6. I. Preliminary Description of Four New Races of

Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. By John Van Denburgh. (Jssued December 20, 1907)... ccccccuccccuees

Pages 7-288. II. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. By Alban Stewart. (Jssued January 20, 1911)... ccc ccc cece Pages 289-322. III. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the oe Islands. By Francis X. Williams. (Jsswed October Pages 323-374. IV. The Snakes of the Galapagos Islands. By John Van Denburgh. (Jsswed January 17, 1912). ....- 0... 420-s Pages 375-404. V. Notes on the Botany of Cocos Island. By Alban Stewart. (/ssued January 19, 1912) onic cc vee veep es

Pages 405-430. VI. The Geckos of the Galapagos Archi pelago. By John Van Denburgh. (“/sswed April 16, 1917) 2... 1.10.0

VOLUME II

Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to ne Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. (ln progress.)

VOLUME III

Pages 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo Range of California. By Frank M. Anderson. (/sswed October SIT IIS) arate ee sce toh Uepb ec CRG eee Re RT eR yak Va eke oe Oe eee

Pages 41-48. Description of a New Species of Sea Snake from the Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the Proteroglypha.. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp- Sons, A(Wssyed: Decemperis Lidl FOS) mee ees Sie Oe stants wee A

Pages 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued December 20, 1909)....... Gite EA PRN BERS ok

Pages 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, canoes By Rollo Howard Beck. (/ssued September 17, 7910) Ee CR eer

Pages 73-146. The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, _ and the Temblor Basin. By Frank M. Anderson. (/ssued NO UCIL OCI DT DLL) sahee igs SN x ay) Rake tie I MD Ta tia ea he Sac ahe use Ra Ne de Va one ea ea Pages 147-154, Notes on a Collection of Reptiles from Southern California and Arizona. By John Van Denburgh. (/ssued SAMUATY AL IITA), oe wis eke tk ee es SA MOSES MO Rs Nae Neen ae ey Pages 155-160. Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from Oregon, Idaho and Utah. By John Van Denburgh. (/sswed FP Ca TE BEI Yes ORNL Aan: a IN Ba PLAY re Cg gs ANP ere Age Pages 161-182. Geologic Range of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of California. (/ssued April 5, POTN IERIE SOREN CMU ANEN Seep eee

35

20

90

The Academy cannot supply any of its publications issued before the year 1907, its entire reserve stock having been destroyed i in the conflagra-

tion of April, 1906.

a VP Ren haeas

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Fourtu SERIES

VoL. I, pp. 431-446 DECEMBER 17, 1912

Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands 1905-1906

Vil Notes on the Lichens of the Galapagos Islands

aeenan Pe ik ey Ac oO Ee aN . PEAS? ae ) ay ; ~ bot EAAY fs 1 &9a2"s hy

ie BY OA.

" 7 LE .

See

ALBAN STEWART Botanist to the Galapagos Expedition and Instructor in Botany in the University of Wisconsin

SAN FRANCISCO PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 1912

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES FouRTH SERIES

Vol. I, pp. 431-446 DECEMBER 17, 1912

EXPEDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES TO THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 1905-1906

VII NOTES ON THE LICHENS OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

BY ALBAN STEWART

Botanist to the Expedition and Instructor in Botany in the University of Wisconsin

While acting as botanist to the recent expedition sent by the California Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands, I made a considerable collection of lichens. [am not a lichen- ologist in any sense of the word, and it is with some hesitation that I approach a subject with which I have so little acquaint- ance. However, as I made a number of notes on the subject while collecting there, and as very little has been written on the general distribution etc. of the Lichenes of these islands, it seems worth while to publish those notes, along with a list of the species which were secured. This list is probably far from complete, for I was more interested in collecting and studying the distribution of the vascular plants; and it was often the case that lichens were carefully collected only where no vascular plants in good condition were to be found, as was sometimes the case when the lower islands were visited during the dry season. Notwithstanding the rather neglectful

December 14, 1912

432 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

way in which this group of plants was treated, sixteen species were found which had not before been reported from the islands, and the range of quite a number of species already known was considerably extended. There were, however, some fifteen species reported by former expeditions to the islands, which do not appear in my collection. Some of these have been taken but once.

I wish here to express my thanks to Dr. W. G. Farlow of Harvard University for his kindness in making the identifica- tion of the lichens in this collection—a task which, with my limited knowlege of the subject, would have been impossible for me. In the list of species which follows, bibliographic references are omitted—it would have been too great a favor to ask of Dr. Farlow to look them up, and I did not feel competent to undertake it.

In order to bring our knowledge of the lichenaceous flora of these islands down to date, all species which have been reported from them, but which escaped me in my collecting, are included in the list.

When one lands for the first time on almost any of the islands, one is immediately struck with the great abundance of lichens. This is true not only in the case of the larger and higher islands, which reach sufficient elevation to receive a considerable amount of moisture from the fog-banks which strike their sides, and which consequently support a more or less luxuriant vegetation; but it is also true in the case of the smaller and lower islands, where the amount of moisture received throughout the greater part of the year is very scanty, and where, in consequence, desert or semi-desert conditions prevail. On islands of both sorts, lichens often lend a striking appearance to the vegetation, the fruitcose forms being the most important in this respect. Alectoria sarmentosa is one of the most common of these. It is found largely in the transition region*, where the branches both of trees and of bushes are often heavily covered with masses of this rather filmy species. On the south side of Indefatigable Island, it

* For a discussion of the botanical regions of these islands, see Stewart: Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 4th Ser., v. I, pp. 208-211.

Vor. 1] STEWART—LICHENS OF GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 433

gives a distinct color to the vegetation of the transition region; and on Duncan Island above 500 ft. elevation, it occurs to such an extent as to give the trees and shrubs on the upper part of the island, when seen from a distance, the appearance of being covered with a light green foliage, even during the dry season, when they are out of leaf. Similar but less marked conditions are found at Villamil, Albemarle Island, and on Jervis Island.

Next to Alectoria the Usneas are probably the most striking of the fruticose forms, and the two species in the collection, U. ceratina and U. longissiuma, were usually found in situations similar to those of Alectoria. In the transition region they cover the branches of trees with long festoons, and occa- sionally they are found in the moist regions. The greatest display of Usneas is at Cowley Bay on the east side of Albe- marle Island, where they occur abundantly above 1800 it. elevation, mostly on branches of Bursera graveolens. This tree, in all the regions where it occurs, seems to form a favorite host (if I may use that term in this connection) for a consider- able number of lichens, not only of fruticose, but of foliose and crustaceous forms as well.

Of the three species of Ramalina in the collection, R. com- planata is usually found on the dryer parts of the islands, forming small tufts on dead sticks and twigs. R. farmacea occurs where conditions are not so dry as in the last instance, and sometimes even in the moist regions; while R. wsneoides occurs in both dry and moist situations. It was found on both Barrington and Charles islands under very dry conditions, and on Albemarle and Indefatigable islands, where conditions were moist.

Both of the species of Rocella collected were found in the dry and lower transition regions. FR. peruensis Occurs commonly on bushes and small trees, forming tufts pendant from the branches. There seems to be a great difference in the width of the thallus in different specimens, especially toward the ends of its branches. In some the branches are very slender, while in others they are a millimeter in width near the tips. The second species, R. portentosa, occurs almost exclusively on rocks. It often forms large masses, especially in protected places on the under side of projecting blocks of lava, where it

434 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

has a tendency to grow larger than in more open situations. It is the largest fruticose lichen found on the islands.

The Cladonias are found, for the most part, under decidedly moister conditions than are the other species of fruticose lichens. C. adspersa and C. fimbriata were found growing near the top of the main mountain on Chatham Island, along with ferns and other mesophytic plants. At the time the specimens were collected, this portion of the island was heavily enveloped in fog, and on subsequent visits to this locality the same condi- tion prevailed. C. ceratophylla was found under somewhat similar conditions near the summit of James Island. The fourth species in the collection, C. pycnoclada, is found under both xerophytic and mesophytic conditions. It occurs in large tufts on the lava on the west side of the mountain at Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island; and although it is found at a high altitude here, the surrounding vegetation was decidedly xerophytic in character—a condition which on this side of the mountain continues to the top, because this is the leeward side, and is not bathed by the fog-laden wind. It was also found on Chatham Island along with lycopods and ferns, and was taken by Snod- grass and Heller from the mountain at Iguana Cove on Albe- marle Island, at an elevation of 925 m. Although this elevation was not reached at Iguana Cove by any of the members of our party, the conditions there must be very moist, if one may judge from the conditions found nearer the base of the moun- tain.

Parmelia latissima is the most common of the foliose species, occurring throughout the transition and the moist regions, and often heavily covering branches of trees and bushes, sticks, and dead logs. It was specially abundant about the summit of Duncan Island, where the vegetation is quite open; but in the moister portions of the islands where the vegetation is dense, it is found sparingly. Two other foliose species which occur both in the upper transition and in the moist regions, are Sticta aurata and S. quercizans, both of which are found usually on the bark of trees ; and while in places they are fairly common, they never so completely cover the trees as does the Parmelia just mentioned. Another species characteristic of both the upper transition and the moist regions is Chiodecton san- guimeum, whose conspicuous red thallus is often found adher-

Vor. I] STEWART—LICHENS OF GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 435

ing to branches, dead sticks, grass culms, etc. Two species which occur mostly in the dry regions are Physcia picta and Lecanora punicea, both of which are’ found largely on the branches of Bursera graveolens, although the first is also one of the common forms inhabiting lava-boulders in the dry regions. Foliose lichens are neither as abundant as a whole, nor do they lend as striking an aspect to the vegetation in the places where they occur, as do the fruticose forms.

Of the rock-inhabiting forms, Placodiwm murorum and Physcia picta seem to be the most common. They often cover the lava-boulders on the lower parts of the islands to such an extent as to give them, when seen from a short distance, the appearance of being covered with paint. Rock-encrusting forms are seldom found on lava of recent origin, but rather where oxidation has set in, and at least the surface of the lava has begun to disintegrate. They are seldom found in the moist regions, even where there are exposures of lava which apparently would furnish them with a suitable habitat. Two forms which encrust the branches of trees are Verrucaria ocraceo-flava and Pyrenula aurantica, both of which are found in the dry regions.

From the above it is seen that lichens are common through- out the dry and the transition regions, but decrease in numbers in the moist regions. The transition is distinctly the region for lichens, probably because there is more moisture in this region than lower down; but why they are not more abundant in the moist regions where there is a still greater amount of moisture, lam unable to say. In the moist regions, in so far as the epiphytic forms are concerned, their place seems to be taken by the leafy hepatics, which often cover the trees and bushes in great profusion. Foliose and fruticose forms present the greatest display where there is at least a fair amount of moisture, while the encrusting forms seem to have a distinct preference for the dryer parts of the islands. A

Alectoria Ach.

A. sarmentosa Ach.—Asincpon IsL.: very abundant on the branches of small trees and bushes at 500-900 ft. (No. 415). Atpremarte Ist.: Cowley Bay, common on the branches

436 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (Proc. 47H Sex.

of Bursera graveolens above 1000 ft. (No. 416); Villamil, common at 200-400 ft. CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common on the branches of trees and bushes in the neighborhood of 700 ft. (No. 417). Duncan Ist.: very abundant above 500 ft. INDEFATIGABLE Is~t.: Academy Bay, very abundant on the branches of trees at 100-350 ft.; northwest side, common on trees at 950 ft. (No. 420) ; southeast side, covering trees and bushes at 350-550 ft. Jervis Ist.: very abundant on small bushes, 450-750 ft. (no. 421).

Arthonia Ach.

A. gregaria (Weig.) Koerb.—Duncan Isi.: Snodgrass and Heller. Not obtained by the Academy’s expedition.

A. nivea Willey—Gatrapacos Ips.: Hassler Expedition. Not obtained by any of the more recent expeditions that have visited the islands.

A. platyspeilea Nyl.—GarpNER IsL. (near Hood): Snod- grass and Heller. Not obtained by the Academy’s expedition.

A. sp. Willey—Gatapacos Ins.: Hassler Expedition.

Buellia De Not.

B. straminea Tuck. in herb. ALBEMARLE IsL. : Christopher Point, Snodgrass and Heller. Not obtained by the Academy’s expedition. .

B. sp. Farlow—Binb oe Ist.: Snodgrass and Heller.

Chiodecton Ach. |

C. sanguineum (Sw.) Wainio—ABINGDON IsL. : Snodgrass and Heller. Duncan Ist.: sterile specimens were obtained from the culms of grasses on the moister parts of the island at about 1300 ft. (No. 422). InpDEFATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, common on the trunks of trees above 650 ft. (No. 423). James IsLt.: James Bay, common on the trunks and branches of trees in the neighborhood of 2000 ft., but was not noticed some eight hundred feet higher up near the summit of the island, (Nos. 424-425).

Vor. 1] STEWART—LICHENS OF GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 437

Cladonia (Hill) Wainio emend.

C. adspersa Floerke—Cuatuam Isu.: Wreck Bay, abund- ant covering rocks and moist earth on the southeast side of the main mountain at 1900-2000 ft. (No. 426).

C. ceratophylla Eschw.—James IsL.: James Bay, common on dead logs and other decaying vegetation above 2150 ft. (No. 427).

C. fimbriata Hoffm.—ALBEMARLE Isx.: Villamil, common on rocks and dead wood at 500 ft. (No. 428). CHatHawm Ist.: Wreck Bay, common on moist soil at 2000 ft. with C. adspersa, CNou4Z29)e;

C. pycnoclada (Gaud.) Nyl.—ALBEMArLE Ist.: Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller; Tagus Cove, in large masses 1 ft. or more in diameter, on lava beds above 2500 it. (No. 430). CuHatHam Isx.: Wreck Bay, forming occasional masses of a considerable size on bushes at about 1700 ft. (No. 431).

C. sp—Duwncan Ist.: on rocks at 900 ft. (No. 432).

C. sp—JAMEs Ist.: James Bay, on the trunks of trees and on the fronds of dead ferns at 2800 ft.

Coenogonium Ehrenb.

C. sp.—IJAmMEs Ist.: James Bay, common on the trunks of trees at 2000 ft. (No. 433).

Lecanora Ach.

L. glaucovirens Tuck.—Gatapacos Ips.: Hassler Expedt- tion. Not obtained by any of the later expeditions to these islands.

L. pallescens Ach.—BARRINGTON ISL. : occasional, encrust- ing the dead branches of trees, (No. 434). CuHar.es Ist.: on the branches of trees at 800 ft. (No. 435).

L. punicea Ach.—Towenr IsL.: common on the trunks and branches of Bursera graveolens, (No. 436).

Lecidea Ach.

L. flavo-areolata Nyl—Gatvapacos Ins.: Hassler Expedt- tion. Not obtained by any of the subsequent expeditions to these islands.

438 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES © [Proc. 47H Srp.

Pannaria Del.

P. molybdaea (Pers.) Tuck.—INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: south- east side, rare on trees at 625 ft. (No. 437).

Parmelia Ach.

P. camtschadalis Eschw.—JAmeEs IsL.: James Bay, rare on dead trunks of trees at about 2150 ft. (No. 438).

P, latissima Fee—ALBEMARLE Ist. : Iguana Cove, abundant on rocks on the side of the cliff above the cove, (No. 439). Cuarves Ist.: common on rocks and tree trunks at 1000 it. (Nos. 440-441). Duncan Isi.: on rocks and dead twigs at 1200 ft. (Nos. 442-443). James Isx.: James Bay, common on the trunks of trees at about 2000 ft. (No. 444).

P. perlata Krumph.—ALBEMARLE IsL. : Iguana Cove, Snod- grass and Heller. CHARLES IsL.: Andersson.

P. sp. (P. physodi Fries., P. affinis Andersson)—CHARLES Isu.: Andersson. Not collected by any of the later expeditions.

Pertusaria DC.

P. albinea Tuck.—Garapacos Ips.: Hassler Expedition. Has not been obtained from these islands since.

P. leioplaca (Ach.) Schaer. forma bispora—Towenr Is .: on the trunks and branches of Bursera graveolens (No. 353).

Physcia (DC.) Th. Fr.

P. leucomela (L.) Michx.—James Ist.: Darwin. Not obtained by any subsequent expedition.

P. picta (Sw.) Nyl.—Barrineton IsL.: common on the branches of bushes and trees, (No. 359). CHartes Ist.: common on the branches of trees at about 1100 ft. (No. 358). Duncan IsL.: common on rocks at 900 ft. (No. 357). Sry- MouR IsL.: south side, very abundant, encrusting rocks, (No.

360). Placodium DC.

P, murorum DC.—Srymour Isu.: south side, encrusting rocks along with Physcia picta, (No. 360).

Vor. I] STEWART—LICHENS OF GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 439

Pyrenula Fée.

P. aurantiaca Iée—NarporouGcH IsL.: southern part, Snodgrass and Heller. Vowrr Ist.: common on the trunks of Bursera graveolens, (No. 362).

Ramalina Ach.

R. complanata Ach ALBEMARLE IsL.: Turtle Cove, com- mon on dead branches, (Nos. 363-364). BRatTTLE IsL.: com- mon on bushes, (No. 370). CHARLEs IsL.: common on twigs at 1000 ft. (No. 366). CHatHam Ist.: Wreck Bay, common on twigs and bushes, (No. 365). GARDNER IsL.: (near Hoop), Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Ist.: abundant on dead bushes, (Nos. 367-368). Tower IsL. : common on bushes, (No. 369).

R, farinacea Ach ALBEMARLE IsL.: Villamil, common on dead twigs at 1350 ft. (No. 372). Duncan Isi.: common on bushes at 1200 ft. (No. 373). INDEFATIGABLE IsL. : southeast side, common on bushes, (No..371). Jervis Ist.: abundant on dead twigs above 450 ft. (No. 374).

R. indica Fr.m—Cuartes Isi.: Andersson. Not since ob- tained from the islands.

R. usneoides Fr.—ALBEMARLE IsuL.: Villamil, common on the trunks of trees up to 600 ft. (Nos. 375-376). Barrincron IsL.: common on dead bushes, (No. 378). BinpLoe Ist.: Snodgrass and Helier. CHarwes IsL.: common on trees up to 600 ft. (No. 377). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: Academy Bay, occa- sional on the trunks of trees at about 450 ft. (No. 379).

R. sp.—CHArLEs ISL. : covering bushes, indeterminate as to species. INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, on twigs at 600 ft. probably of the same species as the sterile specimens from Charles Isl.

Rinodina Mass.

R. mamillana Tuck—Gatrapacos Ips.: Hessler Expedi- tion. Not obtained by any subsequent expedition.

Roccella DC.

R. peruensis Kremplh.—ALBEMARLE Ist.: Villamil, abund- ant on trees and bushes on the lower and dryer parts of the

440) CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 47H Srp.

island, (No. 382). BArrincton IsL.: common on trees of Bursera graveolens, (No. 392). Bratrie Ist.: on bushes, (No. 383). CHARLES IsL.: common on the branches of trees on the lower parts of the island, (No. 386). CHatTHAm IsL.: Wreck Bay, Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Isi.: common on dead bushes, (Nos. 387-388). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northeast side abundant on bushes, (No. 389) ; southeast side, on dead bushes, (No. 390). Jervis IsL.: common on trees of Bursera graveolens, (No. 391). Srymour Isi.: south, common on bushes, (No. 385). Towerr IsLt.: common on trees of Bursera graveolens, (No. 384). <A species rather characteristic of the dry regions on the islands where it occurs.

R. portentosa Mont.—BarrincTon Is. : common on rocks, (No. 393). CHartes IsL.: covering the lower sides of pro- jecting masses of lava, (No. 396). GARDNER IsL.: (near Hoop), Snodgrass and Heller. Hoop Ist.: common on the sides of cliffs, (Nos. 394-395), James Isi.: Hassler Expedi- tion. SEYMOUR Ist.: south side, Snodgrass and Heller. When found growing in rather dark protected places on the under sides of rocks, it seems to show a pseudo-heilotropism, as it grows outward toward the light.

Sticta Schreb.

S. aurata Ach.— ALBEMARLE Ist. : Iguana Cove, Snodgrass and Heller. Duncan Ist.: common on dead bushes at 1200 ft. (No. 398). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: southeast side, common on the bark of trees at 625 ft. (No. 399). James Isx.: James Bay, abundant on the bark of trees above 1500 ft. (No. 397). NARBOROUGH IsL.: southern part, Snodgrass and Feller.

S. quercizans Ach.—ALBEMARLE ISL. : Iguana Cove, Snod- grass and Heller. CHARLES IsL.: common on the bark of trees above 1000 ft. (No. 400). INDEFATIGABLE IsL.: northwest side, common on the bark of trees above 1000 ft. (No. 401).

Teloschistes Norm.

T. flavicans (Sw.) Mull. Arg —ALBEMARLE IsL.: Snod- grass and Heller. Cuarvzs Isu.: Andersson, Snodgrass and Heller. Cuatuam Isu.: Baur. Not obtained by the Academy’s expedition.

Vot. 1] STEW ART—LICHENS OF GALAPAGOS ISLANDS 44]

Usnea Dill.

U. arthrocladon I*¢e—NarsoroucH Ist.: southern part, Snodgrass and Heller. Not obtained by the Academy’s ex- pedition.

U. ceratina Ach.—Asincpon Ist. : on the branches of trees 600-1000 ft. (No. 402). Duncan Ist.: on bushes at about 1200 ft. (No. 403). INDEFATIGABLE ISL.: northwest side, on the branches of bushes and trees above 600 ft. (No. 404). James Ist.: James Bay, occasional on the branches of trees at 2000 ft. (No. 405). Narsoroucu Isx.: Snodgrass and Heller.

U. dasypoga (Ach.) Nyl. var. plicata (Hoffm.) Hue.— CHARLES IsL.: Andersson. JAMES IsL.: Darwin. Has not since been obtained by the later expeditions to these islands.

U. longissima Ach—ABinGpon IsLt.: common on the branches of trees at 1000 ft. (No. 406). ALBEMARLE Ist.: Cowly Bay, common on branches of Bursera graveolens above 1800 ft. The branches are often covered with long festoons of this lichen making quite a striking effect, (No. 407). Tacus Cove, common on bushes at 3000 ft. (No. 408).

Verrucaria Scop.

V. ocraceo-flava Nyl.—Barrincton Ist.: common on the branches of dead bushes, (No. 411). CHartes IsL.: encrust- ing dead branches at about 600 ft. (No. 409). Hoop Ist.: common on dead branches, (No. 412). Tower Ist.: common on the branches of Bursera graveolens, (No. 410).

[Proc. 4TH Ser.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

44?

+ + + + + + + - + + +/+ : + + +) | + +) |+ 2| 3) #1 2] sl S| 2] Bi 21 8] 2| 2] 9 @ SsJ/oa] a] 8) a! 6] 2] 3] 5 |] =] = sols sole o | © a} mo | & = | Oo | = a | HV) | jap 3/45] o90] °e oO) ee ee ns hs 4 a] oo ea S13, 8] 0] 3 3 ta} oO E 8 m| o " > S al : - E

uo UIE

+

g[1eWwoqry

uopsulqy

sosedeler)

SI[epeyosjwies vijowseg Cr CC er eC eoepqgAjTour RIIeuUueg eje[OaIe-OACY eaploay Ce eootund susdsajed 2

SUIITAOONL[S elourday Ce er TD ee eee ee ‘ds WInIUO.s0us05, CCC a CC TT TT Coes reas ae ‘ds Ce ee TD ‘ds epejoousAd ons cans ON caine nee goa eBqeLIquiy e]JAydoye199

”

CC 2?

Cp ooDUu boo nto og 5 G60 50 o-oo

CCC cy

2)

esiodspe evruopry) uInsuIndues UOJaporyD ‘ds ” eoUlWMelys eljong ‘ds Baplods Azer Sune THEO ede Nena Ee ODDO O BOATU - Biiedso1s8 VUOyIy BSOJUIWALS PIIOPOTY

Ce eT CCC eC Coe Cr TT CC eC DY

”

”

OlCnCCUNCCC ICC NCCC CIT aC iit aC CnClr arian

SdH1IOuUdS

‘puerysy—

pooH jeou pues] Joupier) pue ‘purls] Sojiey) Jesu pues, Joupter) Ajaatjoodsat 2}eUSsIsop DISE Joupter),, pure <)>

JOUPIVy,, :SUOIBIADIGGe oT,

‘uoT}jsenb Ul PULISI 24} WOIT sotdads ay} IO} PIODII & SI 9194} JeY} So}VoIpUl + UsSIS 94 TL

SGNWIS] SODVdVIV‘) AHL NO SNHHOIT AO NOILNAIALSIC] HHL ONIMOHS ATAVT

443

STEWART—LICHENS OF GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

Vou. I]

ues A |

‘YD soupiey

+ aE + +i |+ 1+ + + Sep PSP) Se + + oF |e qe] i) ae | ae + + GE] ae qe qr tr 4 4p + + + + + By) 2] Al el Sy Stl | @ a)ele/e(3| &| 2] 8 ane ee 2 | |e

taddadjng

+ +

++

+ +++ ++

+

++

uojsUlIIVeg

apewog,y

mo oso) Oooo Do O-0 obo PARY-0908.190 BLIVINIIO A,

a OOS on sinareae cet vlneel sieved monanenreneteleiehorel sid CUTISSTSUO] - aU Unum dheclaniet eneieernilelieltansn en skulle (eile ne talial site esoddsep 3 TiN || Sees sent gras badieocaoraars eunei0 —, SEIS Ree eee uOpEpOIyAR vousy Ree Se SUBOTARY So}STYDSOTO |, Sui eifeienejpeelseh «leeks urietelveflielamet vinta siete tere sueziotonb ss ee eo ee GS Bene eIOS amare Mis Tol mseieul ya vit awa histle fiesta Mec eatelcel eh amip iia} eS0}]U91.10d - aC Oy Oe tee Gea) Off Delp deo Oo oe PO Sstsuonsod PI[2IIOW + CeCECECEC EC NCEC ECS CnC nC aCnC Citar aC lCaciriiciic UL] [IWeUL eUIPOUTYy Snle Koel send) Si" ets 8iielles\ie) ese Seliejelene lesen ac ulehenere ‘ds 3 Sci ae a Oe saproousn 2 SS eS ea OIpUur < Pasar oa Meera eA ee BOOeULIe] : Ont Untied Yay de) Onipac L OOn ear Oe ChteC-a e}eueldwos PUITeWIeY ee veteue vceceneehavemetocpiieleliecsmekocs ste ts BoelUueIne elnustéAg REE O ES oe “wniomut umrpoortg O50 snebvne ees én es/evalledels)elexenersreven sivilavecsiesner 6) eyord 5 SOON OU COD Oo0 F000 60D OCODn Od epawoong] erosAyg Sn SesaDe ce as ates e1Odsiq eUIOF ‘ee dora] ‘i + OO Oe O80 Or Oe OO -0 ww Or tr uebed O-O DO oak oD vourqye elsesniiog (oé> 8 ene) ofele ne ene. eels ence elenel eabn@ ele) sere elens ‘ds = fellanjey ike Jeic¥niesepie) o:ietleneicw) s/s csileetehemenanahel are eye] Jod 5 ee CUNISSIIe] vIpUIeg =| 5 | 8 a & SHIO8dS Bl @

panu1juo J—SANV'IS] SODVdVIV‘) JHL NO SNAHOIT 40 NOILNAINLSIQ AHL ONIMOHS ATavy,

444 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES -[Proc. 4ru Ser.

From the above it can be seen that of the 47 species, deter- minate and indeterminate, that have been collected on these islands, the greater number have been taken but from one or two localities. Careful collecting by one who is familiar with lichens, and thoroughly interested in the subject, would probably materially increase the number of species known from the islands, and extend the range of many of the species already known. Especially would this be the case with the smaller forms, which easily escape the notice of the ordinary collector. I make this prediction from my own experience with the vascular plants. It was my good fortune to be the only botanist who has had the privilege of collecting on these islands for any considerable length of time. Most of the former collections of plants from these islands were made by men more interested in some other line of biological work. While the collections they made were in most respects remarkably good, I found that there was a tendency to fail of getting some of the species most common on most of the islands. Possibly the great abundance of such species caused them to be overlooked. The species of Croton, for instance, had not been reported from Indefatigable Island until the Academy’s expedition visited it; yet there is probably no place on the island where one could go for any distance from the shore without encountering thickets of Croton bushes of greater or less extent. Many other instances could be cited of a like nature. Of lichens, two species only (or 4.25%) are said to be endemic; which is in striking contrast with the conditions found among the vascular plants, where 40.9% of the species are endemic. .

Lichens have not as yet been reported from either Cul- pepper or Wenman Island, the two northernmost islands of the group, or from Gardner Island near Charles Island. I. remember distinctly having seen an abundance of fruticose lichens, possibly Alectoria or Usnea, covering the vegetation on the upper and inaccessible portions of Culpepper during our short stay at this island. There is no anchorage at either of these two northern islands so that the vessel had to lie “off and on” at Wenman Island while the party went ashore to collect. On this account our stay there was brief, and as I was very busy getting together during the short time at my disposal as many species as possible of vascular plants, I neglected to

Vou. I] STEWART—LICHENS OF GALAPAGOS ISLANDS AA5

make any collections or observations on the lichen-flora of the island. At the time our party visited Gardner Island near Charles Island, the sea was rough, making landing dan- gerous. As I was unable to swim, I did not wish to run the risk of attempting to go ashore. When careful collections are made on them, all three of these small islands will probably be found to have quite a lichen-flora.

# i A ti, i

INDEX TO VOLUME I, FOURTH SERIES.

For index to “A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands,” (pages 7-288), see page 249.

New names in heavy-faced type; Synonyms in italics.

Acacis, 294, 295 Acalypha bisetosa, 391 Acrostichum, 383 Acrostichum apodum, 384 Acrostichum aureum, 381, 383 Acrostichum calomelanos, 384 Acrostichum, caudatum, 396 acuminatum, Clibadium, 380, 395 adiantiforme, Polypodium, 385 adiantiforme, Polystichum, 381, 385 Adiantum intermedium, 396 petiolatum, 380, 381, 383 adspersa, Oladonia, 484, 437, 442 aestuans, Fleurya, 381, 390 Aganisthos, 296 Agraulis vanilla galapagensis, 297, 298, 320 Agrotis ypsilon, 319 albidum, Octoblepharum, 395 albinea, Pertusaria, 438, 443 Alectoria, 444 sarmentosa, 432, 483, 435 442 aloides, Catopsis, 388 Alophis, 327 Alsophila armata, 380, 383 Alsophis, 326 angulifer, 328 angulifer, Alsophis, 328 angustifolia, Bertiera, 380, 394 angustissima, Asclepias, 310, 319 Anona cherimolia, 382, 390 glabra, 382, 390 Anonaceae, 390 Anosia plexippus, 319 Anthurium scandens, 379, 388 apodum, Acrostichum, 384 apodum, Elaphoglossum, 384 arabica, Coffea, 382, 394 Araceae, 388 Arctiidae, 319 Ardisia cuspidata, 380, 393 humilis, 393 argentea, Rolandra, 395 armata, Alsophila, 380, 383 armatum, Polypodium, 383 Arthonia gregaria, 436, 442 nivea, 436, 442

296,

[447]

platyspeilea, 436, 442 sp., 436, 442 arthrocladon, Usnea, 441, 443 Asclepiadaceae, 394 Asclepias angustissima, 310, 319 Aspidium biserratum, 384 nodosum, 385 pectinutum, 385 Asplenium coritaceum, 385 Asplenium cristatum, 380, 381, 384 myriophyllum, 381 rhizophyllum, 396 aurantiaca, Pyrenula, 435, 439, 443 aurata, Sticta, 434, 440, 443 aureum, Acrostichum, 381, 383 Polypodium, 380, 381, 385 Avicennia officinalis, 293

barringtonensis, Phyllodactylus, 408, 410, 418

Bastardia viscosa, 312

bauri, Phyllodactylus, 408, 410, 418, 422, 426

Bertiera angustifolia, 380, 394 biaristata, Blainvillea, 395 bipinnatum, Pilotrichum, 395 biserialis, Dromicus, 326, 329, 335, 336 bisertalis biserialis, Dromicus, 337, 341, 347, 349, 351 biserialis habeli, Dromicus, 338 habelui, Dromicus, 326 Herpetodryas, 325, 336 Orophis, 337, 338, 341 biserrata, Nephrolepsis, 380, 381, 384 biserratum, Aspidium, 384 bisetosa, Acalypha, 391 Blainvillea biaristata, 395 Bombaceae, 392 Bombax pyramidale, 392 Bona-nox, Ipomoea, 382, 396 bonducella, Caesalpina, 382 bonducella, Guilandina, 391 Borraginaceae, 312 Botany of Cocos Island (Notes on the). By Alban Stewart, 375 Bromeliaceae, 388 Buellia straminea, 486, 442 sp., 486, 442

448 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH SER.

Bursera, 295, 302 graveolens, 433, 435, 436, 438, 439, 440, 441 Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the Galapagos Islands. By Francis X. Williams, 289 Cactacess (Cereus and Opuntia), 293 Caesalpinia bonducella, 382, 391 calapagensis, Phlegathontius rustica, 305, 310, 314 calapagensis, Protoparce, 310 Callidryas eubule, 296, 297, 318, 320 calomelanos, Acrostichum, 384 calomelanos, Ceropteris, 380, 384 Calophis, 327 Calosomas, 294 Calyptocarya longifolia, 387 Calyptocarya palmetto, 387 campanulata, Ipomoea, 316 camtschadalis, Parmelia, 438, 442 capillaceum, Trichomanes, 379, 385 Cardiospermuim corindum, 302 galapageium, 302 carye, Pyrameis, 296, 300 Cassia reticulata, 391 -eatappa, Terminalia, 392 cathartica, Ipomoea, 378, 379, 394 Catopsis aloides, 388 caudatum, Acrostichum, 396 -Cecropia obtusa, 390 peltata, 390 Pittieri, 376, 380, 389 sp., 379 -ceratina, Usnea, 433, 441, 443 -ceratophylla, Cladonia, 4384, 437, 442 Cereus, 293, 302 Ceropteris calomelanos, 380, 384 cervina, Osmunda, 385 cervina, Polybotrya, 380, 385 -chamissonis, Coronella, 326 chamissonis, Dromicus, 325, 336 chamissonis dorsalis, Dromicus, 325 -chamissonis habelii, Dromicus, 325 chamissonis Habelii, Dromicus, 341 chamissonis, ‘‘Monobothris,’’ 328 chamissonis, Opheomorphus, 341 chathamensis, Testudo, 4 cherimolia, Anona, 382 ‘Chiodecton sanguineum, 4384, 4386, 442 Chloris paniculata, 380, 386 -chnoodes, Polypodium, 396 cicutaria, Dicksonia, 396 -cingulata, Herse, 316 cingulata, Phlegathontius, 296, 305, 316, 318 cingulata, Protoparce, 316 Cissus sicyoides, 306 ‘Cladonia adspersa, 434, 4387, 442 ceratophylla, 484, 437, 442 fimbriata, 434, 437, 442

pyenoclada, 434, 4387, 442 sp., 487, 442 Clerodendron molle, 308, 312 Clibadium acuminatum, 380, 395 Clidemia hirta, 380, 392 umbonata, 380, 392 Clusia rosea, 378, 379, 392 Coenogonium sp., 437, 442 Coffea arabica, 382, 394 collaris, Gonatodes, 410 colubrina, Tassadia, 379, 394 Combretaceae, 392 Commelinaceae, 389 Commelina nudiflora, 381, 389 communis, Ricinus, 382, 396 complanata, Ramalina, 4383, 489, 443 Compositae, 312, 395 conjugatum, Paspalum, 381, 387 Conostegia lasiopoda, 393 Conyolvulaceae, 294, 394 convolvuli, Phlegathontius, 319 Convolvulus Pes-caprae, 394 Cordia lutea, 294, 297, 306, 312 coriaceum, Asplenium, 385 corindum, Cardiospermum, 302 Cornutia grandifolia, 395 Coronella chamissonis, 326 crispum, Trichomanes, 380, 386 cristatum, Asplenium, 380, 381, 384 Croton, 295, 302, 444 scouleri, 293, 312, 314 Cupido parrhasioides, 296, 300, 318, 320 cuspidata, Ardisia, 380, 393 Cyperaceae, 387 Cyperus prolixus, 387 sphactelatus, 387 daphnensis, Phyllodactylus galapagoen- sis, 410, 420, 425, 426 darwini, Testudo, 4 dasypoga, Usnea, 441, 443 Deilephila lineata, 305, 307, 318, 319 Desmodium sp., 391 Dicksonia cicutaria, 396 Digitaria sanguinalis, 381, 386 Dilophonota ello, 305, 308 obscura, 305, 309 distichum, Paspalum, 381, 396 dodecandra, Melastoma, 393 dodecandra, Miconia, 380, 393 dorsalis, Dromicus, 328, 329, 330, 335, 341, 346, 355 dorsalis, Dromicus chamissonis, 325 dorsalis, Herpetodryas, 336 Dracontium scandens, 388 Dromicus, 326, 327, 331 biserialis, 326, 329, 335, 336 biserialis, 337, 341, 347, 349, 351 habeht, 338 habelit, 326

Vow. i.]

chamissonis, 325, 326, 329, 336, 341 dorsalis, 325, 341 habelii, 325 Habeltui, 341 dorsalis, 328, 329, 330, 335, 336, 341, 355 hoodensis, 324, 328, 329, 335, 338, 340 occidentalis, 324, 328, 329, 335, 347 helleri, 324, 328, 329 333, 335, 349 parvifrons, 328 slevini, 324, 328, 329, 330, 333, 835, 336, 351, 355 steindachneri, 324, 328, 329, 333, 335, 336, 353 Dryopteris parasitica, 881, 384 dunecanensis, Phyllodactylus galapago- ensis, 410, 420, 426 Elaphoglossum apodum, 384 elegans, Trichomanes, 8380, 386 FBleusine indica, 381, 396 ello, Dilophonota, 305, 308 Erebus odora, 319 Erigeron lancifolius, 312, 314 eubule, Callidryas, 296, 997, 318, 320 Eudamus galapageusis, 296, 303, 320 santiago, 304 Hugenia pacifica, 380, 392 Euphorbiaceae, 391 Euphorbia pilulifera, 382, 396 Exostemma occidentale, 394 farinacea, Ramalina, 483, 439, 443 ficus, Pachylia, 296 Ficus tecolutensis, 389 sp., 380, 389 Filices, 380, 383-6 fimbriata, Cladonia, 434, 437, 442 flavicans, T'eloschistes, 440, 443 flavo-areolata, Lecidea, 437, 442 Fleurya aestuans, 381, 390 floribunda, Pisonia, 294 fusco-irroratus, Sphingonotus, 303 galapageium, Cardiospermum, 302 Psidium, 294, 308 galapagensis, Agraulis vanille, 296, 297, 298, 320 galapagensis, Eudamus, 296, 308, 320 galapagensis, Ipomcea, 316 galapagensis, Syaygia, 310 galapagoensis daphnensis, Phyllodacty- lus, 410, 420, 425, 426 duncanensis, Phyllodactylus, 410, 420, 426 Phyllodactylus, 408, 410, 418, 420-5, 430 Galeottii, Selaginella, 379, 386 Geckos (The) of the Galapagos Archi- pelago. By John Van Denburgh, 405

INDEX 449

Gekkonidae, 406 gilberti, Phyllodactylus, 407, 410, 418 glabra, Anona, 382 glaucovirens, Lecanora, 437, 442 Gnaphalium, 300 Gonatodes, 406, 418 collaris, 410 Gossypium, 294, 297 Gramineae, 386-7 grandifolia, Cornutia, 395 grandifolia, Hosta, 395 graveolens, Bursera, 433, 435, 436, 438, 439, 440, 441 gregaria, Arthonia, 486, 442 Guianensis, Rapanea, 393 Guilandina bonducella, 391 habelii, Dromicus piserialis, 326 habeli, Dromicus biserialis, 338 habelii, Dromicus chamissonis, 325 Habelii, Dromicus chamissonis, 341 Haliophis, 327 Halsophis, 327 Hawk-Moths in Galapagos Archipela- go, 305 Hawk-Moths of the Galapagos Islands (Butterflies and). By Francis X. Williams, 289 » helleri, Dromicus occidentalis, 324, 328, 329, 333, 349 Herse cingulata, 316 Herpetodryas, 326 Herpetodryas biserialis, 325, 336 dorsalis, 336 Hesperidae, 303 Heterocera, 305 Hibiscus tiliaceus, 293, 378, 379, 382, 391 Hippomane mancinella, 293, 308 hirta, Clidemia, 380, 392 hirta, Melastoma, 392 hoodensis, Dromicus, 324, 328, 329, 338 hoodensis, Testudo, 3 Hosta grandifolia, 395 humilis, Ardisia, 393 huntera, Pyrameis, 296, 299, 319 Hydrus platurus, $24, 355 Hymenophyllum sp., 380, 384 Hypericaceae, 392 Hypnella pallescens, 395 Hypolytrum nicaraguenses, 376, 387 Iguanidae, 406 indica, Hleusine, 381, 396 Ramalina, 489, 445 intermedium, Adiantum, 396 Ipomoea Bona-nox, 882, 396 campanulata, 316 cathartica, 378, 379, 394 galapagensis, 316 pes-capre, 293, 316, 378, 382, 394 isocandra, Phytolacca, 390

450 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 41H Ser.

Jussieua linifolia, 393 Kyllinga nudiceps, 380, 387 lagopus, Ochroma, 392 lanceolatum, Polypodium, 381, 396 lancifolius, Erigeron, 312, 314 lasiopoda, Conostegia, 393 latissima, Parmelia, 434, 488, 4438 Lecanora glaucovirens, 437, 442 pallescens, 437, 442 punicea, 435, 437, 442 Lecidea flavo-areolata, 437, 442 leei, Phyllodactylus, 408, 410, 413, 416, 417, 418, 420, 480 Leguminosae, 391 Leimadophis, 326 leioplaca, Pertusaria, 438, 443 Leptotes parrhasioides, 320 leucomela, Physcia, 438, 443 leucoptera, Phlegathontius, 305, 314 leucoptera, Protoparce, 314 Lichenes, 431 Lichens of the Galapagos Islands (Notes on the). By Alban Stewart, 431 lineata, Deilephila, 305, 307, 318, 319 linifolia, Jussieua, 393 linifolium, Lycopodium, 379, 386 Liophis, 326, 327, 331 longifolia, Calyptocarya, 387 longifolius, Schoenus, 387 longissima, Usnea, 433, 441, 443 lugubris, Triptogon, 296, 305 lutea, Cordia, 294, 297, 306, 312 Lycaena parrhasioides, 300 Lycaenidae, 300 Lycopodiaceae, 386 Lycopodium linifolium, 379, 386 mollicomum, 396 macrophylla, Ossaea, 380, 393 Malvaceae, 300, 391 mamillana, Rinodina, 439, 443 mancinella, Hippomane, 293, 308 mangle, Rhizophora, 293 Melastomaceae, 380, 392 Melastoma dodecandra, 393 hirta, 392 Meliopotis nigrescens, 319 sinualis, 319 Miconia dodecandra, 380, 393 molle, Clerodendron, 308, 312 mollicomum, Lycopodium, 396 molybdaea, Pannaria, 438, 442 Monobothris, 326, 327, 328 chamissonis, 328 Moraceae, 389 murorum, Placodium, 435, 4388, 443 myriophyllum, Asplenium, 381 Myrsinaceae, 393 Myrtaceae, 392 Nephrolepsis biserrata, 380, 381, 384 pectinata, 381, 384

nicaraguense, Hypolytrum, 376, 387 nigrescens, Meliopotis, 319 nigropunctata, Peperomia, 389 nivea, Arthonia, 486, 442 Noctuidae, 294, 319 nodosa, Oleandra, 379, 385 nodosum, Aspidium, 385 Notes on the Botany of Cocos Island. By Alban Stewart, 375 Notes on the Lichens of the Galapa- gos Islands. By Alban Stewart, 431 nucifera, Cocos, 378, 388 nudiceps, Kyllinga, 380, 387 nudiflora, Commelina, 381, 389 Nymphalidae, 298 obscura, Dilophonota, 305, 309 obtusa, Cecropia, 390 occidentale, Exostemma, 394 occidentalis, Dromicus, 324, 335 helleri, Dromicus, 324, 328, 329, 333, 335, 349 occidentalis, Rustia, 394 Ochroma lagopus, 392 ocraceo-flava, Verrucaria, 435, 441, 443 Octoblepharum albidum, 395 ocymoides, Spermacoce, 394 Ocyophis, 327 odora, Erebus, 319 officinalis, Avicennia, 293 Oleandra nodosa, 379, 385 Onagraceae, 393 Opheomorphus, 326 chamissonis, 341 Opuntia, 293, 297, 302 ornatrix, Utehesia, 319 Orophis, 326 biserialis, 337, 338, 341 Osmunda cervina, 385 Ossaea macrophylla, 380, 393 Pachylia ficus, 296 pacifica, Eugenia, 380, 392 pallescens, Hypnella, 395 Lecanora, 437, 442 Palmae, 388 palmetto, Calyptocarya, 387 paludosa, Wedelia, 395 Pannaria molybdaea, 438, 442 paniculata, Chloris, 380, 386 Panicum setosum, 387 parasitica, Dryopteris, 381, 384 parasiticum, Polypodium, 384 Parmelia latissima, 434, 438, 443 camtschadalis, 488, 442 perlata, 488, 442 sp., 488, 442 parrhasioides, Cupido, 296, 300, 318, 320 Leptotes, 320 Lycaena, 300 parvifrons, Dromicus, 328 Paspalum conjugatum, 381, 387

Vout. I1.J

distichum, 381, 396 platycaule, 396 Passiflora, 299 pectinata, Nephrolepsis, 381, 384 pectinatum, Aspidium, 385 pedunculata, Scalesia, 294 peltata, Cecropia, 390 Peperomia nigropunctata, 389 perlata, Parmelia, 488, 443 Pertusaria albinea, 488, 443 leioplaca, 438, 443 peruensis, Roccella, 4383, 439, 443 Pes-caprae, Convolvulus, 394 pes-caprae, Ipomoea, 293, 316, 378, 382, 394 petiolatum, Adiantum, 380, 381, 383 phantasticus, Testudo, 4 Philodendron sp., 379, 388 Phlegathontius calapagensis, 313 cingulata, 296, 305, 316, 318 convolyuli, 319 leucoptera, 305, 314 rustica calapagensis, 305, 310, 314 rustica, 312, 314 Phyllitides, Polypodium, 381, 385 Phyllodactylus, 406, 407 Phyllodactylus barringtonensis, 408, 410, 418 bauri, 408, 410, 418, 422, 426 galapagoensis, 408, 410, 418, 420-5, 430 galapagoensis daphnensis, 410, 420, 425, 426 galapagoensis duncanensis, 410, 420, 426 gilberti, 407, 410, 413 leei, 407, 408, 410, 413, 416, 417, 418, 420, 430 tuberculosus, 407, 410, 412, 416, 417 Physcia leucomela, 4388, 443 picta, 4385, 438, 443 Phytolaccaceae, 390 Phytolaceca isocandra, 390 picta, Physcia, 485, 438, 443 Pieridae, 296 Pilotrichum bipinnatum, 395 pilulifera, Euphorbia, 382, 396 Piperaceae, 389 Pisonia floribunda, 294 Pittieri, Cecropia, 376, 380, 389 Placodium murorum, 435, 488, 443 platurus, Hydrus, 324, 355 platycaule, Paspalum, 396 platyspeilea, Arthonia, 486, 442 plexippus, Anosia, 319 Polybotrya cervina, 380, 385 Polypodium adiantiforme, 385 armatum, 383

INDEX 451

Polypodium aureum, 380, 381, 385 chnoodes, 396 lanceolatum, 381, 396 parasiticum, 384 Phyllitides, 381, 385 Polystichum adiantiforme, 381, 385 portentesa, Roccella, 433, 440, 443 Preliminary Description of Four New Races of Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands. By John Van Denburgh, 1 Prodenia, 319 prolixus, Cyperus, 387 Protoparce calapagensis, 310 cingulata, 316 leucoptera, 314 Psidium galapageium, 294, 308 punicea, Lecanora, 435, 4387, 442 pyenoclada, Cladonia, 434, 487, 442 Pyrameis caryae, 296, 300 huntera, 296, 299, 319 pyramidale, Bombax, 392 Pyrenula aurantiaca, 435, 439, 443 pyxidiferum, Trichomanes, 396 quercizans, Sticta, 434, 440, 445 radicans, Trichomanes, 386 Ramalina complanata, 433, 489, 443 farinacea, 433, 489, 443 indica, 489, 448 usneoides, 433, 4389, 443 sp., 439, 443 Rapanea Guianensis, 393 Rhyzogenium spiniforme, 395 Rhizophora mangle, 293 rhizophyllum, Asplenium, 396 Rhopalocera, 296 Ricinus communis, 382, 396 rigidus, Syrrhopodon, 395 Rinodina mamillana, 439, 443 Roccella peruensis, 433, 489, 443 portentosa, 433, 400, 443 Rolandra argentea, 395 rosea, Olusia, 378, 379, 392 Rubiaceae, 394 rufo-sericea, Tournefortia, 312 Rustia occidentalis, 394 rustica calapagensis, Phlegathontius, 305, 310, 314 rustica, Phlegathontius, 312, 314 sanguinalis, Digitaria, 381, 386 sanguineum, Chiodecton, 4384, 486, 442 santiago, Eudamus, 304 Sapindaceae, 302 sarmentosa, Alectoria, 432, 433, 4385, 442 Scalesia, 295 pedunculata, 294 scandens, Anthurium, 379, 388 scandens, Dracontium, 388 Schoenus longifolius, 387

452 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4TH Ser.

Scolopendra, 295 scouleri, Croton, 293, 312, 314 Selaginella Galeottii, 379-386 stenophylla, 396 Setaria setosa, 381, 387 setosa, Setaria, 381, 387 setosum, Panicum, 387 sicyoides, Cissus, 806 sinualis, Meliopotis, 319 slevini, Dromicus, 324, 328, 329, 330, 333, 351, 355 Snakes (The) of the Galapagos Isl- ands. By John Van Denburgh, 323 Spathophyllum Wendlandii, 388 Spermacoce ocymoides, 394 sphactelatus, Cyperus, 387 Sphingidae, 294, 296, 305 Sphingonotus fusco-irroratus, 303 spiniforme, Rhyzogenium, 395 steindachneri, Dromicus, 324, 328, 329, 333 stenophylla, Selaginella, 396 Stewart, Alban: A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands, 7-288 Notes on the Botany of Cocos Island, 375-404 Notes on the Lichens of the Galapagos Islands, 431-446 Sticta aurata, 434, 440, 443 quercizans, 434, 440, 448 straminea, Buellia, 486, 442 Syrrhopodon rigidus, 395 Syeygia galapagensis, 310 Tentophis, 327 Tassadia colubrina, 379, 394 tecolutense, Urostigma, 389 tecolutensis, Ficus, 389 Teloschistes flavicans, 440, 443 Terminalia Catappa, 392 tersa, Theretra, 296, 305, 308 Testudo chathamensis, 4 darwini, 4 hoodensis, 3 phantasticus, 4 Theretra tersa, 296, 305, 308

tiliaceus, Hibiscus, 298, 378, 379, 382, $91 Tillandsia utriculata, 388 sp., 379, 388 Tournefortia rufo-sericea, 312 Trichomanes capillaceum, 379, 385 crispum, 380, 386 elegans, 380, 386 pyxidiferum, 396 radicans, 386 Triptogon lugubris, 296, 305 Tropidurus, 338, 341 tuberculosus, Phyllodactylus, 407, 410, 412, 416, 417 umbonata, Clidemia, 380, 392 Urostigma tecolutense, 389 Urticaceae, 300, 389 Usnea, 433, 444 arthrocladon, 441, 443 ceratina, 433, 441, 448 dasypoga, 441, 443 longissima, 483, 441, 443 usneoides, Ramalina, 483, 4389, 443 Utehesia ornatrix, 319 utriculata, Tillandsia, 388 Van Denburgh, John: Preliminary Descriptions of Four New Races of Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands, 1-6 The Snakes of the Galapagos Islands, 323-374 The Geckos of the Galapagos. Islands, 405-480 vanilla galapagensis, Agraulis, 296, 297, 298 Verbenaceae, 395 Verrucaria ocraceo-flava, 435, 441, 443 viscosa, Bastardia, 312 Vitaceae, 306 Wedelia paludosa, 395 Wendlandii, Spathophyllum, 388 Williams, Francis X.: The Butterflies and Hawk- Moths of the Galapagos Islands, 289-322 ypsilon, Agrotis, 319

My a

Ae

¢ Ry SS a nal VOLUME. 1 irae aes Nae seis te Gna "Expedition. of ay “Califorfiia Academy of Sciences. to the Hee bac tay Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. eth oh Pages 1-6. I. Preliminary Description Hi F our mer Races OP AE Tle oe, oe - Gigantic Land Tortoises from the Galapagos Islands.) By Johny) (hits ‘Van Denburgh. | (/ssued December 20, 1901)... ov cen. ee) B25) OR _ Pages 7-288. II. A Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands. PI BES actin re: By: Albam Stewart. + \Usswed January JO SOD ec. oe RS OA ae 289-322. III. The Butterflies and Hawk-Moths of the = Galapagos Islands. =i Francis X. Williams. (Issued October 02 a Pages 323-374. IV. The Gankes of the Galapagos tslands. .°) By Ula John VanDenburgh. (Ussued January 17,1912). oon. ce hea FADO Pages 375-404. V., Notes on the Botany of Cocos Island. By Alban Stewart. ‘(Issued TORUATY: LI: LLANE Ee OR Aa seo OO EE IO Pages 405-430. VI. The Geckos of the Galapagos Archipelago. = 4 By John Van Denburgh. (Usted. April 16. 1U2 yy Ao bee a Se 431-446. VII. Notes on the. Lichens of the Galapagos ‘ Islands. — ey Alban Stewart. (lsszed HRs ae 1912). J SR aS See

VOLUME, is) :

- Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the PE ESE OE, Islands, 1905-1906.

: (In progress.) — PEI cy os

S +. VOLUME III

ied 1-40. A Further Stratigraphic Study in the Mount Diablo

Range of California. By Frank Aue Anderson. (Issued October

RSM US ge see RS ths i eee TERE Need Nh ab reg acd One Bs hk Reba pe

_ Pages 41-48. Description of a New Sree of Sea Snake from the 2 Pole Philippine Islands, with a Note on the Palatine Teeth in the ©

Proteroglypha.. By John Van Denburgh and Joseph C. Thomp-

son. ed Decadent PUGS Ry rd Re eC er aed PANERA CaaS,

Pages 49-56. New and Previously Unrecorded Species of Reptiles baleen

and Amphibians from the Island of Formosa. By John Van an

_. Denburgh. (Jsswed December 20, 1909)......... BB Rake He A aR) Narn _ Pages 57-72. Water Birds of the Vicinity of Point Pinos, California.

_ By Rollo Howard Beck. (lssued September 17, 1910) .........0 Pages 73-146. The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California, and the Temblor Basin. By Frank M. Anderson. (Ussued - inet

: GUILT MOLLY Phang se ek ea See wan olson Speiaty he ants Oyl'ahe seg Sa OO ana oe 147-154. Notes on a Collection of Repules from Southern esac ah California and Arizona. By John Van Neferlacyalt (Ussued SCY Aco WN SAP YE LT FOTN NGOS i edt UE Nees SAN RO TR OAD GNA a) UY ca a Pages 155-160. Notes on Some Reptiles and Amphibians from _ Oregon, Idaho and Utah. By John Van ee (Issued RUG MUL. Dae DOLE eset ic we a CNIS sc ce aa ea tat sania, ane one ed x Pages 161-182. Geologic Range of Miocene Invertebrate Fossils of ys California. By James Perrin Smith. (/sswed April 5, 7972)... 25 es 183-186. Description of a New Genus and Species. of Sala- | $i mander from Japan. By Surgeon J. Cc Whoop sop, DS. Wanye a yan ASSP LY Ty LDL Nis SORE AYA Lalo Sear «ails andee elegans a Mee lalla ea ara ea Dn a Pages 187-258. Concerning Certain Species ‘of Reptiles and Ana eau -~ phibians from China, Japan, the Loo Choo Islands, and Formosa. eee By John Van Denbureh. (Issued December 16, ‘1922, | a eR eS Ct

The Academy cannot Sao any of its publications issued hefore ‘the: year see its entire reserve stock having been destroyed in the roniaers

*e

io

£14,000 68 He eee he SB mon DT fee iP A eta wid oh Mila ia yt ne ON Nome g ay wee Rlte tt AD ? u - PUT WN eh sateen romenen tert dl h Seep cwem eb stat a) ane one on an ie bee ees ave NaN THOM Cais oA 9 Soe eee cecnanbrere fie Diet , ‘ mina y ; Pty Re biahs Puryerern yea fro Ur Yoni) sven A A i tgeg ta ath i babebetee nis Pe A th Ae CUR Reet Bene Bah HPO: bee CS ROC HO nS et peri wy TROT Fa a ‘ yay oie d f; rs We Neneh a Met ek nse wild Wek» TPE ipch ay ine eee hUnmre Grae a bnew pint Se. ote em BEE FON ee IN DIDS Mal ee dir ie-A hae eBat h MR GL ms ‘ eae a ehtacn ht f Peete ay ental DREN UVR) Who set sick Mien Sareieacniio ne! @ Ae ane MAE ee) bie ' sm Poitgerars So een ates onrwed ihrt aban set eran ie y SP re kal ned Miguin baa 9 9) Seth MS GR oaks my Py ik na OR ver Ne etry mer Ye ITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRAR Hvotkewin pele WN me py eee eae eee ach aid inom Aimat 4 yyy we ' Aa ne erie er ert ae er sen Nee yee) : ‘1 ena et ‘ Pe atathteen ae navnoihit Hinen (arora dt eaten Pierre en Ne YE Yo hy ‘ : 4 aah ti oeihenee ; RANT ie erin rote \ Pern Wee WT : Prete ya) Nie bh Ree Apt hbbeNUtn Aare est rem) b Any win) oun , : ry) WORE AN Ke MrT Sea Matyi bhaneal vis any Ie Wy WC Ne ek ah eh Belek bre An verre te ye , 0 Aimed wea Se eeAhin bo. 8 Oi8 Nieeiesy whe chiara yy) ee ata hess fen sh Hm 8 Beet eo eee eb Mepab Bin i wh Hen ale che Sabie po 6-8 Pet Fete wee way EO | enter it ShORT YY i Pidevt Ca hae etn ae lh aed HMA eye bert) Aan itiys ; AE ACR AT eT Hore 1 Lee AL pO yy eae W dreM ss WV Heb ' AiR ee hear pn aeAcn opis I Reni iok ane en 5 va 1) ; 4 oe f ” yon’ ‘ » f ” Mi atom owe wow new a Bes wth na rR HT PRECIO ICY CRI aaa APL te Peat Sead ee MhintAcire we van neo Ww fash wa ss Le EG ine hi nA apm ig O18 DM A-D NM RUA en Tr ae Ye Yar ey TOT a ‘ amen ns 5 i dee en eae Any pees SoA et ceca Ory MBCA Ahan it poe rms bE DCB OAM AL a Re Pye e We ae AD PhS erates vp pede re See kh Dw Och Bh BANAYATDIM DB Ht on ‘ ' » peo nvbncnet fieh Pen aarnere We ne era’ atte: Cee Ac mab Nb ak HI ee ee eee hah se pars eR eP EL bP f A ehh a3 oy i my ‘ r A urd , " ' yh Tau cee Ace SNE BL Sate EDD Liane ee a Ta ely Set ata nin Wee Pe ’ A sae | phere red vy ney ; ' eee ‘ach ‘ i pve RCD avd Walaa tL doa Th he tre wan ee Sines awe si a Rah hh A Behm Re brie j F en 0 Pe hay teoh va deh st cP nh ere Act javier y haar ye Kea r yeh F ‘ Foy werner Avenger yt ye inc ng thay MP ih ek 8 ‘ CRU Rn evear ew y SYC eC MILT fs ANF ; j Ne) nrraryeye wearin itt yaa Se aa tn heh Red se? ; fs iy Aces Dyp ts J yenenenel ey bn ape S IO PTR HRMS ATI Se TIT LON Toh AUN A ea suish bam bese ae ; ; Lestat De Ay HE vA cdiea Ache ab uneh amie eet Mitek of) MIBeA EDP . we Se eek Mesh nuke mr ns paw j ; i ite rae yhy eee yi ebed ) Pye yerer Aik wh hate wA i " ‘ , , NR AIF NCL Une aapany Se ee sca dtbi geal rel 2 f api ney) \ it i Mee owe oer \ } ; ; Pein tl ete 8 si r } } hh F , heh Mee Wen peg went ae eer ; F Woh . Py “th : | , ‘ SO ee Bh val nin bree hia shnh um nis. Li Aten Had Be 8 enw PON heroes ar ty ina errr hp dih ee PAIR Pht | ‘ i Woda lb sea ein nan { baker hie , ’ ve : Bh teh Aste beh ee cael ee AN eRrTe ari Pe] RO Raver wr Nery SEU aa youre pews b Ba hata ratey ‘ ‘ 4 ( Te Need daewan awe ACN a inet seah ; oe ; } SAN , \ if P 4 Se ee er pcmensAgsan aw NN ad fm Bot nensiee é " ' b Sa gras Sh oh ni REI Oe pun nD APA a WNT ng M : Ae yes F F , ‘ rau se fuldcaled viene Aion jeu ab ie Dh hea nim ect . , aka wid miele ; . . A ' A tite chun eorariy han Mb tae th ae be nie ee Se lateih Bekih are i M4 j iS i ae easy : pedyieane Pune Ar’ Aptis hbid hr ny ye ernie i i pi ms Pet hcar\nd 4p curated Wain yeaa ieatara ra ted Ai AP ee we we ge eh Pry 9 fn ‘ ‘ ' Ke Pa yr ie Dy wet Ya stave webte ha PUPP years hind Ie in i ; t} : i ; a ee itulte heaters H Lanta ee ene MN) Na nian A Prank Pacaarws on ¥ vi ‘ ‘ ' : bed hone ed ¥ ' ; FN Raney er) fart ‘ aes on ‘ . . f Lcd Manin ea pacha yRit ie Mes T Ti waa sae aos oye th ) ot Pe mie Bee Hh ee fie meh 8p My hel as ‘ i reach ibepia eA vein hcH tub ee eR IC ei ek to to ‘ i Tore Cot tT a pihramieth 64's bray et A ‘ ‘ ‘ ' shad vh ca hotbed of rye) , renin y ales ebas be \ Agta site kd che ate A Loan rau nt At YY LCM Ne Ys tty ; 5 press aha plavdicuch ie EAT ar ur } : , Ferra We Ne AT EE Cre ; Physi ty Meher ee i i ‘ hed iaeeea hen id tle ba wen dvalmha fee BA mem feed (bel a pracie " oie} Rime OF Mes yea aa ” . ’ be Pee ce ee oe “ ” , aw ” ¥ JU aanace del aati ee ici Beaantl alae oa rfted Na ; it AY See, pis a } : » ’ " » Sere ee i “ “i won ’ ‘ i} . Me ech eu a /AY NA hls ; AAT Ya Arh leaks Hite ate fs ‘i aM eat Vr } ‘ j bf . granted orlehsh tb ‘ erst Re eget dens toe Ae ‘ fh F pit Put ad tant Ye ‘ Rar A deh ihatirs tri d ieh eat s er A ‘ Wased 4 i Are | ; . » " h wy . wee ve be : jain vn os Nene AS eine ig de Hela Pia her } o te Ny . j +4 pease he ed f hae seals ha phys Nae R al aches h bike h » Myr Pahari yr Pt tit i kiana Sa a ep , , so The { : Pt Aaa ot Lula n Denies 4 ite j ‘ ; ht bed veel Shp twee ; FY bE es ‘ pen ) : ; oe imtD a thin ol ts on , seenane i ; } . Pidsep em eb orl uh eu ib i aia 4 b Pn ein path Vii ‘ , y ; ay eerie Ky i r : K pe SPAT bay chm eos be LA caNh Bl Mi odr ‘ hurniaree bya Santa id ebied an A otto f 9 Ayr ‘4 F : Nm % r fasta shy visdocds fy tna i ( ue ney Hit , eC we on lyk ar Wan ere ' ' Jeans Rag ishyt ; fi ; ; / i davewbae : ; P ; } hd Ry pens Ns \ Aone i ; Nir ‘ RP Pe ye ‘ vs ; \ j ‘ f ; ; ‘ wih operon sh Welsh ‘ } Heat) j i : ad shh af -bod tet ; ni \ aie th F Pa Y wie PORTA Ay alti E74, eh Oe eee REO ‘ ; A ‘ % i , ics reas ke seeks ; ‘ ‘ air . " pated A ern \ ' , ‘ ’ ' , ‘ / : , ’ yh Weay ‘ ; 5 ; ' 1 vd nae i j wan) lis ' ; . hpi \ he , ’ , , t 4 04 Ne ‘ My ary \ ry ; ’ ny ; he paanane ‘ F ( , Pepe nett y AH ' ¥ i f ' , ; q et ‘hu ‘ gal \ ‘ Hesyed shal at ihe, met ‘ be pi cine (ered ; nate haut wh ’ ' , Hehied fied oNe neem wean At lot dan’ ne f fe ' ' Pa rarneb ie PUMA Hd 8 be A , ‘ ' 1 : On et ° gd Heth oat oF oon Aebst ” f : ' . sett j f ' , s ss , Nd a aed foe mel 8 nn vi ei) ; ' tohett eth i 1 J ’ i Vineet hah ee OD nee ePhn neste ve ’ Voneweat genie , ie he rs th ; Veneta W st phn nae j F ’ 1 i ' roads teriise etbeedl be wel yi: nied P j j ion Hanfeeh-k ww YS F ' i A iaeetiea ba birndical ey aii aurea ' ' py epen fre edie hectep pen ) ; nt { ' t i ene oh Weatest oH a, wah one ATW SVE Dok ot Vp het res \ ' ’ A cAsb ER Mifurnisk Het . ‘ i bane ey so ‘ , i . He peancachenenedoneh oe Mote veAlG MO wea ¢ ; ; , Q i 0 " 5 Mt wera ike na) " Pattyn abs t fr ' ' Aehtb aon: bebeg any AAR Nek Me ot i Hi yatit Prd Seren i ’ yy areivy hut ’ wy yr i t ‘ ' } riercy ded bod bed nae ‘ yet i , ; wit “ f ) , Wieden ete fr ees ee pen 4 i Pe ‘ 5 \ se tacirensica re nheesbeb hia: 8 " ia Mea gd ety a pep ‘ ‘ ‘ Percale cle ecb ed me petig ete Sesh AMD LOA Hb tet han ' \ a ' ’ pa mses ur breed rattle oh i ren fhe Us avet Ae) . vt phben eines he DDAN wasrenee rei ia Ort bein pene Acta roe ne an , ‘ we } ae tr meses aise ete a Rieter ee ya iaear® A) iret ‘ aw ; ved ped neheN iA Wipe vediehet enon ct tal Me aret dietia\ ee) Pile leben a) ’ ie A cciveiiod of sited eho 10h 8 ‘one wih ch yey bine Neves honest " ‘ yaw ' : are Rene Deir os Pe ata men act Oren nen) ee nome Ura ay fsb if Wenoueiie eat a eA ed menetetl woke We ahete tien ay gy atet fea ds wenn woner ( we ‘ on one “ at bbe nia . fen helt ee aye ' ‘ ‘ i rhe egiefe ens ee hee ae " senor wi pree , buenos ™ . °0 ey n bes AE ine: SNe ' f saiyh A Fei ace ibrbrheit DM ALT " hey . f Rn Wiha Saute ui eerie iron DONE A LAD a ' ad eeynn vA " ‘ rr ee ed Wry EO CA esa ete IIT EN Dt eet han ‘ ‘ ‘ : HO eee ee edie den ea eceec amie Ma wlnit CAG UPN IT WV Mvhchen ltt et i err: eee Chig eal hii etrest 20 ih Up ro sooaw Bate h ee Mio ts or eis Hosa h ery pork F ‘ theata sh anshieescn wali cf Sieben we usoe RT ' 19 j nena ) Sip a ied wa tN ; Wada ay i at YT AY, ‘ ie eerie aes ( hi ey ; (bet tte bey pen diinany Vesreive Qed ime ii on iene vi ‘s i y ‘ ye Po etek i Rennes Deke (he pe dete et hg A pet wd A Robe gH wo vod ' ‘ ed op egies usaneieNh sah aes fieay ike ORs ANeM ar Ano AP KoA AN ‘ hve i ' eee ' ‘ aiered ‘ Aree ye ant | Pen yi "i ne Pareery Wy 0 tee fj j F i Neate et Pnayrranycn yy a0 Marie et Went ikaeds Pure \ eee \ > b Annet Mc RN R Ta he ‘ Kebpenes bd Teh AA ESH ID jel i Renethent a ratt Wee ‘ Bey bee fed dboe te) 8D ’ Pecado ten aun be A we D | Reyes ne ep oie poe , ‘ ‘ . ; Pietstientaie tha lenient brie d ’ hee} bit ' Ni es agro ha op itea Ase Ane Mee Tee ce hone ie ted Hh PM havebeDed WEP DS) Bt r , \ ' ea kh ob Umea eautiyost@ad rR cael iit bo MO tee tN ED AM ii yap ieee mentary a eek io ecb ih rheh 3 i f ; oe ‘ Hee ie itate den chepih rh Mishel nent Wop het 4 ‘ hey wos A'siot re eat: ¢ ' Auer rerertrie wr enw ya (0 eer ete A \ Pyrenean nr 0 ny ) ‘ ' ' ‘ ' ” wy Ly vinnie evnty erie y yey tin eg Pa tar tt | ARRAN tee A DT Pe Mis a Sa ; ‘ } ' . wnat WMP wr erty Si kr (ona incnwierpen it a . rye yen rt P \ i ' ; Hyrbep Wa Dhaba herbed Ded oy Ayr wernrcc yy te a ae, RP Trey it hut eae ew ' ‘ \ ’ } p . Sip tencteaoar deed Ate GON MeN Bey fk ee het Ay Wyo ep Wetea Phe F inne jp bbe ' hd newt errant eve Ma tae Wvern See eh duit fg ie i mt 4 , PT ree en ke cen mH ‘ ” php “ suo » ‘ e ’ L ¥ ¢ wenet i Fiche tick wokeaehetel Ph rAnH eet ' Py Pays mood ee pate ne ot yeas ae chet ened Peo a ee Behe hie Bonga ey wate eye er PD ' ‘ ' ' , b t yiadon eek hier sorke Hatetien eh su airy ai net ttm Bh he Ot yet Panty Bede et Deen heer ‘ k ; f We Wreateh fete WB Reg spay wet e wenatrg wigs kh ret OR 8 am hs ; Sey hi Gihh MOb PR bard bit ) ; 7 qi ’ un wn fete Welt ob he belek oe wee YY nee ‘ ¥ see'u g wear ee ee cs dha oD eine gt Mri rte ea Bre ho a eh ghee ae era vows ‘ ' ' wha x 5